EDISON MISSION ENERGY
S-4, 1999-12-03
COGENERATION SERVICES & SMALL POWER PRODUCERS
Previous: NEWSTAR MEDIA INC, DEFR14A, 1999-12-03
Next: UCAR INTERNATIONAL INC, SC 13D/A, 1999-12-03



<PAGE>
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON DECEMBER 3, 1999
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------

                                    FORM S-4
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER

                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                           --------------------------

                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                          <C>
          CALIFORNIA                       4991                    33-0826940
 (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION        (PRIMARY STANDARD          (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
              OF                        INDUSTRIAL            IDENTIFICATION NO.)
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)  CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)
</TABLE>

                         ------------------------------

                      18101 VON KARMAN AVENUE, SUITE 1700
                            IRVINE, CALIFORNIA 92612
                                 (949) 752-5588
              (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
       including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                         ------------------------------

                      SEE TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS
                           --------------------------

                           STEVEN D. EISENBERG, ESQ.
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.
                      18101 VON KARMAN AVENUE, SUITE 1700
                            IRVINE, CALIFORNIA 92612
                                 (949) 752-5588
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                         ------------------------------

                                    COPY TO:
                           ROBERT M. CHILSTROM, ESQ.
                             HAROLD F. MOORE, ESQ.
                    SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM LLP
                                919 THIRD AVENUE
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
                           --------------------------

    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
                           --------------------------

    If the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. / /

    If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. / /______
    If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /______
                           --------------------------

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 PROPOSED MAXIMUM        PROPOSED MAXIMUM
          TITLE OF EACH CLASS               AMOUNT TO BE             OFFERING               AGGREGATE              AMOUNT OF
    OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED           REGISTERED         PRICE PER SHARE(1)      OFFERING PRICE(1)      REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                      <C>                  <C>                     <C>                     <C>
8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due
  2019(2)..............................     $300,000,000               100%                $300,000,000             $79,200
8.734% Senior Secured Bonds due
  2026(2)..............................     $530,000,000               100%                $530,000,000            $139,920
Guarantees of 8.137% Senior Secured
  Bonds due 2019 and 8.734% Senior
  Secured Bonds due 2026 of Registrants
  other than Edison Mission Holdings
  Co...................................          --                     --                      --                  None(3)
</TABLE>

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee
    pursuant to Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2) Issued by Edison Mission Holdings Co.

(3) Pursuant to Rule 457(n), no separate fee is paid in connection with these
    guarantees.
                         ------------------------------

    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                        TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    PRIMARY STANDARD
                                                       STATE OF INCORPORATION   INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION      I.R.S. EMPLOYER
NAME                                                      OR ORGANIZATION              CODE NUMBER          IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
- ----                                                   ----------------------   -------------------------   ---------------------
<S>                                                    <C>                      <C>                         <C>
Edison Mission Finance Co............................       California                   4991                    33-0839202
18101 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1700
Irvine, California 92612
(949) 752-5588

Homer City Property Holdings, Inc....................       California                   4991                    33-0851685
18101 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1700
Irvine, California 92612
(949) 752-5588

Mission Energy Westside, Inc.........................       California                   4991                    33-0550657
18101 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1700
Irvine, California 92612
(949) 752-5588

Chestnut Ridge Energy Company........................       California                   4991                    33-0826590
18101 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1700
Irvine, California 92612
(949) 752-5588

EME Homer City Generation L.P........................      Pennsylvania                  4991                    33-0826938
18101 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1700
Irvine, California 92612
(949) 752-5588

Edison Mission Energy................................       California                   4991                    95-4031807
18101 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1700
Irvine, California 92612
(949) 752-5588
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 3, 1999
THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY
NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER
TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS

Offer to Exchange All 8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due 2019 and All 8.734% Senior
   Secured Bonds due 2026 for 8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due 2019 and 8.734%
 Senior Secured Bonds due 2026, Respectively, Which Have Been Registered Under
                   the Securities Act of 1933, As Amended, of

<TABLE>
                       <C>               <S>
                                         EDISON MISSION
                       [LOGO]            HOLDINGS CO.

                       An EDISON MISSION ENERGY Company
</TABLE>

                  THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M.,
             NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON       , 2000, UNLESS EXTENDED.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Terms of the exchange offer:

    - We will exchange all original bonds that are validly tendered and not
      withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

    - You may withdraw tenders of original bonds at any time prior to the
      expiration of the exchange offer.

    - We believe that the exchange of original bonds will not be a taxable event
      for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but you should see "Certain United
      States Federal Income Tax Considerations" on page 88 for more information.

    - We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

    - The terms of the exchange bonds are substantially identical to the
      original bonds, except that the exchange bonds are registered under the
      Securities Act and the transfer restrictions and registration rights
      applicable to the original bonds do not apply to the exchange bonds.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 13 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN RISKS THAT
    SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY HOLDERS PRIOR TO TENDERING THEIR ORIGINAL BONDS.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE
ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS       , 1999.
<PAGE>
                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. We have based these
forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about
future events based upon our knowledge of facts as of the date of this
prospectus and our assumptions about future events. These forward-looking
statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties that may be outside of
our control, including, among other things:

    - governmental, statutory, regulatory or administrative initiatives
      affecting our company, our subsidiaries that are guaranteeing the bonds,
      the Homer City generating units or the United States electricity industry
      generally;

    - demand for the electric capacity and energy in the markets served by our
      generating units;

    - competition from other power plants, including new plants that may be
      developed in the future; and

    - the cost and availability of fuel and fuel transportation services for our
      generating units.

    We use words like "believes," "expects," "anticipates," "intends," "may,"
"will," "should," "estimate," "projected" and similar expressions to help
identify forward-looking statements in this prospectus.

    For additional factors that could affect the validity of our forward-looking
statements, you should read "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13. In light of
these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the actual events or
results may be very different from those expressed or implied in the
forward-looking statements in this prospectus or may not occur. We have no
obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether
as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

                                 --------------

                       NOTICE TO NEW HAMPSHIRE RESIDENTS

    NEITHER THE FACT THAT A REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN APPLICATION FOR A
LICENSE HAS BEEN FILED UNDER RSA 421-B WITH THE STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE NOR THE
FACT THAT A SECURITY IS EFFECTIVELY REGISTERED OR A PERSON IS LICENSED IN THE
STATE OF NEW HAMPSHIRE CONSTITUTES A FINDING BY THE SECRETARY OF STATE THAT ANY
DOCUMENT FILED UNDER RSA 421-B IS TRUE, COMPLETE AND NOT MISLEADING. NEITHER ANY
SUCH FACT NOR THE FACT THAT AN EXEMPTION OR EXCEPTION IS AVAILABLE FOR A
SECURITY OR A TRANSACTION MEANS THAT THE SECRETARY OF STATE HAS PASSED IN ANY
WAY UPON THE MERITS OR QUALIFICATIONS OF, OR RECOMMENDED OR GIVEN APPROVAL TO,
ANY PERSON, SECURITY, OR TRANSACTION. IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE, OR CAUSE TO BE
MADE, TO ANY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER, CUSTOMER OR CLIENT ANY REPRESENTATION
INCONSISTENT WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH.

                                 --------------

                                       i
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY HIGHLIGHTS SELECTED INFORMATION FROM THIS PROSPECTUS
AND MAY NOT CONTAIN ALL OF THE INFORMATION THAT IS IMPORTANT TO YOU. THIS
PROSPECTUS INCLUDES SPECIFIC TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE BONDS WE ARE OFFERING, AS
WELL AS INFORMATION REGARDING OUR BUSINESS AND DETAILED FINANCIAL DATA. WE
ENCOURAGE YOU TO READ THIS PROSPECTUS IN ITS ENTIRETY. THE TERMS "THE COMPANY,"
"WE," "OURS," "OUR" OR "US" AS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS REFER TO EDISON MISSION
HOLDINGS CO. AND ITS DIRECT AND INDIRECT SUBSIDIARIES, UNLESS THE CONTEXT
OTHERWISE REQUIRES. ALL CAPITALIZED TERMS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND NOT
OTHERWISE DEFINED HEREIN HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO SUCH TERMS IN THE "GLOSSARY
OF DEFINED TERMS" ATTACHED HERETO AS APPENDIX A. YOU SHOULD PAY SPECIAL
ATTENTION TO THE "RISK FACTORS" SECTION BEGINNING ON PAGE 13 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.

                         SUMMARY OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

    On May 27, 1999, we completed the private offering of $300 million aggregate
principal amount of 8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due 2019 and $530 million
aggregate principal amount of 8.734% Senior Secured Bonds due 2026. As part of
that offering, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial
purchasers of these original bonds in which we agreed, among other things, to
deliver this prospectus to you and to complete an exchange offer for the
original bonds. Set forth below is a summary of that exchange offer.

<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
Securities Offered...................  We are offering up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal
                                       amount of new 8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due 2019 and up to
                                       $530,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 8.734% Senior
                                       Secured Bonds due 2026, which have been registered under the
                                       Securities Act. The form and terms of these exchange bonds
                                       are identical in all material respects to those of the
                                       original bonds. The exchange bonds, however, will not
                                       contain transfer restrictions and registration rights
                                       applicable to the original bonds.

The Exchange Offer...................  We are offering to exchange new $1,000 principal amount of
                                       our 8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due 2019, which have been
                                       registered under the Securities Act, for $1,000 principal
                                       amount of our outstanding 8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due
                                       2019, and to exchange new $1,000 principal amount of our
                                       8.734% Senior Secured Bonds due 2026, which have been
                                       registered under the Securities Act, for $1,000 principal
                                       amount of our outstanding 8.734% Senior Secured Bonds due
                                       2026.

                                       In order to be exchanged, original bonds must be properly
                                       tendered and accepted. All original bonds that are validly
                                       tendered and not withdrawn will be exchanged. As of the date
                                       of this prospectus, there are $830 million principal amount
                                       of original bonds outstanding. We will issue exchange bonds
                                       promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer.

Resales..............................  Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC, as set
                                       forth in a series of no-action letters issued to third
                                       parties, we believe that the exchange bonds issued in the
                                       exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or
                                       otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the
                                       registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
                                       Securities Act provided that:

                                       - you are acquiring the exchange bonds in the ordinary
                                         course of your business;
</TABLE>

                                       1
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
                                       - you are not participating, do not intend to participate
                                         and have no arrangement or understanding with any person
                                         to participate, in a distribution of the exchange bonds;
                                         and

                                       - you are not an "affiliate" of ours.

                                       If you are an affiliate of ours, are engaged in or intend to
                                       engage in or have any arrangement or understanding with any
                                       person to participate in the distribution of the exchange
                                       bonds:

                                       (1) you cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the
                                           staff of the SEC and

                                       (2) you must comply with the registration requirements of
                                           the Securities Act in connection with any resale
                                           transaction.

                                       Each broker or dealer that receives exchange bonds for its
                                       own account in exchange for original bonds that were
                                       acquired as a result of market-making or other trading
                                       activities must acknowledge that it will deliver this
                                       prospectus in connection with any offer to resell, resale,
                                       or other transfer of the exchange bonds issued in the
                                       exchange offer.

Expiration Date......................  5:00 p.m., New York City time, on       , 2000, unless we
                                       extend the expiration date.

Accrued Interest on the Exchange
  Bonds and Original Bonds...........  The exchange bonds will bear interest from the most recent
                                       date to which interest has been paid on the original bonds
                                       or, if no interest has been paid on the original bonds, from
                                       May 27, 1999. If your original bonds are accepted for
                                       exchange, then you will receive interest on the exchange
                                       bonds and not on the original bonds.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer.....  The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions. We
                                       may assert or waive these conditions in our sole discretion.
                                       If we materially change the terms of the exchange offer, we
                                       will resolicit tenders of the original bonds. Please read
                                       the section "The Exchange Offer--Conditions to the Exchange
                                       Offer" of this prospectus for more information regarding
                                       conditions to the exchange offer.

Procedures for Tendering Original
  Bonds..............................  If you wish to tender your original bonds, you must
                                       complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a
                                       facsimile of it, according to its instructions and transmit
                                       the letter of transmittal, together with your original bonds
                                       and any other required documentation to United States Trust
                                       Company of New York. United States Trust Company of New
                                       York, who is the exchange agent, must receive this
                                       documentation at the address set forth in the letter of
                                       transmittal by 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
                                       expiration date. By executing the letter of transmittal, you
                                       will represent to us that you are acquiring the exchange
                                       bonds in the ordinary course of your business, that you are
                                       not participating, do not intend to participate and have no
                                       arrangement or understanding with any person to participate,
                                       in the distribution of exchange bonds, and
</TABLE>

                                       2
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
                                       that you are not an "affiliate" of ours. See "The Exchange
                                       Offer--Procedures for Tendering."

Special Procedures for Beneficial
  Holders............................  If you are the beneficial holder of original bonds that are
                                       registered in the name of your broker, dealer, commercial
                                       bank, trust company or other nominee, and you wish to tender
                                       in the exchange offer, you should promptly contact the
                                       person in whose name your original bonds are registered and
                                       instruct that person to tender on your behalf. See "The
                                       Exchange Offer--Procedures for Tendering."

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.......  If you wish to tender your original bonds and you cannot
                                       deliver your bonds, the letter of transmittal or any other
                                       required documents to the exchange agent before the
                                       expiration date, you may tender your original bonds
                                       according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in
                                       "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."

Withdrawal Rights....................  Tenders may be withdrawn at any time before 5:00 p.m., New
                                       York City time, on the expiration date.

Acceptance of Original Bonds and
  Delivery of Exchange Bonds.........  Subject to the conditions set forth in the section "The
                                       Exchange Offer--Conditions to the Exchange Offer" of this
                                       prospectus, we will accept for exchange any and all original
                                       bonds which are properly tendered in the exchange offer
                                       before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration
                                       date. The exchange bonds will be delivered promptly after
                                       the expiration date. See "The Exchange Offer--Terms of the
                                       Exchange Offer."

Certain United States Federal Income
  Tax Considerations.................  We believe that your exchange of original bonds for exchange
                                       bonds pursuant to the exchange offer will not result in any
                                       gain or loss to you for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
                                       See "Certain United States Federal Income Tax
                                       Considerations" in this prospectus.

Exchange Agent.......................  United States Trust Company of New York is serving as
                                       exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer. The
                                       address and telephone number of the exchange agent are set
                                       forth in "The Exchange Offer--Exchange Agent" in this
                                       prospectus.

Use of Proceeds......................  We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of
                                       exchange bonds pursuant to the exchange offer. We will pay
                                       all expenses incident to the exchange offer. See "Use of
                                       Proceeds."
</TABLE>

                                       3
<PAGE>
                     SUMMARY OF TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE BONDS

    THE FORM AND TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE BONDS AND THE ORIGINAL BONDS ARE
IDENTICAL IN ALL MATERIAL RESPECTS, EXCEPT THAT TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND
REGISTRATION RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE ORIGINAL BONDS DO NOT APPLY TO THE
EXCHANGE BONDS. THE EXCHANGE BONDS WILL EVIDENCE THE SAME DEBT AS THE ORIGINAL
BONDS AND WILL BE GOVERNED BY THE SAME INDENTURE. WHERE WE REFER TO "BONDS" IN
THIS DOCUMENT, WE ARE REFERRING TO BOTH SERIES OF ORIGINAL BONDS AND EXCHANGE
BONDS.

<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
Total Amount of Exchange
  Bonds Offered......................  $300 million in aggregate principal amount of 8.137% Senior
                                       Secured Bonds due 2019 (the "Series A bonds").

                                       $530 million in aggregate principal amount of 8.734% Senior
                                       Secured Bonds due 2026 (the "Series B bonds").

Maturity.............................  Series A bonds: October 1, 2019.

                                       Series B bonds: October 1, 2026.

Issue Price..........................  Par plus accrued interest from May 27, 1999.

Payment Dates........................  April 1 and October 1, beginning October 1, 1999.

Amortization.........................  Principal of the bonds will be amortized in accordance with
                                       the schedules set forth under "Description of the
                                       Bonds--Amortization of the Bonds."

Initial Average Life.................  Series A bonds: 13.9 years.

                                       Series B bonds: 20.7 years.

Denominations........................  We will sell the exchange bonds in minimum denominations of
                                       $100,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess
                                       thereof.

Ratings..............................  "Baa3" by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"),
                                       "BBB-" by Standard & Poor's Rating Services ("S&P") and
                                       "BBB" by Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. ("Duff & Phelps").

Subsidiary Guarantees................  Each guarantor is our wholly-owned subsidiary. If we cannot
                                       make payments on the bonds when they are due, the subsidiary
                                       guarantors must make them instead.

Optional Redemption..................  We may redeem any of the bonds at any time at a redemption
                                       price equal to:

                                       - 100% of the principal amount of the bonds being redeemed,
                                         PLUS

                                       - accrued interest on the bonds being redeemed, PLUS

                                       - a yield maintenance premium based on rates of comparable
                                         treasury securities PLUS 50 basis points.

Mandatory Redemption.................  In the event of any damage to the Facilities (defined
                                       below), governmental taking or other recovery event at the
                                       Facilities, we must use any proceeds actually received by us
                                       in excess of $5 million that are not used to repair or
                                       replace the Facilities to redeem bonds and prepay our other
                                       senior secured debt. In such event, the redemption price for
                                       the bonds will be 100% of the principal amount of the bonds
                                       being redeemed PLUS accrued interest.

Debt Service Reserve Account.........  We will be required to establish a debt service reserve
                                       account for the benefit of the holders of the bonds. This
                                       account will be funded
</TABLE>

                                       4
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
                                       with enough money to pay the projected debt service on the
                                       bonds due in the next six months (initially approximately
                                       $35 million). We do not have to fund this account with cash
                                       if we provide acceptable debt service credit support, which
                                       may be either an undertaking of Edison Mission Energy
                                       ("EME"), which owns us (if EME is rated "Baa1" or better by
                                       Moody's and "BBB+" or better by S&P) or a letter of credit
                                       provided by a bank or trust company rated "A2" or better by
                                       Moody's and "A" or better by S&P. The Collateral Agent will
                                       disburse funds from this account or call upon the credit
                                       support only to pay principal and interest on the bonds that
                                       is past due.

Credit Support Guarantee.............  If at any time before December 31, 2001 neither we nor the
                                       subsidiary guarantors can make payments on the bonds or our
                                       other senior secured debt and there is not enough money in
                                       the revenue and other accounts to make such payments, EME
                                       must make up to $42 million of these payments. EME will be
                                       required to make payments on the bonds before money in the
                                       debt service reserve account for the bonds or the acceptable
                                       credit support contained in such account is used.

Ranking of the Bonds.................  The bonds:

                                       - are senior secured obligations;

                                       - are equivalent in right of payment to all of our existing
                                         and future senior indebtedness; and

                                       - rank senior to all of our existing and future subordinated
                                         indebtedness.

Collateral...........................  The bonds and our other senior secured debt will be secured
                                       by:

                                       - a mortgage on our real property;

                                       - a security interest in our insurance policies and all of
                                         the money paid to us on such policies;

                                       - a security interest in all of our governmental approvals,
                                         if we are able to assign such approvals;

                                       - a security interest in reserve and other accounts and all
                                         money in such accounts; and

                                       - a security interest in all of our other assets, including
                                         our ownership interests in our subsidiaries.

Non-Recourse Obligations.............  We are obligated to make payments on the bonds. Neither EME
                                       nor any other affiliate of EME will guarantee payment of the
                                       bonds or will have any obligation to make payments on the
                                       bonds, other than EME's obligations under the Credit Support
                                       Guarantee or any credit support that we use to satisfy the
                                       debt service reserve requirement for the bonds.

Operating Flow of Funds..............  We will deposit all of our revenues into the revenue account
                                       established for your benefit and for the benefit of the
                                       holders of our other senior secured debt. These revenues
                                       will be used to pay operating expenses, administrative fees
                                       and expenses and debt service and to fund the debt service
                                       reserve accounts for the bonds and our other senior secured
                                       debt. Any money remaining after we
</TABLE>

                                       5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
                                       make these payments will be transferred into an equity
                                       account in order to make distributions to us if we satisfy
                                       the distribution conditions described below under
                                       "--Distributions."

Distributions........................  Other than as described below under "Use of Proceeds," we
                                       can make distributions only with funds in the equity account
                                       if the following conditions are satisfied on the quarterly
                                       distribution date:

                                       - no default or event of default under the indenture exists
                                         or would result from the distribution;

                                       - we have paid all amounts due on our senior debt and all
                                         reimbursement obligations due in respect of our letters of
                                         credit, if any, and have fully funded or provided
                                         acceptable debt service credit support for our debt
                                         service reserve accounts;

                                       - we certify that the debt service coverage ratio for the
                                         previous four quarters is at least 1.50 to 1.0 for any
                                         period ending on or before December 31, 2001 or 1.70 to
                                         1.0 for any period ending after December 31, 2001; and

                                       - we certify that the projected debt service coverage ratio
                                         for each four-quarter period during the next eight
                                         quarters is at least 1.50 to 1.0 for any period ending on
                                         or before December 31, 2001 or 1.70 to 1.0 for any period
                                         ending after December 31, 2001.

Covenants............................  The terms of the bonds will require us to, among other
                                       things: (1) provide financial statements, default notices
                                       and other notices to the trustee and the rating agencies;
                                       (2) comply with applicable laws; (3) obtain all necessary
                                       governmental approvals; and (4) pay taxes and maintain books
                                       and records.

                                       The terms of the bonds will restrict our ability to, among
                                       other things: (1) incur additional debt; (2) incur liens on
                                       our property; (3) sell assets; (4) enter into certain
                                       transactions with affiliates; and (5) create new
                                       subsidiaries.

                                       These limitations are subject to a number of important
                                       qualifications and exceptions which are described in
                                       "Description of Principal Financing Documents--Indenture."

Change of Control....................  It is an Event of Default under the bonds if EME's direct or
                                       indirect beneficial ownership in us is reduced to less than
                                       50% at any time, unless either:

                                       - the bonds are rated at least investment grade by each
                                         rating agency rating the bonds at that time and we receive
                                         a confirmation of the ratings of the bonds; or

                                       - the reduction in EME's voting interest is approved by
                                         bondholders holding at least 66 2/3% in aggregate
                                         principal amount of the outstanding bonds.

Governing Law........................  The bonds and the other Financing Documents (other than the
                                       mortgage of our real property, which will be governed by the
                                       laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) will be governed
                                       by the laws of the State of New York.
</TABLE>

                                       6
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY

EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

    We are a California corporation formed for the purpose of issuing the bonds
and, through its subsidiaries, acquiring, owning and operating three coal-fired
electric generating units (individually "Unit 1," "Unit 2" and "Unit 3" and,
collectively, the "Homer City Units" or the "Units") with an aggregate capacity
of 1,884 megawatts ("MW"), and related facilities (the Units and such related
facilities, the "Facilities"), located near Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. EME owns
the Company.

    On March 18, 1999, the Company's subsidiary, EME Homer City Generation L.P.
("EME Homer City"), completed its acquisition (the "Acquisition") of 100% of the
ownership interests in the Facilities from wholly-owned subsidiaries of
GPU Inc. and Energy East Corporation for approximately $1.8 billion. The Company
formed five subsidiaries, including EME Homer City, in order to effect the
acquisition, ownership, financing and operation of the Facilities. Each of these
subsidiaries is providing a guarantee with respect to the bonds as well as a
pledge of substantially all of its assets and cash flow as collateral for the
bonds.

    The nameplate capacities of the Homer City Units are 620 MW (Unit 1), 614 MW
(Unit 2) and 650 MW (Unit 3) and the Units are among the lowest cost
fossil-fired generating units in the Northeastern United States. The Units
benefit from direct transmission access into both the Pennsylvania--New
Jersey--Maryland power market ("PJM") and the New York power market ("NYPP"). In
1998, the Units had fuel expenses and operating and maintenance costs of
approximately $17/megawatt-hour ("MWh") and were among the first fossil-fired
units in the merit order for dispatch within both PJM and NYPP.

EDISON MISSION ENERGY

    EME is a leading global power producer. Through its subsidiaries, EME
engages in the business of developing, acquiring, owning and operating electric
power generation facilities worldwide. Edison International owns EME and also
owns Southern California Edison Company, one of the largest electric utilities
in the United States. At September 30, 1999, EME had consolidated assets of
approximetely $11 billion and total shareholder's equity of approximately
$2 billion. The bonds will be non-recourse to EME.

    EME was formed in 1986 with two domestic operating projects. EME's business
has evolved from the development of contract-based domestic power projects to
the development of contract-based international power projects and the
acquisition of operating generating assets within developed and deregulating
power markets. Currently, EME owns interests in 58 domestic and international
operating power stations with an aggregate generating capacity of 16,443 MW, of
which EME's share is approximately 12,369 MW. One domestic acquisition of twelve
operating projects totaling approximately 9,510 MW of generating capacity (of
which EME's anticipated share is 100%) is currently pending. In addition, EME
owns interests in one domestic and five international projects which are under
construction. The capacity of these projects is expected to total 2,493 MW (of
which EME's anticipated share is approximately 891 MW).

    EME's business goal is to be one of the leading owners and operators of
electric generating assets in the world. EME will play an active role, as a
long-term owner, in all phases of power generation, from planning and
development through construction and commercial operation. EME believes that
such involvement allows EME to better ensure, with its experienced personnel,
that its projects are well-planned, structured and managed, thereby maximizing
value creation.

    In the United States, long-term contracts are likely to be the exception
rather than the rule. EME's strategy focuses primarily on three areas with
respect to uncontracted plants: valuation, trading and regulation. First, EME
continuously improves its valuation tools, enabling EME to bid effectively and
competitively on assets that will be sold over the next five years. Second, EME
strives to develop its trading skills to enhance the returns of its generating
assets. Third, EME's principal customers

                                       7
<PAGE>
continue to be regulated utilities; therefore, understanding the regulatory and
economic environment in which these utilities operate allows EME to better react
to what they will do.

    In March 1999, EME entered into definitive acquisition documentation to
acquire 100% of the fossil-fuel generating assets of Commonwealth Edison Co.
("ComEd"), totaling approximately 9,510 MW of generating capacity. EME will
operate the plants, which are located in the Midwest. The closing of the
transaction is subject to various state and federal regulatory approvals and is
expected to be completed by year-end 1999. On May 14, 1999, EME acquired 40% of
Contact Energy Limited ("Contact Energy") from the government of New Zealand.
Contact Energy owns ten hydroelectric, geothermal and natural gas-fired power
generating plants in New Zealand (including two that are under construction),
with a total aggregate capacity of 2,371 MW, of which EME's share is 949 MW.
Contact Energy also supplies gas and electricity to customers in New Zealand and
has a minority interest in a power project currently under construction in
Australia. In July 1999, EME acquired two power plants in the United Kingdom
with a total generating capacity of 3,886 MW from PowerGen UK plc ("PowerGen").
These mid-merit plants will complement the pumped-storage hydroelectric power
plants EME already owns in the United Kingdom and sell power to the electricity
trading market there. Upon closing of the ComEd acquisition, EME will have an
interest in approximately 29,500 MW of generating capacity, of which EME's share
will be approximately 23,200 MW.

STRATEGIC OVERVIEW

    Over the past two years, EME has shifted its primary focus to the
acquisition and operation of competitive generation, both domestically and
internationally. EME identifies high-quality generating assets that are
strategic to deregulated power markets. EME has participated in several auctions
in the PJM and NYPP power markets because of the stable and developed nature of
the regions served by those markets. EME believes that low-cost, base load
assets in those markets are attractive because they operate all of the time and
because they are difficult to displace in the merit order. The acquisition of
the Homer City Units represents EME's entry into the PJM and NYPP competitive
markets. The Units satisfy EME's competitive generation strategy as they:

    - Are among the first fossil-fired plants to be dispatched in PJM and NYPP;

    - Have the ability to access two competitive power markets, PJM and NYPP;

    - Are located near large quantities of low-cost coal reserves;

    - Are efficiently staffed and have an experienced workforce;

    - Have a high average equivalent availability and efficient plant heat rate;
      and

    - Provide the opportunity to implement a proactive environmental upgrade
      program.

POWER SALES STRATEGY

    POWER MARKETS.  EME Homer City sells output from the Homer City Units into
the PJM and NYPP competitive markets for capacity and energy and may also enter
into bilateral contracts for the sale of capacity and energy to power marketers
and load serving entities within PJM, NYPP and surrounding markets. PJM is
divided into three distinct locational marginal pricing zones and the Facilities
are located in the Western zone. PJM has been operating as an Independent System
Operator (an "ISO") since November 1997 and provides bid-based markets for
energy and installed capacity. PJM is characterized by predominantly coal-fired
base load and marginal units, a high concentration of nuclear facilities,
extensive regional transmission interconnections and retail competition in the
underlying Pennsylvania retail market.

    NYPP is divided into eleven distinct locational marginal pricing zones and
the Facilities are located in the Western region. NYPP has received conditional
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission ("FERC") approval to become an ISO and has
proposed to provide bid-based markets for energy, installed capacity and
ancillary services. NYPP is characterized by predominantly coal-fired base load
and marginal units and transmission interconnections with the New England Power
Pool ("NEPOOL")

                                       8
<PAGE>
market, as well as with PJM and several Canadian transmission systems. Retail
customers in New York began to have the ability to choose their electric
supplier in 1998.

    We can transmit 1,884 MW from the Homer City Units into NYPP through two 345
kilovolts ("kV") high voltage transmission lines and can transmit 1,884 MW into
PJM through two 230 kV lines. We will not incur any access or wheeling charges
for any energy delivered into PJM or for up to 942 MW of energy delivered into
NYPP. A 13-mile 230 kV line from the Homer City Units also provides an indirect
interconnection to the East Central Area Reliability ("ECAR") market.

    POWER MARKETING ACTIVITIES.  We have entered into a contract with a
marketing affiliate for the sale of energy and capacity produced by the Homer
City Units, which enables such marketing affiliate to engage in forward sales
and hedging transactions to manage our electricity price exposure. The marketing
affiliate has systems in place which monitor real-time spot and forward pricing
and perform option valuations. We will pay the marketing affiliate a nominal fee
for the performance of marketing services. All revenue from physical sales
transactions executed by the marketing affiliate will be deposited into the
revenue account established for the benefit of the bondholders and the holders
of our other senior secured debt. As of September 30, 1999, we had sold 82% of
the anticipated energy output of Units 1 and 2 for the remainder of 1999. These
forward energy sales average $22.00/MWh, compared to the Power Market
Consultant's base case projections of $19.14/MWh for PJM and $22.30/MWh for
NYPP. Also as of September 30, 1999, we had entered into forward energy sales
totaling 856 MW during on-peak hours in calendar year 2000 at an average price
of $40.90/MWh. The marketing affiliate has sold 99% of the remaining installed
capacity over the transition contract amounts through May 2000 at a weighted
average price of $65.00/MW-day.

    TRANSITION CONTRACTS.  We have entered into separate transition contracts
(the "Transition Contracts") with Pennsylvania Electric Company ("Penelec") and
New York State Electric & Gas Corporation ("NYSEG"), pursuant to which we may
exercise a put option to sell certain quantities of capacity to Penelec and
NYSEG, and Penelec and NYSEG may exercise call options to purchase certain
quantities of our capacity. The terms of the NYSEG Transition Contract and the
Penelec Transition Contract continue until April 30, 2001 and May 31, 2001,
respectively. We have exercised our put option to sell 942 MW of capacity to
Penelec for the first and second contract years under the Penelec Transition
Contract for a price of $49.90/MW-day for the first contract year and
$59.90/MW-day for the second contract year. We have entered into a letter
agreement with NYSEG to adjust the contract periods under the NYSEG Transition
Contract to conform to the PJM capacity planning cycle. We have also entered
into contractual arrangements with NYSEG to sell it 942 MW of capacity for the
period from March 18, 1999 to May 31, 1999 for a price of $55.00/MW-day and to
sell it 500 MW of capacity during the period from June 1, 1999 through May 31,
2000 for a price of $60.00/MW-day. The amount of capacity covered by these
Transition Contracts with respect to which a put or call option has not yet been
exercised is subject to reduction in the event that there is a decrease in the
amount by which NYSEG's and Penelec's projected load supply obligations exceed
the capacity available to be provided by their remaining owned generation and
existing power purchase entitlements.

ENVIRONMENTAL STRATEGY

    We have contracted with a division of ABB Flakt, Inc. ("ABB") to make
environmental improvements to the Units. ABB will construct a limestone-based,
wet scrubber flue gas desulfurization ("FGD") system at Unit 3 and a selective
catalytic reduction ("SCR") system at each of the three Units (the
"Environmental Capital Improvements"). The Environmental Capital Improvements
are expected to enable the Homer City Units to comply with Phase II of Title IV
of the Clean Air Act regarding SO(2) emissions, the Pennsylvania NO(x) allowance
regulations and Pennsylvania's response to the Environmental Protection Agency's
("EPA") State Implementation Plan Call regarding NO(x) emissions. The
Environmental Capital Improvements will cost approximately $246 million, which
amount includes a fixed price, turnkey engineering, procurement and construction
contract, project

                                       9
<PAGE>
management costs and other project costs, and are scheduled to be installed
during 2000-2001. The Environmental Capital Improvements will be funded with
loans under an existing credit facility.

FUEL SUPPLY STRATEGY

    The Homer City Units utilize coal as their primary source of fuel and
benefit from access by truck to significant native coal reserves located within
the western Pennsylvania portion of the Northern Appalachian region. Northern
Appalachian coal is relatively inexpensive and has a high heat content. We will
work with our affiliates to provide short-term and long-term market-based fuel
arrangements after the existing supply contracts expire and to minimize fuel
costs as enabled by the Environmental Capital Improvements. Up to 95% of the
coal used by Units 1 and 2 is supplied under existing contracts with regional
mines which are located within 50 miles of the Facilities, while the remainder
is purchased in the spot market. The coal for Units 1 and 2 is cleaned in our
coal cleaning facility (the "Coal Cleaning Plant") to reduce sulfur content.
Unit 3 utilizes lower sulfur coal which is blended at an on-site coal blending
facility.

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE STRATEGY

    We employ a skilled and disciplined workforce that is well prepared to
operate within a competitive and deregulated environment. We believe that our
staffing levels are comparable with benchmark standards for facilities of a
similar size and type. Employee headcount has been reduced by nearly 30% over
the past five years, while at the same time high standards for equivalent
availability and safety have been consistently maintained. The majority of the
technical staff at the Facilities has been retained after completing our
acquisition of the Homer City Units, thus providing us with a knowledgeable and
experienced base of employees which average over 22 years of experience in the
operation of the Homer City Units and similar facilities.

    Our workforce is employed pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement
which was restructured in 1994. The collective bargaining agreement provides us
with a measure of labor cost certainty through 2002. The collective bargaining
agreement enables us to manage our workforce and to establish flexible work
rules going forward. We plan to cross-train our employees to perform different
functions, thus minimizing the use of more expensive or less efficient
subcontractors.

    Our operating and maintenance plan, as well as several planned overhauls of
major equipment and controls, are consistent with our goal of extending the
remaining life of the Homer City Units for an additional 39 years. We utilize a
state-of-the-art computerized maintenance system to plan and schedule all
maintenance activities. We also employ a preventive maintenance program
complemented by new predictive maintenance technologies such as ferrography,
thermography, vibration analysis and acoustic analysis. Reliability-centered
maintenance techniques are currently being developed for critical systems to
better define condition monitoring parameters and redefine maintenance
strategies.

OFFERING OF ORIGINAL BONDS

    On May 27, 1999, we issued and sold the original bonds. We used the net
proceeds of that offering, which were approximately $823 million, (1) to repay
the principal of loans outstanding under the Acquisition Facility and (2) to
repay a portion of EME's equity investment in us in the form of a distribution.

                                       10
<PAGE>
                           SOURCES AND USES OF FUNDS

FINANCING PLAN

    We entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of March 18, 1999 (the "Credit
Agreement"), with the banks and other financial institutions party thereto (the
"Banks"). The Credit Agreement provides for (1) a 364-day term loan facility in
an amount up to $800 million (the "Acquisition Facility"), (2) a five-year term
loan facility in an amount up to $250 million (the "Environmental Capital
Improvements Facility") and (3) a five-year revolving credit facility in an
amount up to $50 million (the "Working Capital Facility"). On March 18, 1999, we
borrowed $800 million of term loans under the Acquisition Facility and used the
proceeds of such loans, together with equity contributions from EME in the
amount of $1.06 billion, to fund the purchase price for the Facilities.

    We used the net proceeds of the sale of the original bonds to repay the
outstanding principal of, and to permanently reduce the bank commitments
associated with, the term loans borrowed under the Acquisition Facility, and to
repay a portion of EME's equity investment in us in the form of a distribution.
We will use amounts available under the Environmental Capital Improvements
Facility to fund the Environmental Capital Improvements and will use amounts
available under the Working Capital Facility for general working capital
purposes. All outstanding amounts under the Working Capital Facility will be
repaid each year on the anniversary of the issuance of the original bonds. Under
certain conditions, we have access to additional liquidity in a debt service
reserve account and under a credit support guarantee provided by EME.

TABLE OF SOURCES AND USES OF FUNDS

    The following table sets forth the approximate sources and uses of funds in
connection with the Acquisition.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AMOUNT
                                                              --------------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>
SOURCES OF FUNDS:
  Equity....................................................    $1,030,000
                                                                ----------
  Debt:
    Acquisition Facility....................................            --
    Bonds...................................................       830,000
                                                                ----------
  Total Debt(1).............................................       830,000
                                                                ----------
TOTAL SOURCES OF FUNDS......................................    $1,860,000
USES OF FUNDS:
  Acquisition Costs.........................................    $1,801,000
  Transaction Expenses, Inventories, Other..................        59,000
                                                                ----------
TOTAL USES OF FUNDS.........................................    $1,860,000
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

(1)  Does not include amounts available for drawing under the $250 million
     Environmental Capital Improvements Facility or the $50 million Working
    Capital Facility.

                                       11
<PAGE>
                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

    The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated financial data
for the period indicated. The summary consolidated financial data was derived
from the audited financial statements of the Company. The summary is qualified
in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements,
including the notes thereto, included herein or incorporated by reference.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               NINE MONTHS
                                                                  ENDED
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                   1999
                                                              --------------
                                                                   (IN
                                                                THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Operating revenues..........................................    $  245,788
Operating expenses..........................................       150,999
                                                                ----------
Income from operations......................................        94,789
Interest expense............................................       (35,506)
Interest and other income...................................           834
                                                                ----------
Income before income taxes..................................        60,117
Provision for income taxes..................................        24,939
                                                                ----------
Income before extraordinary loss............................        35,178
Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt, net of
  income tax benefits.......................................        (2,667)
                                                                ----------
Net income..................................................    $   32,511
                                                                ==========

<CAPTION>
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                   1999
                                                              --------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
<S>                                                           <C>
Assets......................................................     2,121,696
Current liabilities.........................................        60,263
Long-term obligations.......................................       992,004
Shareholders' equity........................................     1,069,429
</TABLE>

                                       12
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

    IN ADDITION TO THE INFORMATION CONTAINED ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS, THE
FOLLOWING RISK FACTORS SHOULD BE CAREFULLY CONSIDERED BY EACH PROSPECTIVE
INVESTOR IN EVALUATING AN INVESTMENT IN THE BONDS. THE RISK FACTORS SET FORTH
BELOW, OTHER THAN "-YOU MAY EXPERIENCE ADVERSE CONSEQUENCES IF YOU FAIL TO
EXCHANGE YOUR ORIGINAL BONDS FOR EXCHANGE BONDS," GENERALLY APPLY TO THE
ORIGINAL BONDS AS WELL AS THE EXCHANGE BONDS.

YOU MAY EXPERIENCE ADVERSE CONSEQUENCES IF YOU FAIL TO EXCHANGE YOUR ORIGINAL
BONDS FOR EXCHANGE BONDS.

    If you do not exchange your original bonds for exchange bonds pursuant to
the exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to the restrictions on
transfer of your original bonds described in the legend on your original bonds.
The restrictions on transfer of your original bonds arise because we issued the
original bonds pursuant to exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to,
the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state
securities laws. In general, you may only offer or sell the original bonds if
they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities
laws, or offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from such requirements. We do
not intend to register the original bonds under the Securities Act. In addition,
if you exchange your original bonds in the exchange offer for the purpose of
participating in a distribution of the exchange bonds, you may be deemed to have
received restricted securities and, if so, will be required to comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale transaction. To the extent original bonds are
tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market, if any, for the
original bonds would be adversely affected. See "The Exchange Offer--
Consequences of Exchanging or Failing to Exchange Original Bonds."

WE ARE THE ONLY ONES REQUIRED TO MAKE PAYMENTS ON THE BONDS AND OUR ABILITY TO
DO SO IS DEPENDENT ON CIRCUMSTANCES BEYOND OUR CONTROL.

    We are the only ones required to make payments on the bonds. None of our
affiliates, shareholders, officers, directors or employees will be required to
make payments on the bonds, including EME, other than EME's obligations under
the Credit Support Guarantee or any guarantee provided by EME that we use to
satisfy our debt service reserve requirements. We are a special purpose finance
company and our only significant assets are our equity interests in our
subsidiaries. Our ability to make payments on the bonds is dependent on our
subsidiaries' ability to repay subordinated intercompany loans and make equity
distributions. Our subsidiaries' ability to repay the intercompany loans and
make equity distributions is dependent on revenues generated by the Facilities,
which is dependent on the Facilities' performance level and on market conditions
for the sale of capacity and energy.

THE OPERATION OF THE FACILITIES INVOLVES RISKS.

    The operation of power generation facilities involves many operating risks,
including:

    - performance below expected levels of output or efficiency;

    - interruptions in fuel supply;

    - disruptions in the transmission of electricity;

    - breakdown or failure of equipment or processes;

    - violation of permit requirements; and

    - operator error or catastrophic events such as fires, earthquakes,
      explosions, floods or other similar occurrences affecting power generation
      facilities.

                                       13
<PAGE>
    Although we employ experienced operating personnel to operate the Facilities
and will maintain insurance (including business interruption insurance) to
mitigate the effects of certain of the operating risks described above, we
cannot assure you that the occurrence of one or more of the events listed above
would not significantly decrease or eliminate revenues generated by the
Facilities or significantly increase the costs of operating the Facilities. A
decrease or elimination in revenues generated by the Facilities or an increase
in the costs of operating the Facilities could decrease or eliminate funds
available to us to make payments on the bonds.

THE REVENUES GENERATED BY THE OPERATION OF THE FACILITIES ARE SUBJECT TO MARKET
RISKS WHICH ARE BEYOND OUR CONTROL.

    We may sell all or a portion of the Homer City Units' output into the PJM,
NYPP or other competitive power markets or on a bilateral basis and may also
sell such output to our marketing affiliate, which will in turn sell such output
into the PJM, NYPP or other markets. Participants in PJM and NYPP are not
guaranteed any specified rate of return on their capital investments through
recovery of mandated rates payable by purchasers of electricity. Therefore, with
the exception of revenue generated by the Transition Contracts (which expire in
2001) and from bilateral contracts for the sale of electricity with third-party
load serving entities and power marketers, our revenues and results of
operations will be dependent upon prevailing market prices for energy, capacity
and ancillary services in PJM, NYPP and other competitive markets.

    Among the factors that will influence the market prices for energy, capacity
and ancillary services in PJM and NYPP are:

    - prevailing market prices for fuel oil, coal and natural gas and associated
      transportation costs;

    - the extent of additional supplies of capacity, energy and ancillary
      services from current competitors or new market entrants, including the
      development of new generation facilities that may be able to produce
      electricity less expensively;

    - transmission congestion in PJM and/or NYPP;

    - the extended operation of nuclear generating plants in PJM and NYPP beyond
      their presently expected dates of decommissioning;

    - weather conditions prevailing in PJM and NYPP from time to time;

    - the possibility of a reduction in the projected rate of growth in
      electricity usage as a result of factors such as regional economic
      conditions and the implementation of conservation programs; and

    - regulations, yet to be finalized, to take effect upon implementation of
      the ISO in NYPP.

    All of the factors listed above are beyond our control.

WE HAVE BEEN OPERATING THE FACILITIES FOR ONLY A SHORT PERIOD OF TIME.

    Substantially all of our current business consists of owning and operating
the Facilities. Although the Homer City Units had a significant operating
history at the time we acquired them, we have a very limited history of owning
and operating the Homer City Units. In addition, the Units were operated as
integrated parts of regulated utilities prior to our acquisition and their
output of electricity was sold by NYSEG and Penelec at prices which were based
upon rates set by regulatory authorities. We cannot assure you that we will be
successful in operating the Homer City Units in a competitive environment in
which electricity rates will be set by the operation of market forces. We also
cannot assure you that the Homer City Units will perform as expected or that the
revenues generated by the Units will support our indebtedness, the cost of
operating the Facilities and the capital expenditures needed to

                                       14
<PAGE>
maintain the Facilities. Our historical consolidated financial data are not
helpful in predicting our future income because we have not been operating the
Facilities for a significant period of time.

OUR BUSINESS IS SUBJECT TO SUBSTANTIAL REGULATIONS AND PERMITTING REQUIREMENTS
AND MAY BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY OUR INABILITY TO COMPLY WITH EXISTING
REGULATIONS OR REQUIREMENTS OR CHANGES IN APPLICABLE REGULATIONS OR
REQUIREMENTS.

    Our business is subject to extensive energy and environmental regulation by
federal, state and local authorities. We are required to comply with numerous
laws and regulations, and to obtain numerous governmental permits, in our
operation of the Facilities. We cannot assure you that existing regulations will
not be revised or reinterpreted, that new laws and regulations will not be
adopted or become applicable to us or the Facilities or that future changes in
laws and regulations will not have a detrimental effect on our business.

    One of our strategies for compliance with federal regulations regarding
SO(2) emissions and federal and state regulations regarding NO(x) emissions is
the construction of the Environmental Capital Improvements. A delay in the
completion of the Environmental Capital Improvements or the failure of the
improvements to perform to their technical specifications could adversely affect
our compliance strategy and require us to purchase emissions allowances or
reduce the expected levels of operation of the Homer City Units. Although our
construction contract with ABB contains customary performance and completion
guarantees, we cannot assure you that the Environmental Capital Improvements
will be installed when anticipated or whether such systems will perform at the
expected levels.

    We believe that we have obtained all material energy-related federal, state
and local approvals currently required to operate the Facilities. Although not
currently required, additional regulatory approvals may be required in the
future due to a change in laws and regulations, a change in our customers or for
other reasons. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain all required
regulatory approvals that we do not yet have or that we may require in the
future, or that we will be able to obtain any necessary modifications to
existing regulatory approvals or maintain all required regulatory approvals. If
there is a delay in obtaining any required regulatory approvals or if we fail to
obtain and comply with any required regulatory approvals, the operation of the
Facilities or the sale of electricity to third parties could be prevented or
subject to additional costs.

    We are required to comply with numerous statutes, regulations and ordinances
relating to the safety and health of employees and the public, the protection of
the environment and land use. These statutes, regulations and ordinances are
constantly changing. We may incur significant additional costs because of our
compliance with these requirements. If we fail to comply with these
requirements, we could be subject to civil or criminal liability and the
imposition of clean-up liens or fines. In acquiring the Facilities, we assumed,
subject to certain exceptions, all on-Site liabilities associated with the
environmental condition of the Facilities, regardless of when such liabilities
arose and whether known or unknown, and generally agreed to indemnify the former
owners of the Facilities for these liabilities. We cannot assure you that we
will at all times be in compliance with all applicable environmental laws and
regulations or that steps to bring the Facilities into compliance would not
materially and adversely affect our ability to make payments on the bonds.

THE INSURANCE COVERAGE FOR THE FACILITIES MAY NOT BE ADEQUATE.

    We are required to have insurance for the Facilities, including all-risk
property damage insurance, commercial general public liability insurance, boiler
and machinery coverage and business interruption insurance. We cannot assure you
that the insurance coverage for the Facilities will be available in the future
on commercially reasonable terms. We also cannot assure you that the insurance
proceeds received for any loss of the Facilities or any damage to the Facilities
will be sufficient to permit us to make any payments on the bonds.

                                       15
<PAGE>
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE YEAR 2000 PROBLEM COULD HAVE AN ADVERSE EFFECT ON OUR
  BUSINESS.

    We expect to implement successfully systems to address year 2000 issues. We
cannot assure you, however, that our year 2000 compliance will not be delayed or
require significant expenditures. Our inability to implement the appropriate
software on a timely basis could have an adverse effect on our business. We may
also suffer an adverse impact on our business if our suppliers, customers,
financial institutions, technical advisors and others with which we conduct
business are not year 2000 compliant.

YOU MAY FIND IT DIFFICULT TO SELL YOUR BONDS.

    You may find it difficult to sell your bonds because an active trading
market for the bonds may not develop. The exchange bonds are being offered to
the holders of the original bonds. The original bonds were issued on May 27,
1999 primarily to a small number of institutional investors and overseas
investors. After the exchange offer, the trading market for the remaining
untendered original bonds could be adversely affected.

    There is no existing trading market for the exchange bonds. We do not intend
to apply for listing or quotation of the exchange bonds on any exchange.
Therefore, we do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the
development of a trading market or how liquid that market might be. Although the
initial purchasers of the original bonds have informed us that they currently
intend to make a market in the exchange bonds, they are not obligated to do so,
and any market-making may be discontinued at any time without notice. As a
result, the market price of the exchange bonds could be adversely affected.

FEDERAL AND STATE STATUTES ALLOW COURTS, UNDER SPECIFIC CIRCUMSTANCES, TO VOID
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES AND REQUIRE BONDHOLDERS TO RETURN PAYMENTS RECEIVED FROM
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS.

    Under the federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state
fraudulent transfer laws, our subsidiaries' guarantees of the bonds could be
voided, or claims in respect thereof could be subordinated to all other debts of
a subsidiary guarantor, if, among other things, such guarantor, at the time it
incurred the indebtedness evidenced by its guarantee:

    - received less than fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for
      the guarantee;

    - was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such issuance;

    - was engaged in a business or transaction for which its remaining assets
      constituted unreasonably small capital; or

    - intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its
      ability to pay such debts as they mature.

    In addition, any payment by such subsidiary guarantor pursuant to its
guarantee could be voided and required to be returned to such subsidiary
guarantor, or to a fund for the benefit of the creditors of the guarantor. Our
subsidiaries' liabilities under their guarantees are contractually limited to
the maximum amount they could pay without the guarantees being deemed to be
fraudulent transfers. We cannot assure you, however, that this limitation would
be effective and, if it was effective, if the limited amount would be sufficient
to pay the bonds in full.

IT MAY BE DIFFICULT TO REALIZE THE VALUE OF THE COLLATERAL PLEDGED TO SECURE THE
BONDS AND THE PROCEEDS RECEIVED FROM A SALE OF THE COLLATERAL MAY BE
INSUFFICIENT TO REPAY THE BONDS.

    Our obligation to make payments on the bonds is secured only by the
collateral described in this offering circular. The Collateral Agent's ability
to foreclose on the collateral on your behalf may be subject to perfection and
priority issues and to practical problems associated with the realization of the
Collateral Agent's security interest in the collateral. For example, the
Collateral Agent may need to obtain the consent of a third party prior to
transferring an asset upon foreclosure. We cannot assure

                                       16
<PAGE>
you that the Collateral Agent will be able to obtain such consent. Further, we
cannot assure you that foreclosure on the collateral would provide sufficient
funds to repay all amounts due on the bonds. In addition, senior debt
outstanding under the existing bank credit facilities and certain types of other
debt that we are permitted to incur will rank equally with the bonds and share
ratably in the collateral which secures the bonds. This would reduce the
benefits of the collateral to you and your ability to control certain actions
taken with respect to the collateral.

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

    We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. In consideration
for issuing the exchange bonds, we will receive in exchange original bonds of
like principal amount, the terms of which are identical in all material respects
to the exchange bonds. The original bonds surrendered in exchange for exchange
bonds will be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, issuance
of the exchange bonds will not result in any increase in our indebtedness. We
have agreed to bear the expenses of the exchange offer. No underwriter is being
used in connection with the exchange offer.

    On May 27, 1999, we issued and sold the original bonds. We used the net
proceeds of that offering (1) to repay the principal of loans outstanding under
the Acquisition Facility and (2) to repay a portion of EME's equity investment
in us in the form of a distribution.

                                 CAPITALIZATION

    The following table sets forth the consolidated capitalization of the
Company as of September 30, 1999, and reflects the issuance of the original
bonds and the application of the approximate proceeds therefrom as described in
"Use of Proceeds."

                    CAPITALIZATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                           (UNAUDITED, IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Short-Term Indebtedness.....................................  $   60,263

Long-Term Indebtedness:

  Bonds Payable.............................................     885,000
                                                              ----------

    Total Long-Term Indebtedness............................  $  885,000

Shareholders' Equity........................................  $1,069,429
                                                              ----------

    Total Capitalization....................................  $1,954,429
                                                              ==========
</TABLE>

                                       17
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

    The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated financial data
for the period indicated. The summary consolidated financial data was derived
from the audited financial statements of the Company. The summary is qualified
in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements,
including the notes thereto, included herein or incorporated by reference.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               NINE MONTHS
                                                                  ENDED
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                   1999
                                                              --------------
                                                                   (IN
                                                                THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Operating revenues..........................................    $  245,788
Operating expenses..........................................       150,999
                                                                ----------
Income from operations......................................        94,789
Interest expense............................................       (35,506)
Interest and other income...................................           834
                                                                ----------
Income before income taxes..................................        60,117
Provision for income taxes..................................        24,939
                                                                ----------
Income before extraordinary loss............................        35,178
Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt, net of
  income tax benefit........................................        (2,667)
                                                                ----------
Net income..................................................    $   32,511
                                                                ==========

<CAPTION>
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                   1999
                                                              --------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
<S>                                                           <C>
Assets......................................................    $2,121,696
Current liabilities.........................................        60,263
Long-term obligations.......................................       992,004
Shareholders' equity........................................     1,069,429
OTHER DATA:
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(1).......................          2.65
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

(1) For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings
    are divided by fixed charges. "Earnings" represent the aggregate of income
    before taxes and extraordinary income and fixed charges, net of capitalized
    interest. "Fixed charges" represent interest expense (prior to capitalized
    interest).

                                       18
<PAGE>
          MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

    THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS REGARDING THE
COMPANY. THESE STATEMENTS ARE BASED ON THE CURRENT PLANS AND EXPECTATIONS OF THE
COMPANY AND INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL FUTURE
ACTIVITIES AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS TO BE MATERIALLY DIFFERENT FROM THOSE SET
FORTH IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. IMPORTANT FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE
ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER INCLUDE RISKS SET FORTH IN "RISK FACTORS."

GENERAL

    The Company is a special-purpose California corporation formed on
October 7, 1998 for the purpose of facilitating the financing of the acquisition
and, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, acquiring, making improvements to
and operating the three coal-fired electric generating units and related
facilities. EME Homer City, an indirect subsidiary of the Company, acquired the
Facilities on March 18, 1999 for a purchase price of approximately
$1.8 billion, with adjustments for changes in the book value of inventories and
prorations related to certain items including but not limited to taxes, rents
and fees under transferred permits.

    EME Homer City derives revenue from the sale of energy and capacity into PJM
and NYPP and from bilateral contracts with power marketers and load serving
entities within PJM, NYPP and the surrounding markets. EME Homer City has
entered into a contract with a marketing affiliate for the sale of energy and
capacity produced by the Facilities, which enables such marketing affiliate to
engage in forward sales and hedging. EME Homer City will pay the marketing
affiliate a nominal fee currently set at $0.02/MWh (approximately $0.1 million
for the period).

    EME Homer City believes there may also be opportunities to derive revenue
from the sale of installed capacity and ancillary services. Under the terms of
the Penelec Transition Contract and the NYSEG Transition Contract, EME Homer
City has elected to exercise certain options to sell capacity. These contracts
expire mid-year 2001. EME Homer City also has the option to sell non-contracted
capacity in PJM and NYPP. It is believed the Units should be capable of
producing revenues from the sale of voltage support based on previous
utilization of the Units.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    Results of operations from March 18, 1999 through September 30, 1999:

OPERATING REVENUES

    Revenues for the period from March 18, 1999 through September 30, 1999 were
$245.8 million. Revenues primarily consist of energy revenue of $222.3 million,
capacity revenue of $22.0 million and sale of emission credits of $1.5 million.
These sales were made through a contract with a marketing affiliate, which
enables the affiliate to engage in forward sales and hedging transactions. Due
to warmer weather during the summer months, electric revenues generated from EME
Homer City are substantially higher during the third quarter. The Facilities
generated 6,624 GWhr of electricity since they were acquired and had an
availability factor of 85.4%. The weighted average price for energy was
$33.30/MWh.

OPERATING EXPENSES

    Operating expenses consisted of expenses for fuel, plant operations,
depreciation and amortization and administrative and general expenses. Fuel
expense of $84.4 million included $84.0 million of coal for the period at an
average price of $31.04 per ton. The Units benefit from access by truck to
significant native coal reserves located within the western Pennsylvania portion
of the North Appalachian region. Up to 95% of the coal used by Units 1 and 2 is
supplied under existing contracts

                                       19
<PAGE>
with regional mines which are located within 50 miles of the facility, while the
remainder is purchased on the spot market. The coal for Units 1 and 2 is cleaned
by the coal cleaning facility to reduce sulfur content. Unit 3 utilizes lower
sulfur coal which is blended at an on-site coal blending facility.

    Plant operations expense was $40.8 million, which included labor and
overhead of $11.2 million, outside services of $18.8 million, parts and supplies
of $5.6 million, and other administrative costs of $5.2 million.

    Depreciation and amortization expenses were $25.3 million. Depreciation
expense primarily relates to the acquisition of the Facilities which is being
depreciated over thirty-nine years.

    Administrative and general expenses of $0.5 million were due to an
allocation of EME corporate overhead costs.

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

    Interest expense was $35.5 million, which included interest on the
$800 million Acquisition Facility of $9.6 million (retired with proceeds from
the Bonds), interest on the $830 million Bonds of $24.4 million, amortization of
deferred financing costs of $1.2 million, and Credit Facility fees of
approximately $0.3 million. The average interest rate on outstanding
indebtedness was 8.39% at September 30, 1999.

    Interest and other income of $0.8 million was earned on cash and cash
equivalents.

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

    The Company had an effective tax rate before extraordinary item of 41.5%.
The effective tax rate was higher than the federal statutory rate of 35% due to
state income taxes.

EXTRAORDINARY LOSS

    The early repayment of the $800 million Acquisition Facility in May 1999
resulted in an extraordinary loss of $2.7 million (net of income tax benefit of
$2.3 million) attributable to the write-off of unamortized debt issue costs.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

    Net cash flow provided by Operating Activities from March 18, 1999 through
September 30, 1999 was $113.8 million. Net working capital was $132.3 million
which included $102.2 million of cash that was restricted by the trust agreement
associated with the Company's senior secured bonds.

    In March 1999, EME Homer City completed the acquisition of the 1,884 MW
Homer City Electric Generating Station and related facilities from GPU, Inc.,
New York State Electric & Gas Corporation and their respective affiliates.
Consideration for the purchase was a cash payment of approximately
$1.8 billion.

    In order to finance the acquisition, EME Homer City entered into a Credit
Agreement, dated as of March 18, 1999 with banks and other financial
institutions party thereto (the "Banks"). The Credit Agreement provides for
(1) a 364-day term loan facility in an amount up to $800 million ("Acquisition
Facility"), (2) a five-year term loan facility in an amount up to $250 million
("Environmental Capital Improvements Facility") and (3) a five-year revolving
credit facility in an amount up to $50 million ("Working Capital Facility"). On
March 18, 1999, the Company borrowed $800 million of term loans under the
Acquisition Facility and used the proceeds of such loans, together with equity
contributions from EME of approximately $1 billion, to fund the purchase price
for the Facilities.

                                       20
<PAGE>
    On May 27, 1999, the Company completed a private offering of $300 million
aggregate principal amount of the Series A bonds and $530 million aggregate
principal amount of the Series B bonds. The net proceeds of the sale of the
Bonds were used to repay the outstanding principal of, and to permanently reduce
the bank commitments associated with the term loans borrowed under the
Acquisition Facility, and to repay a portion of EME's equity investment in the
Company in the form of a distribution. The Company intends to use amounts
available under the Environmental Capital Improvements Facility to fund the
Environmental Capital Improvements; the Company had drawn $55 million under the
facility at September 30, 1999. The Company may use amounts available under the
Working Capital Facility for general working capital purposes. All outstanding
amounts under the Working Capital Facility will be repaid each year on the
anniversary of the issuance of the Bonds. Under certain conditions, the Company
may have access to additional liquidity in a debt service reserve account and
under a credit support guarantee provided by EME.

    The Company intends to invest approximately $246 million for the
Environmental Capital Improvements, including a SCR on all three Units and a
fuel gas desulfurization system ("FGD") system on Unit 3, pursuant to a fixed
price, turnkey engineering, procurement and construction contract. The SCR on
Unit 2 is expected to be installed by September 2000, the SCRs on Units 1 and 3
are expected to be installed by May 2001 and the FGD system is expected to be
installed by September 2001. Capital expenditures for the nine month period
ended September 30, 1999 were $74.1 million, primarily related to the FGD. The
environmental improvements will enhance the economics of the Units by reducing
fuel costs, NO(X) allowance purchases and SO(2) allowance purchases. These
capital expenditures will be financed through the Company's $250 million
Environmental Capital Improvements Facility. The Company also has access to the
$50 million Working Capital Facility that is available for five years from the
date of acquisition.

OTHER COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    The Company's parent, EME, has entered into the Credit Support Guarantee,
which, under certain conditions, must make up to $42 million in payments. The
Credit Support Guarantee is available until December 31, 2001 as additional
cashflow to support shortfalls in the payment of the Bonds and other senior
secured debt. EME has also provided a guarantee as of the date of the offering
to satisfy the Company's debt service reserve requirement with respect to the
Bonds. Similar guarantees have been extended by EME with respect to the
obligations in the Credit Agreement.

    Prior to March 18, 1999, the Company had engaged in no operations since its
formation in October 1998. There are no separate financial statements available
with regard to the Facilities because their operations were fully integrated
with, and their results of operations were consolidated into, the former owners
of the Facilities. In addition, the electric output of the Units was sold based
on rates set by regulatory authorities. As a result thereof and because
electricity rates will now be set by the operation of market forces, the
historical financial data with respect to the Facilities are not meaningful or
indicative of the Company's future results. The Company's results of operations
in the future will depend primarily on revenues from the sale of energy,
capacity and other related products, and the level of its operating expenses.

CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES, CHANGES IN ELECTRICITY MARKET PRICING AND OTHER
  OPERATING RISKS

    Changes in interest rates and changes in electricity pool pricing can have a
significant impact on the Company's results of operations. Interest rate changes
affect the cost of capital needed to operate the Facilities. The Company has
mitigated the risk of interest rate fluctuations by arranging for fixed rate
financing for the majority of its project financings. The Company does not
believe that interest rate fluctuations will have a materially adverse effect on
its financial position or results of operations.

                                       21
<PAGE>
    With the exception of revenue generated by the Transition Contracts (which
expire in 2001) and from bilateral contracts for the sale of electricity with
third-party load serving entities and power marketers, the Company's revenues
and results of operations are dependent upon prevailing market prices for
energy, capacity, ancillary services in PJM, NYPP and other competitive markets.
Among the factors that will influence the market prices for energy, capacity and
ancillary services in PJM and NYPP are:

    - prevailing market prices for fuel oil, coal and natural gas and associated
      transportation costs;

    - the extent of additional supplies of capacity, energy and ancillary
      services from current competitors or new market entrants, including the
      development of new generation facilities that may be able to produce
      electricity at a lower cost;

    - transmission congestion in PJM and/or NYPP;

    - the extended operation of nuclear generating plants in PJM and NYPP beyond
      their presently expected dates of decommissioning;

    - weather conditions prevailing in PJM and NYPP from time to time;

    - the possibility of a reduction in the projected rate of growth in
      electricity usage as a result of factors such as regional economic
      conditions and the implementation of conservation programs; and

    - regulations, yet to be finalized, to take effect upon implementation of
      the ISO in NYPP.

    EME Homer City derives revenues from sales of electric energy. Pricing
provisions are individually negotiated with customers by its marketing affiliate
and may include fixed prices or prices based on a daily or monthly market index.
EME Homer City may benefit from forward energy sales contracts entered into by
its marketing affiliate depending on market conditions. As of September 30,
1999, we had sold 82% of the anticipated energy output of Units 1 and 2 for the
remainder of 1999. These forward energy sales average $22.00/MWh, compared to
the Power Market Consultant's base case projections of $19.14/MWh for PJM and
$22.30/MWh for NYPP. Also as of September 30, 1999, we had entered into forward
energy sales totaling 856 MW during on-peak hours in calendar year 2000 at an
average price of $40.90/MWh. The marketing affiliate has sold 99% of the
remaining installed capacity over the transition contract amounts through May
2000 at a weighted average price of $65.00/MW-day.

    The Company provides credit support for an affiliate that enters into
various electric energy transactions, including futures and swap agreements. The
Company could be exposed to the risk of higher electric energy prices in the
event of non-performance by a counterparty. However, the Company does not
anticipate non-performance by a counterparty and the marketing affiliate.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS OR REGULATIONS

    The Company is subject to environmental regulation by federal, state and
local authorities in the U.S. The Company believes that it is in substantial
compliance with environmental regulatory requirements and that maintaining
compliance with current requirements will not materially affect its financial
position or results of operations.

YEAR 2000 ISSUE

    The Company, as part of EME, has a comprehensive program in place to
remediate potential Year 2000 impact on critical systems. EME divided its Year
2000 Issue activities into five phases: inventory, impact assessment,
remediation, documentation and certification. A critical system was defined as
those applications and systems, including embedded processor technology, which
if not appropriately

                                       22
<PAGE>
remediated might have had a significant impact on customers, the revenue stream,
regulatory compliance, or the health and safety of personnel.

    The other essential component of the Company's Year 2000 readiness program
was to identify and assess vendor products and business partners for Year 2000
readiness. The Company put a process in place to identify and contact vendors
and business partners to determine their Year 2000 status, and has evaluated the
responses. The Company's general policy requires that all newly purchased
products be Year 2000 ready or otherwise designed to allow the Company to
determine whether such products present Year 2000 issues.

    Plant contingency plans have been developed and reviewed for any significant
issues and to schedule appropriate testing and/or training. Such contingency
plans include developing strategies for dealing with Year 2000-related
processing failures or malfunctions due to the Company's internal systems or
from external parties. The Company's contingency plans evaluate reasonably
likely worst case scenarios or conditions. The Company does not expect the Year
2000 issue to have a material adverse effect on its results of operations or
financial position. However, if not effectively remediated, negative effects
from Year 2000 issues, including those related to external systems, vendors,
business partners, the independent system operator, the power exchange or
customers, could cause results to differ.

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NO. 133

    In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments
and Hedging Activities", which, as amended, will be effective in January 2001.
The Statement establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that
every derivative instrument be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset
or liability measured at its fair value. The Statement requires that changes in
the derivative's fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific
hedge accounting criteria are met. A derivative's gains and losses for
qualifying hedges offset related results on the hedged item in the income
statement and a company must formally document, designate and assess the
effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting. The impact of
adopting Statement 133 on the Company's financial statements has not been
quantified at this time.

                                       23
<PAGE>
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER

TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

    Upon the terms and conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the
accompanying letter of transmittal, which together constitute the exchange
offer, we will accept for exchange original bonds which are properly tendered on
or before the expiration date and not withdrawn as permitted below. As used in
this prospectus, the term "expiration date" means 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on       , 2000. However, if we, in our sole discretion, have extended the
period of time for which the exchange offer is open, the term "expiration date"
means the latest time and date to which we extend the exchange offer.

    As of the date of this prospectus, $300 million aggregate principal amount
of the Series A original bonds and $530 million aggregate principal amount of
the Series B original bonds are outstanding. This prospectus, together with the
letter of transmittal, is first being sent on or about       , 1999, to all
holders of original bonds known to us. Our obligation to accept original bonds
for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer is subject to the conditions set
forth below under "--Conditions to the Exchange Offer."

    We reserve the right to extend the period of time during which the exchange
offer is open. We would then delay acceptance for exchange of any original bonds
by giving oral or written notice of an extension to the holders of original
bonds as described below. During any extension period, all original bonds
previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer and may be
accepted for exchange by us. Any original bonds not accepted for exchange will
be returned to the tendering holder after the expiration or termination of the
exchange offer.

    Original bonds tendered in the exchange offer must be in denominations of
principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000.

    We reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer, and not to
accept for exchange any original bonds not previously accepted for exchange,
upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified
below under "--Conditions to the Exchange Offer." We will give oral or written
notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders
of the original bonds as promptly as practicable. If we materially change the
terms of the exchange offer, we will resolicit tenders of the original bonds. We
will notify you of any extension by means of a press release or other public
announcement no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time on that date.

    Our acceptance of the tender of original bonds by a tendering holder will
form a binding agreement upon the terms and subject to the conditions provided
in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal.

PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING

    Except as described below, a tendering holder must transmit a properly
completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, including all other documents
required by the letter of transmittal, to United States Trust Company of New
York, the exchange agent, on or before the expiration date. In addition, the
exchange agent must receive, on or before the expiration date:

    - certificates for the original bonds; or

    - a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of the original bonds into
      the exchange agent's account at The Depository Trust Company, the
      book-entry transfer facility, in accordance with the procedures for
      book-entry described below.

    The method of delivery of original bonds, letters of transmittal and all
other required documents is at your election and risk. If the delivery is by
mail, we recommend that you use registered mail,

                                       24
<PAGE>
properly insured, with return receipt requested. In all cases, you should allow
sufficient time to assure timely delivery. You should not send letters of
transmittal or original bonds to us.

    If you are a beneficial owner whose original bonds are registered in the
name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and
wish to tender, you should promptly instruct the registered holder to tender on
your behalf. Any registered holder that is a participant in The Depository Trust
Company's book-entry transfer facility system may make book-entry delivery of
the original bonds by causing The Depository Trust Company to transfer the
original bonds into the exchange agent's account. The Depository Trust Company
will be referred to as "DTC" in this prospectus.

    Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal must be
guaranteed unless the original bonds surrendered for exchange are tendered:

    - by a registered holder of the original bonds who has not completed the box
      entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery
      Instructions" on the letter of transmittal, or

    - for the account of an "eligible institution."

    If signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal are
required to be guaranteed, the guarantees must be by an "eligible institution."
An "eligible institution" is a financial institution--including most banks,
savings and loan associations and brokerage houses--that is a participant in the
Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange
Medallion Signature Program or the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program.

    We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity,
form and eligibility of original bonds tendered for exchange. This discretion
extends to the determination of all questions concerning the timing of receipts
and acceptance of tenders. These determinations will be final and binding.

    We reserve the right to reject any particular original bond not properly
tendered or any which acceptance might, in our judgment or our counsel's
judgment, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defects or
irregularities or conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular original
bond either before or after the expiration date, including the right to waive
the ineligibility of any tendering holder. Our interpretation of the terms and
conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular original bond either
before or after the expiration date, including the letter of transmittal and the
instructions to the letter of transmittal, shall be final and binding on all
parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders
of original bonds must be cured within a reasonable period of time. Neither we,
the exchange agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give
notification of any defect or irregularity in any tender of original bonds. Nor
will we, the exchange agent or any other person incur any liability for failing
to give notification of any defect or irregularity.

    If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered
holder of original bonds, the letter of transmittal must be accompanied by a
written instrument of transfer or exchange in satisfactory form duly executed by
the registered holder with the signature guaranteed by an eligible institution.
The original bonds must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate powers of
attorney. In either case, the original bonds must be signed exactly as the name
of any registered holder appears on the original bonds.

    If the letter of transmittal or any original bonds or powers of attorney are
signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact,
officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative
capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing. Unless waived by us,
proper evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must be
submitted.

    By tendering, each holder will represent to us that, among other things,

                                       25
<PAGE>
    - the exchange bonds are being acquired in the ordinary course of business
      of the person receiving the exchange bonds, whether or not that person is
      the holder and

    - neither the holder nor the other person has any arrangement or
      understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the
      exchange bonds.

    In the case of a holder that is not a broker-dealer, that holder, by
tendering, will also represent to us that the holder is not engaged in and does
not intend to engage in a distribution of the exchange bonds.

    If any holder or other person is an "affiliate" of ours, as defined under
Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or is engaged in, or intends to engage in, or
has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a
distribution of the exchange bonds, that holder or other person can not rely on
the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale transaction.

    Each broker-dealer that receives exchange bonds for its own account in
exchange for original bonds, where the original bonds were acquired by it as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge
that it will deliver a prospectus that meets the requirements of the Securities
Act in connection with any resale of the exchange bonds. The letter of
transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the Securities Act. See "Plan of Distribution."

ACCEPTANCE OF ORIGINAL BONDS FOR EXCHANGE; DELIVERY OF EXCHANGE BONDS

    Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the exchange offer,
we will accept, promptly after the expiration date, all original bonds properly
tendered. We will issue the exchange bonds promptly after acceptance of the
original bonds. See "--Conditions to the Exchange Offer" below. For purposes of
the exchange offer, we will be deemed to have accepted properly tendered
original bonds for exchange when, as and if we have given oral or written notice
to the exchange agent, with prompt written confirmation of any oral notice.

    For each original bond accepted for exchange, the holder of the original
bond will receive an exchange bond having a principal amount equal to that of
the surrendered original note. The exchange bonds will bear interest from the
most recent date to which interest has been paid on the original bonds or, if no
interest has been paid on the original bonds, from May 27, 1999. Accordingly,
registered holders of exchange bonds on the relevant record date for the first
interest payment date following the completion of the exchange offer will
receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been
paid or, if no interest has been paid, from May 27, 1999. Original bonds
accepted for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of
completion of the exchange offer. Holders of original bonds whose original bonds
are accepted for exchange will not receive any payment for accrued interest on
the original bonds otherwise payable on any interest payment date the record
date for which occurs on or after completion of the exchange offer and will be
deemed to have waived their rights to receive the accrued interest on the
original bonds.

    In all cases, issuance of exchange bonds for original bonds will be made
only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of:

    - certificates for the original bonds, or a timely book-entry confirmation
      of the original bonds, into the exchange agent's account at the book-entry
      transfer facility,

    - a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and

    - all other required documents.

                                       26
<PAGE>
    Unaccepted or non-exchanged original bonds will be returned without expense
to the tendering holder of the original bonds. In the case of original bonds
tendered by book-entry transfer pursuant to the book-entry procedures described
below, the non-exchanged original bonds will be credited to an account
maintained with the book-entry transfer facility, as promptly as practicable
after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER

    The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account for the
original bonds at the book-entry transfer facility for purposes of the exchange
offer within two business days after the date of this prospectus. Any financial
institution that is a participant in the book-entry transfer facility's systems
may make book-entry delivery of original bonds by causing the book-entry
transfer facility to transfer the original bonds into the exchange agent's
account at the facility. However, although delivery of the original bonds may be
made through the book-entry transfer facility, the letter of transmittal or a
facsimile of the letter of transmittal, with any required signature guarantees
and any other required documents, must, in any case, be transmitted to, and
received by, the exchange agent on or before the expiration date, unless the
holder has strictly complied with the guaranteed delivery procedures described
below.

GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES

    If a registered holder of original bonds desires to tender the original
bonds, and the original bonds are not immediately available, or time will not
permit the holder's original bonds or other required documents to reach the
exchange agent before the expiration date, or the procedure for book-entry
transfer described above cannot be completed on a timely basis, a tender may
nonetheless be made if:

    - the tender is made through an eligible institution;

    - prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent received from an eligible
      institution a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal,
      or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, and notice of guaranteed
      delivery, substantially in the form provided by us, by facsimile
      transmission, mail or hand delivery,

     (a) setting forth the name and address of the holder of original bonds and
        the amount of original bonds tendered,

     (b) stating that the tender is being made and

     (c) guaranteeing that within three NYSE trading days after the expiration
        date, the certificates for all physically tendered original bonds, in
        proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation, as the case may
        be, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will
        be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent; and

    - the certificates for all physically tendered original bonds, in proper
      form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation, as the case may be, and
      all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, are received by
      the exchange agent within three NYSE trading days after the expiration
      date.

WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS

    Tenders of original bonds may be withdrawn at any time before 5:00 p.m., New
York City time, on the expiration date.

    For a withdrawal to be effective, the exchange agent must receive a written
notice of withdrawal at the address or, in the case of eligible institutions, at
the facsimile number, set forth below under

                                       27
<PAGE>
"--Exchange Agent" before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
Any notice of withdrawal must:

    - specify the name of the person, referred to as the depositor, having
      tendered the original bonds to be withdrawn;

    - identify the bonds to be withdrawn, including the certificate number or
      numbers and principal amount of the original bonds;

    - contain a statement that the holder is withdrawing his election to have
      the original bonds exchanged;

    - be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on
      the letter of transmittal by which the original bonds were tendered,
      including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by
      documents of transfer to have the trustee with respect to the original
      bonds register the transfer of the original bonds in the name of the
      person withdrawing the tender; and

    - specify the name in which the original bonds are registered, if different
      from that of the depositor.

    If original bonds have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for
book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the
name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be
credited with the withdrawn original bonds. We will determine all questions as
to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of notices of
withdrawal. Any original bonds so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been
validly tendered for exchange. No exchange bonds will be issued unless the
original bonds so withdrawn are validly retendered. Any original bonds that have
been tendered for exchange, but which are not exchanged for any reason, will be
returned to the tendering holder without cost to the holder. In the case of
original bonds tendered by book-entry transfer, the original bonds will be
credited to an account maintained with the book-entry transfer facility for the
original bonds. Properly withdrawn original bonds may be retendered by following
the procedures described under "--Procedures for Tendering" above at any time on
or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER

    Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, we shall not be
required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange bonds in exchange for, any
original bonds, and may terminate or amend the exchange offer, if at any time
before the acceptance of the original bonds for exchange or the exchange of the
exchange bonds for the original bonds, any of the following events shall occur:

    - there shall be threatened, instituted or pending any action or proceeding
      before, or any injunction, order or decree shall have been issued by, any
      court or governmental agency or other governmental regulatory or
      administrative agency or commission:

     (1) seeking to restrain or prohibit the making or completion of the
        exchange offer or any other transaction contemplated by the exchange
        offer, or assessing or seeking any damages as a result of such
        transaction,

     (2) resulting in a material delay in our ability to accept for exchange or
        exchange some or all of the original bonds pursuant to the exchange
        offer; or any statute, rule, regulation, order or injunction shall be
        sought, proposed, introduced, enacted, promulgated or deemed applicable
        to the exchange offer or any of the transactions contemplated by the
        exchange offer by any governmental authority, domestic or foreign, or

     (3) any action shall have been taken, proposed or threatened, by any
        governmental authority, domestic or foreign, that in our sole judgment
        might directly or indirectly result in any of

                                       28
<PAGE>
        the consequences referred to in clauses (1) or (2) above or, in our sole
        judgment, might result in the holders of exchange bonds having
        obligations with respect to resales and transfers of exchange bonds
        which are greater than those described in the interpretation of the SEC
        referred to above, or would otherwise make it inadvisable to proceed
        with the exchange offer; or

    - there shall have occurred:

     (1) any general suspension of or general limitation on prices for, or
        trading in, securities on any national securities exchange or in the
        over-the-counter market;

     (2) any limitation by a governmental authority which may adversely affect
        our ability to complete the transactions contemplated by the exchange
        offer;

     (3) a declaration of a banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in
        respect of banks in the United States or any limitation by any
        governmental agency or authority which adversely affects the extension
        of credit; or

     (4) a commencement of a war, armed hostilities or other similar
        international calamity directly or indirectly involving the United
        States, or, in the case of any of the foregoing existing at the time of
        the commencement of the exchange offer, a material acceleration or
        worsening of such calamities; or

    - any change, or any development involving a prospective change, shall have
      occurred or be threatened in our business, financial condition, operations
      or prospects and those of our subsidiaries taken as a whole that is or may
      be adverse to us, or we shall have become aware of facts that have or may
      have an adverse impact on the value of the original bonds or the exchange
      bonds; which in our sole judgment in any case makes it inadvisable to
      proceed with the exchange offer and/or with such acceptance for exchange
      or with such exchange.

    These conditions to the exchange offer are to our sole benefit and may be
asserted by us regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any of these
conditions, or may be waived by us in whole or in part in our sole discretion.
Our failure at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights will not be
deemed a waiver of any right.

    In addition, we will not accept for exchange any original bonds tendered,
and no exchange bonds will be issued in exchange for any original bonds, if at
such time any stop order is threatened or in effect relating to the registration
statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of
the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

                                       29
<PAGE>
EXCHANGE AGENT

    We have appointed United States Trust Company of New York as the exchange
agent for the exchange offer. You should direct all executed letters of
transmittal to the exchange agent at the address set forth below. You should
direct questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of
this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for notices of
guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

      DELIVERY TO: United States Trust Company of New York, EXCHANGE AGENT

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
          BY HAND BEFORE 4:30 P.M.:                  BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL:
   United States Trust Company of New York        United States Trust Company of New York
                111 Broadway                            P.O. Box 848 Cooper Station
             New York, NY 10006                             New York, NY 10276
Attention: Lower Level Corporate Trust Window       Attention: Corporate Trust Services
</TABLE>

                      BY HAND OR OVERNIGHT DELIVERY AFTER
                       4:30 P.M. ON THE EXPIRATION DATE:
                    United States Trust Company of New York
                           770 Broadway, 13(th) Floor
                               New York, NY 10003
                             FOR INFORMATION CALL:
                                 (800) 548-6565

                           BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION
                       (FOR ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):
                                 (212) 420-6211
                          Attention: Customer Service
                             CONFIRM BY TELEPHONE:
                                 (800) 548-6565

    IF YOU DELIVER THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET
FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMIT INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH
ABOVE, THEN YOUR DELIVERY OR TRANSMISSION WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY
OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

FEES AND EXPENSES

    We will not make any payment to brokers, dealers, or others soliciting
acceptances of the exchange offer. The estimated cash expenses to be incurred in
connection with the exchange offer will be paid by us. We estimate these
expenses in the aggregate to be approximately $500,000.

ACCOUNTING TREATMENT

    We will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the
consummation of the exchange offer. We will amortize the expense of the exchange
offer over the term of the exchange bonds under generally accepted accounting
principles.

                                       30
<PAGE>
TRANSFER TAXES

    Holders who tender their original bonds for exchange will not be obligated
to pay any related transfer taxes, except that holders who instruct us to
register exchange bonds in the name of, or request that original bonds not
tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other
than the registered tendering holder will be responsible for the payment of any
applicable transfer taxes.

CONSEQUENCES OF EXCHANGING OR FAILING TO EXCHANGE ORIGINAL BONDS

    Holders of original bonds who do not exchange their original bonds for
exchange bonds pursuant to the exchange offer will continue to be subject to the
provisions in the indenture regarding transfer and exchange of the original
bonds and the restrictions on transfer of the original bonds as set forth in the
legend on the bonds as a consequence of the issuance of the original bonds
pursuant to exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration
requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In
general, the original bonds may not be offered or sold, unless registered under
the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction
not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. As
discussed in "Exchange Offer; Registration Rights," we do not currently
anticipate that we will register original bonds under the Securities Act.

    Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC, as set forth in no-action
letters issued to third parties, we believe that exchange bonds issued pursuant
to the exchange offer in exchange for original bonds may be offered for resale,
resold or otherwise transferred by holders of the original bonds, other than any
holder which is an "affiliate" of ours within the meaning of Rule 405 under the
Securities Act, without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
provisions of the Securities Act, provided that the exchange bonds are acquired
in the ordinary course of the holders' business and the holders have no
arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution
of the exchange bonds. However, the SEC has not considered the exchange offer in
the context of a no-action letter. We cannot assure you that the staff of the
SEC would make a similar determination with respect to the exchange offer as in
the other circumstances. Each holder, other than a broker-dealer, must
acknowledge that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a
distribution of exchange bonds and has no arrangement or understanding to
participate in a distribution of exchange bonds. If any holder is an affiliate
of ours, is engaged in or intends to engage in or has any arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange
bonds to be acquired in the exchange offer, that holder:

    (1) could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the
       SEC, and

    (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements
       of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

    Each broker-dealer that receives exchange bonds for its own account in
exchange for original bonds must acknowledge that the original bonds were
acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities and that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any
resale of the exchange bonds. See "Plan of Distribution." In addition, to comply
with state securities laws, the exchange bonds may not be offered or sold in any
state unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in such state or an
exemption from registration or qualification, with which there has been
compliance, is available. The offer and sale of the exchange bonds to "qualified
institutional buyers," as defined under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, is
generally exempt from registration or qualification under the state securities
laws. We currently do not intend to register or qualify the sale of exchange
bonds in any state where an exemption from registration or qualification is
required and not available.

                                       31
<PAGE>
                              THE COMPANY AND EME

THE COMPANY

    The Company is a special-purpose California corporation formed on
October 7, 1998 to facilitate the financing of the Acquisition. The indenture
limits the Company's business activities to the ownership and operation of the
Facilities, any expansion of the facilities or improvements thereto, and matters
reasonably incidental thereto. See "Description of Principal Financing
Documents--Indenture--Negative Covenants--Limitation on Business Activities."
The only income available to the Company to pay principal of, premium, if any,
and interest on the bonds will be repayments of subordinated loans and equity
distributions from its subsidiaries.

    As of the date of this prospectus, the authorized capital stock of the
Company consisted of 10,000 shares of common stock, no par value, of which 100
shares were issued and outstanding. There is no public trading market for the
common stock of the Company. All of such common stock is owned by EME. The
address of the principal executive offices of the Company is 18101 Von Karman
Avenue, Suite 1700, Irvine, California 92612-1046, telephone (949) 752-5588.

EME

    EME is a leading global power producer. Through its subsidiaries, EME
engages in the business of developing, acquiring, owning and operating electric
power generation facilities worldwide. Edison International owns EME and also
owns Southern California Edison Company, one of the largest electric utilities
in the United States. At September 30, 1999, EME had consolidated assets of
approximately $11 billion and total shareholders' equity of approximately
$2 billion. The bonds will be non-recourse to EME.

    EME was formed in 1986 with two domestic operating projects. EME's business
has evolved from the development of contract-based domestic power projects to
the development of contract-based international power projects and the
acquisition of operating generating assets within developed and deregulating
power markets. Currently, EME owns interest in 58 domestic and international
operating power stations with an aggregate generating capacity of 16,443 MW, of
which EME's share is approximately 12,369 MW. One domestic acquisition of twelve
operating projects totaling approximately 9,510 MW of generating capacity (of
which EME's anticipated share is 100%) is currently pending. In addition, EME
owns interests in one domestic and five international projects which are under
construction. The capacity of these projects is expected to total 2,493 MW (of
which EME's anticipated share is approximately 891 MW).

    EME's business goal is to be one of the leading owners and operators of
electric generating assets in the world. EME will play an active role, as a
long-term owner, in all phases of power generation, from planning and
development through construction and commercial operation. EME believes that
such involvement allows EME to better ensure, with its experienced personnel,
that its projects are well-planned, structured and managed, thereby maximizing
value creation.

    In the United States, long-term contracts are likely to be the exception
rather than the rule. EME's strategy focuses primarily on three areas with
respect to uncontracted plants: valuation, trading and regulation. First, EME
continuously improves its valuation tools, enabling EME to bid effectively and
competitively on assets that will be sold over the next five years. Second, EME
strives to develop its trading skills to enhance the returns of its generating
assets. Third, EME's principal customers continue to be regulated utilities;
therefore, understanding the regulatory and economic environment in which these
utilities operate allows EME to better react to what they will do.

    In March 1999, EME entered into definitive acquisition documentation to
acquire 100% of the fossil-fuel generating assets of ComEd, totaling
approximately 9,510 MW of generating assets. EME will operate the plants, which
are located in the Midwest. The closing of the transaction is subject to various
state and federal regulatory approvals and is expected to be completed by
year-end 1999. On May 14, 1999, EME acquired 40% of Contact Energy from the
government of New Zealand. Contact

                                       32
<PAGE>
Energy owns ten hydroelectric, geothermal and natural gas-fired power generating
plants in New Zealand (including two that are under construction), with a total
aggregate capacity of 2,371 MW, of which EME's share is 949 MW. Contact Energy
also supplies gas and electricity to customers in New Zealand and has a minority
interest in a power project currently under construction in Australia. In July
1999, EME acquired two power plants in the United Kingdom with a total
generating capacity of 3,886 MW from PowerGen. These mid-merit plants will
complement the pumped-storage hydroelectric power plants EME already owns in the
United Kingdom and sell power to the electricity trading market there. Upon
closing of the ComEd acquisition, EME will have an interest in approximately
29,500 MW of generating capacity, of which EME's share is approximately 23,200
MW.

THE COMPANY'S SUBSIDIARIES

    The direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company consist of
EME Homer City, Edison Mission Financing Co. ("FinanceCo"), Homer City Property
Holdings, Inc. ("PropertyCo"), Mission Energy Westside, Inc. ("ME Westside") and
Chestnut Ridge Energy Company ("Chestnut Ridge" and, collectively with EME Homer
City, FinanceCo, PropertyCo and ME Westside, the "Guarantors"). The Guarantors
will guarantee the Company's obligations in respect of the bonds. EME Homer City
is a Pennsylvania limited partnership and each of FinanceCo, PropertyCo, ME
Westside and Chestnut Ridge is a California corporation. The Financing Documents
limit the Guarantors' activities to the ownership and operation of the
Facilities, any expansion of the facilities or improvements thereto, and matters
reasonably incidental thereto. See "Description of Principal Financing
Documents--Indenture--Negative Covenants--Limitation on Business Activities."

    Following is a chart illustrating our ownership structure.

                                     [LOGO]

                                       33
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

    The United States electric industry, including companies engaged in
providing generation, transmission, distribution and ancillary services, has
undergone significant change over the last several years, leading to significant
deregulation and increased competition. The FERC, pursuant to Order No. 888 and
Order No. 889 (the "Open Access Rules"), requires the owners and operators of
electric transmission facilities to make those facilities available for
transmission on a non-discriminatory basis to all wholesale generators, sellers
and buyers of electricity ("wholesale wheeling"). In addition to wholesale
wheeling, throughout the United States there has been an increasing number of
proposals at the state level to allow retail customers to choose their
electricity suppliers, with incumbent utilities required to deliver that
electricity over their transmission and distribution systems ("retail
wheeling"). Numerous electric utilities nationwide are in the process of
divesting all or a portion of their electricity generation business or are
expected to commence such process in the foreseeable future, as legislative and
regulatory developments drive the industry to disaggregate. EME, through the
Company and its other subsidiaries, is among a group of companies actively
pursuing opportunities created by the deregulating domestic electric markets to
operate as competitive electric generation and wholesale supply companies in a
deregulated marketplace.

POWER MARKETS

    PJM.  PJM is the largest centrally-dispatched power pool in North America
and the fourth largest in the world, consisting of over 540 generating units
with a total installed capacity of 56,709 MW. PJM serves 8.7% of the United
States population and covers portions of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Maryland,
Delaware, the District of Columbia and Virginia. PJM was recently restructured
as a competitive, non-discriminatory market in response to the Open Access Rules
and includes bid-based energy and capacity markets. The PJM ISO operates the
spot energy market and determines the market-clearing price for each hour based
on bids submitted by participating generators which indicate the minimum prices
a bidder is willing to accept to be dispatched at various incremental generation
levels. A transmission charge based on the location of the energy purchaser is
added to the energy price if the transmission system becomes constrained and
generators with higher bids are dispatched prior to those with lower bids. PJM
has a day-ahead installed capacity market and monthly installed capacity markets
extending twelve months in the future. Each installed capacity market has a
single market-clearing price for each day during which the market is in
operation.

    NYPP.  NYPP includes 34,881 MW of installed capacity and serves over 99% of
New York State's electric power requirements. The current NYPP members are the
seven New York investor-owned utilities and the New York Power Authority. NYPP
has received conditional FERC approval to restructure NYPP as a competitive,
non-discriminatory market similar to PJM. NYPP's restructuring proposal
includes, among other things, the establishment of an ISO and the creation of
bid-based markets for energy, capacity and ancillary services. FERC
conditionally approved the establishment of the NYPP ISO in an order issued on
June 30, 1998 and conditionally approved the proposed rules governing the NYPP
bid-based markets in an order issued on January 27, 1999. The market-clearing
price for NYPP's day-ahead and real-time energy markets is expected to be
calculated by the NYPP ISO in a manner similar to the PJM ISO's determination of
the market-clearing price for transactions in the PJM spot energy market.

THE ACQUISITION

    On March 18, 1999, EME Homer City acquired ownership of the Facilities for a
purchase price of approximately $1.8 billion pursuant to an Asset Purchase
Agreement dated August 1, 1998 (as amended, the "Asset Purchase Agreement") with
Penelec, NYSEG and NGE Generation, Inc. ("NGE"

                                       34
<PAGE>
and, collectively with Penelec and NYSEG, the "Sellers"). See "Description of
Principal Contracts--Asset Purchase Agreement." Penelec is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of GPU Inc. and NYSEG and NGE are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Energy
East Corporation. Prior to the sale, Penelec and NGE each owned 50% of the
beneficial ownership interests in the Facilities. In addition to the Asset
Purchase Agreement, EME Homer City has entered into the Transition Contracts, an
interconnection agreement and an easement agreement with the Sellers. See
"Description of Principal Contracts--Transition Contracts," "--Interconnection
Agreement" and "--Easement Agreement."

FACILITY OVERVIEW

    The Homer City Units are among the lowest cost generating facilities in the
Northeast region. In 1998, the Units had fuel expenses and operating and
maintenance costs of approximately $17/MWh, and are among the first coal-fired
units in the merit order for dispatch within both NYPP and PJM. The Facilities
are located on a 2,413-acre site (the "Site") approximately 45 miles northeast
of Pittsburgh within Indiana County, Pennsylvania. The Facilities consist of the
Homer City Units, the Coal Cleaning Plant, Two Lick Dam and associated support
facilities. The Homer City Units benefit from direct transmission access to both
PJM and NYPP through four high voltage lines which interconnect through a
switchyard located on the Site.

    The Homer City Units are coal-fired boiler and steam generating units. Units
1 and 2, which are essentially identical to one another, were constructed as
positive pressure units, placed into commercial operation in 1969 and converted
to balanced draft units in 1976 and 1977, respectively. Unit 1 has an installed
capacity of 620 MW and Unit 2 has an installed capacity of 614 MW. The steam
turbines and generators for Units 1 and 2 were manufactured by Westinghouse
Electric Corporation ("Westinghouse") and the boilers for such Units were
manufactured by Foster Wheeler Energy Corporation ("Foster Wheeler"). The
Unit 1 and 2 boilers have been retrofitted with Foster Wheeler dual air register
and internal flame staging low NO(x) burners to meet Phase I NO(x) Clean Air Act
standards. In addition, both boilers have supplemental over-fired air ("SOFA")
systems to further reduce NO(x) emissions to satisfy Pennsylvania Title I
(ozone) requirements.

    Unit 3 commenced commercial operation in 1977 and has an installed capacity
of 650 MW. The steam turbine and generator for Unit 3 were manufactured by
General Electric Corporation ("General Electric") and the Unit 3 boiler was
manufactured by Babcock & Wilcox. The boiler for Unit 3 was originally
constructed with Babcock & Wilcox low NO(x) burners which satisfied Phase I
NO(x)  Clean Air Act standards, and a SOFA system was installed in 1995 at
Unit 3 to further reduce NO(x) emissions.

    The following table summarizes specific design details for the Units.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     UNIT 1                      UNIT 2                  UNIT 3
                           --------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------
<S>                        <C>                         <C>                         <C>
CAPACITY (MW)              620                         614                         650
COMMERCIAL OPERATION       1969                        1969                        1977
BOILER MANUFACTURER        Foster Wheeler              Foster Wheeler              Babcock & Wilcox
BOILER TYPE                Once thru Supercritical     Once thru Supercritical     Natural Circulation
STEAM FLOW (LBS/HOUR)      4,613,000                   4,613,000                   4,750,000
OPERATING PRESSURE (PSI)   3,600                       3,600                       2,600
TURBINE MANUFACTURER       Westinghouse                Westinghouse                General Electric
THROTTLE PRESSURE (PSI)    3,500                       3,500                       2,400
STEAM TEMPERATURE
( DEG.F)                   1,000                       1,000                       1,000
</TABLE>

SALES STRATEGY

    EME Homer City sells capacity, energy and voltage support from the Homer
City Units into PJM's and NYPP's centralized power markets. The Units comprise
the second largest coal-fired facility

                                       35
<PAGE>
within PJM and the largest coal-fired facility servicing NYPP. EME Homer City
may also enter into bilateral contracts for the sale of capacity and energy to
power marketers and load serving entities within PJM, NYPP and surrounding
markets.

    MARKETING AND TRADING.  EME Homer City has entered into a contract with a
marketing affiliate for the sale of energy and capacity produced by the Homer
City Units, which enables such marketing affiliate to engage in forward sales
and hedging transactions to manage EME Homer City's electricity price exposure.
The terms of the Financing Documents do not permit EME Homer City to take
speculative futures positions by selling capacity and energy in excess of its
anticipated output. It is the policy of the marketing affiliate to make sales
only to entities which have an investment grade rating or whose obligations are
guaranteed by an entity with an investment grade rating. The forward sales and
trading positions taken by the marketing affiliate relating to the Units have
the benefit of credit support from the Company.

    The marketing organization is divided into front-, middle- and back-office
segments, with certain duties segregated for control purposes. The risk
management personnel have a high level of knowledge of utility operations, fuels
procurement, energy marketing and futures and options trading. The marketing
affiliate has systems in place which monitor real-time spot and forward pricing
and perform option valuations and has a wholesale power scheduling group that
operates on a 24-hour basis. EME Homer City pays the marketing affiliate a fee
of $0.02/MWh (approximately $300,000 per year), and all revenue from the
physical sales transactions executed by the marketing affiliate will be
deposited into the revenue account established for the benefit of the
bondholders and the holders of other Senior Debt.

    As of September 30, 1999, we had sold 82% of the anticipated output of Units
1 and 2 for the remainder of 1999. These forward energy sales average
$22.00/MWh, compared to the Power Market Consultant's base case projections of
$19.14/MWh for PJM and $22.30/MWh for NYPP. Also as of September 30, 1999, we
had entered into forward energy sales totaling 856 MW during on-peak hours in
2000 at an average price of $40.90/MWh. The marketing affiliate has also sold
99% of the remaining installed capacity over the transition contract amounts
through May 2000 at a weighted average price of $65.00/MW-day.

    TRANSITION CONTRACTS.  NYSEG and Penelec have entered into separate
Transition Contracts with EME Homer City, pursuant to which EME Homer City has a
put option to sell certain quantities of capacity to NYSEG and Penelec, and
NYSEG and Penelec have call options to purchase certain quantities of capacity
from EME Homer City. The term of the NYSEG Transition Contract continues until
April 30, 2001 and the term of the Penelec Transition Contract continues until
May 31, 2001. EME Homer City has exercised its put option to sell 942 MW of
capacity to Penelec for the first and second contract years under the Penelec
Transition Contract for a price of $49.90/MW-day for the first contract year and
$59.90/MW-day for the second contract year. EME Homer City entered into a letter
agreement with NYSEG to adjust the contract periods under the NYSEG Transition
Contract to conform to the PJM capacity planning cycle. EME Homer City also
entered into contractual arrangements with NYSEG to sell 942 MW of capacity to
NYSEG for the period from March 18, 1999 to May 31, 1999 for a price of
$55.00/MW-day and to sell 500 MW of capacity to NYSEG during the period from
June 1, 1999 through May 31, 2000 for a price of $60.00/MW-day. The amount of
capacity covered by these Transition Contracts with respect to which a put or
call option has not yet been exercised is subject to a reduction in the event
that there is a decrease in the amount by which Penelec's and NYSEG's projected
load supply obligations exceed the capacity available to be provided by their
remaining owned generation and existing power purchase entitlements. See
"Description of Principal Contracts--Transition Contracts."

                                       36
<PAGE>
FUEL SUPPLY

    UNITS 1 AND 2.  Units 1 and 2 consume approximately 4,200,000 tons of
mid-range sulfur coal per year. Approximately 90% to 95% of such coal is
obtained under contracts with local suppliers within approximately 50 miles of
the Facilities and the remainder of such coal is purchased in the spot market.
All of such coal is delivered to the Site by truck. The existing coal supply
contracts for Units 1 and 2 currently provide for the supply of a minimum of
approximately 348,000 tons of coal per month at prices ranging from $19.00/ton
to $26.75/ton. See "Description of Principal Contracts--Fuel Agreements--Coal
Supply Agreements."

    The coal purchased for consumption by Units 1 and 2 is cleaned in the Coal
Cleaning Plant, which has the capacity to clean up to 5,000,000 tons of coal per
year. The Coal Cleaning Plant utilizes heavy media cyclones, froth floatation
and spiral separators to reduce the ash and sulfur content of the raw coal to
meet both combustion and environmental requirements. The Coal Cleaning Plant is
operated by Homer City Coal Processing Corporation ("Homer City Coal") pursuant
to a Coal Cleaning Agreement dated August 8, 1990 (the "Coal Cleaning
Agreement") which is scheduled to expire on August 31, 2002. See "Description of
Principal Contracts--Fuel Agreements--Coal Cleaning Agreement."

    UNIT 3.  Unit 3 consumes approximately 1,600,000 tons of compliance coal per
year. EME Homer City purchases approximately 75% of such coal from Tanoma Coal
Sales, Inc. ("Tanoma") at approximately $37.00/ton (FOB Unit 3) pursuant to a
coal sales agreement expiring on December 31, 2002, and such coal is blended by
Tanoma at the coal blending facility pursuant to an Operating Agreement dated
March 1, 1997 (the "Operating Agreement") which is coterminous with the Tanoma
coal sales agreement. EME Homer City obtains the remainder of the coal needed
for Unit 3 in the spot market. All coal purchased for Unit 3 is delivered to the
Site by truck. See "Description of Principal Contracts--Fuel Agreements--Coal
Supply Agreements." Upon completion of the FGD system for Unit 3, the Unit is
expected to be able to burn less expensive, higher sulfur coal.

ENVIRONMENTAL CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS

    EME Homer City has contracted with a division of ABB to make environmental
improvements to the Units. ABB will construct a limestone-based, wet scrubber
flue gas desulfurization system at Unit 3 and a selective catalytic reduction
system at each of the three Units. The Environmental Capital Improvements are
expected to enable the Homer City Units to comply with Phase II of Title IV of
the Clean Air Act regarding SO(2) emissions, the Pennsylvania NO(x) allowance
regulations and Pennsylvania's response to the EPA's State Implementation Plan
Call regarding NO(x) emissions. The Environmental Capital Improvements will cost
approximately $246 million, which includes a fixed price, turnkey engineering,
procurement and construction contract, project management costs and other
project costs, and are scheduled to be installed during 2000-2001. The
Environmental Capital Improvements will be funded with loans under an existing
credit facility. See "Description of Principal Contracts--EPC Contract."

                                       37
<PAGE>
OPERATING PERFORMANCE

    The Homer City Units have historically had high equivalent availability,
efficient heat rates and low costs. The following charts set forth certain
historical operating data for the Units as a whole and for each Unit
individually.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          FUEL AND
                                       EQUIVALENT              NET HEAT RATE              O&M COSTS
                                 AVAILABILITY FACTOR (%)         (BTU/KWH)                 ($/MWH)
                                 -----------------------       -------------       -----------------------
<S>                              <C>                           <C>                 <C>
Homer City Units--1,884 MW
      1998                                89.79                    9,793                             17.12
      1997                                85.83                    9,804                             18.17
      1996                                85.04                    9,718                             18.00
      1995                                80.12                    9,644                             19.87
      1994                                76.41                    9,653                             21.37
      5-Year Average                      83.44                    9,722                             18.79

Unit 1--620 MW
      1998                                85.01                    9,902                             17.17
      1997                                92.05                    9,963                             18.44
      1996                                72.27                    9,764                             18.05
      1995                                88.68                    9,644                             20.08
      1994                                57.87                    9,671                             21.88
      5-Year Average                      79.18                    9,789                             18.97

Unit 2--614 MW
      1998                                91.15                    9,607                             17.17
      1997                                74.63                    9,618                             18.44
      1996                                90.21                    9,621                             18.05
      1995                                66.95                    9,590                             20.08
      1994                                85.42                    9,575                             21.88
      5-Year Average                      81.67                    9,602                             18.97

Unit 3--650 MW
      1998                                93.07                    9,882                             17.01
      1997                                90.47                    9,794                             17.65
      1996                                92.33                    9,777                             17.92
      1995                                84.42                    9,689                             19.47
      1994                                85.57                    9,725                             20.45
      5-Year Average                      89.17                    9,773                             18.44
</TABLE>

                                       38
<PAGE>
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

    The Facilities are operated by employees of EME Homer City who were
recruited and selected in accordance with the Asset Purchase Agreement and are
former employees of GPU Generation, Inc. ("GPU Genco"). EME Homer City employs a
skilled and disciplined workforce that is well prepared to operate within a
competitive and deregulated environment. We believe that our staffing levels are
comparable with benchmark standards for facilities of a similar size and type.
Employee headcount has been reduced by nearly 30% over the past five years,
while, at the same time, high standards for equivalent availability and safety
have been consistently maintained. The majority of the technical staff at the
Facilities has been retained after completing the Acquisition thus providing us
with a knowledgeable and experienced base of employees which average over 22
years of experience in the operation of the Homer City Units and similar
facilities.

    EME Homer City's workforce is employed pursuant to a collective bargaining
agreement which was restructured in 1994. The collective bargaining agreement
provides EME Homer City with a measure of labor cost certainty through 2002. The
collective bargaining agreement enables us to manage our workforce and to
establish flexible work rules going forward. EME Homer City's plans to
cross-train its employees to perform different functions, thus minimizing the
use of more expensive or less efficient subcontractors.

    EME Homer City's operating and maintenance plan, as well as several planned
overhauls of major equipment and controls, are consistent with EME Homer City's
goal of extending the remaining life of the Units for an additional 39 years.
EME Homer City utilizes a state-of-the-art computerized maintenance system to
plan and schedule all maintenance activities. EME Homer City also employs a
preventative maintenance program complemented by new predictive maintenance
technologies such as ferrography, thermography, vibration analysis and acoustic
analysis. Reliability-centered maintenance techniques are currently being
developed for critical systems to better define condition monitoring parameters
and redefine maintenance strategies.

    The EME Homer City employees will provide engineering, maintenance,
operation and facility management services and will receive functional direction
from, and be held to the operating standards and guidelines of, EME's operation
and maintenance organization, which, together with EME's operating affiliates,
provide operation and maintenance services at 36 operating plants in Australia,
Spain, the United Kingdom and the United States and are the contracted operator
for three projects under construction or commissioning in Indonesia, Italy and
Turkey. EME and its operating affiliates manage over 7,000 MW of operating
plants and over 2,000 MW of plants under construction. The operating facilities
managed by EME's operating affiliates have an average lifetime availability
factor of over 94%.

TRANSMISSION AND INTERCONNECTION

    Existing transmission lines leaving the Units are interconnected with both
PJM and NYPP. EME Homer City is able to transmit into PJM full plant output of
up to 1,884 MW through a 126-mile 345 kV line owned by Penelec and a 19-mile and
15-mile 230 kV lines owned by Penelec. EME Homer City has the right to transmit
into NYPP full plant output of up to 1,884 MW through 175-mile and 207-mile
345 kV lines owned by NYSEG. In addition, a 13-mile 230 kV line from the Homer
City Units provides an indirect interconnection to the ECAR market. The points
of interconnection with the Homer City Units include (1) the 230 kV circuit from
the Unit 1 main power transformer, (2) the 345 kV circuit from the Unit 2 main
power transformer, (3) the 345 kV circuit from the Unit 3 main power
transformer, (4) the 345/230/23 kV north and south autotransformers and
(5) substation services No. 1 and No. 2 (clauses (1) through (5), collectively,
the "Facility Interconnection Points"). The ownership of the transmission and
distribution assets for the Facilities, including the site switchyard,
substation and support equipment, remained with Penelec and NYSEG following the
Acquisition.

                                       39
<PAGE>
Penelec and NYSEG have agreed to provide EME Homer City with all services
necessary to interconnect the Homer City Units with the Penelec and NYSEG
transmission systems (other than services provided under existing tariffs)
pursuant to the Interconnection Agreement. See "Description of Principal
Contracts--Interconnection Agreement."

WATER SUPPLY AND OTHER SUPPORT FACILITIES

    The Homer City Units receive their water supply from Two Lick Creek. The
water supply to Two Lick Creek is regulated by releases from Two Lick Dam, which
is located approximately eight miles upstream of the Units and is owned,
operated and maintained by EME Homer City in accordance with a dam safety permit
and a drought management plan and related consent order and agreement with the
Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (the "PADEP"). Each of the
Homer City Units has a natural draft cooling tower. A portion of the waste heat
in the water leaving the Units' condensers is diverted from such towers to a
fourteen-acre polyethylene roofed greenhouse complex located adjacent to the
Homer City Units (the "Greenhouse"). After the water passes through the
Greenhouse, it is returned to the basin of the cooling towers for reuse.

    Other support facilities located on the Site include an ash disposal area, a
coal refuse disposal area, coal receiving and storage facilities and water
treatment and pumping facilities.

PROPERTIES

    EME Homer City owns a fee interest in the 2,413-acre site on which the Homer
City Units, Two Lick Dam and the other Facilities are located. The Site is
approximately 45 miles northeast of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania in Indiana County.
EME Homer City leases portions of the Site to third parties, which leases are
described below.

    EME Homer City leases the surface of an approximately 14-acre parcel to
Tanoma upon which the coal blending facility is located. In lieu of rental
payments, Tanoma blends the first 30,000 tons of coal per month in the coal
blending facility at no charge. EME Homer City also leases an office building
located on the Site to Tanoma, which Tanoma uses for administrative activities
associated with the coal blending facility. Each of the Tanoma leases expires on
December 31, 2002.

    EME Homer City has granted Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation ("Cabot") the right
to operate and produce gas from existing wells located on the Site, provided
that gas is found in paying quantities. EME Homer City receives 16% of the
market value of the gas at the well head as royalties and also receives gas of
250,000 cubic feet at no charge from each well per annum. Cabot currently
purchases such gas from EME Homer City at the market value at the well head.

    PropertyCo leases a 34.15-acre parcel upon which the Greenhouse was
constructed to Green Leaf Enterprises, Inc. The Greenhouse produces wholesale
perennials, bedding and starter plants in addition to special holiday crops for
sale to other greenhouses in the eastern United States.

COMPETITION

    FEDERAL.  The Energy Policy Act of 1992 (the "Energy Policy Act") laid the
groundwork for a competitive wholesale market for electricity. Among other
things, the Energy Policy Act expanded the FERC's authority to order electric
utilities to transmit, or "wheel," third-party electricity over their
transmission lines, thus allowing qualifying facilities under the Public Utility
Regulatory Policies Act of 1978 ("PURPA"), power marketers and exempt wholesale
generators ("EWGs") to more effectively compete in the wholesale market.

    In April 1996, the FERC issued the Open Access Rule, which requires
utilities to offer eligible wholesale transmission customers non-discriminatory
open access on utility transmission lines on a comparable basis to the
utilities' own use of the lines. In addition, the Open Access Rule directed the

                                       40
<PAGE>
regional power pools (including PJM and NYPP) that control the major electric
transmission networks to file uniform, non-discriminatory open access tariffs.
The Open Access Rule has been the subject of rehearing at the FERC and now is
undergoing judicial review.

    Over the past few years, Congress and the Clinton Administration have
considered various pieces of legislation to restructure the electric industry
that would require, among other things, customer choice, repeal the Public
Utility Holding Company Act of 1935 ("PUHCA") and PURPA. The debate is likely to
continue, and perhaps intensify. The effect of enacting such legislation cannot
be predicted with any degree of certainty.

    STATE.  The Energy Policy Act did not preempt state authority to regulate
retail electric service. Historically, in most states, competition for retail
customers is limited by statutes or regulations granting existing electric
utilities exclusive retail franchises and service territories. Since the passage
of the Energy Policy Act, the advisability of retail competition has been the
subject of intense debate in federal and state legislative and regulatory
forums. Many states have taken steps to facilitate retail competition as a means
to stimulate competitive generation rates. Retail competition commenced in New
York in 1998. Retail competition in Pennsylvania commenced on January 1, 1999
and Pennsylvania is expected to be fully competitive by January 2, 2000.

INSURANCE

    EME Homer City maintains insurance coverages consistent with those normally
carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar
properties. The insurance program includes all-risk insurance and covers
commercial general public liability, replacement value of all real and personal
property, including losses from boiler and machinery breakdowns, and the perils
of earthquake and flood, subject to certain sublimits. EME Homer City also
carries general liability insurance covering liabilities to third parties for
bodily injury or property damage resulting from operations, automobile liability
insurance and excess liability insurance. Further, EME Homer City has the
benefit of title insurance and business interruption insurance. Limits and
deductibles in respect of these insurance policies are comparable to those
carried by other electric generating facilities of similar size.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    No material legal proceedings are presently pending against the Company or
any of the Guarantors.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

  ENVIRONMENTAL AND LAND USE PERMIT AND APPROVAL STATUS

    As of the date of this prospectus, all material environmental and land use
permits required in order to own and operate the Facilities as they are
currently operated have been transferred or reissued to EME Homer City and all
permits required to begin construction of the Environmental Capital Improvements
have been issued by the PADEP.

  ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AND COMPLIANCE

    GENERAL

    Under various federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations, a
current or previous owner or operator of any facility, including an electric
generating facility, may be required to investigate and remediate releases or
threatened releases of hazardous or toxic substances or petroleum products
located at such facility, and may be held liable to a governmental entity or to
third parties for property damage, personal injury and investigation and
remediation costs incurred by such parties in connection with such releases or
threatened releases. Many such laws, including the Comprehensive

                                       41
<PAGE>
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended by
the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, impose liability
without regard to whether the owner knew of or caused the presence of the
hazardous substances, and courts have interpreted liability under such laws to
be strict and joint and several. The cost of investigation, remediation or
removal of such substances may be substantial. In connection with its ownership
and operation of the Facilities, EME Homer City may be liable for such costs.

    EME Homer City, in the course of operating the Facilities, must comply with
all applicable environmental laws and regulations, including numerous federal
and state statutes and regulations. These requirements include, but are not
limited to, the federal Clean Water Act, the Clean Air Act, the Resources
Conservation and Recovery Act and similar state requirements.

    In addition, persons who arrange for the disposal or treatment of hazardous
or toxic substances at a disposal or treatment facility may be liable for the
costs of removal or remediation of a release or threatened release of hazardous
or toxic substances at such disposal or treatment facility, whether or not such
facility is owned or operated by such person. Some environmental laws and
regulations create a lien on a contaminated site in favor of the government for
damages and costs it incurs in connection with the contamination. The owner of a
contaminated site and persons who arrange for the disposal of hazardous
substances at such site also may be subject to common law claims by third
parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination
emanating from such site. In connection with its ownership and operation of the
Facilities, EME Homer City may be liable for such costs.

    Certain federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances also
govern the removal, encapsulation or disturbance of asbestos-containing
materials ("ACMs") when such materials are in poor condition or in the event of
construction, remodeling, renovation or demolition of a building. Such laws and
regulations may impose liability for release of ACMs and may provide for the
ability of third parties to seek recovery from owners or operators of such
properties for personal injury associated with ACMs. In connection with its
ownership and operation of the Facilities, EME Homer City may be liable for such
costs.

    AIR QUALITY

    GENERAL.  EME Homer City believes that the Facilities are in material
compliance with applicable state and federal air quality requirements. Further
reductions in the Units' emissions may be required for the achievement and
maintenance of National Ambient Air Quality Standards for ozone, fine
particulate matter and regional haze. In August 1995, the Sellers submitted a
Title V operating permit application to the PADEP for review. EME Homer City
expects such permit to be issued by mid-1999. A continuous emissions monitoring
system was installed at the Homer City Units in 1993 for measuring SO(2), NO(x),
CO(2), and exhaust gas flow on a real-time basis, in order to comply with
regulatory requirements.

    NITROGEN OXIDES ("NO(X)").  All three Units must comply with Reasonably
Available Control Technology requirements for NO(x) that result in a limit of
0.5 lbs/MMBtu on a 30-day rolling average. In order to comply with such
requirements, the Sellers installed low NO(x) burners and SOFA systems on Units
1 and 2 and a SOFA system on Unit 3. Low NO(x) burners were installed on Unit 3
when it was first constructed. The three Units have routinely operated below the
0.5 lbs/MMBtu limit.

    The Units' current NO(x) emission rates are 0.47 lbs/MMBtu for Unit 1,
0.44 lbs/MMBtu for Unit 2 and 0.41 lbs/MMBtu for Unit 3. Pursuant to the Ozone
Transport Commission Memorandum of Understanding, the PADEP has allocated 10,085
tons of ozone season NO(x) allowances to the Homer City Units each year from
1999 through 2002. At projected capacity factors, the Units will generate 13,500
tons of NO(x) during the 1999 ozone season and 10,200 tons of NO(x) during the
2000 ozone season. EME Homer City expects to install an SCR system on each of
the three Units, which will reduce NO(x) emissions to 0.1 lbs/MMBtu per Unit.
The SCR for Unit 2 is expected to be in service

                                       42
<PAGE>
during the 2000 ozone season and the SCRs for Units 1 and 3 are expected to be
in service for the 2001 ozone season. NO(x) production during the 2001 and 2002
ozone seasons will average 3,110 tons and as such the Units will have a surplus
of 6,975 tons of NO(x) allowances to sell. In 2003, the Homer City Units' NO(x)
allowance is reduced to 4,740 tons per ozone season. From and after 2003,
average production is anticipated to be 3,080 tons per ozone season resulting in
a projected surplus of 1,660 tons to sell each year. EME Homer City currently
has 2,365 tons of banked NO(x) allowances from 1997 and 1998 which will offset
purchases of NO(x) allowances in 1999.

    The Sellers obtained EPA approval for the Clean Air Act Amendment Title IV
Early Election Program for NO(x) with an annual average NO(x) emission limit of
0.5 lbs/MMBtu through 2007. In 2008, the Units become subject to Phase II
emission rate limitations under Title IV for wall-fired dry bottom boilers of
0.46 lbs/MMBtu on an annual average basis. The Homer City Units' annual average
NO(x) emissions for 1997 were well below the current Title IV requirements.

    SULFUR DIOXIDE ("SO(2)").  Unit 3 is subject to New Source Performance
Standards and, therefore, has an SO(2) emission limit of 1.2 lbs/MMBtu on a
three-hour and a 24-hour average. Units 1 and 2 are "existing" boilers with a
PADEP SO(2) emission limit of 3.7 lbs/MMBtu on a 30-day rolling average, a daily
average limit of 4.0 lbs/MMBtu (up to two exceedances per 30 days) and a
not-to-be-exceeded limit of 4.8 lbs/MMBtu. To control SO(2) emissions, EME Homer
City relies on the Coal Cleaning Plant to manage the sulfur content of a
significant amount of the coal feedstock for Units 1 and 2. Unit 3 relies on the
use of low-sulfur coal. In 1997, the annual average SO(2) emissions were
2.73 lbs/MMBtu for Unit 1, 2.72 lbs/MMBtu for Unit 2 and 1.13 lbs/MMBtu for
Unit 3.

    All three Units are Phase II Acid Rain Program-affected units. Accordingly,
beginning in 2000, all of the Units will be required to obtain sufficient SO(2)
allowances to account for the total SO(2) emissions from the Units. EME Homer
City believes that it will be able to obtain such SO(2) allowances for the Homer
City Units at a reasonable cost prior to the time required. In addition, EME
Homer City will install a system on Unit 3 which will reduce SO(2) emissions to
0.4 lbs/MMBtu. The system is expected to be installed by September 2001.

    EMISSION REDUCTION CREDITS.  The Homer City Units have a number of Emission
Reduction Credits ("ERCs") that were generated through the retirement of dryers
A and B at the Coal Cleaning Plant. Such ERCs are pending PADEP approval, and
EME Homer City believes that once approved they will not expire until 2006. The
ERCs have not been included in the projections prepared by the Independent
Engineer.

    PARTICULATE MATTER ("PM").  Particulate matter is regulated through two
separate and distinct methods: mass emissions and visual opacity. The Homer City
Units' recent PM stack tests show that emissions are well below regulatory
limits. All three Units control PM through the use of electrostatic
precipitators; Units 1 and 2 also utilize an SO(2) flue gas injection
conditioning system. To improve precipitator performance, capital improvements
were made in 1997 and 1998 for Units 1 and 2. Recent modifications to the Coal
Cleaning Plant have also resulted in reduced particulate emissions from Units 1
and 2.

    WATER QUALITY

    The Facilities are subject to regulations regarding the quality of surface
water, ground water and drinking water. To protect surface water quality, the
Facilities rely on an industrial wastewater treatment system, on-site sewage
treatment and a number of settling ponds and impoundments. The Facilities'
surface water discharges are governed by two, five-year National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System ("NPDES") permits issued in 1994 and 1995. Modeling
results indicate that PADEP may impose more stringent discharge limits for
certain contaminants at the time of NPDES

                                       43
<PAGE>
permit renewal, which may require upgrade of the Facilities' wastewater
treatment systems with such approaches as reverse osmosis, ozonation,
dechlorination and/or recycling of water.

    EME Homer City conducts ground water monitoring in a number of areas
throughout the Site, including active and former ash disposal sites, wastewater
and runoff settling and drainage ponds, coal refuse disposal sites, the coal
pile and present and former underground storage tank locations. A pump-and-treat
ground water treatment system is in operation for the industrial wastewater flow
ponds. To date, the PADEP has not requested that any additional remediation
actions be performed at the Site. The Facilities have a drinking water treatment
system designed to meet applicable potable water standards. Recent tests
indicate that the Facilities' drinking water supply meets these standards.

    SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE

    Both ash from the Homer City Units and coal refuse from the Coal Cleaning
Plant are disposed of on-Site in separate, permitted disposal areas. EME Homer
City has entered into a joint services agreement with Helvetia for the treatment
and disposal of leachate and runoff water from EME Homer City's coal refuse
disposal facility. Approximately 600,000 tons of ash and 1,000,000 tons of coal
refuse are disposed of annually. In 1997, the PADEP issued a 10-year permit for
operation of the ash disposal site. A five-year permit for the operation of the
coal refuse disposal site was issued by the Pennsylvania Bureau of Mining and
Reclamation in 1994. For the past several years, the Facilities have undergone a
program for the removal of equipment with polychlorinated biphenyl ("PCB")
levels of over 500 ppm. As of Spring of 1998, all PCB transformers had been
removed.

    MINING ACTIVITIES

    The Homer City Units were originally constructed as a mine-mouth generating
station, where coal produced from two adjacent deep mines was delivered directly
to the Units by coal conveyors. The two adjacent deep mines were owned by Helen
Mining Company ("Helen"), a subsidiary of the Quaker State Corporation, and the
Helvetia Mining Company ("Helvetia"), a subsidiary of the Rochester and
Pittsburgh Coal Company. Both Helen and Helvetia developed mine refuse sites,
water treatment facilities and other mine related facilities on the Site. The
Helen mine was closed in the early 1990s and the mine surface operations and
maintenance shop areas were restored before Helen left the Site. Helen has
continuing mine water and refuse site leachate treatment obligations and remains
obligated to perform any clean-up required with respect to its refuse site.
Helvetia's on-Site mine was closed in 1995. As a result of the cessation of its
on-Site mining activities, Helvetia has continuing mine discharge and refuse
site leachate discharge treatment obligations which it performs using water
treatment facilities owned by Helvetia and located on the Site. Bonds posted by
Helvetia may not be sufficient to fund Helvetia's obligations in the event of
Helvetia's failure to comply with its mine-related permits at the Site. Current
annual operating costs for Helvetia's treatment systems are estimated to be
approximately $372,500. Should Helvetia default on its treatment obligations,
the government may look to EME Homer City to fund these commitments.

REGULATION

  STATE LAW

    PENNSYLVANIA.  Pursuant to the Pennsylvania Public Utility Law (the "PPUL"),
the PPUC regulates all "public utilities" operating in the Commonwealth. A
"public utility" under the PPUL includes any entity which owns or operates
equipment or facilities for the production, generation, transmission or
distribution of gas, electricity or steam for the production of light, heat or
power to the public for consumption. The PPUL does not specifically address the
utility status of entities selling electricity at wholesale within Pennsylvania
(e.g., EWGs). Because of EME Homer City's status as an EWG which sells
electricity exclusively in the wholesale market and does not hold itself out to
the public generally

                                       44
<PAGE>
as a supplier of utility service, it is not likely to be regulated as a public
utility under the PPUL. If, however, EME Homer City were deemed to be a
Pennsylvania public utility, the PPUC could retroactively apply certain
provisions of the PPUL to the Homer City Units. One such provision requires
every public utility to obtain a certificate of public convenience and necessity
("CPCN") from the PPUC as evidence of its approval prior to rendering service as
a public utility. If the PPUC were to require EME Homer City to obtain a CPCN,
EME Homer City might be required to discontinue operation of the Homer City
Units pending application for, and receipt of, a CPCN. Another such provision
requires every public utility to obtain PPUC approval before it issues or
guarantees securities. If EME Homer City were found to be a public utility, its
failure to have obtained this approval could call into question the validity of
EME Homer City's obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. In
addition, EME Homer City would be subject to other laws and regulations (other
than rate regulation) applicable to Pennsylvania public utilities. EME Homer
City's rates, however, would remain subject to the jurisdiction of the FERC.

    NEW YORK.  Pursuant to the New York Public Service Law (the "NYPSL"), the
New York Public Service Commission ("NYPSC") regulates all "public utility
companies" or "utility companies" operating in New York. A "public utility
company" or "utility company" under the NYPSL includes, among other things, any
entity engaged in the production, transmission or distribution of electricity to
the public for light, heat or power purposes. EME Homer City, as an EWG, will
not provide electricity directly to the public and plans to sell only to power
marketers and energy service companies. Although the NYPSL is silent with
respect to the utility status of electric corporations selling wholesale within
New York, EME Homer City will not likely be subject to regulation as a New York
public utility. If, however, EME Homer City were deemed to be a public utility
under the NYPSL, the NYPSC could retroactively apply certain provisions of the
statute to the Homer City Units. EME Homer City would also be subject to other
laws and regulations (other than rate regulation) applicable to New York public
utility companies. EME Homer City's rates, however, would remain subject to the
jurisdiction of the FERC.

  FEDERAL LAW

    FEDERAL POWER ACT.  The Federal Power Act gives the FERC exclusive
rate-making jurisdiction over wholesale sales of electricity and the
transmission of electricity in interstate commerce. Pursuant to the Federal
Power Act, all public utilities subject to the FERC's jurisdiction are required
to file rate schedules with the FERC prior to commencement of wholesale sales or
transmission of electricity. Because it will be selling power in the wholesale
market, EME Homer City is deemed to be a public utility for purposes of the
Federal Power Act. In November 1998, EME Homer City filed a rate schedule with
the FERC requesting authority to sell power and ancillary services at
market-based rates. On January 13, 1999, the FERC accepted the rate schedule for
filing with respect to sales of power, thereby authorizing EME Homer City to
make sales of power at market-based rates. The FERC deferred consideration of
EME Homer City's request to sell anciliary services at market-based rates. The
FERC also granted EME Homer City waivers of certain of the accounting,
record-keeping and reporting requirements that are imposed on utilities with
cost-based rate schedules.

    In addition, the FERC's order, as is customary with market-based rate
schedules, reserved the right to revoke EME Homer City's market-based rate
authority on a prospective basis if it is subsequently determined that EME Homer
City or any of its Affiliates possesses excessive market power. If the FERC were
to revoke EME Homer City's market-based rate authority, it would be necessary
for EME Homer City to file, and obtain FERC acceptance of, its rate schedule as
a cost-of-service rate schedule. In addition, the loss of market-based rate
authority would subject EME Homer City to the accounting, record-keeping and
reporting requirements that are imposed on utilities with cost-based rate
schedules.

                                       45
<PAGE>
    PUHCA.  PUHCA provides that any corporation, partnership or other entity or
organized group that owns, controls or holds power to vote 10% or more of the
outstanding voting securities of a "public utility company" or a company that is
a "holding company" of a public utility company is subject to pervasive
regulation under PUHCA as a registered holding company, unless an exemption is
established or an order is issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission
declaring it not to be a holding company. Registered holding companies under
PUHCA are required to limit their utility operations to a single integrated
utility system and to divest any other operations not functionally related to
the operation of the utility system. In addition, a public utility company that
is a subsidiary of a registered holding company under PUHCA is subject to
financial and organization regulation, including approval by the Securities and
Exchange Commission of certain of its financing transactions. However, under the
Energy Policy Act, a company engaged exclusively in the business of owning
and/or operating a facility used for the generation of electric energy
exclusively for sale at wholesale may be exempted from PUHCA regulation as an
EWG. On March 12, 1999, the General Counsel of the FERC issued a letter
determining that, based on the facts set forth in its application, EME Homer
City is an EWG. If there occurs a "material change" in facts which might affect
EME Homer City's continued eligibility for EWG status, within 60 days of such
material change EME Homer City must (1) file a written explanation of why the
material change does not affect its EWG status, (2) file a new application for
EWG status or (3) notify the FERC that it no longer wishes to maintain EWG
status. If EME Homer City were to lose its EWG status, it and its affiliates
would be subject to regulation under PUHCA that would be difficult to comply
with absent a restructuring.

                                       46
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

    The directors of the Company (the "Board of Directors") are elected by, and
serve until their successors are elected by, the Company's sole stockholder. The
officers of the Company are elected from time to time by the Board of Directors
and hold office at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The Company's Board
of Directors currently contains five members. The Board of Directors or the
Company's sole stockholder may elect to appoint additional directors from time
to time.

    Set forth below are the current directors and executive officers of the
Company and their positions with the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                   POSITION
- ----                                   --------
<S>                                    <C>
James V. Iaco, Jr....................  Director and President
Kevin M. Smith.......................  Director, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
                                       Treasurer
Martha A. Spikes.....................  Director, Vice President and Secretary
Raymond W. Vickers...................  Director
Paul R. Gillespie....................  Director and Vice President
Mark E. Irwin........................  Vice President
Steven D. Eisenberg..................  Vice President and General Counsel
Mary Ellen Olson.....................  Vice President and Assistant General Counsel
Michael P. Childers..................  Vice President
John K. Deshong......................  Vice President
</TABLE>

    Set forth below are the principal occupations and business activities of the
directors and executive officers of the Company for the past five years, in
addition to their positions described above.

    JAMES V. IACO, JR. has been Senior Vice President and Division President of
EME's Americas region since May 1998. Mr. Iaco served as Chief Financial Officer
of EME from January 1994 to May 1999.

    KEVIN M. SMITH has been Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
EME since May 1999 and Regional Vice President--Finance of EME's Americas region
since March 1998. Mr. Smith has served as Treasurer of EME since
September 1992.

    MARTHA A. SPIKES has been Corporate Secretary of EME since July 1996.
Ms. Spikes has served as corporate and project counsel to EME since 1991.

    RAYMOND W. VICKERS has been Senior Vice President and General Counsel of EME
since March 1, 1999. Prior to joining EME, Mr. Vickers was a partner with the
law firm of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP since 1989.

    PAUL R. GILLESPIE has been Vice President--Tax of EME since May 1996. Prior
to joining EME, Mr. Gillespie was Senior Tax Counsel for Mobil Corporation from
January 1996 to May 1996 and Manager, Tax Planning of Mobil Corporation since
July 1991.

    MARK E. IRWIN has been Vice President--Business Management of EME's Americas
region since July 1995. Mr. Irwin has served as Vice President of EME since
July 1995.

    STEVEN D. EISENBERG has been Vice President and Associate General Counsel of
EME and Regional Vice President--Legal of EME's Americas region since
January 1999. Prior to joining EME, Mr. Eisenberg was a partner with the law
firm of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius from September 1997 to December 1998. Prior to
that, Mr. Eisenberg was Vice President and General Counsel of Diamond

                                       47
<PAGE>
Energy, Inc. from January 1995 to September 1997 and Vice President and
Associate General Counsel of Diamond Energy, Inc. from September 1992 to
January 1995.

    MARY ELLEN OLSON has been Vice President and Assistant General Counsel of
EME and Regional Vice President--Legal of EME's Americas region since
December 1997. Ms. Olson served as Regional Vice President and Assistant General
Counsel of EME since February 1997. Ms. Olson has served as corporate and
project counsel to EME since 1988.

    MICHAEL P. CHILDERS has been Vice President of EME and Regional Vice
President--Development of EME's Americas region since October 1997. Prior to
joining EME, Mr. Childers was a Director at Enron Corporation from April 1996 to
September 1997. Prior to that, Mr. Childers was Senior Manager of Business
Development at Diamond Energy, Inc. from May 1994 to April 1996.

    JOHN K. DESHONG has been Regional Vice President--Tax of EME's Americas
region since November, 1998. Mr. Deshong has served as Director, Tax Planning &
Special Projects to EME since 1997. Prior to joining EME, Mr. Deshong was
Director of Tax at United States Enrichment Corporation from December 1995 to
April 1997. Prior to that, Mr. Deshong was Senior Tax Advisor at Mobil
Corporation from April 1993 to December 1995.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    The officers of the Company receive compensation from EME and receive no
compensation from the Company. For information concerning the compensation of
the Chief Executive Officer and four most highly paid executive officers, other
than the Chief Executive Officer, of EME, see EME's Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1998, which is incorporated by reference herein. For information
concerning the benefit plans maintained by EME for the officers and employees of
the Company, see EME's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998, which is
incorporated by reference herein.

DIRECTORS COMPENSATION

    The directors of the Company receive no compensation for their service as
directors.

                                       48
<PAGE>
                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

ENERGY SALES AGREEMENT

    EME Homer City has entered into a contract with a marketing affiliate for
the sale of energy and capacity produced by the Homer City Units, which enables
such marketing affiliate to engage in forward sales and hedging transactions.
EME Homer City will pay the marketing affiliate a nominal fee currently set at
$0.02/MWh (approximately $300,000 per year), and all revenue from physical sales
transactions executed by the marketing affiliate will be deposited into the
Revenue Account. See "Description of Principal Contracts--Energy Sales
Agreement."

INTERCOMPANY LOANS

    The Company has entered into an intercompany loan agreement with FinanceCo
pursuant to which it has agreed to make loans to FinanceCo from time to time
with the proceeds of loans made to the Company under the Credit Agreement.
FinanceCo has entered into a corresponding intercompany loan agreement with EME
Homer City pursuant to which it has agreed to make loans to EME Homer City from
time to time with the proceeds of loans made to FinanceCo by the Company. The
loans described in this paragraph, and all other obligations owed by a Guarantor
to another Guarantor or to the Company, are subordinated to all of the
Guarantors' obligations under the Financing Documents. See "Description of
Principal Financing Documents--Subordination Agreement."

RELATIONSHIP OF THE COMPANY AND THE GUARANTORS TO EME

    Each of the Company and each Guarantor has been organized and operated as a
legal entity separate and apart from EME, Edison International and any other
affiliates of EME or Edison International, and, accordingly, the assets of the
Company and the Guarantors will not be generally available to satisfy the
obligations of EME, Edison International or any other affiliates of EME or
Edison International; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that unrestricted cash of the Company
and the Guarantors or other assets which are available for distribution may,
subject to applicable law and the terms of financing arrangements of such
parties, be advanced, loaned, paid as dividends or otherwise distributed or
contributed to Edison International, EME or affiliates thereof. The bonds are
non-recourse to EME and Edison International. See "Description of the
Bonds--Nature of Recourse."

                                       49
<PAGE>
                       DESCRIPTION OF PRINCIPAL CONTRACTS

    THE FOLLOWING IS A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN FEATURES OF THE FACILITIES AND
SELECTED PROVISIONS OF CERTAIN PRINCIPAL AGREEMENTS RELATED TO THE FACILITIES
AND THE BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY AND THE GUARANTORS, AND IS NOT CONSIDERED TO BE
A FULL STATEMENT OF THE TERMS OF SUCH AGREEMENTS. ACCORDINGLY, THE FOLLOWING
SUMMARIES OF SUCH AGREEMENTS ARE QUALIFIED BY REFERENCE TO EACH AGREEMENT AND
ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE FULL TEXT OF EACH AGREEMENT. UNLESS OTHERWISE
STATED, ANY REFERENCE IN THIS PROSPECTUS TO ANY AGREEMENT SHALL MEAN SUCH
AGREEMENT AND ALL SCHEDULES, EXHIBITS AND ATTACHMENTS THERETO AS AMENDED,
SUPPLEMENTED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED AND IN EFFECT AS OF THE DATE HEREOF. COPIES
OF ALL SUCH AGREEMENTS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY, SUBJECT TO CERTAIN
CONFIDENTIALITY RESTRICTIONS. SEE "AVAILABLE INFORMATION."

SUMMARY

    EME Homer City is party to various agreements related to the operation of
the Homer City Units. EME Homer City purchased the Facilities from the Sellers
on March 18, 1999 pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement. In connection with
the Acquisition, NYSEG and Penelec entered into the Transition Contracts, the
Interconnection Agreement and the Easement Agreement with ME Westside, and ME
Westside subsequently assigned these contracts to EME Homer City. The Transition
Contracts provide NYSEG and Penelec with an option to buy, and EME Homer City
with an option to sell, certain quantities of capacity from the Units. Pursuant
to the Interconnection Agreement, NYSEG and Penelec have agreed to provide the
services necessary to interconnect the Homer City Units with NYSEG's and
Penelec's transmission systems. The Easement Agreement is intended to provide
the use and access rights to EME Homer City, NYSEG and Penelec necessary for the
performance of their respective obligations under the Interconnection Agreement.
EME Homer City has also entered into the Energy Sales Agreement with one of its
affiliates, pursuant to which such affiliate will purchase capacity and energy
produced by the Homer City Units for sale to third parties.

    NYSEG and Penelec entered into several fuel supply agreements to obtain the
coal requirements for the Homer City Units. NGE and GPU Genco entered into the
Coal Cleaning Agreement to provide for the operation and maintenance of the Coal
Cleaning Plant, and NYSEG and Penelec entered into the Operating Agreement to
provide for the blending of coal for Unit 3. All of these agreements were
assigned to EME Homer City in connection with the Acquisition.

    EME Homer City has also entered into an agreement with ABB for the provision
of all engineering, procurement and construction services necessary to complete
the Environmental Capital Improvements.

    Unless otherwise indicated herein, each of the agreements described below
contains the following customary indemnification, force majeure and assignment
provisions:

    - an agreement by each party to indemnify the other party and such other
      party's affiliates, successors, officers, directors, employees and agents
      for all claims, losses, damages and expenses for damage to property or
      injury to or death of any person to the extent caused by an act or
      omission of the indemnifying party or its officers, directors, employees
      or agents in connection with the contract;

    - a force majeure clause excusing a party's performance under the contract
      if performance is prevented by a cause beyond the reasonable control of
      the party which is unable to perform; and

    - a provision stating that a party may not assign its rights or obligations
      under the contract without the prior consent of the other party.

                                       50
<PAGE>
ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

    ME Westside entered into the Asset Purchase Agreement with the Sellers on
August 1, 1998 and assigned the contract to EME Homer City on November 6, 1998.
Pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, EME Homer City purchased the assets
constituting the Facilities on the Acquisition Effective Date, including, but
not limited to, certain specified real property, inventories of raw materials
and fuels, machinery and equipment, real property leases, agreements, permits,
easements and emission reduction credits (collectively, the "Purchased Assets"),
and excluding the related electrical transmission and distribution facilities
(collectively, the "Transmission Assets" and, together with all other assets not
transferred, the "Excluded Assets"). The purchase price was $1,801 million with
adjustments for certain differences in book value of inventories.

    ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES.  Pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, and
subject to certain exceptions, EME Homer City agreed to assume and discharge
certain of the Sellers' liabilities and obligations, including all liabilities
and obligations to be paid or performed on or after the Acquisition Effective
Date under the following: (1) the contracts, agreements, licenses and leases
relating to the ownership, operation and maintenance of the Facilities which
were assigned to EME Homer City; (2) the leases, contracts and other agreements
entered into by the Sellers with respect to the Purchased Assets after the
execution of the Asset Purchase Agreement; (3) those permits which are
transferable from the Sellers to EME Homer City; (4) all liabilities and
obligations with respect to transferred employees; (5) taxes incurred in
connection with the Acquisition; and (6) subject to certain exceptions, any
liability related to violations of environmental laws, tort claims and
remediation procedures with respect to the ownership or operation of the
Purchased Assets.

    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Each Seller makes certain representations
and warranties to EME Homer City in the Asset Purchase Agreement which survive
for 18 months after the Acquisition Effective Date, including that: (1) such
Seller is duly incorporated, existing and in good standing; (2) such Seller has
the full power and authority to enter into the Asset Purchase Agreement and the
Asset Purchase Agreement is enforceable in accordance with its terms; and
(3) subject to obtaining the Sellers' required regulatory approvals, no consent
or approval is necessary for the execution of the Asset Purchase Agreement other
than such filings or consents which if not obtained will not prevent such Seller
from performing its material obligations thereunder. Certain claims under the
Asset Purchase Agreement also survive for 18 months after the Acquisition
Effective Date. Such claims include those which arise from the Sellers'
noncompliance with the covenants regarding the conduct of business and filings
with tax authorities in jurisdictions in which a portion of the purchase price
may be required to be withheld or EME Homer City would be liable for tax
liabilities of the Sellers.

    INDEMNIFICATION.  Pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Sellers and
EME Homer City agreed to customary indemnification provisions. The Asset
Purchase Agreement contains certain limitations on the Sellers' indemnity
obligations, including a release from liability for any environmental condition
or violation of environmental law related to the Purchased Assets other than
liabilities not assumed by EME Homer City under the Asset Purchase Agreement.

ENERGY SALES AGREEMENT

    EME Homer City entered into the Energy Sales Agreement dated as of March 18,
1999 (the "Energy Sales Agreement") with Edison Mission Marketing & Trading Co.
("EMMT"). The Energy Sales Agreement provides for the sale by EME Homer City and
the purchase by EMMT of capacity and energy produced by the Homer City Units up
to the capacity of the Units. The transactions executed pursuant to the Energy
Sales Agreement may not be for speculative purposes.

    TERM.  The Energy Sales Agreement will remain in effect unless terminated by
either party upon 90 days prior written notice to the other party.

                                       51
<PAGE>
    PAYMENTS.  EMMT will make payments to EME Homer City for capacity and energy
delivered to the bus bar at the Units at a price equal to (i) the price which a
third-party purchaser of the capacity or energy has agreed to pay to EMMT less
(ii) $0.02 per MWh of capacity or energy. If EME Homer City fails to deliver
capacity or energy to EMMT as agreed, EME Homer City will be required to pay
EMMT an amount equal to (1) $0.02 per MWh of capacity or energy purchased by
EMMT to replace the capacity or energy that EME Homer City failed to deliver
plus (2) the price at which EMMT, acting in a commercially reasonable manner,
purchases replacement capacity or energy or, if EMMT does not purchase
replacement capacity or energy, the market price for replacement capacity or
energy as determined by EMMT in a commercially reasonable manner.

TRANSITION CONTRACTS

NYSEG TRANSITION CONTRACT

    ME Westside entered into the NYSEG Transition Contract with NYSEG on
August 1, 1998, and subsequently assigned the NYSEG Transition Contract to EME
Homer City on November 6, 1998. The NYSEG Transition Contract provides NYSEG
with a call option to buy, and EME Homer City with a put option to sell, certain
quantities of electric generating capacity from the Homer City Units.

    TERM.  The NYSEG Transition Contract will expire on April 30, 2001 unless
terminated earlier in accordance with its terms. NYSEG may terminate the NYSEG
Transition Contract prior to its stated expiration date by providing 25 days
notice to EME Homer City upon an event of default of EME Homer City thereunder.

    LETTER AGREEMENTS.  EME Homer City entered into a letter agreement with
NYSEG to adjust the contract periods under the NYSEG Transition Contract to
conform to the PJM capacity planning cycle.   EME Homer City also entered into
contractual arrangements with NYSEG to sell 942 MW of capacity to NYSEG for the
period from March 18, 1999 to May 31, 1999 for a price of $55/MW-day and to sell
500 MW of capacity to NYSEG during the period from June 1, 1999 through May 31,
2000 for a price of $60/MW-day.

    OPTIONS.  NYSEG and EME Homer City may exercise their options to purchase
and sell capacity during the periods from June 1, 2000 through October 31, 2000
(the "Third Contract Period") and from November 1, 2000 to April 30, 2001 (the
"Fourth Contract Period"). EME Homer City may exercise its put option to sell to
NYSEG up to an amount of capacity (the "NYSEG Option Capacity") equal to the
lesser of (1) 942 MW and (2) one half of NYSEG's projected load supply
obligations to NYPP less the capacity available to be provided by its remaining
owned generation and existing power purchase entitlements. NYSEG may exercise
its call option to purchase from EME Homer City up to an amount of capacity
equal to equal to (1) the NYSEG Option Capacity less (2) the amount of capacity
which EME Homer City has elected to sell to NYSEG pursuant to its put option.

    PAYMENTS.  If either EME Homer City or NYSEG exercises its option, NYSEG
will make monthly payments to EME Homer City equal to the sum of (1) (x) $72.30
per MW of capacity for the Third Contract Period or (y) $77.20 per MW of
capacity for the Fourth Contract Period, in each case sold pursuant to EME Homer
City's put option, multiplied by the number of days in the month or portion
thereof and (2) (x) $91.70 per MW of capacity for the Third Contract Period or
(y) $103.00 per MW of capacity for the Fourth Contract Period, in each case sold
pursuant to NYSEG's call option, multiplied by the number of days in the month
or portion thereof.

PENELEC TRANSITION CONTRACT

    ME Westside entered into the Penelec Transition Contract with Penelec on
August 1, 1998, and subsequently assigned the Penelec Transition Contract to EME
Homer City on November 6, 1998. The

                                       52
<PAGE>
Penelec Transition Contract provides Penelec with a call option to buy, and EME
Homer City with a put option to sell, certain quantities of electric generating
capacity from the Homer City Units.

    TERM.  The Penelec Transition Contract will expire on May 31, 2001 unless
terminated earlier in accordance with its terms.

    OPTIONS.  EME Homer City has exercised its put option to sell 942 MW of
capacity to Penelec during the period which commenced on the Acquisition
Effective Date and ends on May 31, 1999 (the "First Contract Period") and during
the period which commences on June 1, 1999 and ends on May 31, 2000 (the "Second
Contract Period"). Penelec and EME Homer City may exercise their remaining
options to purchase and sell capacity during the period from June 1, 2000 to
May 31, 2001 (the "Third Contract Period"). EME Homer City may exercise its put
option to sell to Penelec up to an amount of capacity (the "Penelec Option
Capacity") equal to the lesser of (1) 942 MW and (2) GPU's projected load supply
obligations to PJM less the capacity available to be provided by its remaining
owned generation and existing power purchase entitlements. Penelec may exercise
its call option to purchase from EME Homer City up to an amount of capacity
equal to (1) the Penelec Option Capacity less (2) the amount of capacity which
EME Homer City has elected to sell to Penelec pursuant to its put option.

    PAYMENTS.  During the First Contract Period, Penelec will make monthly
payments to EME Homer City equal to the product of (1) $47,005.80, (2) the
number of days in the relevant month or portion thereof and (3) a fraction (not
greater than 1) the numerator of which is one minus the forced outage rate of
the Units (calculated pursuant to the PJM rules) for the relevant month and the
denominator of which is 0.91. During the Second Contract Period, Penelec will
make monthly payments to EME Homer City equal to the product of (1) $56,425.80,
(2) the number of days in the relevant month or portion thereof and (3) a
fraction (not greater than 1), the numerator of which is the "unforced capacity"
(installed capacity rated at summer conditions that is not on average
experiencing a forced outing or forced derating) attributable to the installed
capacity provided by EME Homer City and the denominator of which is 91% of such
installed capacity. If either EME Homer City or Penelec exercises its option for
the Third Contract Period, Penelec will make monthly payments to EME Homer City
equal to the product of (1) $77.40 per MW of capacity sold pursuant to EME Homer
City's put option plus $100.90 per MW of capacity sold pursuant to Penelec's
call option, (2) the number of days in the month or portion thereof and (3) a
fraction (not greater than 1), the numerator of which is the "unforced capacity"
attributable to the installed capacity provided by EME Homer City and the
denominator of which is 91% of such installed capacity.

    INDEMNIFICATION.  The indemnification obligations of EME Homer City and
Penelec under the Penelec Transition Contract arise only upon the negligence or
willful misconduct of the indemnifying party.

EPC CONTRACT

    EME Homer City entered into the Turnkey Engineering, Procurement and
Construction Contract dated as of April 7, 1999 (the "EPC Contract") with ABB
Environmental Systems, a division of ABB (the "Contractor"). The Contractor has
agreed to complete the work necessary to add selective catalytic reduction
("SCR") systems to each of the Units and to add a limestone based, wet scrubber
flue gas desulfurization ("FGD") system to Unit 3 (collectively, the "Project").

    CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES.  The EPC Contract requires the Contractor to, among
other things, (1) procure all labor, materials, tools, equipment, insurance,
security, supplies, manufacturing and related services and certain permits
necessary for the completion of the work, (2) provide monthly progress reports,
damage reports and other reports to EME Homer City, (3) coordinate the
procurement of spare parts for the Project, (4) train EME Homer City's personnel
in the operation of

                                       53
<PAGE>
the Project and supervise start-up and testing activities and (5) perform all
guaranteed performance tests specified in the EPC Contract.

    CONTRACT PRICE.  The contract price for completion of the work under the EPC
Contract is $233,849,804, which is to be paid by EME Homer City in installments
upon completion of certain milestones to the Contractor. EME Homer City is
entitled to retain 10% of the contract price as security until the Contractor
has performed all of its obligations under the EPC Contract.

    GUARANTEED MECHANICAL COMPLETION DATES.  The guaranteed mechanical
completion dates under the EPC Contract are as follows: (1) June 1, 2000 for
installation of the SCR system at Unit 2; (2) May 1, 2001 for installation of
the SCR systems at Units 1 and 3; and (3) September 20, 2001 for installation of
the FGD system at Unit 3. The guaranteed mechanical completion dates are subject
to extension pursuant to the terms of the EPC Contract.

    PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.  The Contractor is required
to pay EME Homer City liquidated damages for failure of the Project to meet
certain performance guarantees and for excess outages at the Units and delay in
completion of the Project. Liquidated damages for failure to satisfy the
performance guarantees are limited to 15% of the contract price and liquidated
damages for excess outages and delay in completion are limited to 15% of the
contract price. The total amount of performance, excess outage and delay
liquidated damages cannot exceed 25% of the contract price.

    PERFORMANCE SECURITY.  The EPC Contract requires the Contractor to provide a
performance and payment bond in the full amount of the contract price in order
to secure the Contractor's obligations under the EPC Contract. To satisfy this
requirement, the Contractor has provided performance and payment bonds from
Federal Insurance Company and American Home Assurance Company.

FUEL AGREEMENTS

COAL SUPPLY AGREEMENTS

    NYSEG and Penelec entered into several coal supply agreements with local
suppliers to obtain the coal requirements for the Homer City Units. These
agreements were assigned to EME Homer City in connection with the Acquisition.
Following is a table summarizing the key terms of the existing coal supply
agreements. All of the coal supply agreements other than the Tanoma agreement
terminating on December 31, 2002 are for Units 1 and 2.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 MINIMUM QUANTITY      MAXIMUM QUANTITY       BASE PRICE
SUPPLIER                      TERMINATION DATE   (TONS PER MONTH)           (TONS)             ($/TON)
- --------                      ----------------   ----------------   -----------------------   ----------
<S>                           <C>                <C>                <C>                       <C>
Canterbury Coal Company.....      12/31/03           28,000              40,000/month            21.33(1)
Mears Enterprises, Inc......      12/31/00           30,000              35,000/month            21.41
Rosebud Mining Company......      12/31/00           25,000         1,050,000/contract term      21.42
Helvetia Coal Company.......      (2)            1,800,000/year              None                26.75(3)
Unionvale Coal Company......      12/31/07             (4)                    (5)               (6)
Tanoma Coal Sales, Inc......      12/31/04           25,000                   (7)               (8)
                                  12/31/99           10,000                 25,000              (9)
                                  12/31/99           15,000                  None                21.40
                                  12/31/02           85,000              95,000/month            37.00(10)
Kajon Materials, Inc........       5/31/00           10,000          360,000/contract term       20.37
DLR Coal Company............      12/31/04           20,000         1,500,000/contract term      19.00
Britt Resources, Inc........       4/30/03           15,000              65,000/month           (11)
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

(1)  The base price under the Canterbury Coal Company agreement will increase to
     $22.05 on January 1, 2000 and to $22.30 on January 1, 2002.

                                       54
<PAGE>
(2)  The Helvetia agreement will terminate when 16 million tons of raw coal have
     been delivered thereunder. At current delivery rates, the contract will
    expire in 2002.

(3)  The base price for coal delivered under the Helvetia agreement was $26.75
     per ton as of January 1995 and is adjusted quarterly in accordance with a
    cost index and a market index.

(4)  The minimum monthly quantities under the Unionvale Coal Company agreement
     are as follows: (1) through July 31, 1999, 30,000 tons; (2) from August 1,
    1999 through December 31, 2000, 35,000 tons; (3) from January 1, 2001
    through December 31, 2001, 45,000 tons; and (4) from January 1, 2002 through
    December 31, 2007, 60,000 tons.

(5)  The maximum monthly quantities under the Unionvale Coal Company agreement
     are as follows: (1) through July 31, 1999, 45,000 tons; (2) from August 1,
    1999 through December 31, 2000, 50,000 tons; (3) from January 1, 2001
    through December 31, 2001, 60,000 tons; and (4) from January 1, 2002 through
    December 31, 2007, 67,500 tons.

(6)  The price paid for coal under the Unionvale Coal Company agreement is as
     follows: (1) through December 31, 2000, $21.50/ton; (2) from January 1,
    2001 through December 31, 2001, $21.93/ton; (3) from January 1, 2002 through
    December 31, 2002, $22.37/ton; (4) from January 1, 2003 through
    December 31, 2005, as determined in good faith between the parties to the
    agreement, not to exceed the price specified in clause (3) plus 5%;
    (5) from January 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the price specified in
    clause (4) plus 2% thereof; and (6) from January 1, 2007 through
    December 31, 2007, the price specified in clause (5) plus 2% thereof.

(7)  Under the Tanoma agreement terminating on December 31, 2004, EME Homer City
     can receive up to 35,000 tons of coal per month on and after July 1, 1999
    if it notifies Tanoma by February 1, 1999, and can receive up to 45,000 tons
    of coal per month on and after October 1, 2000 if it notifies Tanoma by
    May 1, 2000.

(8)  The price paid for coal under the Tanoma agreement terminating on
     December 31, 2004 is as follows: (1) through December 31, 2000, $21.30/ton;
    and (2) from January 1, 2001 through December 31, 2004, as determined in
    accordance with a combination of (a) good faith negotiations between the
    parties, (b) changes in the prices under other coal supply agreements for
    the Homer City Units and (c) changes in the economic dispatch rates for
    Units 1 and 2.

(9)  The price paid for coal under the Tanoma agreement terminating on
     December 31, 1999 is as follows: (1) for the first 10,000 tons, $22.05/ton;
    (2) for the next 10,000 tons, $22.89/ton; and (3) for the final 5,000 tons,
    $22.47/ton.

(10) The price paid for coal under the Tanoma agreement terminating on December
     31, 2002 is subject to adjustment for certain factors, including the
    economic dispatch rate for Unit 3 and the market price of similar low sulfur
    coal.

(11) The price paid for coal under the Britt Resources, Inc. agreement is as
     follows: (1) up to 25,000 tons, $21.00/ton; (2) from 25,001 to 40,000 tons,
    $22.00/ton; and (3) from 40,001 to 65,000 tons, $23.00/ton.

    PRICE ADJUSTMENTS.  The base price paid for coal under EME Homer City's coal
supply agreements will be increased if the heat content of the coal delivered
thereunder is greater than the applicable guaranteed heat content and will be
decreased if the heat content of the coal delivered is less than the applicable
guaranteed heat rate. The base price under the Tanoma, Britt Resources, Inc.,
Unionvale Coal Company, Mears Enterprises, Inc. and Rosebud Mining Company
agreements will also be decreased if the sulfur content of the coal delivered is
in excess of the levels specified in such agreements.

                                       55
<PAGE>
    DELIVERY.  All coal procured under the coal supply agreements for the Homer
City Units is obtained from mines designated by EME Homer City and is delivered
to the Units on the suppliers' trucks. All coal deliveries are FOB the Homer
City Units, freight prepaid and allowed.

    INDEMNIFICATION.  The indemnification obligations under the coal supply
agreements run only from the suppliers to EME Homer City.

COAL CLEANING AGREEMENT

    NGE and GPU Genco entered into the Coal Cleaning Agreement with Homer City
Coal on August 8, 1990. NGE and GPU Genco assigned their rights and obligations
under the Coal Cleaning Agreement to EME Homer City in connection with the
Acquisition. The Coal Cleaning Agreement provides for the operation and
maintenance of the Coal Cleaning Plant by Homer City Coal.

    TERM.  The Coal Cleaning Agreement will expire on August 31, 2002 unless
terminated earlier in accordance with the terms thereof. Either EME Homer City
or Homer City Coal may terminate the Coal Cleaning Agreement prior to the
contract's stated expiration date upon prior notice to the other party.

    OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE SERVICES.  Homer City Coal is obligated to operate
and maintain the Coal Cleaning Plant in accordance with the Operating
Specification dated January 4, 1990 and reissued as Revision 2 on January 28,
1998. The operation and maintenance services provided by Homer City Coal include
the completion of periodic performance tests, the provision of administrative
support staff, the monitoring of inventory, the preparation of an annual budget
for proposed capital expenditures and operating expenses for the Coal Cleaning
Plant and the procurement of materials required for operation and maintenance of
the Coal Cleaning Plant up to $25,000.

    PAYMENTS.  EME Homer City is required to reimburse Homer City Coal for the
actual costs incurred in the operation and maintenance of the Coal Cleaning
Plant. EME Homer City is also required to pay to Homer City Coal (1) an annual
fixed general and administrative services fee of $260,200 ($173,467 in 2002),
payable monthly, and (2) an operating fee ranging from $0.20 to $0.35 per ton of
coal cleaned depending on the level of tonnage.

OPERATING AGREEMENT

    NYSEG and Penelec entered into the Operating Agreement with Tanoma on
March 1, 1997 and assigned the contract to EME Homer City in connection with the
Acquisition. The Operating Agreement provides for the blending of coal for Unit
3 at the coal blending facility.

    TERM.  Unless terminated earlier in accordance with its terms, the Operating
Agreement will terminate upon termination of the coal supply agreement under
which Tanoma supplies coal for Unit 3 (the "Unit 3 Coal Supply Agreement"). Such
coal supply agreement is currently scheduled to expire on December 31, 2002. See
"--Coal Supply Agreements" above.

    COAL BLENDING SERVICES.  Tanoma is required to store, blend, crush and
process raw coal at the coal blending facility in an amount sufficient to
satisfy its delivery obligations under the Unit 3 Coal Supply Agreement and any
other agreement between Tanoma and EME Homer City for the supply of coal for
Unit 3. The Operating Agreement requires EME Homer City to provide power,
filtered water, storm water treatment and fugitive dust control services for the
coal blending facility.

    PAYMENTS.  EME Homer City is obligated to reimburse Tanoma for the actual
cost of transporting coal to the Facilities' coal storage area. EME Homer City
also pays a fee of $1.00 per ton of coal in excess of 30,000 tons per month. The
first 30,000 tons per month of coal is deemed consideration for the lease of the
coal blending facility site to Tanoma. See "Business--Properties."

                                       56
<PAGE>
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT

    ME Westside entered into the Interconnection Agreement with NYSEG and
Penelec on August 1, 1998, and subsequently assigned the Interconnection
Agreement to EME Homer City on November 6, 1998. Pursuant to the Interconnection
Agreement, NYSEG and Penelec have agreed to provide the services necessary to
interconnect the Homer City Units with NYSEG's and Penelec's transmission
systems.

    TERM.  Unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms thereof, the
Interconnection Agreement will terminate on a date mutually agreed to by EME
Homer City, NYSEG and Penelec not to exceed the retirement date for the Homer
City Units.

    REGULATORY AMENDMENTS.  Upon changes in the regulatory environment affecting
Penelec's or NYSEG's ability to perform under the Interconnection Agreement,
NYSEG, Penelec and EME Homer City are required to negotiate in good faith any
amendments to the Interconnection Agreement required to adapt the terms thereof
to such changes. If the parties to the Interconnection Agreement are unable to
reach agreement on such amendments, NYSEG and Penelec have the right to make a
unilateral filing with the FERC to modify the Interconnection Agreement as
appropriate. EME Homer City has the right to oppose any such filing and to
participate fully in any related FERC proceeding.

    INTERCONNECTION SERVICES.  NYSEG and Penelec have agreed to provide EME
Homer City with interconnection services at the Homer City Units'
interconnection points in order to interconnect the Units, and any addition to
or upgrade or repowering of the Units, with NYSEG's and Penelec's transmission
systems. EME Homer City is required to compensate NYSEG and Penelec for all
reasonable costs associated with any modifications, additions or replacements
made to NYSEG's and Penelec's interconnection facilities or transmission systems
in connection with any addition to or upgrade or repowering of the Homer City
Units. The interconnection services provided by NYSEG and Penelec may be
interrupted or discontinued if, in the reasonable judgment of NYSEG and Penelec
(or the transmission operator designated by NYSEG or Penelec), the operation of
the Homer City Units would have an adverse impact on the quality of service
rendered by NYSEG and Penelec (including transmission or distribution services
and services provided to end users) or interfere with the safe and reliable
operation of NYSEG's and Penelec's transmission systems, until the condition has
been corrected.

    PAYMENTS.  EME Homer City is required to compensate NYSEG and Penelec for
all reasonable costs and fees incurred by the Sellers in the provision of
interconnection services to EME Homer City, including, without limitation, any
tax liabilities, any costs of acquiring land necessary for NYSEG's and Penelec's
interconnection facilities and the costs and fees of all permits, licenses,
franchises and regulatory or other approvals necessary for the construction,
maintenance and operation of NYSEG's and Penelec's interconnection facilities.
Reimbursement payments are made on a monthly basis.

    STEP-IN RIGHTS.  NYSEG and Penelec have a right to assume operational
control of certain of EME Homer City's communication facilities, metering
facilities, transformers, building facilities and other facilities necessary for
NYSEG's and Penelec's maintenance of their transmission systems in the event of
(1) a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency of EME Homer City,
(2) a cessation of operations by EME Homer City for more than 30 days or (3) a
failure of EME Homer City to perform its material obligations under the
Interconnection Agreement for more than two days if such failure adversely
affects NYSEG's and Penelec's transmission systems. NYSEG and Penelec are
required to return control of such facilities to EME Homer City after the event
permitting the exercise of step-in rights has ceased or has been cured.

    LOCAL SERVICES.  NYSEG and Penelec have also agreed to provide EME Homer
City with the following local services: (1) at no charge, secondary system
(below 600 volts) substation service power

                                       57
<PAGE>
to the extent provided immediately prior to the Acquisition Effective Date;
(2) at no charge, heating, ventilation, air conditioning, lighting and other
building services to the extent provided immediately prior to the Acquisition
Effective Date; (3) at no charge, a security system for the substation control
building, as in existence immediately prior to the Acquisition Effective Date;
and (4) for the reimbursement of reasonable costs, metering services. EME Homer
City has agreed to provide NYSEG and Penelec with the following local services:
(1) at no charge, secondary system (below 600 volts) substation service power to
the extent provided from the Homer City Units immediately prior to the
Acquisition Effective Date; (2) at no charge, building services, potable water
for NYSEG's and Penelec's substation control building, treatment for the sewage
released from NYSEG's and Penelec's substation and a plant paging system in
NYSEG's and Penelec's substation, in each case to the extent provided
immediately prior to the Acquisition Effective Date; (3) at mutually agreed upon
costs, substation operating and maintenance services; and (4) at no charge,
office and storage space at the locations in place immediately prior to the
Acquisition Effective Date.

    ASSIGNMENT.  EME Homer City may assign its rights and obligations under the
Interconnection Agreement to any of its majority-owned subsidiaries and may
assign its rights and interests under the Interconnection Agreement to any party
(or trustee therefor) providing financing for the Facilities.

    LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.  NYSEG and Penelec will not be liable to EME Homer
City under the Interconnection Agreement for damages exceeding $5 million in any
12-month period, whether such liability arises out of negligence, gross
negligence, willful misconduct, breach of warranty, strict liability or breach
of contract.

EASEMENT AGREEMENT

    EME Homer City entered into the Easement, License and Attachment Agreement
(the "Easement Agreement") with NYSEG and Penelec on March 18, 1999. The
Easement Agreement is intended to provide the use and access rights to EME Homer
City, NYSEG and Penelec necessary for the performance of their respective
obligations under the Interconnection Agreement.

    EASEMENTS.  EME Homer City has granted to NYSEG and Penelec the following
easements, among others, on its property: (1) an easement permitting all
electrical substations, communications equipment, drainage pipes and systems,
transmission facilities, revenue meters, remote terminal units and distribution
facilities owned by NYSEG and Penelec (either jointly or individually) to remain
in place and permitting NYSEG and Penelec to operate, upgrade, replace or
otherwise use such structures; (2) an easement for all purposes necessary for
NYSEG and Penelec to exercise their rights and perform their obligations under
the Interconnection Agreement; (3) an easement to use the existing railroad
siding located on EME Homer City's property; (4) an easement to install
supporting structures, cables, wires and other equipment within the main
substation area at the Site; and (5) an easement of access to EME Homer City's
property for the purposes of exercising any of NYSEG's and Penelec's rights
under the Easement Agreement. EME Homer City has retained the right to keep the
portion of its property located in the main substation area at the Site in its
present location and to use such property in the manner described in the
Interconnection Agreement.

    ASSIGNMENT.  The parties to the Easement Agreement may assign all or any
part of their rights thereunder, provided that for so long as the
Interconnection Agreement is in effect, such assignment (other than with respect
to rights relating to distribution facilities and communication equipment) may
be made only in connection with an assignment of rights and obligations under
the Interconnection Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof.

                                       58
<PAGE>
                            DESCRIPTION OF THE BONDS

    THE FORM AND TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE BONDS AND THE ORIGINAL BONDS ARE
IDENTICAL IN ALL MATERIAL RESPECTS, EXCEPT THAT TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND
REGISTRATION RIGHTS APPLICABLE TO THE ORIGINAL BONDS DO NOT APPLY TO THE
EXCHANGE BONDS. THE FOLLOWING IS A DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE
BONDS OFFERED HEREBY. THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE A
COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE BONDS AND IS SUBJECT TO, AND QUALIFIED IN ITS
ENTIRETY BY, REFERENCE TO THE BONDS AND THE INDENTURE. UNLESS OTHERWISE
SPECIFIED, THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTION APPLIES TO ALL OF THE BONDS.

GENERAL

    The original bonds were issued, and the exchange notes will be issued,
pursuant to an indenture by and between the Company and the trustee, dated as of
May 27, 1999. References to the bonds include the exchange bonds unless the
context otherwise requires. The terms of the bonds include those stated in the
indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 (the "Trust Indenture Act"). The bonds, together with all
other secured Senior Debt, are senior secured obligations of the Company and
will rank PARI PASSU in right of payment with all other existing and future
Senior Debt of the Company, and senior in right of payment to all existing and
future Indebtedness of the Company that is designated as subordinate or junior
in right of payment to the bonds. See "Description of Principal Financing
Documents--Indenture." For purposes of this summary, references to the "Company"
do not include the Guarantors.

PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST

    The Series A bonds were issued in aggregate principal amount of
$300 million and will mature on October 1, 2019. The Series B bonds were issued
in aggregate principal amount of $530 million and will mature on October 1,
2026. Interest on the bonds will be payable semiannually in arrears on each
April 1 and October 1, commencing on October 1, 1999. Interest will accrue on
the basis of a 360-day year consisting of 12 months of 30 days each at a rate of
8.137% in the case of the Series A bonds and 8.734% in the case of the Series B
bonds. Principal, premium, if any, and interest on the bonds will be payable at
the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within the City
and State of New York or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may
be made by check mailed to the bondholders at their respective addresses set
forth in the register of bondholders; PROVIDED that all payments of principal,
premium, if any, and interest with respect to bonds for which bondholders have
given wire transfer instructions to the Company will be required to be made by
wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the
relevant bondholders. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company's
office or agency in New York will be the office of the trustee maintained for
such purpose. The original bonds are, and the exchange bonds will be, issued in
denominations of $100,000 or any multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

AMORTIZATION OF THE BONDS

    Principal of the bonds is payable in semiannual installments on each
April 1 and October 1 occurring on or after April 1, 2004 to the registered
holder thereof on the immediately preceding Regular Record Date, such that the
weighted average life of the Series A bonds is 13.9 years and the weighted
average life of the Series B bonds is 20.7 years. The following table shows the
percentage of principal of the bonds which is payable on each semiannual
Principal Payment Date.

                                       59
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PERCENTAGE OF       PERCENTAGE OF
PRINCIPAL                                                         PRINCIPAL           PRINCIPAL
PAYMENT                                                        AMOUNT PAYABLE      AMOUNT PAYABLE
DATES                                                         ON SERIES A BONDS   ON SERIES B BONDS
- ---------                                                     -----------------   -----------------
<S>                                                           <C>                 <C>
April 1 and October 1, 2004.................................       1.000%              0.055%
April 1 and October 1, 2005.................................       2.000%              0.480%
April 1 and October 1, 2006.................................       2.000%              0.590%
April 1 and October 1, 2007.................................       2.500%              0.375%
April 1 and October 1, 2008.................................       3.000%              0.375%
April 1 and October 1, 2009.................................       3.000%              0.415%
April 1 and October 1, 2010.................................       3.000%              1.000%
April 1 and October 1, 2011.................................       3.000%              1.750%
April 1 and October 1, 2012.................................       3.000%              2.000%
April 1 and October 1, 2013.................................       3.000%              1.250%
April 1 and October 1, 2014.................................       3.000%              1.500%
April 1 and October 1, 2015.................................       4.000%              2.000%
April 1 and October 1, 2016.................................       4.000%              2.000%
April 1 and October 1, 2017.................................       5.000%              2.000%
April 1 and October 1, 2018.................................       5.000%              2.000%
April 1 and October 1, 2019.................................       3.500%              2.500%
April 1 and October 1, 2020.................................      --                   3.500%
April 1 and October 1, 2021.................................      --                   3.500%
April 1 and October 1, 2022.................................      --                   3.500%
April 1 and October 1, 2023.................................      --                   4.000%
April 1 and October 1, 2024.................................      --                   4.000%
April 1 and October 1, 2025.................................      --                   5.000%
April 1 and October 1, 2026.................................      --                   6.210%
</TABLE>

NATURE OF RECOURSE

    Recourse for payment or performance of any obligations of the Company in
respect of the bonds will be limited solely to the Company and the Guarantors.
Neither any Affiliate of the Company (other than the Guarantors) nor any
officer, director or stockholder of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company,
will be liable for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest
on the bonds, and bondholders will have no claim against or recourse to (whether
by operation of law or otherwise) such entities or persons or their Affiliates,
other than with respect to the Credit Support Guarantee and any guarantee by EME
issued to satisfy the Bond Debt Service Reserve Requirement. See "Description of
Principal Financing Documents--Other Security Documents."

RATINGS

    Moody's has assigned the bonds a long-term senior secured debt rating of
"Baa3," S&P has assigned the bonds a long-term senior secured debt rating of
"BBB-" and Duff & Phelps has assigned the bonds a long-term senior secured debt
rating of "BBB". Such expectations reflect only the views of Moody's, S&P and
Duff & Phelps, respectively, at the time the rating is issued, and any
explanation of the significance of such ratings may be obtained only from the
rating agency. There is no assurance that such ratings will remain in effect for
any given period of time or that such ratings will not be lowered, suspended or
withdrawn entirely by Moody's, S&P or Duff & Phelps, if, in such rating agency's
judgment, circumstances so warrant. Any such lowering, suspension or withdrawal
of such ratings may have an adverse effect on the market price or marketability
of the bonds.

                                       60
<PAGE>
REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE

    MANDATORY REDEMPTION

    The bonds will be subject to mandatory redemption, ratably with all other
Senior Debt in existence at such time, upon the occurrence of a Recovery Event
with respect to the Facilities, other than with respect to amounts received by
the Company and the Guarantors in connection with a Recovery Event for which the
Company elects to restore or replace the asset or assets in respect of which
such Recovery Event occurred and a Reinvestment Notice is provided within
45 days of such Recovery Event (provided that, with respect to any Recovery
Event of $50 million or more, the Independent Engineer shall have certified as
to the reasonableness of the Company's repair and replacement plans as set forth
in the Company's Reinvestment Notice relating to such Recovery Event). Any
mandatory redemption of the bonds will be without premium or penalty at a
Redemption Price equal to the unpaid principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date.

    OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

    The bonds shall be subject to optional redemption at any time at a
Redemption Price equal to the outstanding principal amount of the bonds to be
redeemed plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date,
plus the Yield Maintenance Premium, if any.

    "Yield Maintenance Premium" means, with respect to any bond to be redeemed
on any Redemption Date, an amount calculated by the Company as of such date
equal to the excess, if any, of (1) the net present value of the then remaining
scheduled installments of principal and payments of interest (but excluding that
portion of any scheduled installment of principal or payment of interest that is
actually due and paid on the Redemption Date) in respect of such bond calculated
using a discount factor equal to the sum of the Treasury Yield plus 50 basis
points over (2) the unpaid principal amount of such bond. Such Yield Maintenance
Premium shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

    (a) the average life of the remaining scheduled installments of principal in
       respect of such bond (the "Remaining Average Life") shall be calculated
       as of such Redemption Date; and

    (b) the "Treasury Yield" shall be calculated for the United States Treasury
       security having an average life equal to the Remaining Average Life and
       trading in the secondary market at the price closest to par (the "Primary
       Issue"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, if no United States Treasury security
       has an average life equal to the Remaining Average Life, the yields (the
       "Other Yields") for maturities of the two United States Treasury
       securities having average lives most closely corresponding to such
       Remaining Average Life and trading in the secondary market at the price
       closest to par shall be calculated, and the yield to maturity for the
       Primary Issue shall be the yield interpolated or extrapolated from such
       Other Yields on a straight-line basis, rounding in each of such relevant
       periods to the nearest month.

SELECTION AND NOTICE

    If less than all of the bonds are to be redeemed at any time, selection of
bonds for redemption will be made by the trustee on a PRO RATA basis, by lot or
by such method as the trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; PROVIDED THAT no
less than $1,000 of any bonds shall be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption
shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before
the Redemption Date to each bondholder at its registered address. Notices of
redemption may not be conditional. If any bond is to be redeemed in part only,
the notice of redemption that relates to such bond shall state the portion of
the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new bond in principal amount
equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the holder
thereof upon cancellation of the original bond. Bonds called for redemption
become due on the date fixed for

                                       61
<PAGE>
redemption. On and after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on bonds
or portions of them called for redemption.

BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM

    The certificates representing the exchange bonds will be issued in fully
registered form. Except as described below, the exchange bonds initially will be
represented by one or more global bonds, in definitive, fully registered form
without interest coupons. The global bonds will be deposited with the trustee as
custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co. or another nominee as
DTC may designate.

    DTC has advised us as follows:

    - DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the
      State of New York, a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New
      York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing
      corporation" within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code and a
      "clearing agency" registered pursuant to the provision of Section 17A of
      the Exchange Act.

    - DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and to facilitate
      the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between
      participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its
      participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
      certificates. Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks,
      trust companies and clearing corporations and other organizations.
      Indirect access to the DTC system is available to others, including banks,
      brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a
      custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly.

    - Upon the issuance of the global bonds, DTC or its custodian will credit,
      on its internal system, the respective principal amounts of the exchange
      bonds represented by the global bonds to the accounts of persons who have
      accounts with DTC. Ownership of beneficial interests in the global bonds
      will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC or persons who hold
      interests through the persons who have accounts with DTC. Persons who have
      accounts with DTC are referred to as "participants." Ownership of
      beneficial interests in the global bonds will be shown on, and the
      transfer of that ownership will be effected only through, records
      maintained by DTC or its nominee, with respect to interests of
      participants, and the records of participants, with respect to interests
      of persons other than participants.

    So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner or holder of the
global bonds, DTC or the nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the
sole record owner or holder of the exchange bonds represented by the global
bonds for all purposes under the indenture and the exchange bonds. No beneficial
owners of an interest in the global bonds will be able to transfer that interest
except according to DTC's applicable procedures, in addition to those provided
for under the indenture. Owners of beneficial interests in the global bonds will
not:

    - be entitled to have the exchange bonds represented by the global bonds
      registered in their names,

    - receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated bonds
      in definitive form, and

    - be considered to be the owners or holders of any exchange bonds under the
      global bonds.

    Accordingly, each person owning a beneficial interest in the global bonds
must rely on the procedures of DTC and, if a person is not a participant, on the
procedures of the participant through which that person owns its interests, to
exercise any right of a holder of exchange bonds under the global bonds. We
understand that under existing industry practice, in the event an owner of a
beneficial interest in the global bonds desires to take any action that DTC, as
the holder of the global bonds, is

                                       62
<PAGE>
entitled to take, DTC would authorize the participants to take that action, and
that the participants would authorize beneficial owners owning through the
participants to take that action or would otherwise act upon the instructions of
beneficial owners owning through them.

    Payments of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the exchange
bonds represented by the global bonds will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the
case may be, as the registered owner of the global bonds. Neither we, the
trustee, nor any paying agent will have any responsibility or liability for any
aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial
ownership interests in the global bonds or for maintaining, supervising or
reviewing any records relating to the beneficial ownership interests.

    We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of principal
of, premium, if any, or interest on the global bonds will credit participants'
accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial
ownership interests in the principal amount of the global bonds, as shown on the
records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants to
owners of beneficial interests in the global bonds held through these
participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices,
as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered
in the names of nominees for these customers. These payments will be the
responsibility of these participants.

    Transfer between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way in
accordance with DTC rules. If a holder requires physical delivery of bonds in
certificated form for any reason, including to sell bonds to persons in states
which require the delivery of the bonds or to pledge the bonds, a holder must
transfer its interest in the global bonds in accordance with the normal
procedures of DTC and the procedures set forth in the indenture.

    Unless and until they are exchanged in whole or in part for certificated
exchange bonds in definitive form, the global bonds may not be transferred
except as a whole by DTC to a nominee of DTC or by a nominee of DTC to DTC or
another nominee of DTC.

    Beneficial owners of exchange bonds registered in the name of DTC or its
nominee will be entitled to be issued, upon request, exchange bonds in
definitive certificated form.

    DTC has advised us that DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by a
holder of bonds, including the presentation of bonds for exchange as described
below, only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the
DTC interests in the global bonds are credited. Further, DTC will take any
action permitted to be taken by a holder of bonds only in respect of that
portion of the aggregate principal amount of bonds as to which the participant
or participants has or have given that direction.

    Although DTC has agreed to these procedures in order to facilitate transfers
of interests in the global bonds among participants of DTC, it is under no
obligation to perform these procedures, and may discontinue them at any time.
Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by
DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations
under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

    Subject to specified conditions, any person having a beneficial interest in
the global bonds may, upon request to the trustee, exchange the beneficial
interest for exchange bonds in the form of certificated bonds. Upon any issuance
of certificated bonds, the trustee is required to register the certificated
bonds in the name of, and cause the same to be delivered to, the person or
persons, or the nominee of these persons. In addition, if DTC is at any time
unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary for the global bonds, and a
successor depositary is not appointed by us within 90 days, we will issue
certificated bonds in exchange for the global bonds.

                                       63
<PAGE>
                  DESCRIPTION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCING DOCUMENTS

    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARIES OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE FINANCING DOCUMENTS DO
NOT PURPORT TO BE COMPLETE AND ARE SUBJECT TO, AND ARE QUALIFIED IN THEIR
ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO, ALL OF THE PROVISIONS THEREOF, INCLUDING DEFINITIONS
THEREIN OF CERTAIN TERMS. COPIES OF THE FINANCING DOCUMENTS WILL BE PROVIDED FOR
INSPECTION UPON WRITTEN REQUEST OF ANY POTENTIAL INVESTOR TO THE COMPANY,
SUBJECT TO APPROPRIATE CONFIDENTIALITY RESTRICTIONS. SEE "AVAILABLE
INFORMATION." CAPITALIZED TERMS USED HEREIN AND NOT OTHERWISE DEFINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS HAVE THE MEANINGS ASCRIBED TO SUCH TERMS IN THE FINANCING DOCUMENTS.

INDENTURE

GENERAL

    The bonds will be issued under the indenture and, together with all other
secured Senior Debt, will be senior secured obligations of the Company and will
rank PARI PASSU in right of payment with all other existing and future Senior
Debt of the Company, and senior in right of payment to all existing and future
Indebtedness of the Company that is designated as subordinate or junior in right
of payment to the bonds. The bonds, together with all other secured Senior Debt,
will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by each Guarantor and secured by,
INTER ALIA, a mortgage and first priority lien on all of the Company's and the
Guarantors' tangible and intangible assets. As a result, the bonds will
effectively rank PARI PASSU with all secured Senior Debt of the Company and the
Guarantors and senior to all other Indebtedness except Indebtedness permitted to
be incurred pursuant to the indenture and secured by Permitted Liens. Any right
of the Company to receive assets of any of the Guarantors upon the latter's
liquidation or reorganization (and the consequent right of the bondholders and
the other Secured Parties to participate in the receipt of those assets) will be
effectively senior to the claims of that Guarantor's creditors, except with
respect to Permitted Liens.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

    Following is a description of certain affirmative covenants in favor of the
trustee and the bondholders with which the Company will be obligated to comply
under the indenture so long as any bonds remain outstanding.

  INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS

    The Company shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the trustee, each of
the Rating Agencies and, with respect to clauses (1) and (2) below, upon written
request (which may be a single continuing request), any bondholder or beneficial
owner or prospective bondholder or beneficial owner:

        (1)  as soon as available and in any event within 60 days after the end
    of the Company's first, second and third fiscal quarters of each fiscal year
    (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 1999), unaudited
    financial statements of the Company as of the end of such fiscal quarter,
    together with an Officer's Certificate of the Company stating that such
    financial statements fairly present the financial condition and results of
    operations of the Company on the dates and for the periods indicated in
    accordance with GAAP;

        (2)  as soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end
    of each fiscal year of the Company (commencing with the fiscal year ending
    December 31, 1999), audited financial statements of the Company, together
    with an Officer's Certificate of the Company stating that no Default or
    Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or that if a Default or an
    Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the
    nature thereof;

        (3)  within 10 days after an authorized officer of the Company obtains
    actual knowledge thereof, written notice of the occurrence of any event or
    condition which constitutes a Default or

                                       64
<PAGE>
    an Event of Default, specifically stating that such event or condition has
    occurred and describing it and any action being or proposed to be taken with
    respect thereto;

        (4)  within 15 days after an authorized officer of the Company has
    actual knowledge thereof, written notice of any pending or threatened
    material litigation which has or could reasonably be expected to have a
    Material Adverse Effect; and

        (5)  at any time when the Company is subject to the reporting
    requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, copies of
    any filing made with the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder,
    within five days after such filing is made.

    At any time when the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, upon the request of any
bondholder or beneficial owner or prospective bondholder or beneficial owner,
the Company shall promptly furnish to such bondholder or beneficial owner or
prospective bondholder or beneficial owner the information required to be
delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to
permit compliance with Rule 144A in connection with a resale or other permitted
transfer of any bond.

    The Company shall also provide to the trustee and the Rating Agencies annual
operational and construction reports, updated Power Market Consultant reports,
any Officer's Certificates provided by the Company relating to the incurrence of
Indebtedness under clause (6) or (7) under "--Negative Covenants--Limitation on
Incurrence of Indebtedness" below (at least 30 days' prior to the incurrence of
such Indebtedness) and notice of any transfers of assets permitted by
clause (1) under "--Negative Covenants--Limitation on Sale of Assets" below.

  MAINTENANCE OF EXISTENCE; COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

    The Company shall, and shall cause each of the Guarantors to, at all times
(1) maintain their respective existence in good standing under the laws of their
respective jurisdictions of organization and (2) maintain and renew all of their
respective rights, powers, privileges and franchises except where the failure to
do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

    The Company shall, and shall cause each of the Guarantors to, comply with
all applicable laws, acts, rules, regulations, permits, orders and requirements
of any legislative, executive, administrative or judicial body relating to the
Company and the Guarantors, except where (1) the failure to do so could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (2) the Company is
disputing in good faith any such law, act, rule, regulation, permit, order or
requirement and (A) the Company has established or accrued adequate cash
reserves in accordance with GAAP or provided other appropriate assurances
against any liabilities arising from such dispute and (B) the Company's action
to dispute such law, act, rule, regulation, permit, order or requirement could
not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

  GOVERNMENT APPROVALS

    The Company shall, and shall cause each of the Guarantors to, obtain and
maintain in full force and effect all governmental approvals required under
applicable laws to be obtained by or on behalf of the Company and the Guarantors
to conduct their respective businesses pursuant to and perform their obligations
under the Financing Documents to which each of them is a party, except where the
failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

  MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTY; INSURANCE

    The Company shall cause EME Homer City to (1) keep and maintain all property
useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition
consistent with Prudent Industry Practice and (2) maintain good and valid title
to its properties and assets (subject to no Liens other than

                                       65
<PAGE>
Permitted Liens), except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

    The Company shall cause EME Homer City to maintain with financially sound
and reputable insurance companies, insurance for such amounts against such
risks, loss, damage and liability as are customarily insured against by other
enterprises of like size and type as that of the Facilities, subject to the
availability of such coverage on commercially reasonable terms, all on terms and
conditions which are in accordance with Prudent Industry Practice.

  OTHER AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

    The indenture also contains certain other covenants of the Company,
including obligations of the Company to, and to cause each of the Guarantors to:

        (1) make all payments on the bonds;

        (2) pay all taxes and claims;

        (3) maintain books and records;

        (4) maintain a paying agent office with respect to the bonds; and

        (5) maintain the perfection of the security interests created by the
    Security Documents.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

    Following is a description of certain negative covenants in favor of the
trustee and the bondholders with which the Company will be obligated to comply
under the indenture so long as any bonds remain outstanding.

  LIMITATION ON INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS

    The Company will not, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or
otherwise, with respect to (collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness other than
Permitted Indebtedness.

    "Permitted Indebtedness" shall mean any of the following items of
Indebtedness:

       (1) Indebtedness incurred in respect of the original bonds and the
           exchange bonds;

       (2) Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date;

       (3) Indebtedness incurred under the Credit Agreement;

       (4) Capital Lease Obligations and purchase money indebtedness entered
           into in the ordinary course of business in an amount not to exceed
           $10 million outstanding at any one time;

       (5) Indebtedness to any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company (so long
           as such Indebtedness is held by such Subsidiary);

       (6) Indebtedness in respect of Required Capital Improvements, PROVIDED
           that (a) the Company delivers to the trustee an Officer's Certificate
           stating that the Indebtedness is being incurred to fund a Required
           Capital Improvement and (b) after giving effect to the incurrence of
           such Indebtedness, either (1) the average projected Debt Service
           Coverage Ratio through the final maturity date of the bonds shall not
           be less than 1.75 to 1.0 and the minimum projected Debt Service
           Coverage Ratio for any four quarters through the final maturity date
           of the bonds, taken as one accounting period, shall not be less than
           1.50 to 1.0 or (2) a Ratings Reaffirmation is obtained;

                                       66
<PAGE>
       (7) Indebtedness so long as, after giving effect to the incurrence of
           such Indebtedness, the Company delivers to the trustee an Officer's
           Certificate stating that (a) the average projected Debt Service
           Coverage Ratio through the final maturity date of the bonds shall not
           be less than 2.50 to 1.0 and the minimum projected Debt Service
           Coverage Ratio for any four quarters through the final maturity date
           of the bonds, taken as one accounting period, shall not be less than
           2.00 to 1.0 (PROVIDED that if the proceeds of such Indebtedness are
           to be applied to construct a new facility, the bonds must be rated
           Investment Grade after giving effect to the incurrence of such
           Indebtedness) or (b) the bonds are rated at least Investment Grade by
           each Rating Agency then rating the bonds;

       (8) Indebtedness incurred for working capital purposes only and not in
           excess of $50 million at any one time outstanding (with such amount
           to be escalated annually in accordance with increases in the Consumer
           Price Index), PROVIDED that the outstanding principal amount of such
           Indebtedness on each anniversary of the Closing Date shall be $0;

       (9) Indebtedness represented by Interest Rate Hedging Obligations, so
           long as such Interest Rate Hedging Obligations relate to Indebtedness
           otherwise permitted to be incurred by the Company;

       (10) Reimbursement obligations or other Indebtedness relating to
           reimbursement under any letter of credit issued to satisfy any Debt
           Service Reserve Requirement;

       (11) Subordinated Indebtedness to Affiliates of the Company, PROVIDED
           that the incurrence of such Indebtedness satisfies the covenant
           described below under "--Limitation on Restricted Payments";

       (12) Indebtedness in the form of guarantees entered into by the Company
           in the ordinary course of business in connection with fuel
           procurement or sales, purchases or exchanges by Affiliates of the
           Company related to physical or financial capacity, energy and
           emissions credits related to the Facilities, so long as such
           activities are not for speculative purposes;

       (13) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, surety bonds or
           performance bonds issued in the ordinary course of the Company's
           business;

       (14) Indebtedness incurred in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which
           are used to refund, refinance or replace, indebtedness of the Company
           incurred under clause (3) above, PROVIDED that (a) the principal
           amount (net of expenses) of such new Indebtedness shall not exceed
           the principal amount of the old Indebtedness and (b) either (1) the
           average life of such new Indebtedness shall not be shorter than the
           remaining average life of the Securities or (2) such new Indebtedness
           shall be rated at least Investment Grade by each Rating Agency then
           rating such Indebtedness; and

       (15) other senior Indebtedness not to exceed $20 million at any one time
           outstanding.

    For purposes of incurring Indebtedness under clauses (6), (7) and
(14) above, the Power Market Consultant will provide updated electricity price
projections to allow the Company to provide the requisite certification.

    For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that
an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the
categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through
(15) above as of the date of incurrence thereof, the Company shall, in its sole
discretion, be entitled to classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness in
any manner that complies with this covenant. Accrual of interest, the accretion
of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional
Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes
of this covenant.

                                       67
<PAGE>
  LIMITATION ON INCURRENCE OF GUARANTOR INDEBTEDNESS

    The Company will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly,
create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or
indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to any Indebtedness
other than (1) Subordinated Indebtedness or (2) Indebtedness in respect of
letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds issued, or purchase money
or trade indebtedness incurred, in the ordinary course of business and in an
aggregate amount not to exceed $15 million at any one time outstanding.

  LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS

    The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Guarantors to, directly
or indirectly:

    (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on
       account of the Company's or any of the Guarantors' Equity Interests
       (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger
       or consolidation involving the Company or any Guarantor) or to the direct
       or indirect holders of the Company's or any of the Guarantors' Equity
       Interests in their capacity as such, other than (A) dividends or
       distributions payable in Equity Interests of the Company, (B) dividends
       or distributions payable to the Company or another Subsidiary of the
       Company or (C) dividends payable to EME with respect to the equity
       distribution described above under "Use of Proceeds";

    (2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including
       without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation
       involving the Company or any Guarantor) any Equity Interests of the
       Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or other
       Affiliate of the Company;

    (3) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or
       otherwise acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Indebtedness,
       except a payment of interest or principal at Stated Maturity, or a
       payment of interest made through the issuance of additional Indebtedness
       of the same kind as the Indebtedness on which such interest shall have
       accrued; or

    (4) make any Restricted Investment

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above
being collectively referred to as "Restricted Payments"), unless, at the time of
and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

        (a)  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
    continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; and

        (b)  the amount on deposit in each Accrued Interest Account and in each
    Principal Account shall be equal to or greater than the amount then required
    to be on deposit in such Accrued Interest Account or Principal Account, as
    the case may be, in accordance with priority THIRD or FOURTH, as the case
    may be, under "--Security Deposit Agreement--Priority of Payments";

        (c)  the Debt Service Reserve Accounts are each fully funded;

        (d)  the Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the preceding four quarters,
    taken as one accounting period, is equal to or greater than 1.50 to 1.0 in
    the case of any such period ending on or prior to December 31, 2001 or 1.70
    to 1.0 in the case of any such period ending thereafter, as set forth in an
    Officer's Certificate; and

        (e)  the projected Debt Service Coverage Ratio for each four-quarter
    period, taken as one accounting period, during the next eight quarters is
    equal to or greater than 1.50 to 1.0 in the case

                                       68
<PAGE>
    of any such period ending on or prior to December 31, 2001 or 1.70 to 1.0 in
    the case of any such period ending thereafter, as set forth in an Officer's
    Certificate.

    At intervals not to exceed every three years, the Power Market Consultant
will provide updated electricity price projections to allow the Company
certification for purposes of making Restricted Payments.

  LIMITATION ON LIENS

    The Company will not, and will not permit any of the Guarantors to, create,
incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien
of any kind upon any of their property or assets, now owned or hereafter
acquired, other than Permitted Liens.

    The provisions of the first paragraph of this covenant shall not apply to
the incurrence of any of the following types of Liens (collectively, "Permitted
Liens"):

       (1) Liens existing on the Closing Date;

       (2) Liens created under the Security Documents;

       (3) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', landlords' materialmen's,
           repairmen's or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of
           business in respect of obligations not yet due and payable or which
           are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly
           instituted and diligently prosecuted; PROVIDED that any reserve or
           other appropriate provision as shall be required to conform with GAAP
           shall have been made therefor;

       (4) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies that
           are not yet delinquent and remain payable without penalty or that are
           being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly
           instituted and diligently prosecuted; PROVIDED that any reserve or
           other appropriate provision as shall be required to conform with GAAP
           shall have been made therefor;

       (5) Liens that are incidental to the business of the Company and the
           Guarantors, are not for borrowing money and are not material, taken
           as a whole, to the business of the Company and the Guarantors; and

       (6) Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted under clauses (3), (4), (6),
           (7), (8), (9), (10), (14) and (15) of the covenant described above
           under "--Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness."

  LIMITATION ON SUBSIDIARIES AND INVESTMENTS

    The Company shall not create or acquire any Subsidiary unless (1) such
Subsidiary shall become an additional Guarantor under the Security Documents,
and (2) at the time of the creation or acquisition of such Subsidiary, such
Subsidiary shall have no Indebtedness outstanding other than Indebtedness
permitted under the Financing Documents. The Company will retain 100% direct or
indirect beneficial ownership in its Subsidiaries for so long as the bonds
remain outstanding. The Company will not, nor will it permit any of the
Guarantors to, make any investment other than Permitted Investments.

  LIMITATION ON MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND SALE OF SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS

    The Company will not, directly or indirectly, consolidate or merge with or
into any other person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation),
or sell, assign, convey, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or
substantially all of its properties or assets in one or a series of
transactions, to any Person or Persons, except that the Company may consolidate
with or merge into any other

                                       69
<PAGE>
Person so long as (1) the Company is the surviving corporation and (2) both
immediately before and after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may merge or consolidate with or
transfer substantially all of its assets to an Affiliate that has no significant
assets or liabilities and was formed solely for the purpose of changing the
jurisdiction of organization of the Company or the form of organization of the
Company; PROVIDED that the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and the
Guarantors is not increased thereby; and PROVIDED, FURTHER that the successor
assumes all obligations of the Company under the indenture and the registration
rights agreement. Upon any such consolidation or merger, or any such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company in accordance with
the immediately preceding sentence, the successor corporation formed by such
consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall
succeed to, and be substituted for and may exercise every right and power of the
Company under the indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had
been named as the Company therein (so that from and after the date of such
consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the
provisions of the indenture referring to the "Company" shall refer instead to
the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right
and power of the Company under the indenture with the same effect as if such
successor Person had been named as the Company therein; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the
principal of and interest on the bonds except in the case of a sale, assignment,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
properties or assets of the Company on a combined basis that meets the
requirements of this paragraph.

    The Company will not permit any of the Guarantors to, directly or
indirectly, consolidate or merge with or into any other Person (whether or not
or such Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, convey, lease,
transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or substantially all of its properties or
assets in one or a series of transactions, to any Person or Persons, other than
a merger with or into the Company or, in the case of any wholly-owned
Subsidiary, a merger with or into any other wholly-owned Subsidiary, a merger of
any other wholly-owned Subsidiary into such wholly-owned Subsidiary or a
transfer or disposition of substantially all of its properties or assets to the
Company or any other wholly-owned Subsidiary.

  LIMITATION ON SALE OF ASSETS

    Except in connection with a merger, consolidation or sale of substantially
all of its properties or assets, which is covered by the covenant described
above under "--Limitation on Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Substantially All
Assets," the Company will not, and will not permit any of the Guarantors to,
sell or otherwise dispose of any assets or enter into Sale-Leaseback
Transactions (including by way of the issue or sale by the Company or any of the
Guarantors of Equity Interests in such Guarantors) other than

       (1) transfers of assets among the Company and the Guarantors, so long as
           a Ratings Reaffirmation is obtained,

       (2) sales and dispositions in the ordinary course of business not in
           excess of $10 million in any fiscal year,

       (3) any sales or dispositions of surplus, obsolete or worn out equipment,
           and

       (4) any sales or dispositions required for compliance with applicable law
           or necessary governmental approvals.

                                       70
<PAGE>
  LIMITATION ON BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

    The Company will not, nor will it permit any Guarantor to, engage in any
business or conduct any activities other than the ownership and operation of the
Facilities, any expansion of facilities or improvements thereto, and matters
reasonably incidental thereto. The Company and the Guarantors may enter into
fuel procurement or sales, purchases or exchanges related to physical or
financial capacity, energy and emissions credits related to the Facilities, so
long as such activities are not for speculative purposes.

  LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

    Subject to certain conditions contained in the indenture, the Company will
not, and will not permit any of the Guarantors to, enter into any transaction or
arrangement, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, with any
Affiliate (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries), other than
(1) management, operating, marketing, trading or other similar services
agreements between and among the Company and its Affiliates in existence on the
Closing Date and (2) any transaction which is on terms that are no less
favorable to the Company or the relevant Guarantor than those that would have
been obtained in a comparable arm's-length transaction by the Company or such
Guarantor with an unrelated Person.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

    The indenture provides that each of the following constitutes an Event of
Default:

       (1) default for 15 days in the payment when due of any principal of,
           premium, if any, or interest on the bonds;

       (2) failure by the Company or any of the Guarantors to comply with the
           provisions described above under the captions "--Negative
           Covenants--Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness," "--Negative
           Covenants--Limitation on Incurrence of Guarantor Indebtedness,"
           "--Negative Covenants--Limitation on Liens," "--Negative Covenants--
           Limitation on Restricted Payments," "--Negative Covenants--Limitation
           on Asset Sales," "--Negative Covenants--Limitation on Business
           Activities," "--Negative Covenants--Limitation on Merger,
           Consolidation and Sale of Substantially All Assets" or "--Affirmative
           Covenants--Maintenance of Existence," and such failure shall continue
           uncured for 30 or more days from the date an authorized officer of
           the Company receives actual notice thereof;

       (3) failure by the Company or any of the Guarantors to comply with any of
           its other agreements in the indenture, the bonds or the Security
           Documents and such failure shall continue uncured for 60 or more days
           from the date an authorized officer of the Company receives actual
           notice thereof (or to the extent such Default is curable but cannot
           be cured within such 60 day period, so long as the Company provides
           an Officer's Certificate to the trustee stating that it is diligently
           pursuing a cure, such longer period of time which may be necessary in
           good faith to cure the same, but in no event to exceed 90 days);

       (4) the occurrence of a Change of Control;

       (5) any portion of the security interests granted under the Security
           Documents ceasing to be a senior security interest in full force and
           effect, which cessation has a Material Adverse Effect; PROVIDED that
           the Company shall have 10 days to cure any such cessation;

       (6) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there
           may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
           Indebtedness for money borrowed by

                                       71
<PAGE>
           the Company or any of the Guarantors (or the payment of which is
           guaranteed by the Company or any of the Guarantors) whether such
           Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Closing
           Date, which default results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness
           prior to its express maturity and, in each case, the principal amount
           of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any
           other such Indebtedness the maturity of which has been so
           accelerated, aggregates without duplication $15 million or more;

       (7) failure by the Company or any of the Guarantors to pay final,
           non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of $15 million
           (excluding amounts covered by insurance), which judgments are not
           paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 90 days; and

       (8) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the
           Company or any of the Guarantors (including any involuntary
           proceeding that continues unstayed and undismissed for a period of 60
           or more consecutive days).

ENFORCEMENT

    Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, if any Event of Default occurs and
is continuing, the trustee may, and upon written direction of bondholders
holding not less than 33 1/3% (in the case of any Event of Default specified in
clause (1) under "--Events of Default" above) or 50% (in the case of any other
Event of Default) of the aggregate principal amount of the bonds shall,
(1) declare, by written notice, the entire outstanding principal amount of the
bonds, accrued interest thereon, premium (if any) and other amounts payable with
respect thereto to be due and payable immediately; PROVIDED THAT in the case of
an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with
respect to the Company or any of the Guarantors, all outstanding principal,
accrued interest and premium (if any) and other amounts payable with respect to
the bonds will become due and payable without further action or notice; and
(2) proceed to enforce all remedies available to the trustee under the indenture
and the other documents to which the trustee is a party or available under
applicable law. Bondholders may not enforce the indenture or the bonds except as
provided in the indenture. Subject to certain limitations, bondholders holding a
majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding bonds may
direct the trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The trustee may
withhold from bondholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default
(except a Default or an Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or
interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

    Bondholders holding a majority (or, with respect to the Event of Default
specified in item (4) under "--Events of Default" above, 66 2/3%) in aggregate
principal amount at maturity of the bonds then outstanding by notice to the
trustee may on behalf of all the bondholders waive any existing Default or Event
of Default and its consequences under the indenture except a continuing Default
or Event of Default specified in item (1) or (8) under "--Events of Default"
above.

    No bondholder shall have any right to institute any proceeding for a remedy
under the indenture unless

       (1) such bondholder has previously given to the trustee written notice of
           the occurrence of an Event of Default,

       (2) the bondholders holding a majority in aggregate principal amount of
           the Outstanding bonds have made written request to the trustee to
           institute such proceeding,

       (3) the bondholders have offered to the trustee adequate security and
           indemnity against costs and liabilities associated with such
           proceeding,

                                       72
<PAGE>
       (4) the trustee has failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days
           after the receipt of such notice and

       (5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to
           the trustee during such 60 day period.

    The right of any bondholder, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive
payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on its bonds on or
after the due date therein expressed, or to institute suit for the enforcement
of such payment on or after such due date, or the obligation of the Company,
which is also absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, premium, if
any, and interest on each of such bonds to such bondholder thereof at the time
and place set forth in the bonds, shall not be impaired or affected without the
consent of such bondholder.

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

    Legal and covenant defeasance shall be permitted upon terms and conditions
customary for transactions of this nature.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

    The Company may terminate the indenture by delivering all outstanding bonds
to the trustee for cancellation and by paying all other sums payable under the
indenture.

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

    Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, subject to the
Intercreditor Agreement, the indenture or the bonds may be amended or
supplemented with the consent of bondholders holding at least a majority in
principal amount at maturity of the bonds then outstanding (including, without
limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer
or exchange offer for, bonds), and any existing default or compliance with any
provision of the indenture or the bonds may be waived with the consent of
bondholders holding at least a majority in principal amount at maturity of the
then outstanding bonds (including consents obtained in connection with a tender
offer or exchange offer for bonds).

    Without the consent of each bondholder affected, an amendment or waiver may
not (with respect to any bonds held by a non-consenting bondholder):

       (1) reduce the principal amount of bonds whose holders must consent to an
           amendment, supplement or waiver;

       (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any bond or
           alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the bonds;

       (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any
           bond;

       (4) waive a default or an Event of Default in the payment of principal
           of, premium, if any, or interest on the bonds (except a rescission of
           acceleration of the bonds by bondholders holding at least 66 2/3% in
           aggregate principal amount at maturity of the bonds and a waiver of
           the Default that resulted from such acceleration);

       (5) make any bond payable in money other than that stated in the bonds;

       (6) make any change in the provisions of the indenture relating to
           waivers of past Defaults or the rights of bondholders to receive
           payments of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the bonds;

       (7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any bond; or

       (8) make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions.

                                       73
<PAGE>
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any bondholder, the
Company and the trustee may amend or supplement the indenture or the bonds to
cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, to provide for
uncertificated bonds in addition to or in place of certificated bonds, to
provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations to bondholders in the
case of a merger, consolidation or asset transfer, to make any change that would
provide any additional rights or benefits to the bondholders or that does not
adversely affect the legal rights under the indenture of any such bondholder, or
to comply with requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in order
to effect or maintain the qualification of the indenture under the Trust
Indenture Act.

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

    The indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the trustee,
should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in
certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such
claim as security or otherwise. The trustee will be permitted to engage in other
transactions; HOWEVER, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate
such conflict within 90 days or resign.

    Bondholders holding a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
bonds will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the trustee, subject to
certain exceptions. The indenture provides that in case an Event of Default
shall occur (which shall not be cured), the trustee will be required, in the
exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct
of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the trustee will be under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture at the
request of any bondholder, unless such bondholder shall have offered to the
trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense.

TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE

    A bondholder may transfer or exchange bonds in accordance with the
indenture. The Registrar and the trustee may require a bondholder, among other
things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the
Company may require a bondholder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or
permitted by the indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange
any bond selected for redemption. Also, the Company is not required to transfer
or exchange any bond for a period of 15 days before a selection of bonds to be
redeemed.

    The registered bondholder will be treated as the owner of it for all
purposes.

SECURITY DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

GENERAL

    The Company, each of the Guarantors and the Collateral Agent entered into a
Security Deposit Agreement, dated as of March 18, 1999 (the "Security Deposit
Agreement"), pursuant to which (1) certain accounts (the "Accounts") of the
Company and the Guarantors were established with the Collateral Agent,
(2) instructions for deposits into, and payments from, each of the Accounts were
established and (3) the Company and each of the Guarantors pledged and assigned
to the Collateral Agent, and created in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the
benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in each such party's
interest in and to Revenues received by such party, the Accounts, all amounts on
deposit from time to time in the Accounts and all proceeds of the foregoing.

ESTABLISHMENT OF ACCOUNTS

    The following Accounts have been, or will be, established by the Collateral
Agent:

    - Revenue Account;

                                       74
<PAGE>
    - Accrued Interest Accounts;

    - Principal Accounts;

    - Debt Service Reserve Accounts;

    - Environmental Capital Expenditure Account;

    - Recovery Event Proceeds Account; and

    - Equity Account.

    The Company and the Guarantors have granted a security interest in the
Accounts to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties. The
Accounts will at all times be in the name of the Collateral Agent. The Company
and the Guarantors will not have any right to withdraw monies from the Accounts
or any other rights with respect to the Accounts other than as set forth in the
Security Deposit Agreement.

REVENUE ACCOUNT

    All Revenues received by the Company or the Guarantors shall be deposited
into the Revenue Account. Funds on deposit in the Revenue Account shall be
transferred on each Monthly Transfer Date as set forth under "--Priority of
Payments" below.

ACCRUED INTEREST ACCOUNTS; PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTS

    Accrued Interest Accounts and Principal Accounts will be established for
each class of Senior Debt entitled to the benefits of the Security Documents.
Such Accounts shall be funded from funds on deposit in the Revenue Account on
each Monthly Transfer Date as set forth below under "--Priority of Payments."
Amounts on deposit in the Accrued Interest Accounts and Principal Accounts will
be utilized by the Secured Parties' Representatives to pay when due amounts
owing from time to time under Senior Debt.

DEBT SERVICE RESERVE ACCOUNTS

    Debt Service Reserve Accounts will be established for each class of Senior
Debt that, pursuant to the terms of the Financing Document governing such Senior
Debt, requires the Company to satisfy a Debt Service Reserve Requirement for
such Senior Debt. Any DSR Credit Instrument delivered to the Collateral Agent
pursuant to any Debt Service Reserve Requirement will be deposited in the
related Debt Service Reserve Account.

ENVIRONMENTAL CAPITAL EXPENDITURE ACCOUNT

    All proceeds of the Construction Term Loans issued under the Credit
Agreement will be deposited into the Environmental Capital Expenditure Account.
Except during a Default Period, as specified in a letter from the Company to the
Collateral Agent requesting a transfer (a "Request Letter"), the Collateral
Agent will transfer to the Company or any of the Guarantors, from the funds on
deposit in the Environmental Capital Expenditure Account, the amount certified
in such Request Letter to be the aggregate amount then due and payable in
respect of Environmental Capital Expenditures.

RECOVERY EVENT PROCEEDS ACCOUNT

    All Recovery Event Proceeds will be deposited into the Recovery Event
Proceeds Account. Except during a Default Period, funds on deposit in the
Recovery Event Proceeds Account shall be utilized as follows, in each case
pursuant to the terms of the Financing Documents governing Senior Debt: either
(1) the Collateral Agent shall transfer to the Company or any of the Guarantors,
from the funds on

                                       75
<PAGE>
deposit in the Recovery Event Proceeds Account, the amount certified in the
related Request Letter to be the aggregate amount then due and payable in
respect of restoration of the asset or assets pursuant to which Recovery Event
Proceeds have been received; or (2) the Collateral Agent shall transfer to the
Secured Parties' Representative for Senior Debt required to be repaid from such
Recovery Event Proceeds the amount certified in the related Request Letter to be
the aggregate amount of principal, premium and interest then due and payable in
respect of such Senior Debt.

EQUITY ACCOUNT

    The Equity Account will be funded from amounts on deposit in the Revenue
Account on each Monthly Transfer Date as set forth below under "--Priority of
Payments." Except during a Default Period, on each Restricted Payment Date, the
Collateral Agent shall transfer, from the funds on deposit in the Equity
Account, the amount certified by the Company in the Request Letter delivered in
connection with such Restricted Payment Date to be then available for use in
making Restricted Payments in accordance with the terms of the Financing
Documents.

PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS

    Except during a Default Period, on each Monthly Transfer Date the Collateral
Agent shall transfer, from the funds on deposit in the Revenue Account, the
following amounts in the following order of priority:

       (1) FIRST, to the operating account established by the Company for such
           purpose, the amount certified in the related Request Letter to be the
           excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of operating expenses then
           due and payable or projected to become due and payable in the next
           succeeding month over the balance then on deposit in such account;

       (2) SECOND, to the Collateral Agent and each Secured Parties'
           Representative, the amount certified in the related Request Letter to
           be the sum of the unpaid fees, indemnities, costs and expenses then
           due and payable to the Collateral Agent and such Secured Parties'
           Representatives in respect of their respective services in such
           capacities;

       (3) THIRD, (1) into each Accrued Interest Account, the Accrued Interest
           Amount calculated for such Accrued Interest Account, together with
           the amount of all deficiencies, if any, with respect to deposits of
           Accrued Interest Amounts required in all prior months, as certified
           in the related Request Letter, (2) into each Principal Account (other
           than (A) the Principal Account relating to the Loans and any other
           Principal Account established in respect of non-amortizing Senior
           Debt, (B) any Principal Account established for non-amortizing DSR
           Letter of Credit Indebtedness or Ordinary Course Letter of Credit
           Indebtedness (or, so long as any Loans or related commitments remain
           outstanding, any DSR Letter of Credit Indebtedness) and (C) any
           Principal Account relating to Swap Indebtedness), an amount equal to
           1/6th of the principal amount, if any, which is payable on or within
           six months following such Monthly Transfer Date on account of the
           Senior Debt with respect to which such Principal Account was
           established, together with the amount of all deficiencies, if any,
           with respect to deposits of principal required in all prior months,
           as certified in the related Request Letter, (3) into each Principal
           Account relating to non-amortizing Ordinary Course Letter of Credit
           Indebtedness, the amount certified in such Request Letter to be
           sufficient to repay in full the related Ordinary Course Letter of
           Credit Indebtedness then outstanding, (4) into each Swap Indebtedness
           Termination Payment Account, the amount certified in the related
           Request Letter to be sufficient to repay in full the related
           termination payment then due and payable and (5) to the
           Administrative Agent, the amount specified in the related Request
           Letter to be applied to the repayment of Revolving Loans;

                                       76
<PAGE>
       (4) FOURTH, into each Principal Account relating to non-amortizing DSR
           Letter of Credit Indebtedness (or, so long as any Loans or related
           commitments remain outstanding, any DSR Letter of Credit
           Indebtedness), the amount certified in the related Request Letter to
           be sufficient to repay in full the related DSR Letter of Credit
           Indebtedness then outstanding;

       (5) FIFTH, into each Debt Service Reserve Account, the amounts certified
           in the related Request Letter to be necessary to cause the amount on
           deposit (in the form of one or more DSR Credit Instruments, cash,
           Permitted Investments or a combination thereof) in such Debt Service
           Reserve Account to be equal to the related Debt Service Reserve
           Requirement; and

       (6) SIXTH, into the Equity Account, the balance remaining in the Revenue
           Account.

    If, on any Monthly Transfer Date, the funds on deposit in the Revenue
Account are insufficient to make in full any transfer required pursuant to
clause FIRST, SECOND, THIRD or FOURTH above, the Collateral Agent shall make
such transfer with funds then on deposit in the Equity Account. If, on any
Senior Debt Payment Date, after giving effect to any transfer to be made on such
date from funds on deposit in the Revenue Account or Equity Account as specified
above, the funds on deposit in the Accrued Interest Account for any Senior Debt
for which Debt Service is payable on such date are less than such Debt Service,
the Collateral Agent shall demand payment under the Credit Support Guarantee.
The Collateral Agent shall allocate the proceeds of such payment received under
the Credit Support Guarantee among all Accrued Interest Accounts (without regard
to whether there is any shortfall therein) PRO RATA based on the principal
amount of all Senior Debt outstanding or committed on such date. If on any
Senior Debt Payment Date, after giving effect to any transfer to be made on such
date from funds on deposit in the Revenue Account or Equity Account, or from
payments under the Credit Support Guarantee, in each case as specified above,
the funds on deposit in the Accrued Interest Account or Principal Account for
any Senior Debt for which Debt Service is payable on such date are less than
such Debt Service, the Collateral Agent shall obtain the funds necessary to pay
such Debt Service: FIRST, from funds in the Debt Service Reserve Account with
respect to such Senior Debt, if any, including funds obtained from drawings
under any DSR Credit Instrument (other than any Debt Service Reserve Guarantee)
held by the Collateral Agent in respect of such Senior Debt; and, SECOND, from
the proceeds of any Debt Service Reserve Guarantee held by the Collateral Agent
in respect of such Senior Debt.

PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS DURING AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

    During a Default Period, the Company will be entitled to issue Request
Letters and otherwise direct the transfer of funds from the Accounts until the
Collateral Agent receives a Notice of Action directing that action be taken. See
"Intercreditor Agreement--Default; Acceleration; Exercise of Remedies."

    At any time after the Collateral Agent receives a Notice of Action
specifying that action be taken pursuant to the Security Deposit Agreement, the
Collateral Agent shall:

       (1) transfer all amounts in the Environmental Capital Expenditure Account
           to the Administrative Agent (and such transfer shall be deemed to be
           a payment made on account of the Debt Service then due and payable in
           respect of the Construction Term Loans);

       (2) with respect to any Senior Debt, transfer all amounts in the Debt
           Service Reserve Account with respect to such Senior Debt, including
           amounts obtained from drawings under any DSR Credit Instrument held
           by the Collateral Agent in respect of such Senior Debt, to the
           Secured Parties' Representative for such Senior Debt (and such
           transfer shall

                                       77
<PAGE>
           be deemed to be a payment made on account of the Debt Service then
           due and payable in respect of such Senior Debt); and

       (3) with respect to any Senior Debt, transfer all amounts in the Accrued
           Interest Account and the Principal Account with respect to such
           Senior Debt to the Secured Parties' Representative for such Senior
           Debt (and such transfer shall be deemed to be a payment made on
           account of the Debt Service then due and payable in respect of such
           Senior Debt).

    After making the transfers specified by the immediately preceding clauses
(1), (2) and (3), the Collateral Agent shall take or discontinue to take all
actions specified in such Notice of Action and/or shall transfer all amounts
remaining in the Accounts in the following order of priority:

        (1)  FIRST, to the Collateral Agent and each Secured Parties'
    Representative, the amount certified by such Person to be the sum of the
    unpaid fees, indemnities, costs and expenses then due and payable to such
    Person for its services in such capacity;

        (2)  SECOND, to each Secured Parties' Representative for Senior Debt,
    the amount certified by such Secured Parties' Representative to be the
    aggregate amount of principal, premium and interest then due and payable in
    respect of such Senior Debt under the related Financing Documents;

        (3)  THIRD, to each Secured Parties' Representative for Senior Debt, the
    amount certified by such Secured Parties' Representative to be the aggregate
    amount of all Debt Service (other than principal, premium and interest) then
    due and payable in respect of such Senior Debt under the related Financing
    Documents; and

        (4)  FOURTH, any surplus then remaining shall be paid to the Company or
    its successors or assigns or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to
    receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

GENERAL

    The Company, each of the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent and the
Collateral Agent, together with other Secured Parties' Representatives from time
to time party thereto, entered into a Collateral Agency and Intercreditor
Agreement, dated as of March 18, 1999 (the "Intercreditor Agreement"), pursuant
to which (1) the Collateral Agent was appointed by the Secured Parties'
Representatives as collateral agent for such parties under the Security
Documents and (2) the Secured Parties' Representatives agreed as to certain
procedures regarding the sharing of Collateral. Upon the issuance of the bonds,
the trustee will also become a party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Secured
Parties' Representative.

    Pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, all secured Senior Debt incurred by
the Company from time to time shall be entitled to the benefits of the Security
Documents and rank PARI PASSU without any preference among such obligations by
reason of date of incurrence or otherwise.

DEFAULT; ACCELERATION; EXERCISE OF REMEDIES

    The Intercreditor Agreement permits holders of Senior Debt to declare
defaults and events of default with respect to the Financing Document governing
such Senior Debt, and to accelerate such Senior Debt upon the occurrence of an
event of default, pursuant to the provisions set forth in such Financing
Document. Notice of any such event of default or acceleration of Senior Debt
must be provided by the applicable Secured Parties' Representative to the
Collateral Agent, who shall promptly forward such notice to the Company and each
other Secured Parties' Representative.

                                       78
<PAGE>
    Following the delivery of a notice of acceleration of Senior Debt to the
Collateral Agent, during any period during which an event of default under
Senior Debt shall have occurred and be continuing, the Required Secured Parties
may deliver a notice (any such notice, a "Notice of Action") to the Collateral
Agent directing the Collateral Agent to exercise one or more of the rights and
remedies available to the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents. The
Collateral Agent shall exercise the rights and remedies and take the other
actions described in such Notice of Action at the time or times specified in
such Notice of Action.

AMENDMENT OF FINANCING DOCUMENTS

    Pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement, in addition to any consent
requirement contained in any Financing Document, the consent of each Secured
Parties' Representative shall be required

       (1) in connection with any amendment, supplement or other modification of
           any Financing Document that would increase the amount of or change
           the scheduled date of maturity of any Senior Debt or the scheduled
           date of any installment of principal payable on any such Senior Debt,
           or increase the stated rate of any interest, premium, fee or other
           amount payable in respect thereof or change the scheduled date of any
           payment thereof, or provide for any additional mandatory prepayment
           of any such Senior Debt,

       (2) to release all or any material portion of the Collateral from the
           Liens of the Security Documents,

       (3) to release any of the Company or any of the Guarantors from its
           obligations under the Security Documents,

       (4) to release EME from its obligations under the Credit Support
           Guarantee,

       (5) to amend, modify or waive any provision of the Security Documents
           relating to the order of priority or amounts of transfers of cash and
           other property to be made thereunder or to amend or modify the
           definitions of "Obligations" or "Senior Debt" thereunder, or

       (6) to amend or modify the definition of "Required Secured Parties" under
           the Security Documents or the percentages required for any action to
           be taken under the Security Documents.

AMENDMENT OF INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

    With the written consent of the Required Secured Parties, the Collateral
Agent, the Company and the Guarantors may, from time to time, enter into an
amendment, supplement, waiver or other modification of the Intercreditor
Agreement or change in any manner the rights of the Collateral Agent, the
Secured Parties or the Company thereunder; PROVIDED that (1) any amendment,
supplement, waiver or other modification of the provisions set forth therein
relating to amendments of Financing Documents shall require the consent of each
Secured Parties' Representative and the Collateral Agent and (2) any amendment,
supplement, waiver or other modification of the provisions relating to
amendments of the Intercreditor Agreement set forth therein shall require the
consent of each Secured Parties' Representative, the Collateral Agent, the
Company and each of the Guarantors.

    Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Secured Party, the
Collateral Agent, the Company and, as long as any obligations are outstanding
under the Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent, at any time and from time
to time, may enter into one or more agreements supplemental to the Intercreditor
Agreement, in form satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, (1) to add to the
covenants of the Company and the Guarantors for the benefit of the Secured
Parties or to surrender any right or power therein conferred upon the Company or
any of the Guarantors, (2) to mortgage or pledge to the Collateral Agent, or
grant a security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent

                                       79
<PAGE>
in, any property or assets as security or additional security for the
obligations under secured Senior Debt or (3) to cure any ambiguity, defect or
inconsistency or to make any other change that would provide any additional
rights or benefits to the Secured Parties or that does not adversely affect the
legal rights under the Financing Documents of any Secured Party.

OTHER SECURITY DOCUMENTS

GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

    Pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (1) the Secured Parties
will have a security interest in certain collateral, including all tangible and
intangible property of the Company and each Guarantor, all proceeds and products
of any and all of the foregoing, all collateral security and guarantees given by
any Person with respect to any of the foregoing and the books and records
pertaining to the above securing, in the case of the Company, the Obligations of
the Company under Senior Debt and, in the case of the Guarantors, the
Obligations of the Guarantors under the Guarantor Guarantees, and (2) each
Guarantor will fully and unconditionally guarantee the Obligations of the
Company under the Senior Debt (the "Guarantor Guarantees").

    The Obligations of each Guarantor under its respective Guarantor Guarantee
will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other
contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including, without
limitation, any obligations under any Senior Debt) and after giving effect to
any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in
respect of the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantor Guarantee,
result in the Obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantor Guarantee not
constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or
state law.

MORTGAGE

    Pursuant to the Mortgage, the Secured Parties will have a Lien on all of the
real property interests of EME Homer City now held or after acquired as security
for the Company's Obligations under Senior Debt and EME Homer City's Obligations
under its Guarantor Guarantee.

CREDIT SUPPORT GUARANTEE

    Pursuant to the Credit Support Guarantee, EME unconditionally and
irrevocably guarantees to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured
Parties, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Company when due
of all of the Company's Obligations under the Senior Debt up to an amount of
$42 million. Pursuant to the Security Deposit Agreement, the Credit Support
Guarantee would be utilized for payments on Senior Debt prior to amounts
available in the Debt Service Reserve Accounts. Amounts under the Credit Support
Guarantee will be available until December 31, 2001.

BOND DEBT SERVICE RESERVE ACCOUNT

    A Debt Service Reserve Account will be established with the Collateral Agent
for the benefit of the bondholders. Amounts on deposit in the Bond Debt Service
Reserve Account will be used to pay the Company's scheduled installments of
principal and interest on the bonds in the event that the Company's cash flow
from operations is inadequate therefor. The required balance of Bond Debt
Service Reserve Account (the "Bond Debt Service Reserve Requirement") on any
date of determination will be 100% of the projected debt service on the bonds
for the succeeding six-month period. The Bond Debt Service Reserve Requirement
may be satisfied by one or a combination of the following: (1) cash; (2) a
letter of credit that constitutes Acceptable Credit Support; or (3) a guarantee
of the Company's obligations with respect to the Bond Debt Service Reserve
Requirement, in the form

                                       80
<PAGE>
set forth in the indenture, made by EME in favor of the Collateral Agent for the
benefit of the bondholders (so long as such guarantee constitutes Acceptable
Credit Support).

SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

    The Company, each Guarantor and the Collateral Agent entered into the
Intercompany Loan Subordination Agreement on March 18, 1999 (the "Subordination
Agreement"), pursuant to which any and all obligations owed by the Company or
any Guarantor to the Company or any Guarantor are subordinated to the Company's
and the Guarantors' obligations under the Financing Documents. The Subordination
Agreement includes customary "deep subordination" terms, including without
limitation (1) an agreement by the subordinated parties not to exercise any
remedies in respect of subordinated claims until all of the senior claims have
been indefeasibly paid in full, (2) an obligation of the subordinated parties to
turn over any payments received in respect of the subordinated claims in
violation of the Subordination Agreement and (3) a right of the holders of
senior claims to enforce subordinated claims in a bankruptcy proceeding of the
borrower.

CREDIT AGREEMENT

GENERAL

    On March 18, 1999, the Company executed the Credit Agreement, under which
the Banks agreed to provide the following credit facilities: (1) the Acquisition
Facility in an amount of up to $800 million (the loans thereunder, the
"Acquisition Loans"); (2) the Environmental Capital Improvements Facility in an
amount of up to $250 million (the loans thereunder, the "Environmental Capital
Improvements Loans"); and (3) the Working Capital Facility in an amount of up to
$50 million (the loans thereunder, the "Working Capital Loans"). The Acquisition
Facility will be eliminated upon issuance of the bonds.

    Proceeds of the Acquisition Loans were used to finance a portion of the
Acquisition, proceeds of the Environmental Capital Improvements Loans will be
used as necessary to finance costs associated with the Environmental Capital
Improvements and proceeds of the Working Capital Loans will be used for the
Company's and the Guarantors' general working capital purposes.

INTEREST

    The Company will pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Loans
(1) with respect to Base Rate Loans, at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate,
and (2) with respect to LIBO Rate Loans, at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus
an applicable margin, which will be variable depending on the Company's debt
rating. The Company will also pay facility fees on the Construction Term Loan
Commitments and the Revolving Loan Commitments.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

    Each loan under the Credit Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction of
the following conditions precedent:

       (1) certain representations and warranties previously made by the Company
           shall continue to be true and correct in all material respects with
           the same effect as if then made (unless stated to relate solely to an
           earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall
           be true and correct as of such earlier date);

       (2) no default or event of default under the Credit Agreement shall have
           occurred and be continuing or would result from such loans;

       (3) the Administrative Agent shall have received a borrowing request for
           such loans (where each of the delivery of a borrowing request and the
           acceptance by the Company of the

                                       81
<PAGE>
           proceeds of such loans shall constitute a representation and warranty
           by the Company that on the date of such loans, both immediately
           before and after giving effect to such loans and the application of
           the proceeds thereof, the statements made in clauses (1) and
           (2) above are true and correct); and

       (4) all documents executed or submitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement
           by or on behalf of the Company shall be satisfactory in form and
           substance to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

    Until all Obligations under the Credit Agreement are paid in full and the
Commitments are terminated, the Company shall:

       (1) deliver to the Administrative Agent (a) unaudited quarterly
           consolidated financial statements and (b) audited annual consolidated
           financial statements of the Company (which will include results for
           its consolidated Subsidiaries), together with an unqualified opinion
           of Arthur Andersen & Co. (or other internationally recognized
           independent auditors);

       (2) at the time of delivery of the audited financial statements, deliver
           to the Administrative Agent either (a) the annual report provided to
           senior management and shareholders of the Company for the preceding
           calendar year with respect to the Facilities or (b) a report
           including certain information with respect to the Facilities;

       (3) at the time of delivery of the audited financial statements, deliver
           to the Administrative Agent an operating budget for the Facilities
           for the current calendar year, together with, in the case of each
           calendar year beginning with the year 2000, an "income statement
           variance report" showing the actual experience for the preceding
           calendar year (or portion thereof) against the income statement
           projections for the preceding calendar year (or portion thereof);

       (4) within 60 days of each quarterly payment date on which the Company
           intends to make certain investments or restricted payments, deliver
           to the Administrative Agent a certificate showing certain actual and
           projected Debt Service Coverage Ratios of the Company;

       (5) deliver to the Administrative Agent notices of defaults under
           material agreements of the Company or any of the Guarantors, material
           litigation, certain ERISA events and other material events;

       (6) deliver to the Administrative Agent all reports and registration
           statements which the Company files with the Securities and Exchange
           Commission or any national securities exchange;

       (7) deliver to the Administrative Agent notices of any change in the
           Company's debt rating;

       (8) deliver to the Administrative Agent notices of casualty or damage or
           loss to the Facilities involving a probable loss of $3 million or
           more and the occurrence of the cancellation or other material change
           regarding the insurance policies required to be maintained;

       (9) deliver to the Administrative Agent notice of any material
           modification of its environmental capital expenditure program;

       (10) deliver to the Administrative Agent notice that any material
           governmental approval may be revoked, fail to be granted or renewed,
           or materially modified;

                                       82
<PAGE>
       (11) continue its business and maintain its existence and its material
           rights and privileges;

       (12) comply with applicable laws and contractual obligations, except to
           the extent non-compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

       (13) maintain in good repair property and equipment, ordinary wear and
           tear excepted, to the extent that is necessary to do business;

       (14) maintain certain insurance against casualties and contingencies;

       (15) maintain books and records;

       (16) implement a Year 2000 plan;

       (17) comply with environmental laws;

       (18) perform any and all acts required to maintain perfection of the
           Collateral including after-acquired property covered by the relevant
           Security Documents; and

       (19) in relation to any Recovery Event, provide the Administrative Agent
           and the Collateral Agent with a Reinvestment Notice; PROVIDED, THAT
           if the settlement or payment related to such Recovery Event is
           $50 million or more, the Company shall either make a prepayment of
           the net proceeds of such Recovery Event (with a corresponding
           reduction in the amount of the Commitments) or, if such net proceeds
           are to be used for restoration or replacement, the Independent
           Engineer shall have certified as to the Company's restoration or
           replacement plan and the feasibility thereof as set forth in the
           Company's Reinvestment Notice relating to such Recovery Event.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

    Until all Obligations under the Credit Agreement are paid in full and the
Commitments are terminated, the Company agrees, and agrees to cause the
Guarantors:

       (1) not to suffer to exist any Indebtedness other than certain permitted
           Indebtedness;

       (2) not to suffer to exist any Liens granted by the Company and the
           Guarantors other than certain permitted Liens;

       (3) not to consolidate with or merge into any other Person or sell,
           convey or lease all or substantially all of its assets to any Person
           unless (a) no default or event of default shall occur and be
           continuing prior to and after such consolidation, merger or sale and
           (b) the Company or the relevant Guarantor is the surviving entity;

       (4) not to undertake the sale of assets subject to certain exceptions;

       (5) not to create or acquire Subsidiaries;

       (6) not to make investments in any other Person subject to certain
           exceptions (such exceptions include investments in EME Homer City to
           implement its environmental capital expenditure program and
           investments in EME Homer City to make capital expenditures for
           improvements to the Facilities; PROVIDED, in the latter case, that
           all amounts due and payable in respect of the Senior Debt has been
           paid, there is no default or event of default under the Credit
           Agreement, certain Debt Service Coverage Ratios are above certain
           specified levels and the Debt Service Reserve Requirement for the
           Loans is satisfied);

       (7) not to enter into transactions with Affiliates subject to certain
           exceptions;

                                       83
<PAGE>
       (8) not to make distributions, dividend payments or other restricted
           payments subject to certain exceptions (such exceptions include
           restricted payments by the Company, PROVIDED THAT there is no default
           or event of default under the Credit Agreement, certain Debt Service
           Coverage Ratios are above certain specified levels and the Debt
           Service Reserve Requirement for the Loans is satisfied);

       (9) not to enter into any agreement prohibiting the ability of the
           Company to amend or otherwise modify the Credit Agreement or any
           related agreement, or the ability of any Guarantor to make dividend
           payments and other payments to the Company;

       (10) not to engage in any business other than the ownership, maintenance
           and operation of the Facilities, the sale of wholesale electric power
           therefrom and related products and services and other incidental
           businesses;

       (11) not to take any action which may subject the Company or any of the
           Guarantors to certain governmental regulation or cause the Company or
           any of the Guarantors to lose certain rights to sell electric power
           and related products and services; and

       (12) not to engage in speculative transactions.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

    The following constitute events of default under the Credit Agreement:

       (1) nonpayment of principal when due;

       (2) nonpayment of interest, fees or other amounts within five business
           days of the date when due;

       (3) inaccuracy in any material respect of representations and warranties
           when made;

       (4) violation of covenants (subject, in the case of certain affirmative
           covenants, to a 30-day grace period);

       (5) cross-default with respect to other indebtedness of the Company or
           any of the Guarantors of at least $15 million in principal amount;

       (6) bankruptcy events with respect to the Company or any of the
           Guarantors;

       (7) certain ERISA events;

       (8) judgments in excess of $15 million in the aggregate not discharged,
           stayed or bonded within 60 days;

       (9) EME shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, 50% of the economic
           equity interests in the Company and each of the Guarantors or cease
           to maintain equivalent voting control of the Company and each of the
           Guarantors, or EME shall cease, directly or through a Guarantor, to
           be in control of the operation of the Facilities, or the Company
           shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the general and
           limited partnership interests in EME Homer City; and

       (10) until the termination of the Credit Support Guarantee or while any
           guarantee of EME is being used to satisfy the Debt Service Reserve
           Requirement for the Loans, (a) bankruptcy events with respect to EME
           and (b) cross-default with respect to Indebtedness of EME of at least
           $20 million in principal amount.

                                       84
<PAGE>
REMEDIES

    Except as may be otherwise agreed among the Banks, upon the occurrence and
during the continuance of an event of default under the Credit Agreement other
than bankruptcy events with respect to the Company, the majority Banks may
exercise any or all of the following remedies: (1) declaration of all or any
portion of the outstanding principal amount under the Credit Agreement to be
immediately due and payable; or (2) termination of their Commitments. In case of
a bankruptcy event with respect to the Company, the Commitments shall
automatically terminate and the outstanding principal amount under the Credit
Agreement shall automatically and immediately become due and payable, without
notice or demand.

BANK DEBT SERVICE RESERVE ACCOUNT

    A Debt Service Reserve Account was established with the Collateral Agent for
the benefit of the Banks to be used to pay the Company's scheduled Debt Service
for the Loans in the event that the Company's cash flow from operations is
inadequate therefor.

                                       85
<PAGE>
                      EXCHANGE OFFER; REGISTRATION RIGHTS

    As part of the sale of the original bonds and pursuant to a registration
rights agreement dated as of May 27, 1999, the Company agreed with the initial
purchasers, for the benefit of the holders of the bonds, that the Company will
file and use its reasonable best efforts to cause to become effective, at its
cost, a registration statement with respect to a registered offer to exchange
the original bonds for the exchange bonds which are in all material respects
substantially identical to the original bonds. Upon such registration statement
being declared effective, the Company shall offer the exchange bonds in return
for surrender of the original bonds. Such offer shall remain open for no less
than 30 days after the date notice of the exchange offer is mailed to the
bondholders. For each original bond surrendered to the Company under the
exchange offer, the bondholder will receive exchange bonds aggregating an equal
principal amount. Interest on each exchange bond shall accrue from the last
Interest Payment Date on which interest was paid on the original bond so
surrendered or, if no interest has been paid, since May 27, 1999.

    In the event that the Company determines in good faith that applicable
interpretations of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission or other
circumstances specified in the registration rights agreement do not permit the
Company to effect such an exchange offer, the Company shall, at its cost, use
its reasonable best efforts (subject to customary representations and agreements
of the bondholders) to have a shelf registration statement covering resale of
the original bonds declared effective and kept effective until two years after
the Closing Date, subject to certain exceptions. The Company shall, in the event
of such a shelf registration, provide to each bondholder copies of the
prospectus, notify each bondholder when a registration statement for the
original bonds has become effective and take certain other actions as are
appropriate to permit resale of the original bonds.

    In the event that such exchange offer is not commenced or such registration
statement is not declared effective by February 21, 2000, the respective annual
interest rates on the original bonds shall increase by one-half of one percent
(50 basis points) effective on the 271(st) day following the Closing Date until
the date on which such exchange offer is commenced or such registration
statement shall have become effective.

    Each bondholder (other than certain specified holders) who wishes to
exchange the original bonds for exchange bonds in the exchange offer shall be
required to represent that any exchange bonds to be received by it shall be
acquired in the ordinary course of business and that at the time of the
commencement of the exchange offer it shall have no arrangement with any person
to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of
the exchange bonds.

    A bondholder that sells such original bonds pursuant to a shelf registration
generally would be required to be named as a selling holder in the related
prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain
of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with
such sale and will be required to agree in writing to be bound by the provisions
of the registration rights agreement which are applicable to such bondholder
(including certain indemnification obligations).

                                       86
<PAGE>
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

    Each broker-dealer that receives exchange bonds for its own account in the
exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of the exchange bonds. This prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection
with resales of exchange bonds received in exchange for original bonds where the
original bonds were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after
the expiration date of the exchange offer, it will make this prospectus
available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale. In
addition, until       , 2000, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange
bonds may be required to deliver a prospectus.

    The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange bonds by
broker-dealers. Exchange bonds received by broker-dealers for their own account
in the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions
in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing
of options on the exchange bonds or a combination of these methods of resale.
These resales may be made at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at
prices related to these prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any
resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers
who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any
broker-dealer or the purchasers of any of the exchange bonds. Any broker-dealer
that resells exchange bonds that were received by it for its own account in the
exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of
the exchange bonds may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the
Securities Act, and any profit on the resale of exchange bonds and any
commission or concessions received by those persons may be deemed to be
underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal
states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a
prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an
underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act.

    For a period of 180 days after the expiration date of the exchange offer,
the Company will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any
amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests
these documents in the letter of transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all
expenses incident to the exchange offer, including the expenses of one counsel
for the holders of the bonds, other than commissions or concessions of any
brokers or dealers. The Company will indemnify the holders of the bonds,
including any broker-dealers, against various liabilities, including liabilities
under the Securities Act.

    In addition, all reports and other documents we subsequently file under
Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act will be deemed to be
incorporated by reference into this prospectus and to be part of this prospectus
from the date we subsequently file the reports and documents.

    Any statements contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated by reference into this prospectus are deemed to be modified or
superseded for purposes of this prospectus to the extent modified or superseded
by another statement contained in any subsequently filed document also
incorporated by reference in this prospectus. Any statement so modified or
superseded will not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to
constitute part of this prospectus.

    You may request a copy of any of these filings, at no cost, by writing or
telephoning us at the following address or phone number:

                          Edison Mission Holdings Co.
                      18101 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1700
                            Irvine, California 92612
                                 (949) 752-5588
                         Attention: Corporate Secretary

                                       87
<PAGE>
            CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

    The following summary describes certain material United States federal
income tax considerations that may be relevant to beneficial owners of the
bonds. The summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code"), and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date
hereof, all of which may be repealed, revoked or modified with possible
retroactive effect. This discussion does not deal with holders that may be
subject to special tax rules (including, but not limited to, insurance
companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, dealers in
securities or currencies, holders whose functional currency is not the United
States dollar or holders who will hold the bonds as a hedge against currency
risks or as part of a straddle, synthetic security, conversion transaction or
other integrated investment comprised of the bonds and one or more other
investments). The summary is applicable only to purchasers that acquire the
bonds pursuant to the offering at the initial offering price and who will hold
the bonds as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This
summary is for general information only and does not address all aspects of
United States federal income taxation that may be relevant to holders of the
bonds in light of their particular circumstances, and it does not address any
tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing
jurisdiction. Prospective holders should consult their own tax advisors as to
the particular tax consequences to them of acquiring, holding or disposing of
the bonds.

    As used herein, the term "United States Holder" means a beneficial owner of
a bond that is (1) a citizen or resident of the United States for United States
federal income tax purposes, (2) a corporation created or organized under the
laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia,
(3) an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income tax
without regard to its source or (4) a trust if (x) a court within the United
States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the
trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all
substantial decisions of the trust or (y) the trust has a valid election in
effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a
United States Holder. A "Non-United States Holder" is any beneficial holder of a
bond that is not a United States Holder.

UNITED STATES HOLDERS

    THE EXCHANGE

    For United States federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of a bond
will not recognize any taxable gain or loss on the exchange of the original
bonds for exchange bonds pursuant to the exchange offer, and a United States
Holder's tax basis and holding period in the exchange bonds will be the same as
in the original bonds.

    STATED INTEREST ON EXCHANGE BONDS

    Stated interest on an exchange bond generally will be taxable to a United
States Holder as ordinary income at the time it accrues or is received in
accordance with the United States Holder's method of accounting for United
States federal income tax purposes.

    DISPOSITION OF AN EXCHANGE BOND

    Upon the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of an
exchange bond, a United States Holder generally will recognize gain or loss
equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the sale, exchange,
redemption, retirement or other disposition (not including amounts attributable
to accrued but unpaid interest, which will be taxable as such) and such United
States Holder's adjusted tax basis in the exchange bond. A United States
Holder's tax basis in an exchange bond will, in general, be the United States
Holder's basis in the bond exchanged therefor. Such gain or loss will be capital
gain or loss. Capital gain recognized by an individual investor upon a
disposition of an exchange bond that has been held for more than 12 months will
generally be subject to a maximum

                                       88
<PAGE>
tax rate of 20% or, in the case of an exchange bond that has been held for
12 months or less, will be subject to tax at ordinary income tax rates.

    MARKET DISCOUNT

    United States Holders other than original purchasers of the bonds in the
offering of the original bonds should be aware that the sale of the exchange
bonds may be affected by the market discount provisions of the Code. The market
discount rules generally provide that if a United States Holder purchased the
bond, after the original offering, at a "market discount" (i.e., at an amount
less than the adjusted issue price of the bond as determined on the date of such
purchase) exceeding a statutorily-defined DE MINIMIS amount, and thereafter
recognized gain upon a disposition, including a partial redemption, of the
exchange bond received in exchange for an original bond, the lesser of such gain
or the portion of the market discount that accrued while the original bond and
exchange bond were held by such United States Holder will be treated as ordinary
interest income at the time of disposition. The rules also provide that a United
States Holder who acquires a bond at a market discount may be required to defer
a portion of any interest expense that may otherwise be deductible on any
indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry the bond until the
United States Holder disposes of such bond in a taxable transaction. If a holder
of a bond elects to include market discount in income currently, both of the
foregoing rules would not apply.

NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS

    Under present United States federal income tax law, subject to the
discussion of backup withholding and information reporting below:

           (a)  payments of principal and interest on the exchange bonds to any
       Non-United States Holder will not be subject to United States federal
       income or withholding tax provided that (1) the Non-United States Holder
       does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined
       voting power of all classes of stock of the Company entitled to vote,
       (2) the Non-United States Holder is not a bank receiving interest
       pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its
       trade or business, (3) the Non-United States Holder is not a controlled
       foreign corporation that is related to the Company (directly or
       indirectly) through stock ownership, (4) such interest payments are not
       effectively connected with a United States trade or business and
       (5) certain certification requirements are met. Such certification will
       be satisfied if the beneficial owner of the exchange bond certifies on
       IRS Form W-8 or a substantially similar substitute form, under penalties
       of perjury, that it is not a United States person and provides its name
       and address, and (x) such beneficial owner files such form with the
       withholding agent or (y) in the case of an exchange bond held by a
       securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution
       that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade or
       business (a "financial institution") and holds the exchange bond, such
       financial institution certifies to the Company or its agent under
       penalties of perjury that such statement has been received from the
       beneficial owner by it or by a financial institution between it and the
       beneficial owner and furnishes the withholding agent with a copy thereof;
       and

           (b)  a Non-United States Holder will not be subject to United States
       federal income tax on gain realized on the sale, exchange, redemption,
       retirement or other disposition of an exchange bond, unless (1) the gain
       is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by such
       holder within the United States or, if a treaty applies, is generally
       attributable to a United States permanent establishment maintained by the
       holder, or (2) the holder is an individual who is present in the United
       States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and
       certain other requirements are met.

                                       89
<PAGE>
BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING

    In general, payments of interest and the proceeds of the sale, exchange,
redemption, retirement or other disposition of the exchange bonds payable by a
United States paying agent or other United States intermediary will be subject
to information reporting. In addition, backup withholding at a rate of 31% will
apply to these payments if the holder fails to provide an accurate taxpayer
identification number in the case of a United States Holder or the certification
described above (in the case of a Non-United States Holder) or other evidence of
exempt status or fails to report all interest and dividends required to be shown
on its United States federal income tax returns. Certain United States Holders
(including, among others, corporations) and Non-United States Holders that
comply with certain certification requirements are not subject to backup
withholding. Any amount paid as backup withholding will be creditable against
the holder's United States federal income tax liability provided that the
required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Holders of exchange bonds
should consult their tax advisors as to their qualification for exemption from
backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining such an exemption. On
October 6, 1997, new Treasury Regulations were issued that generally modify the
information reporting and backup withholding rules applicable to certain
payments made after December 31, 2000. In general, the new regulations would not
significantly alter the present rules discussed above, except in certain special
situations.

                                       90
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS

    Certain legal matters with respect to the exchange bonds and the guarantees
(other than the guarantee of EME Homer City Generation L.P.) will be passed upon
for the Company by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, 919 Third Avenue,
New York, New York. Certain legal matters with respect to the guarantee of EME
Homer City Generation L.P. will be passed upon for the Company by Morgan,
Lewis & Bockius LLP, 1701 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

                                    EXPERTS

    The consolidated financial statements of Edison Mission Holdings Co. and
subsidiaries for the nine months ended September 30, 1999, which are included in
this prospectus and the consolidated financial statements of Edison Mission
Energy and subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, included in
Edison Mission Energy's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1998, which are incorporated by reference in this Prospectus have
been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as
indicated in their reports with respect thereto, and are included herein in
reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports. The
audited special-purpose combined accounts of Fiddlers Ferry and Ferrybridge C
Power Stations for the year ended March 29, 1998 and the nine month period ended
January 3, 1999 incorporated in this prospectus by reference to the Form 8-K/A
dated July 19, 1999 of Edison Mission Energy have been so incorporated in
reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Chartered Accountants, given
the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

    EME is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in
accordance therewith, files reports and information statements and other
information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such reports and
information statements and other information filed by EME with the Securities
and Exchange Commission can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference
Section of the Securities and Exchange Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza,
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the regional offices of
the Securities and Exchange Commission located at Seven World Trade Center,
13(th) Floor, New York, New York 10048 and 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400,
Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such material can be obtained from the Public
Reference Section of the Securities and Exchange Commission at Room 1024,
Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed
rates. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a Web site that contains
reports, proxy and information statements and other materials that are filed
through the Securities and Exchange Commission's Electronic Data Gathering,
Analysis and Retrieval (EDGAR) system. This Web site can be accessed at
http://www.sec.gov.

                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

    The following documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
are incorporated by reference into this prospectus:

    (i) EME's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998;

    (ii) EME's Current Reports on Form 8-K dated March 18, 1999, Form 8-K dated
         July 19, 1999 and Form 8-K/A dated August 2, 1999; and

   (iii) EME's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31,
         1999, June 30, 1999 and September 30, 1999.

    Any statement contained in a document incorporated by reference herein will
be deemed to be modified or superceded for purposes of this prospectus to the
extent that a statement contained herein modifies or supersedes such statement.
Any such statement so modified or superseded will not be deemed to constitute a
part of this prospectus except as so modified or superseded.

                                       91
<PAGE>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PAGE
                                                              --------
<S>                                                           <C>
EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

Report of Independent Public Accountants....................     F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheet--September 30, 1999..............     F-3
Consolidated Statement of Operations--Nine Months Ended
 September 30, 1999.........................................     F-4
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholder's
 Equity--Nine Months Ended
 September 30, 1999.........................................     F-5
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows--Nine Months Ended
  September 30, 1999........................................     F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements--September 30,
 1999.......................................................     F-7
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors of
  Edison Mission Holdings Co.:

    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Edison
Mission Holdings Co. and subsidiaries (the Company), a wholly owned subsidiary
of Edison Mission Energy, as of September 30, 1999, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, shareholders equity and cash flows for the nine months
ended September 30, 1999. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.

    We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Edison
Mission Holdings Co. as of September 30, 1999, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 1999, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.

Los Angeles, California
November 5, 1999

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

                 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET--SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1999
                                                              --------------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>
                                   ASSETS
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................    $  125,204
  Due from Edison Mission Energy and Affiliates.............        21,053
  Fuel inventory............................................        21,315
  Spare parts inventory.....................................        23,647
  Other current assets......................................         1,376
                                                                ----------
      Total current assets..................................       192,595
                                                                ----------
Operating facility and equipment
  Property, plant & equipment...............................     1,942,667
  Accumulated depreciation..................................       (25,280)
                                                                ----------
  Net property, plant & equipment...........................     1,917,387

Other assets
  Deferred financing charges, net...........................        11,714
                                                                ----------
        Total assets........................................    $2,121,696
                                                                ==========

                           LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities
  Accounts payable..........................................    $    8,497
  Accrued liabilities.......................................        26,910
  Interest Payable..........................................        24,856
                                                                ----------
      Total current liabilities.............................        60,263
                                                                ----------

Long-term debt..............................................       885,000
Deferred taxes..............................................        14,623
Benefits plans..............................................        17,150
Maintenance accrual.........................................        75,231
                                                                ----------
      Total liabilities.....................................     1,052,267
                                                                ----------

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

Shareholder's equity
  Common stock, no par value; 10,000 shares authorized; 100
    shares issued and outstanding...........................            --
  Additional paid-in-capital................................     1,036,921
  Retained Earnings.........................................        32,508
                                                                ----------
      Total shareholder's equity............................     1,069,429
                                                                ----------
        Total liabilities and shareholder's equity..........    $2,121,696
                                                                ==========
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                      NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1999
                                                              --------------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>
Operating revenues from marketing affiliate
    Capacity revenues.......................................     $ 22,010
    Energy revenues.........................................      223,778
                                                                 --------
Total operating revenues....................................      245,788
                                                                 --------

Operating expenses
    Fuel....................................................       84,391
    Plant operations........................................       40,786
    Depreciation and amortization...........................       25,280
    Administrative and general..............................          542
                                                                 --------
Total operating expenses....................................      150,999
                                                                 --------
Income from operations......................................       94,789
                                                                 --------

Other income (expense)
    Interest and other income...............................          834
    Interest expense........................................      (35,506)
                                                                 --------
Total other expense.........................................      (34,672)
                                                                 --------

Income before income taxes and extraordinary loss...........       60,117

Provision for income taxes before extraordinary loss........       24,939
                                                                 --------
Income before extraordinary loss............................       35,178
                                                                 --------

Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt,
  net of income tax benefit of $2,280.......................       (2,667)
                                                                 --------
NET INCOME..................................................     $ 32,511
                                                                 ========
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

                      NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    COMMON      ADDITIONAL      RETAINED   SHAREHOLDER'S
                                                    STOCK     PAID-IN-CAPITAL   EARNINGS      EQUITY
                                                   --------   ---------------   --------   -------------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>        <C>               <C>        <C>
Balance at January 1, 1999.......................  $    --       $        3     $    (3)    $       --
                                                   -------       ----------     -------     ----------
Net income.......................................       --               --      32,511         32,511
Cash contribution................................       --        1,066,917          --      1,066,917
Cash dividends...................................       --          (29,999)         --        (29,999)
                                                   -------       ----------     -------     ----------
Balance at September 30, 1999....................  $    --       $1,036,921     $32,508     $1,069,429
                                                   =======       ==========     =======     ==========
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

                      NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1999
                                                              --------------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income................................................   $    32,511
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
    by operating activities:
      Extraordinary loss on early extinguishment of debt,
        net of tax..........................................         2,667
      Depreciation and amortization.........................        26,434
      Deferred tax provision................................        14,623
      Increase in due from Edison Mission Energy and
        Affiliates..........................................       (18,773)
      Increase in inventory.................................        (3,541)
      Increase in prepaid and other assets..................        (1,376)
      Increase in payables..................................         8,498
      Increase in accrued liabilities.......................        26,134
      Increase in interest payable..........................        24,856
      Increase in other liabilities.........................         1,804
                                                               -----------
    Net cash provided by operating activities...............       113,837
                                                               -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
      Purchase of Homer City facility.......................    (1,818,631)
      Capital expenditures..................................       (74,105)
                                                               -----------
    Net cash used in investing activities...................    (1,892,736)
                                                               -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
      Capital contribution from parent......................     1,066,917
      Borrowings on long-term obligations...................       885,000
      Borrowings under Acquisition Facility.................       800,000
      Repayments on debt obligations........................      (800,000)
      Financing costs.......................................       (17,815)
      Cash dividends to parent..............................       (29,999)
                                                               -----------
    Net cash provided by financing activities...............     1,904,103
                                                               -----------
NET INCREASE IN CASH........................................       125,204
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period..............            --
                                                               -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, at end of period.................   $   125,204
                                                               ===========
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

1. GENERAL

    Edison Mission Holdings Co. (the "Company"), a wholly owned subsidiary of
Edison Mission Energy ("EME"), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Edison
International("EIX"), is a California corporation formed for the purpose of
issuing the bonds and, through its subsidiaries, acquiring, owning and operating
three coal-fired electric generating units (collectively, the "Homer City Units"
or the "Units") and related facilities (the Units and such related facilities,
the "Facilities") located in Indiana County, Pennsylvania for the purpose of
producing electric energy.

    On March 18, 1999, the Company's subsidiary, EME Homer City Generation L.P.
completed its acquisition (the "Acquisition") of 100% of the ownership interests
in the Facilities and assumed certain liabilities of the former owners. The
accompanying financial statements reflect the operations of the Facilities
commencing from the date of acquisition. The acquisition has been accounted for
utilizing the purchase method. The purchase price was allocated to the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed based upon a preliminary assessment of their
respective fair market values. This allocation may change as the fair market
valuation is finalized.

    The acquisition was financed through a capital contribution by EME of
approximately $1.1 billion and a short-term loan of approximately $800 million.
The short-term loan was subsequently replaced by $830 million of senior secured
bonds.

    The Facilities consist of three coal fired steam turbine units, one coal
preparation facility, an 1,800 acre dam site and associated support facilities.
Units 1 and 2 are essentially identical steam turbine generators with net summer
capacities of 620 MW and 614 MW, respectively. Units 1 and 2 began commercial
operation in 1969. Unit 3 is also a steam turbine generator with a net summer
capacity of 650 MW. Unit 3 began commercial operations in 1977. The Station
benefits from direct transmission access into both the Pennsylvania-New
Jersey-Maryland power market (the "PJM") and the New York power market ("NYPP").

    The Company has entered into a contract with a marketing affiliate for the
sale of energy and capacity produced by the Facilities, which enables such
marketing affiliate to engage in forward sales and hedging transactions to
manage electricity price exposure. The marketing affiliate has systems in place
which monitor real-time spot and forward pricing and perform options valuations.
The Company pays the marketing affiliate a nominal fee for the performance of
marketing services. All revenues from physical sales transactions executed by
the marketing affiliate are deposited into a revenue account established for the
benefit of the holders of the Company's senior secured debt. Additionally, the
Company has entered into separate transition contracts (the "Transition
Contracts") with Pennsylvania Electric Company ("Penelec") and New York State
Electric & Gas Corporation ("NYSEG"), pursuant to which EME Homer City may
exercise a put option to sell certain quantities of capacity to Penelec and
NYSEG, and Penelec and NYSEG may exercise call options to purchase certain
quantities of capacity. The terms of the NYSEG Transition Contract and the
Penelec Transition Contract continue until April 30, 2001 and May 31, 2001,
respectively. EME Homer City has exercised a put option to sell 942 MW of
capacity to Penelec for the period from March 18, 1999 through May 31, 2000
under the Penelec Transition Contract for a price of $49.90/MW-day from
March 18, 1999 through May 31, 1999 and $59.90/MW-day for the year ending
May 31, 1999. EME Homer City has also entered into contractual arrangements with
NYSEG to sell 942 MW of capacity for the period from March 18, 1999 to May 31,
1999 for a price of $55.00/MW-day and sell 99% of the remaining installed
capacity over the transition contracts through May 31, 2000 at a weighted
average price of $65.00/MW-day.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

USE OF ESTIMATES IN FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

NEW ACCOUNT PRONOUNCEMENT

    In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 (SFAS 133) "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities". SFAS 133, as amended, will become effective
on January 1, 2001. This statement establishes accounting and reporting
standards requiring that every derivative instrument be recorded in the balance
sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. It also
requires that changes in the derivative's fair value be recognized currently in
earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. A derivative's gains
and losses for qualifying hedges offset related results on the hedged item in
the income statement and a company must formally document, designate and assess
the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting. The impact of
adopting Statement 133 on the Company's financial statements has not been
quantified at this time.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    The Company considers cash and cash equivalents to include cash and
short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less.

RESTRICTED CASH

    A portion of the Company's cash balance, totaling $102.2 million at
September 30, 1999, was restricted as to use. Permitted use for such cash
includes payment of operating costs and other current items, as defined in the
trust agreement associated with the Company's senior secured bonds.

INVENTORY

    Inventory consists of spare parts, coal and fuel oil and is stated at the
lower of weighted average cost or market.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

    Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed
on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Power plant facilities......................................      39 years
Furniture, office equipment, and vehicles...................  5 to 7 years
</TABLE>

                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

    At September 30, 1999, property, plant and equipment consisted of the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>
Land........................................................    $    4,500
Power plant facilities......................................     1,862,458
Construction in progress....................................        71,816
Equipment, furniture, and fixtures..........................         3,893
                                                                ----------
                                                                 1,942,667
                                                                ----------
Accumulated depreciation....................................       (25,280)
                                                                ----------
Property, plant and equipment, net..........................    $1,917,387
                                                                ==========
</TABLE>

DEFERRED COSTS

    Deferred costs at September 30, 1999 consisted of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>
Deferred financing costs....................................     $12,233
Accumulated amortization....................................        (519)
                                                                 -------
Net deferred financing costs................................     $11,714
                                                                 =======
</TABLE>

    Deferred financing costs consist of legal and other costs incurred by the
Company to obtain long-term financing (Note 3). These costs are being amortized
over the life of the related long-term debt using the effective interest method.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

    Revenue and related costs are recorded as electricity is generated or
services are provided.

POWER MARKETING ACTIVITIES

    The Company has entered into a contract with a marketing affiliate for the
sale of energy and capacity produced by the Station, which enables such
marketing affiliate to engage in forward sales and hedging transactions to
manage the Company's electricity price exposure. Net gains or losses on hedges
by the marketing affiliate which are physically settled are recognized in the
same manner as the hedged item. The Company receives the net transaction price
on all contracts that are physically settled by its marketing affiliate. Another
marketing affiliate of the Company enters into option contacts using the credit
of the Company. Options written and premiums received by this affiliate are not
transferred to the Company.

INCOME TAXES

    The Company is included in the consolidated federal income tax and combined
state franchise tax returns of EIX. The Company calculates its income tax
provision on a separate company basis under a tax sharing arrangement with an
affiliate of EIX, which in turn has an agreement with EIX. Tax

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

benefits generated by the Company and used in the EIX consolidated tax return
are recognized by the Company without regard to separate company limitations.

    The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset-and-liabilities
method, wherein deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future
tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the
tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted rates.

MAINTENANCE ACCRUAL

    Each of the Facility's major pieces of equipment (e.g. boiler and turbine)
requires major maintenance on a periodic basis ranging from three to thirty
years. These costs are being accrued on a straight-line basis over the
respective periods.

    The maintenance accrual is based on management's estimates of what these
events will cost at the time the events occur. Due to fluctuations in prices and
changes in the scope and timing of the work to be performed, the actual amounts
expended, may differ from the amounts estimated for these events.

3. LONG-TERM DEBT

    On March 18, 1999 the Company entered into a debt agreement (the "Initial
Financing") with a bank for a combination of loan and line of credit agreements
aggregating $1.1 billion. The Initial Financing consisted of a short-term loan
for $800 million for the initial financing of the acquisition (the "Acquisition
Facility"), a $250 million construction loan (the "Environmental Capital
Improvements Facility") that would be drawn on when needed, and a $50 million
line of credit (the "Working Capital Facility"). Amounts outstanding under the
Initial Financing bear interest at variable Eurodollar rates or Base rates as
defined in the Agreement, at the option of the Partnership. If the Company
elects to pay Eurodollar rates, interest costs include a margin of 0.85% to
2.50% depending on the Company's current debt rating. At September 30, 1999 the
margin was 1.00%. Additionally, the Company pays a facility fee of .0015% to
 .0050%, depending on the Company's current debt rating, on the total outstanding
commitment irrespective of usage. At September 30, 1999 the facility fee was
 .0025%. The Company also pays an agent bank fee of $50,000 per year.

    On May 27, 1999, the Company completed a private offering of $300 million
aggregate principal amount of 8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due 2019 and
$530 million aggregate principal amount of 8.734% Senior Secured Bonds due 2026
(collectively the "Senior Secured Bonds"). The net proceeds from the Senior
Secured Bonds were used to repay the outstanding principal of, and to
permanently reduce the bank commitments associated with, the Acquisition
Facility and to repay a portion of EME's equity investment in the form of a
dividend. As a result of the early extinguishment of the Acquisition Facility,
the Company wrote off unamortized deferred financing costs which were reported
as an extraordinary loss of $4.9 million ($2.7 million after tax).

    At September 30, 1999, the Company had drawn $55 million on the
Environmental Capital Improvements Facility and had not drawn on the Working
Capital Facility. The Environmental Capital Improvements Facility matures on
March 18, 2004. Interest on the Initial Financing is indexed at LIBOR (5.387% at
September 30, 1999). Interest paid under the Initial Financing and Senior
Secured Bonds was $9.6 million and $24.4 million, respectively for the nine
months ended September 30, 1999.

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

3. LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)

    At September 30, 1999, the future maturities of the debt are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD ENDING SEPTEMBER 30,
- ---------------------------                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>
October 1999-September 2000.................................     $     --
October 2000-September 2001.................................           --
October 2001-September 2002.................................           --
October 2002-September 2003.................................           --
October 2003-September 2004.................................       58,292
    Thereafter..............................................      826,708
                                                                 --------
    Total...................................................     $885,000
                                                                 ========
</TABLE>

    The Company has certain financial and non-financial debt covenants
associated with its debt that may limit distributions. With the exception of the
initial $30 million distribution from the net proceeds of the Senior Secured
Bonds, the Company, in order to make distributions, must maintain a specified
debt service coverage ratio, net cash flows over the aggregate principal,
interest, and fixed charges for a period, ranging from 1.5 to 1.7 over the life
of the debt. The Company is also limited in obtaining new debt including capital
lease obligations in excess of $10 million, working capital loans in excess of
$50 million (with such amount to be escalated annually in accordance with the
consumer price index), and other senior indebtedness in excess of $20 million.
The collateral for the Bonds includes all assets, whether now owned or
thereafter acquired.

    The Company's parent, EME, has entered into the Credit Support Guarantee,
which, under certain conditions, must make up to $42 million in payments. The
Credit Support Guarantee is available until December 31, 2001 as additional
cashflow to support shortfalls in the payment of the Bonds and other senior
secured debt. EME has also provided a guarantee as of the date of the offering
to satisfy the Company's debt service reserve requirement with respect to the
Bonds. Similar guarantees have been extended by EME with respect to the
obligations in the Credit Agreement.

4. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    Certain administrative services such as payroll, employee benefit programs,
and information technology, all performed by EIX or EME, are shared among all
affiliates of EIX and the costs of these corporate support services are
allocated to all affiliates, including the Company. Costs are allocated based on
one of the following formulas: percentage of time worked, equity in investment
and advances, number of employees, or multi-factor (operating revenues,
operating expenses, total assets and number of employees). In addition, services
of EIX or EME are sometimes directly requested by the Company and such services
are performed for the Company's benefit. Labor and expenses of these directly
requested services are specifically identified and billed at cost. Management
believes the allocation methodologies utilized are reasonable. The Company made
reimbursements for the cost of these programs and other services, which amounted
to $520,000 for the period ended September 30, 1999.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

4. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)

    The Company pays its trading affiliate a two-cent per mega-watt hour
commission fee for all power sold under power marketing arrangements. For the
period ended September 30, 1999, commission fees totaled $131,000.

5. INCOME TAXES

    Income tax expense includes the current tax benefit from the operating loss
and the change in deferred income taxes during the year. The components of the
net accumulated deferred income tax liability were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                                    1999
- -------------------------------                               --------------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>
Deferred tax assets
  Loss carryforwards........................................     $ 1,226
    State tax deduction.....................................         834
    Other...................................................         225
                                                                 -------
                                                                 $ 2,285
                                                                 -------
Deferred tax liabilities
  Accumulated depreciation difference.......................     $16,908
                                                                 -------
Deferred taxes, net.........................................     $14,623
                                                                 =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

5. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

    Loss carryforwards represent Pennsylvanian state tax losses totaling
$12.3 million at September 30, 1999, which would expire in 2009 and are limited
in use to $2.0 million per year.

    The provision for income taxes is comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                                  1999
- -------------------------------                               -----------
                                                                  (IN
                                                              THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>
Current
  Federal...................................................    $ 6,522
  State.....................................................      1,514
                                                                -------
    Total current...........................................      8,036
                                                                -------
Deferred
  Federal...................................................     10,984
  State.....................................................      3,639
                                                                -------
    Total deferred..........................................     14,623
                                                                -------
Provision for income taxes..................................    $22,659
                                                                =======
</TABLE>

    Income tax provision (benefit) is included in the statement of operations as
follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Income before extraordinary loss............................    $24,939
Extraordinary loss..........................................     (2,280)
                                                                -------
    Total...................................................    $22,659
                                                                =======
</TABLE>

    The components of the deferred tax provision, which arise from timing
differences between financial and tax reporting, are presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                                 1999
- -------------------------------                               --------
<S>                                                           <C>
Accumulated depreciation difference.........................  $16,908
Loss carryforwards..........................................   (1,226)
State tax deduction.........................................     (834)
Other.......................................................     (225)
                                                              -------
    Total deferred provision................................  $14,623
                                                              =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

5. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

    Variations from the 35% federal statutory rate are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                                 1999
- -------------------------------                               --------
<S>                                                           <C>
Expected provision for federal income taxes.................  $21,041
Decrease in taxes from:
  State tax--net of federal benefit.........................    3,898
                                                              -------
    Total provision for income taxes........................  $24,939
                                                              =======
Effective tax rate..........................................   41.48%
                                                              =======
</TABLE>

6. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS PLANS

    Employees of the Company are eligible for various benefit plans of EIX.

PENSION PLANS

    The Company maintains a pension plan specifically for the benefit of its
union employees. The Company's non-union employees participate in the EIX
pension plan. Both plans are noncontributory, defined benefit pension plans and
cover employees who fulfill minimum service requirements. There are no prior
service costs for the plans.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

6. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS PLANS (CONTINUED)

    Information on plan assets and benefits obligations is shown below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                          UNION PLAN   NON-UNION
- -------------------------------                          ----------   ---------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>
Change in Benefit Obligation
  Benefit obligation at beginning of period............   $    --      $    --
  Benefit obligation acquired..........................    (6,000)        (800)
  Service cost.........................................      (344)         (94)
  Interest cost........................................      (241)         (28)
  Actuarial gain.......................................        --          122
                                                          -------      -------
    Benefit obligation at end of period................   $(6,585)     $  (800)
                                                          -------      -------
Change in Plan Assets
  Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period.....   $    --      $    --
  Actual return on plan assets.........................         2           --
  Employer contributions...............................       100           --
                                                          -------      -------
    Fair value of plan assets at end of period.........   $   102      $    --
                                                          -------      -------
Funded status..........................................   $(6,484)     $  (800)
Unrecognized net loss (gain)...........................         3         (122)
                                                          -------      -------
  Pension liability....................................   $(6,481)     $  (922)
                                                          =======      =======
Discount rate..........................................      7.50%     7.0-7.5%
Rate of compensation increase..........................      5.00%        5.00%
Expected return on plan assets.........................      6.75%        7.50%
</TABLE>

    Components of pension expense were:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>
Service cost...........................................    $344        $ 94
Interest cost obligation...............................     241          28
Expected return on plan assets.........................      (4)         --
                                                           ----        ----
Net pension expense....................................    $581        $122
                                                           ====        ====
</TABLE>

POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS

    The Company's employees retiring at or after age 55 with at least 10 years
of service are eligible for postretirement health care, dental, life insurance
and other benefits.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

6. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS PLANS (CONTINUED)

    Information on plan assets and benefit obligations is shown below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1999                     UNION PLAN   NON-UNION
- ------------------------------------                     ----------   ---------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>
Change in Benefit Obligation
  Benefit obligation at beginning of period............   $    --     $     --
  Benefit obligation acquired..........................    (7,500)      (1,600)
  Service cost.........................................      (233)         (47)
  Interest cost........................................      (301)         (66)
  Actuarial loss (gain)................................        --          185
  Benefits paid........................................        --           --
                                                          -------     --------
    Benefit obligation at end of period................   $(8,034)    $ (1,528)
                                                          -------     --------
Change in Plan Assets
  Fair Value of plan assets at beginning of period.....   $    --     $     --
  Employer contributions...............................        --           --
  Benefits paid........................................        --           --
                                                          -------     --------
    Fair value of plan assets at end of period.........   $    --     $     --
                                                          -------     --------
Funded status..........................................   $(8,034)    $ (1,528)
Unrecognized net loss (gain)...........................        --         (185)
                                                          -------     --------
  Recorded liability...................................   $(8,034)    $ (1,713)
                                                          =======     ========
Discount rate..........................................      6.75%     7.0-7.5%
</TABLE>

    The components of post-retirement benefits other than pension expense were:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>
Service cost...........................................   $   233    $     47
Interest cost..........................................       301          66
                                                          -------    --------
Total expense..........................................   $   534    $    113
                                                          =======    ========
</TABLE>

    For the non-union plan, the assumed rate of future increases in the
per-capita cost of health care benefits is 8.25% for 1999, gradually decreasing
to 5.0% for 2009 and beyond. Increasing the health care cost trend rate by one
percentage point would increase the accumulated obligation as of September 30,
1999, by $400,000 and annual aggregate service and interest costs by $15,000.
Decreasing the health care cost trend rate by one percentage point would
decrease the accumulated obligation as of September 30, 1999, by $300,000 and
annual aggregate service and interest costs by $10,000.

    For the union plan, the assumed rate of future increases in the per-capita
cost of health care benefits is 8.60% for 1999, gradually decreasing to 5.0% for
2009 and beyond. Increasing the health care cost trend rate by one percentage
point would increase the accumulated obligation as of September 30, 1999, by
$1.9 million and annual aggregate service and interest costs by $230,000.
Decreasing the health care cost trend rate by one percentage point would
decrease the accumulated obligation as of June 30, 1999, by $1.5 million and
annual aggregate service and interest costs by $180,000.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

6. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS PLANS (CONTINUED)

EMPLOYEE STOCK PLANS

    A 401(k) plan is maintained to supplement eligible employees' retirement
income. The Company matches 100 percent of non-union employee contributions up
to 6 percent of such employees' annual compensation. The Company also matches
65 percent of contributions made by union employees, up to 2.6 percent of annual
compensation. Employer contributions vest 20 percent per year.

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

ASH DISPOSAL SITE

    Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection ("PaDEP") regulations
governing ash disposal sites require, among other things, groundwater
assessments of landfills if existing groundwater monitoring indicates the
possibility of degradation. The assessments could lead to the installation of
additional monitoring wells and if degradation of the groundwater is discovered,
the Company would be required to develop abatement plans, which may include the
lining of unlined sites. To date, the Facilities' ash disposal site has not
shown any signs that would require abatement. Management does not believe that
the costs of maintaining and abandoning the ash disposal site will have a
material impact on the Company's results of operations or financial position.

TWO LICK CREEK RESERVOIR DEEP MINE DISCHARGES

    In connection with its purchase of the Facilities on March 18, 1999, the
Company acquired the Two Lick Creek Dam and Reservoir. Acid discharges from two
inactive deep mines were being collected and partially treated on the reservoir
property by a mining company before being pumped off the property for additional
treatment at a nearby treatment plant. The mining company, which filed for
bankruptcy, operated the collection and treatment system until May 1999, when
its assets were allegedly depleted.

    The PaDEP initially advised the Company that it was potentially responsible
for treating the discharges by virtue of its alleged ownership of the property
of which the discharges allegedly emanated. Without any admission of its
liability, the Company voluntarily agreed through a Letter Agreement to fund the
operation of the treatment plant (approximately $11,000 per month) for an
interim period while PaDEP continued its investigation. The agency has recently
notified the Company that it is responsible for treatment of one of the
discharges. It has also advised the owner of the mineral rights and three former
operators of the mine that they are liable and has requested them to
cooperatively develop and implement a plan with the Company to treat the
discharge. The Company estimates the cost of a passive treatment system to be
approximately $750,000. The cost of operating a passive treatment system would
be considerably less than the cost of operating the current treatment plant.

FUEL CONTRACTS COMMITMENT

    The Company has entered into several fuel purchase agreements with various
third party suppliers for the purchase of bituminous steam coal. These contracts
call for the purchase of a minimum quantity of coal over the term of the
contracts, which extend from three months to 8.5 years from

                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)

September 30, 1999, with an option at the Company's discretion to purchase
additional amounts of coal as stated in the agreements. The minimum quantity of
coal to be purchased through these contracts is 19.9 million tons over the terms
of the respective contracts. Pricing is based on fixed prices per ton with
various methods of escalation as defined in the agreements. The escalation is
generally based on market conditions. These agreements may be terminated by
notice to the seller. If notice of termination is filed at the Company's
convenience, the Company would be liable for unpaid amounts for coal already
delivered and the seller's incidental costs of closing out the agreement. In no
event shall the Company be liable for lost anticipated profit or for any charges
for coal not delivered.

PLANT IMPROVEMENTS

    Upon acquisition, the Company began major plant improvements consisting
primarily of a turnkey pollution control retrofit project ("Environmental
Capital Improvements"). The estimated cost of this project is $233.8 million.

LEASES

    At September 30, 1999 the Company had no capital leases, however, the
Company did have several operating leases in place relating mainly to flue gas
conditioning equipment and trucks. At September 30, 1999, the future operating
lease commitments were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD ENDING SEPTEMBER 30,
- ---------------------------                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>
October 1999-September 2000.................................      $  811
October 2000-September 2001.................................         132
October 2001-September 2002.................................         131
October 2002-September 2003.................................         126
October 2003-September 2004.................................          75
                                                                  ------
    Total...................................................      $1,275
                                                                  ======
</TABLE>

8. SUPPLEMENTAL STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS INFORMATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                                    1999
- -------------------------------                               --------------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>
Cash paid:
Interest....................................................     $10,131
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                                  1999
- -------------------------------                               ----------
<S>                                                           <C>
Details of facility acquisition:
Fair value of assets acquired...............................  $1,909,983
Liabilities assumed.........................................      91,352
                                                              ----------
Net cash paid for acquisition...............................  $1,818,631
                                                              ==========
</TABLE>

                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1999

9. YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE (UNAUDITED)

    The Year 2000 ("Y2K") problem concerns the inability of information and
technology-based operating systems to properly recognize and process
date-sensitive information beyond December 31, 1999. This could result in
systems failures and miscalculations, which could cause business disruptions.
Equipment that uses a date, such as computers and operating control systems, may
be affected. This includes not only the Company's equipment but that used by the
Company's customers and suppliers.

    The Company has completed its assessment of the implication Y2K will have on
its own equipment and is nearing completion in its remediation efforts. The
total costs incurred to date as well as the additional costs associated with the
remaining remediation efforts related to plant equipment as well as management
information systems is anticipated to be immaterial. The Company is also well
into its program to identify and assess the Y2K readiness of its critical and
important suppliers and customers. In addition, the Station is well underway in
development of contingency plans to address unforeseen problems both with the
Company's own equipment and also that of their customers and suppliers. While
there can be no assurance that the Company's remediation and contingency plans
will be successful, management does not expect that any disruptions will have a
material adverse effect on the Station's overall financial position or results
of operations; however, if not effectively remediated, negative effects from the
Y2K issues, including those related to internal systems, vendors, business
partners, or other customers, could cause results to differ.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX A
                           GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS

    Unless the context requires otherwise, any reference in this prospectus to
any agreement shall mean such agreement and all schedules, exhibits and
attachments thereto as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect
as of the date of this prospectus. All terms defined herein used in the singular
shall have the same meanings when used in the plural and vice versa.

    CERTAIN TERMS DEFINED BELOW ARE SUMMARIES OF TERMS DEFINED IN, AND ARE
DEFINED MORE SPECIFICALLY IN, THE OPERATIVE CONTRACTS AND THE FINANCING
DOCUMENTS. SUCH SUMMARIES DO NOT PURPORT TO BE COMPLETE AND ARE SUBJECT TO, AND
QUALIFIED IN THEIR ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO, ALL OF THE PROVISIONS OF THE
OPERATIVE CONTRACTS AND THE FINANCING DOCUMENTS. COPIES OF THE OPERATIVE
CONTRACTS AND THE FINANCING DOCUMENTS REASONABLY REQUESTED ARE AVAILABLE FOR
INSPECTION, SUBJECT TO APPROPRIATE CONFIDENTIALITY RESTRICTIONS, AT THE
CORPORATE OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. SEE "AVAILABLE INFORMATION."

    "Acceptable Credit Provider" means a bank or trust company with a combined
capital and surplus of at least $1 billion whose long term unsecured debt is
rated "A2" or higher by Moody's or "A" or higher by S&P.

    "Acceptable Credit Support" means (1) an unconditional guarantee by EME or
any other Affiliate of the Company, with such entity in each case being rated
"Baa1" or higher by Moody's and "BBB+" or higher by S&P or (2) an irrevocable
letter of credit from an Acceptable Credit Provider. In the event of a downgrade
of any Acceptable Credit Provider by Moody's or S&P to below the minimum
criteria specified above, substitute Acceptable Credit Support must be provided
within 30 days of such event. Otherwise, the Trustee shall draw down the then
outstanding amount of the Acceptable Credit Support and deposit such monies into
the Debt Service Reserve Accounts.

    "Accounts" means, collectively, the Accrued Interest Accounts, the Debt
Service Reserve Accounts, the Equity Account, the Environmental Capital
Expenditures Account, the Principal Accounts, the Recovery Event Proceeds
Account and the Revenue Account.

    "Accrued Interest Account" means, for each class of Senior Debt, the account
established by the Collateral Agent for such Senior Debt pursuant to the
Security Deposit Agreement into which amounts shall be deposited for the purpose
of making payments when due of accrued interest on such Senior Debt.

    "Accrued Interest Amount" means, with respect to any Accrued Interest
Account, as of any date of calculation, an amount sufficient to cause the
balance of such Accrued Interest Account to equal the sum of (1) all accrued and
unpaid interest and fees in respect of the related Indebtedness on such date,
(2) all amounts in respect of funding losses, increased capital costs, taxes,
indemnities, costs and expenses associated with such Indebtedness due and
payable on such date and (3) if the next succeeding interest payment date with
respect to such Indebtedness will occur prior to the next succeeding Monthly
Transfer Date, all interest and fees projected to accrue in respect of such
Indebtedness from the date of calculation to but excluding such interest payment
date and all amounts in respect of funding losses, increased capital costs,
taxes, indemnities, costs and expenses associated with such Indebtedness
projected to be due and payable on such interest payment date.

    "Acquisition Effective Date" means March 18, 1999.

    "Additional Bonds" means any bonds issued pursuant to the indenture other
than the original bonds.

    "Administrative Agent" means Citicorp USA, Inc., in its capacity as
administrative agent for the Bank Lenders, and includes each other Person as may
have subsequently been appointed as the successor Administrative Agent pursuant
to the Credit Agreement.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
    "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person
which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common
control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to be "controlled by" any
other Person if such other Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power to
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person
whether by contract or otherwise.

    "Alternate Base Rate" means, on any date and with respect to all Base Rate
Loans, a fluctuating rate of interest per annum equal to the higher of (1) the
"base rate" of the Administrative Agent and (2) the Federal Funds Rate most
recently determined by the Administrative Agent plus 1/2 of 1%.

    "Bank Debt Service Reserve Account" means the Debt Service Reserve Account
established for the benefit of the Banks under the Security Deposit Agreement.

    "Banks" means the banks and other financial institutions party to the Credit
Agreement.

    "Base Rate Loans" means all Loans bearing interest based on the Alternate
Base Rate.

    "Beneficial Owner" means any person who holds a beneficial ownership
interest in a bond.

    "Bond Debt Service Reserve Account" means the Debt Service Reserve Account
established for the benefit of the bondholders under the Security Deposit
Agreement.

    "Bondholders" means the registered holder of any bond from time to time.

    "Bonds" means the original bonds and any Additional Bonds.

    "Business Day" means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on
which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to
close.

    "Capital Lease Obligation" means, as to any Person, all monetary obligations
of such Person under any leasing or similar arrangement which, in accordance
with GAAP, would be classified as capitalized leases, and, for purposes of the
indenture, the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount
thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP.

    "Capital Stock" means any and all shares, interests, participations or other
equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all
equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation).

    "Cash Equivalents" means, at any time: (1) any evidence of Indebtedness,
maturing not more than one year after such time, issued or guaranteed by the
United States Government or an agency thereof; (2) other investments in
securities or bank instruments rated at least "A" by S&P and "A2" by Moody's or
"A-1" by S&P and "P-1" by Moody's and with maturities of less than 366 days; or
(3) other securities as to which the Company has demonstrated, to the
satisfaction of the trustee, adequate liquidity through secondary markets or
deposit agreements.

    "Change of Control" means the reduction in EME's direct or indirect
beneficial ownership in the Company to less than 50% at any time unless at such
time either (1) the bonds are rated at least Investment Grade by each Rating
Agency then rating the bonds and a Ratings Reaffirmation is obtained or (2) the
reduction in EME's voting interest has been approved by a vote of more than
66 2/3% of the bondholders.

    "Closing Date" means May 27, 1999.

    "Collateral Agent" means United States Trust Company of New York, as
collateral agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties under the Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement, together with its successors and assigns.

    "Commitments" means the collective reference to the 364-Day Term Loan
Commitments, the Construction Term Loan Commitments and the Revolving Loan
Commitments.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>
    "Consumer Price Index" means the consumer price index as published by the
United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics.

    "Credit Support Guarantee" means the Credit Support Guarantee, dated as of
March 18, 1999, as amended, made by EME in favor of the Collateral Agent.

    "Debt Service" means, with respect to any Senior Debt, principal (or, in the
case of Swap Indebtedness, amounts payable on early termination of the related
Interest Rate Hedging Obligation), interest (or, in the case of any Swap
Indebtedness, fixed payments in respect of the related Interest Rate Hedging
Obligation), fees and amounts in respect of funding losses, increased capital
costs, taxes, indemnities, costs and expenses, in each case payable in respect
of such Senior Debt.

    "Debt Service Coverage Ratio" means, for any period, a ratio the numerator
of which is Net Cashflow for such period, and the denominator of which is the
aggregate of all principal, interest and other fixed charges payable during such
period on the bonds or on other Permitted Indebtedness which is PARI PASSU with
the bonds.

    "Debt Service Reserve Accounts" means, collectively, (1) the Bond Debt
Service Reserve Account, (2) the Bank Debt Service Reserve Account and (3) any
similar debt service reserve accounts established for the benefit of holders of
other secured Senior Debt.

    "Debt Service Reserve Guarantee" means the Debt Service Reserve Guarantee,
dated as of March 18, 1999, made by EME in favor of the Collateral Agent for the
benefit of the Banks.

    "Debt Service Reserve Requirement," with respect to any Indebtedness, has
the meaning ascribed to the term "Debt Service Reserve Requirement" in the
Financing Documents relating to such Indebtedness.

    "Default" means an event or condition that, with the giving of notice or the
lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default.

    "DSR Credit Instrument" means, with respect to any Senior Debt, a letter of
credit, guarantee or other instrument that under the Financing Documents
relating to such Senior Debt may be delivered to the Collateral Agent in total
or partial satisfaction of the Debt Service Reserve Requirement relating to such
Senior Debt.

    "DSR Letter of Credit Indebtedness" means any indebtedness incurred under an
agreement relating to letters of credit issued to satisfy a Debt Service Reserve
Requirement.

    "Environmental Capital Improvements" means capital improvements in
furtherance of the Company's proposed schedule and budget for the installation
of a flue gas desulfurization unit and three selective catalytic reduction units
at the Homer City Units.

    "Environmental Capital Improvements Facility" means the $250 million
five-year term loan facility provided under the Credit Agreement, the proceeds
of which will be used for the Environmental Capital Improvements.

    "Equity Account" means the account of such name established under the
Security Deposit Agreement.

    "Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other
rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

    "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time.

    "Event of Default" means an "Event of Default" under the indenture.

    "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

                                      A-3
<PAGE>
    "Final Maturity Date" means the last stated maturity date of any series of
the bonds.

    "Financing Documents" means, collectively, the indenture, the bonds, the
Purchase Agreement, the registration rights agreement, the Credit Agreement and
the Security Documents.

    "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect in the
United States from time to time.

    "Governmental Authority" means any nation or government, any state,
provincial or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising
executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or
pertaining to government.

    "Guarantee" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or
indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any
Indebtedness.

    "Guarantee and Collateral Agreement" means the Guarantee and Collateral
Agreement, dated as of March 18, 1999, by the Company and the Guarantors in
favor of the Collateral Agent.

    "Guarantor Guarantee" means the guarantee obligations of each Guarantor
under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

    "Indebtedness" of any Person means, without duplication: (1) all
indebtedness for borrowed money; (2) all obligations issued, undertaken or
assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services which purchase
price is due more than six months from the date of incurrence of the obligation
in respect thereof or is evidenced by a note or other instrument, except trade
accounts arising in the ordinary course of business; (3) all reimbursement
obligations with respect to surety bonds, letters of credit (to the extent not
collateralized with cash or Cash Equivalents), bankers' acceptances and similar
instruments (in each case, whether or not matured); (4) all obligations
evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, including
obligations so evidenced incurred in connection with the acquisition of
property, assets or businesses; (5) all indebtedness created or arising under
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or incurred as
financing, in either case with respect to property acquired by the Person (even
though the rights and remedies of the seller or bank under such agreement in the
event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property); (6) all
Capital Lease Obligations; (7) all Interest Rate Hedging Obligations; (8) all
indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) through (7) above secured by (or for
which the holder of such indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or
otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in property (including accounts
and contracts rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not
assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness; and (9) all
contingent liabilities.

    "Independent Engineer" means Stone and Webster Management Consultants, Inc.
or another nationally recognized independent engineering and consulting firm
which, as Independent Engineer, will independently review the technical aspects
of the project, analyze the contractual structure and create financial
projections for the benefit of the bondholders.

    "Indenture" means the indenture, dated as of the Closing Date, between the
Company and the trustee.

    "Original Bonds" means the $300,000,000 8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due 2019
and the $530,000,000 8.734% Senior Secured Bonds due 2026 issued by the Company.

    "Initial Purchasers" means, collectively, Lehman Brothers Inc., Credit
Suisse First Boston Corporation, Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and SG Cowen
Securities Corp.

                                      A-4
<PAGE>
    "Intercreditor Agreement" means the Collateral Agency and Intercreditor
Agreement, dated as of March 18, 1999, among the Company, the Guarantors, the
Secured Parties' Representatives, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral
Agent.

    "Interest Payment Date" means (1) with respect to the bonds, each April 1
and October 1, commencing on October 1, 1999 and concluding on the Final
Maturity Date and each other date on which interest on the bonds becomes due and
payable, whether on a Redemption Date, the Final Maturity Date, declaration of
acceleration or otherwise, and (2) with respect to any other Secured
Obligations, each regularly scheduled date on which interest is due and payable
with respect to such Secured Obligations, as such date may be established from
time to time, and any date on which interest on such Secured Obligations becomes
due and payable, whether at redemption, the final maturity date or declaration
of acceleration or otherwise.

    "Interest Rate Hedging Obligations" means, as to any Person, the net payment
Obligations of all interest rate swaps, caps or collar agreements or similar
arrangements entered into by such Person in order to protect against
fluctuations in interest rates or the exchange of nominal interest obligations,
either generally or under specific contingencies, and, in any event, not for
speculative purposes.

    "Interest Rate Protection Agreement" means any agreement providing for
swaps, ceiling rates, ceiling and floor rates, contingent participation or other
hedging mechanisms with respect to the payment of interest.

    "Investment Grade" means a rating of at least "Baa3" from Moody's, at least
"BBB-" from S&P and at least "BBB-" from Duff & Phelps.

    "Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or
indirect loans (including Guarantees of Indebtedness or other Obligations),
advances of assets or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and
entertainment, moving, and similar advances to officers and employees made in
the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for
consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together
with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet
prepared in accordance with GAAP.

    "LIBO Rate Loans" means all Loans bearing interest based upon a rate
determined in the London Interbank Market.

    "Loans" means the collective reference to Acquisition Loans, Environmental
Capital Improvements Loans and Working Capital Loans.

    "Monthly Transfer Date" means the last Business Day of each month.

    "Mortgage" means the Mortgage and Security Agreement, dated as of March 18,
1999, as amended, by EME Homer City in favor of the Collateral Agent.

    "Net Cash Flow" means, for any period, (1) all Revenues for such period,
MINUS (2) the sum of (a) all amounts paid by or on behalf of the Company and the
Guarantors during such period in respect of fuel, administration, operation,
maintenance, repairs and overhead, but excluding all subordinated payments made
to Affiliates and capital expenditures which are funded with Permitted
Indebtedness PLUS (b) all taxes paid by the Company and the Guarantors during
such period, PLUS (c) all fees paid by the Company and the Guarantors relating
to financing activities during such period.

    "Obligations" means any principal, premium, if any, interest (including
interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for
reorganization relating to the Company or any of the Guarantors whether or not a
claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding), penalties, fees,
charges, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursement obligations, damages,
guarantees and other

                                      A-5
<PAGE>
liabilities or amounts payable under the documentation governing any
Indebtedness or in respect thereof.

    "Officer" means, with respect to any Person, any Chairman of the Board,
President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial
Officer, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Treasurer or Secretary of such
Person.

    "Officer's Certificate" means a certificate signed by an Officer of the
Company.

    "Operative Contracts" means, collectively, the Transition Contracts, the
Interconnection Agreement, the Easement Agreement, the Coal Supply Agreements,
the Coal Cleaning Agreement, the Operating Agreement, the Joint Services
Agreement, the Leases and any other material agreement entered into by the
Company or any of the Guarantors with respect to the operation, maintenance,
management, repair or improvement of the Facilities.

    "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel for any Person
either expressly referred to in the indenture or otherwise reasonably
satisfactory to the trustee which may include, without limitation, counsel for
the Company, whether or not such counsel is an employee of the Company.

    "Ordinary Course Letter of Credit Indebtedness" means any indebtedness
incurred in the form of reimbursement obligations relating to letters of credit,
surety bonds and performance bonds used by the Company and the Guarantors in the
ordinary course of their business.

    "Outstanding" means when used with respect to the bonds, shall mean, as of
the date of determination, all bonds theretofore authenticated and delivered
under the indenture, except: (1) bonds theretofore canceled by the trustee or
delivered to the trustee for cancellation; (2) bonds or portions thereof deemed
to have been paid within the meaning set forth in the indenture; and (3) bonds
in exchange for or in lieu of which other bonds have been authenticated and
delivered pursuant to the indenture; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in determining
whether the holders of the requisite principal of bonds outstanding have given
any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver under
the indenture or the Security Documents or whether or not a quorum is present at
a meeting of bondholders, bonds owned by the Company or any Affiliate thereof
shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding as provided in the
indenture.

    "Permitted Investments" means (1) obligations issued or guaranteed as to
principal and interest (including money market securities) by (a) the United
States of America or (b) any agency thereof for which its obligations are backed
by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, and certificates
evidencing ownership of the right to the payment of the principal of and
interest on such obligations, provided that such obligations are held in the
custody of an Acceptable Credit Provider in a special account separate from the
general assets of such custodian; (2) certificates of deposit or other
interest-bearing obligations of the Collateral Agent, an Acceptable Credit
Provider or other bank with long-term unsecured debt rated either "AAA" by S&P
or "Aaa" by Moody's, or "A" or higher by S&P and "A2" or higher by Moody's; and
(3) commercial paper, money market securities and other corporate debt
securities rated, on the date of purchase, "A-1" by S&P or "P-1" by Moody's or
higher for securities with original maturities of less than one year and "AAA"
by S&P or "Aaa" by Moody's, or "A" or higher by S&P and "A2" or higher by
Moody's, for securities with original maturities of one year or greater and
maturing not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof.

    "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated
organization, Governmental Authority or any other entity.

    "Power Market Consultant" means PHB Hagler Bailly, Inc. or another
nationally recognized power market consulting firm which, as Power Market
Consultant, which will perform a market study of

                                      A-6
<PAGE>
certain markets relating to the Facilities and develop independent electricity
price forecasts for the benefit of the bondholders.

    "Principal Account" means, for each class of Senior Debt, the account
established by the Collateral Agent for such Senior Debt pursuant to the
Security Deposit Agreement into which amounts shall be deposited for the purpose
of making payments when due of the principal amount of such Senior Debt.

    "Principal Payment Date" means (1) with respect to the bonds, the date on
which all or a portion of the principal of such bonds becomes due and payable as
provided therein or in the indenture, whether on a scheduled date for payment of
principal, at a Redemption Date, the Final Maturity Date, declaration of
acceleration or otherwise and (2) with respect to any other Secured Obligations,
the date on which all or a portion of the principal of such Secured Obligations
becomes due and payable pursuant to the terms thereof, whether on a scheduled
date for payment of principal, at a Redemption Date, a final maturity date,
declaration of acceleration or otherwise.

    "Prudent Industry Practice" means any of the practices, methods, standards
and acts (including but not limited to the practices, methods and acts engaged
in or approved by a significant portion of the electric power generation
industry in the United States) that, at a particular time, in the exercise of
reasonable judgment in light of the facts known or that should reasonably have
been known at the time a decision was made, could have been expected to
accomplish the desired result consistent with good business practices,
reliability, economy, safety and expedition, and which practices generally
conform to applicable law and governmental approvals.

    "Qualified Institutional Buyer" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as
defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

    "Rating Agencies" means each of Moody's, S&P and Duff & Phelps, together
with any other nationally recognized credit rating agency of similar standing if
any such entity is not then currently rating the bonds.

    "Ratings Reaffirmation" means, with respect to a specified event, a written
confirmation from two or more Rating Agencies that a lowering of the
then-current credit ratings of the bonds will not result from such event.

    "Recovery Event" means any settlement of or payment of $5,000,000 or more in
respect of (1) any property or casualty insurance claim relating to any asset of
the Company or any of the Guarantors or (2) any seizure, condemnation,
confiscation or taking of, or requisition of title or use of, the Facilities or
any part thereof by any Governmental Authority.

    "Recovery Event Proceeds" means proceeds received in respect of a Recovery
Event.

    "Redemption Date" means a date set forth for redemption of bonds pursuant to
the indenture.

    "Redemption Price" means the price to be paid by the Company for the bonds
that are redeemed pursuant to the indenture.

    "Regular Record Date" means, with respect to any scheduled payment date of
any installment of principal of any bond, or payment of interest thereon, shall
mean the 15th day (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such payment
date.

    "Reinvestment Notice" means a notice executed by an authorized Officer of
the Company to the Collateral Agent and the trustee (1) setting forth in
reasonable detail the nature of the proposed restoration or replacement relating
thereto and the estimated cost and time to complete such restoration or
replacement and (2) stating that (a) no Default or Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing, (b) such restoration or replacement is technologically and
economically feasible, (c) the net cash proceeds of such Recovery Event,
together with other resources available to the Company and the

                                      A-7
<PAGE>
Guarantors, are sufficient to pay the estimated cost of completing such
restoration or replacement and (d) the Company has sufficient resources (through
business interruption insurance or otherwise) to pay all principal, interest and
other fixed charges projected to become due and payable with respect to Senior
Debt prior to the completion of such restoration or replacement.

    "Required Capital Improvements" means capital improvements to the Facilities
which are either required by applicable law or which the Company reasonably
believes are appropriate in response to enacted or anticipated changes in
applicable law or the interpretation thereof.

    "Redemption Date" means the date on which the Company elects or is required
to redeem all or a portion of the bonds in accordance with the indenture.

    "Required Secured Parties" shall mean, at any time, holders of Senior Debt
that at such time hold greater than 50% of the sum of all such Senior Debt
outstanding at such time (which amount shall include, (1) in the case of the
Loans, DSR Letter of Credit Indebtedness and Ordinary Course Letter of Credit
Indebtedness, the commitments with respect thereto at such time and (2) in the
case of Swap Indebtedness, (a) prior to the occurrence of an event of default
under any Senior Debt, zero, and (b) after the occurrence of an event of default
under any Senior Debt, the termination value of the Interest Rate Hedging
Obligation underlying such Swap Indebtedness).

    "Restricted Investment" means any Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.

    "Restricted Payment Date" means the Closing Date and the first Business Day
of each January, April, July and October.

    "Revenue Account" means the account of such name established under the
Security Deposit Agreement.

    "Revenues" means (1) all revenues received from the operation of the
Facilities, (2) all proceeds from business interruption or other insurance and
(3) all other amounts received in respect of the Facilities.

    "Sale-Leaseback Transaction" means an arrangement relating to property now
owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a Guarantor transfers such
property to a Person and the Company or a Guarantor leases it from such Person.

    "Secured Parties" means the bondholders, the Banks, the Collateral Agent,
the Secured Parties' Representatives and any other person that becomes a secured
party under any Financing Document.

    "Secured Parties' Representatives" means the Administrative Agent and each
Person that serves as indenture trustee, collateral agent, lender's
representative or in any similar capacity for Persons that provide any Senior
Debt.

    "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

    "Security Deposit Agreement" means the Security Deposit Agreement, dated as
of March 18, 1999, as amended, among the Company, the Guarantors and the
Collateral Agent.

    "Security Documents" means (1) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the
Mortgage, the Subordination Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Security
Deposit Agreement and (2) the Credit Support Guarantee and any other guarantee
or instrument hereafter entered into by the Company or any other Person which
guarantees or secures payment of the indebtedness evidenced by the bonds or
payment or performance of any other Obligation.

    "Senior Debt" means (1) the Company's Indebtedness under the bonds, (2) the
Company's Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, (3) any additional senior
Indebtedness incurred by the Company which is permitted under the terms of any
Senior Debt, (4) the Company's Interest Rate Hedging Obligations to any lender
under the Credit Agreement with respect to the loans thereunder

                                      A-8
<PAGE>
and (5) the Company's Indebtedness as set forth above in clauses (10) and
(13) of the covenant described under the caption under "Description of Principal
Financing Documents--Indenture--Limitation on the Incurrence of Indebtedness".

    "Senior Debt Payment Date" means each date on which any Debt Service in
respect of any Senior Debt is due and payable, including without limitation any
Interest Payment Date or Principal Payment Date.

    "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any installment of interest or
principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of
interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the credit agreement or other
original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any
contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or
principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

    "Subordinated Indebtedness" means (1) with respect to Indebtedness of the
Company or any Guarantor to any entity other than the Company or any Guarantor,
Indebtedness that is (a) payable solely and exclusively from the funds that
would otherwise have been available to make Restricted Payments from the
Company, (b) fully subordinated in all rights and remedies to the bonds and
(c) unsecured, or (2) with respect to Indebtedness from the Company to any
Guarantor or from any Guarantor to the Company or any other Guarantor,
Indebtedness for which payments of principal and interest are included in cash
flow available to pay senior Indebtedness.

    "Subordination Agreement" means the Subordination Agreement, dated as of
March 18, 1999, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Collateral Agent.

    "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation,
partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which more than 50% of
the outstanding capital stock, partnership interests or other equity interests
having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of
such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time capital stock of any other
class or classes of such corporation shall or might have voting power upon the
occurrence of any contingency) or to control the management of such partnership,
limited liability company or other entity is at the time directly or indirectly
owned by such Person, by such Person and one or more other Subsidiaries of such
Person, or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such Person.

    "Swap Indebtedness" means any indebtedness incurred under Interest Rate
Hedging Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors.

    "Trustee" means United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee for the
benefit of the bondholders under the indenture, together with its successors and
assigns.

                                      A-9
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

We have not authorized any dealer, salesperson or other person to give any
information or represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not
rely on unauthorized information. This prospectus does not offer to sell or buy
any shares in any jurisdiction where it is unlawful. The information in this
prospectus is current as of            , 1999. However, you should realize that
our affairs may have changed since the date of this prospectus.

                              -------------------

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Page
                                         --------
<S>                                      <C>
Forward-Looking Statements.............       i
Notice to New Hampshire Residents......       i
Prospectus Summary.....................       1
Summary Consolidated Financial Data....      12
Risk Factors...........................      13
Use of Proceeds........................      17
Capitalization.........................      17
Selected Consolidated Financial Data...      18
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition..................      19
The Exchange Offer.....................      24
The Company and EME....................      32
Business...............................      34
Management.............................      47
Certain Relationships and Related
  Transactions.........................      49
Description of Principal Contracts.....      50
Description of the Bonds...............      59
Description of Principal Financing
  Documents............................      64
Exchange Offer; Registration Rights....      86
Plan of Distribution...................      87
Certain United States Federal Income
  Tax Considerations...................      88
Legal Matters..........................      91
Experts................................      91
Available Information..................      91
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
  Reference............................      91
Index to Consolidated Financial
  Statements...........................     F-1
Appendix A--Glossary of Defined
  Terms................................     A-1
</TABLE>

                                  $830,000,000

<TABLE>
      <C>        <S>
                 EDISON MISSION
      [LOGO]     HOLDINGS CO.

      An EDISON MISSION ENERGY
      Company
</TABLE>

                      8.173% SENIOR SECURED BONDS DUE 2019

                      8.734% SENIOR SECURED BONDS DUE 2026

                              -------------------

                                   PROSPECTUS

                                          , 1999

                               -----------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

I. EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO., EDISON MISSION FINANCE CO., HOMER CITY PROPERTY
  HOLDINGS, INC., MISSION ENERGY WESTSIDE, INC., CHESTNUT RIDGE ENERGY COMPANY
  AND EDISON MISSION ENERGY.

    Edison Mission Holdings Co. (the "Company"), Edison Mission Finance Co.,
Homer City Property Holdings, Inc., Mission Energy Westside, Inc. and Chestnut
Ridge Energy Company, is each a California corporation. Article VI of each of
the Company's, Edison Mission Finance Co.'s, Homer City Property Holdings,
Inc.'s, Mission Energy Westside, Inc.'s, Chestnut Ridge Energy Company's and
Edison Mission Energy's respective Bylaws provide, in effect, that, to the
extent and under the circumstances permitted by Section 317 of the California
Corporations Code, each such company shall indemnify any person who was or is a
party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding of
the type described in that section by reason of the fact that he or she is or
was a director of officer of the applicable company.

    Section 317 of the California Corporations Code empowers a corporation to
indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party
to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than in certain actions
by or in the right of the corporation as described below), by reason of the fact
that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of the
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of a corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or
of another enterprise at the request of the predecessor corporation, against
expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines, settlements and other
amounts actually or reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such
action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he
or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the corporation, and,
with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to
believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. In the case of an action by or in
the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made in respect to any
claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be
liable to the corporation in the performance of his or her duty to the
corporation and its shareholders unless and only to the extent that the court in
which such action or suit is or was pending shall determine that, in view of all
of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled
to indemnify for such expenses which such court shall deem proper. Section 317
further provides that to the extent that such director, officer, employee or
agent of a corporation has been successful on the merits in defense of any
action, suit or proceeding referred to above or in the defense of any claim,
issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses
(including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in
connection therewith.

    Article V of each of the Company's, Edison Mission Finance Co.'s, Homer City
Property Holdings, Inc.'s, Mission Energy Westside, Inc.'s, and Chestnut Ridge
Energy Company's respective Articles of Incorporation and Article IV of Edison
Mission Energy's Articles of Incorporation relieve their respective directors
from monetary damages to their respective companies or their respective
shareholders for any breach of such director's fiduciary duty as a director to
the extent permitted by the California Corporations Code. Under
Section 204(a)(10) of the California Corporations Code, a corporation may
relieve its directors from personal liability to such corporation or its
shareholders for monetary damages for any breach of their fiduciary duty as
directors except (i) for acts or omissions that show a reckless disregard for
the director's duty to the corporation or its shareholders in circumstances in
which the director was unaware, or should have been aware, in the ordinary
course of

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
performing his or her duties, of a risk of serious injury to the corporation or
its shareholders, (ii) for any act or omission not in good faith or that a
director believes to be contrary to the best interests of the corporation or its
shareholders, (iii) for any intentional misconduct or knowing and culpable
violation of law, (iv) for any willful or negligent violation of certain
provisions of the California Corporations Code imposing certain requirements
with respect to the making of loans or guarantees and the payment of dividends,
(v) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal
benefit or (vi) for acts or omissions that constitute an unexcused pattern of
inattention that amounts to an abdication of the director's duty to the
corporation or its shareholders.

II. EME HOMER CITY GENERATION L.P.

    EME Homer City Generation L.P. (the "Partnership") is a limited partnership
organized under the laws of the State of Pennsylvania. Section 8510 of the
Pennsylvania Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act provides that, subject to
such standards and restrictions, if any, as are set forth in its partnership
agreement, a limited partnership may, and shall have the power to, indemnify and
hold harmless any partner or other persons from and against any and all claims
and demands whatsoever; provided, however, that such indemnification shall not
be made in any case where the act or failure to act giving rise to the claim for
indemnification is determined by a court to have constituted willful misconduct
or recklessness.

    Section 8.7 of the Partnership's Agreement of Limited Partnership (the
"Agreement") provides that the General Partner (as defined in the Agreement)
will not be liable to the Partnership or the Limited Partners (as defined in the
Agreement) for any act or omission by the General Partner pursuant to the
authority granted to it by the Agreement, except by reason of fraud, bad faith,
willful misfeasance, gross negligence or any act in breach of the Agreement. The
General Partner will indemnify and save harmless the Partnership and the Limited
Partners from any loss or liability arising out of its fraud, bad faith, willful
misfeasance, gross negligence or breach of the Agreement. Moreover, the
Partnership will indemnify and save harmless the General Partner from any loss
or liability incurred by the General Partner by reason of any act performed by
the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or in furtherance of the
Partnership's interest other than by reason of the General Partner's fraud, bad
faith, willful misfeasance, negligence or breach of the Agreement. In the event
the General Partner is found personally liable for any debts of the Partnership
(other than any debt or liability incurred by reason of the General Partner's
fraud, bad faith, willful misfeasance, negligence or breach of the Agreement)
and is required to and does satisfy a Partnership liability out of its personal
assets, the General Partner will have a right of reimbursement out of the assets
of the Partnership (the "Right of Reimbursement"). The Right of Reimbursement
will accrue to the General Partner 30 days after written notice thereof is given
to each of the other Partners. Upon such accrual of the Right of Reimbursement,
the General Partner will be reimbursed out of the assets of the Partnership in
the order of priority specified in Section 8.7 of the Agreement, but only to the
extent necessary to satisfy such Right of Reimbursement. To the extent not
reimbursed as provided in the Agreement, the General Partner will have no right
of contribution from the Limited Partners.

ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<C>                     <S>
        3.1             Articles of Incorporation of the Company.*

        3.2             Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation of the
                        Company.*

        3.3             By-Laws of the Company.*

        3.4             Articles of Incorporation of Edison Mission Finance Co.*

        3.5             By-Laws of Edison Mission Finance Co.*
</TABLE>

                                      II-2
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<C>                     <S>
        3.6             Articles of Incorporation of Homer City Property
                        Holdings, Inc.*

        3.7             By-Laws of Homer City Property Holdings, Inc.*

        3.8             Articles of Incorporation of Mission Energy Westside, Inc.*

        3.9             Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of
                        Mission Energy Westside, Inc.*

        3.10            By-Laws of Mission Energy Westside, Inc.*

        3.11            Articles of Incorporation of Chestnut Ridge Energy Company.*

        3.12            By-Laws of Chestnut Ridge Energy Company.*

        3.13            EME Homer City Generation L.P. Agreement of Limited
                        Partnership.*

        3.14            Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of EME,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to EME's Current
                        Report on Form 8-K, dated January 30, 1996.

        3.15            By-Laws of EME, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to
                        EME's Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the
                        Securities and Exchange Commission on November 21, 1994
                        ("Form 10").

        4.1             Indenture, dated as of May 27, 1999, between the Company and
                        United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee.*

        5.1             Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, special
                        counsel to the Company.*

        5.2             Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, special Pennsylvania
                        counsel to EME Homer City Generation L.P.**

       10.1             Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May
                        27, 1999, by and among the Initial Purchasers, the
                        Guarantors and the Company.*

       10.2             Power Purchase Contract between Southern California Edison
                        Company and Champlin Petroleum Company, dated March 8, 1985,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to EME's Form 10.

       10.2.1           Amendment to Power Purchase Contract between Southern
                        California Edison Company and Champlin Petroleum Company,
                        dated July 29, 1985, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.2.1 to EME's Form 10.

       10.2.2           Amendment No. 2 to Power Purchase Contract between Southern
                        California Edison Company and Champlin Petroleum Company,
                        dated October 29, 1985, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.2.2 to EME's Form 10.

       10.3             Power Purchase Contract between Southern California Edison
                        Company and Imperial Energy Company, dated February 22,
                        1984, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 EME's Form
                        10.

       10.3.1           Amendment to Power Purchase Contract between Southern
                        California Edison Company and Imperial Energy Company, dated
                        November 13, 1984, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.4.1 to EME's Form 10.

       10.4             Power Purchase Contract between Southern California Edison
                        Company and Imperial Energy Company Niland No. 2, dated
                        April 16, 1985, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to
                        EME's Form 10.

       10.5             Power Purchase Contract between Southern California Edison
                        Company and Chevron U.S.A. Inc., dated November 9, 1984,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to EME's Form 10.
</TABLE>

                                      II-3
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<C>                     <S>
       10.5.1           Amendment No. 1 to Power Purchase Contract between Southern
                        California Edison Company and Chevron U.S.A. Inc., dated
                        March 29, 1985, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7.1
                        to EME's Form 10.

       10.5.2           Amendment No. 2 to Power Purchase Contract between Southern
                        California Edison Company and Chevron U.S.A. Inc., dated
                        November 21, 1985, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.7.2 to EME's Form 10.

       10.5.3           Amendment No. 3 to Power Purchase Contract between Southern
                        California Edison Company and Chevron U.S.A. Inc., dated
                        November 21, 1985, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.7.3 to EME's Form 10.

       10.6             Power Purchase Contract between Southern California Edison
                        Company and Arco Petroleum Products Company (Watson
                        Refinery), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to
                        EME's Form 10.

       10.7             Power Supply Agreement between State Electricity Commission
                        of Victoria, Loy Yang B Power Station Pty. Ltd. and the
                        Company Australia Pty. Ltd., as managing partner of the
                        Latrobe Power Partnership, dated December 31, 1992,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to EME's Form 10.

       10.8             Power Purchase Agreement between P.T. Paiton Energy Company
                        as Seller and Perusahaan Umum Listrik Negara as Buyer, dated
                        February 12, 1994, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.10 to EME's Form 10.

       10.9             Amended and Restated Power Purchase Contract between
                        Southern California Energy Company and Midway-Sunset
                        Cogeneration Company, dated May 5, 1988, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 10.11 to EME's Form 10.

       10.10            Parallel Generation Agreement between Kern River
                        Cogeneration Company and Southern California Energy Company,
                        dated January 6, 1984, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.12 to EME's Form 10.

       10.11            Parallel Generation Agreement between Kern River
                        Cogeneration (Sycamore Project) Company and Southern
                        California Energy Company, dated December 18, 1984,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to EME's Form 10.

       10.12            Amendment No. 2 to Power Purchase Agreement between Southern
                        California Energy Company and Vulcan/BN Geothermal Power
                        Company, dated April 1, 1986, incorporated by reference to
                        Exhibit 10.14 to EME's Form 10.

       10.13            U.S. $325 million Bank of Montreal Revolver, dated October
                        29, 1993, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to
                        EME's Form 10.

       10.13.1          U.S. $400 million Bank of America National Trust and Savings
                        Association Credit Agreement, dated October 27, 1994,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.1 to EME's Form
                        10.

       10.13.2          Conformed copy of the Amended and Restated U.S. $400 million
                        Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association
                        Credit Agreement, dated as of November 17, 1994,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.2 to EME's Annual
                        Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.

       10.13.3          Conformed copy of the Second Amended and Restated U.S. $400
                        million Bank of America National Trust and Savings
                        Association Credit Agreement, dated as of October 11, 1996,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.3 to EME's Form
                        10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.
</TABLE>

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<C>                     <S>
       10.14            Amended and Restated Ground Lease Agreement between Texaco
                        Refining and Marketing Inc. and March Point Cogeneration
                        Company, dated August 21, 1992, incorporated by reference to
                        Exhibit 10.16 to EME's Form 10.

       10.14.1          Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Ground Lease
                        Agreement between Texaco Refining and Marketing Inc. and
                        March Point Cogeneration Company, dated August 21, 1992,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to EME's Form 10.

       10.15            Memorandum of Agreement between Atlantic Richfield Company
                        and Products Cogeneration Company, dated September 17, 1987,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to EME's Form 10.

       10.16            Memorandum of Ground Lease between Texaco Producing Inc. and
                        Sycamore Cogeneration Company, dated January 19, 1987,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to EME's Form 10.

       10.17            Amended and Restated Memorandum of Ground Lease between
                        Getty Oil Company and Kern River Cogeneration Company, dated
                        November 14, 1984, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.19 to EME's Form 10.

       10.18            Memorandum of Lease between Sun Operating Limited
                        Partnership and Midway-Sunset Cogeneration Company,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to EME's Form 10.

       10.19            Executive Supplemental Benefit Program, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibits to Forms 10-K filed by SCEcorp (File
                        No. 1-2313).

       10.20            1981 Deferred Compensation Agreement, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibits to Forms 10-K filed by SCEcorp (File
                        No. 1-2313).

       10.21            1985 Deferred Compensation Agreement for Executives,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibits to Forms 10-K filed by
                        SCEcorp (File No. 1-2313).

       10.22            1987 Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, incorporated
                        by reference to Exhibits to Forms 10-K filed by SCEcorp
                        (File No. 1-2313).

       10.23            1988 Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, incorporated
                        by reference to Exhibits to Forms 10-K filed by SCEcorp
                        (File No. 1-2313).

       10.24            1989 Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, incorporated
                        by reference to Exhibits to Forms 10-K filed by SCEcorp
                        (File No. 1-9936).

       10.25            1990 Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, incorporated
                        by reference to Exhibits to Forms 10-K filed by SCEcorp
                        (File No. 1-9936).

       10.26            Annual Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibits to Forms 10-K filed by
                        SCEcorp (File No. 1-9936).

       10.27            Executive Retirement Plan for Executives, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibits to Forms 10-K filed by SCEcorp (File
                        No. 1-2313).

       10.28            Long-Term Incentive Plan for Executive Officers,
                        incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement
                        (File No. 33-19541) under which SCEcorp registered
                        securities to be offered pursuant to the Plan under the
                        Securities Act of 1933.

       10.29            Estate and Financial Planning Program for Executive
                        Officers, incorporated by reference to Exhibits to Forms
                        10-K filed by SCEcorp (File No. 1-9936).

       10.30            Letter Agreement with Edward R. Muller, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 10.32 to EME's Form 10.
</TABLE>

                                      II-5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<C>                     <S>
       10.31            Agreement with James S. Pignatelli, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 10.33 to EME's Form 10.

       10.32            Conformed copy of the Guarantee Agreement dated as of
                        November 30, 1994, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.34 to EME's Form 10.

       10.33            Indenture of Lease between Brooklyn Navy Yard Development
                        Corporation and Cogeneration Technologies, Inc., dated as of
                        December 18, 1989, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.35 to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                        1994.

       10.33.1          First Amendment to Indenture of Lease between Brooklyn Navy
                        Yard Development Corporation and Cogeneration Technologies,
                        Inc., dated November 1, 1991, incorporated by reference to
                        Exhibit 10.35.1 to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended
                        December 31, 1994.

       10.33.2          Second Amendment to Indenture of Lease between Brooklyn Navy
                        Yard Development Corporation and Cogeneration Technologies,
                        Inc., dated June 3, 1994, incorporated by reference to
                        Exhibit 10.35.2 to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended
                        December 31, 1994.

       10.33.3          Third Amendment to Indenture of Lease between Brooklyn Navy
                        Yard Development Corporation and Cogeneration Technologies,
                        Inc., dated December 12, 1994, incorporated by reference to
                        Exhibit 10.35.3 to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended
                        December 31, 1994.

       10.34            Conformed copy of A$200 million Bank of America National
                        Trust and Savings Association Credit Agreement, dated
                        November 22, 1994, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.36 to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                        1994.

       10.34.1          Conformed copy of the Amended and Restated A$200 million
                        Bank of America National Trust and Savings Associated Credit
                        Agreement, dated December 12, 1994, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 10.36.1 to EME's Form 10-K for the year
                        ended December 31, 1994.

       10.34.2          Conformed copy of First Amendment to Amended and Restated
                        A$200 million Bank of America National Trust and Savings
                        Associated Credit Agreement, dated June 7, 1995,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36.2 to EME's Form
                        10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1995.

       10.35            Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of
                        Mission Capital, L.P., dated as of November 30, 1994,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to EME's Form
                        10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.

       10.36            Action of General Partner of Mission Capital, L.P. creating
                        the 9 7/8% Cumulative Monthly Income Preferred Securities,
                        Series A, dated as of November 30, 1994, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 10.38 to EME's Form 10-K for the year
                        ended December 31, 1994.

       10.37            Action of General Partner of Mission Capital, L.P. creating
                        the 8 1/2% Cumulative Monthly Income Preferred Securities,
                        Series B, dated as of August 8, 1995, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 10.39 to EME's Form 10-Q for the
                        quarter ended June 30, 1995.

       10.38            Power Purchase Contract between ISAB Energy, S.r.l. as
                        Seller and Enel, S.p.A. as Buyer, dated June 9, 1995,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to EME's Form
                        10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995.

       10.39            400 million sterling pounds Barclays Bank Plc Credit
                        Agreement, dated December 18, 1995, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 10.41 to EME's Form 8-K, dated December
                        21, 1995.

       10.40            Guarantee by EME, dated December 1, 1995 supporting Letter
                        of Credit issued by Bank of America National Trust and
                        Savings Association to secure payment of bonds issued
                        pursuant to the Brooklyn Navy Yard project tax-exempt bond
                        financing, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to
                        EME's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.
</TABLE>

                                      II-6
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<C>                     <S>
       10.41            Guarantee by EME, dated December 1, 1995, supporting Letter
                        of Credit issued by Bank of America National Trust and
                        Savings Association to secure Brooklyn Navy Yard's indemnity
                        to the New York City Industrial Development Agency pursuant
                        to the Brooklyn Navy Yard project tax-exempt bond financing,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to EME's Form
                        10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.

       10.42            Guarantee by EME, dated December 20, 1996, in favor of The
                        Fuji Bank, Limited, Los Angeles Agency, to secure Camino
                        Energy Company's payments pursuant to Camino Energy
                        Company's Credit Agreement and Defeasance Agreement,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to EME's Form
                        10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.

       10.43            Power Purchase Agreement between National Power Corporation
                        and San Pascual Cogeneration Company International B.V.,
                        dated September 10, 1997, incorporated by reference to
                        Exhibit 10.45 to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended December
                        31, 1997.

       10.44            Power Purchase Agreement between Gulf Power Generation Co.,
                        LTD., and Electricity Generating Authority of Thailand,
                        dated December 22, 1997, incorporated by reference to
                        Exhibit 10.46 to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended December
                        31, 1997.

       10.45            Guarantee by EME, dated June 30, 1998, in favor of Tri
                        Energy Company Limited and the Sanwa Bank, Limited to
                        guarantee payment of 25% of Tri Energy Company Limited's
                        aggregate capital contributions under the Equity Bridge
                        Loan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to EME's
                        Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998.

       10.46            Guarantee by EME, dated June 30, 1998, in favor of Tri
                        Energy Company Limited and the Sanwa Bank, Limited to
                        guarantee payment of 37.5% of Tri Energy Company Limited's
                        aggregate capital contributions attributable to Banpu Gas
                        and BANPU, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to
                        EME's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998.

       10.47            Equity Support Guarantee by EME, dated December 23, 1998, in
                        favor of ABN AMRO Bank N.V., and the Chase Manhattan Bank to
                        guarantee certain equity funding obligations of EcoElectrica
                        Ltd. and EcoElectrica Holdings Ltd. pursuant to EcoElectrica
                        Ltd.'s Credit Agreement dated as of October 31, 1997,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to EME's Form
                        10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.

       10.48            Master Guarantee and Support Instrument by EME, dated
                        December 23, 1998, in favor of ABN AMRO Bank N.V., and the
                        Chase Manhattan Bank to guarantee the availability of funds
                        to purchase fuel for the EcoElectrica project pursuant to
                        EcoElectrica Ltd.'s Credit Agreement dated as of October 31,
                        1997 and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of October 31,
                        1997, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to EME's
                        Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.

       10.49            Guarantee Assumption Agreement from EME, dated December 23,
                        1998, under EME assumed all of the obligations of KENETECH
                        Energy Systems, Inc. to Union Carbide Caribe Inc., under the
                        certain Guaranty dated November 25, 1997, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 10.51 to EME's Form 10-K for the year
                        ended December 31, 1998.

       10.50            Transition Power Purchase Agreement, dated August 1, 1998,
                        between New York State Electric & Gas Corporation and
                        Mission Energy Westside, Inc, incorporated by reference to
                        Exhibit 10.52 to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended December
                        31, 1998.

       10.51            Transition Power Purchase Agreement, dated August 1, 1998,
                        between Pennsylvania Electric Company and Mission Energy
                        Westside, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53
                        to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
</TABLE>

                                      II-7
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<C>                     <S>
       10.52            Guarantee, dated August 1, 1998, between Edison Mission
                        Energy, Pennsylvania Electric Company, NGE Generation, Inc.
                        and New York State Electric & Gas Corporation, incorporated
                        by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to EME's Form 10-K for the
                        year ended December 31, 1998.

       10.53            Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among EME and
                        Bank of America, dated as of October 11, 1996, US$400
                        million Bank of America Revolver, incorporated by reference
                        to Exhibit 10.15.3 to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended
                        December 31, 1996.

       10.54            Sale, Purchase and Leasing Agreements between Edison First
                        Power Limited and PowerGen UK plc for the purchase of the
                        Ferrybridge C and Fiddler's Ferry Power Stations;
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibits 2.7 and 2.8 to EME's
                        Form 8-K/A, dated August 2, 1999.

       10.55            Credit Agreement, dated March 18, 1999, among Edison Mission
                        Holdings Co. and Certain Commercial Lending Institutions,
                        and Citicorp USA, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.55 to EME's Form 8-K dated March 18, 1999.

       10.56            Guarantee and Collateral Agreement made by Edison Mission
                        Holdings Co., Edison Mission Finance Co., Homer City
                        Property Holdings, Inc., Chestnut Ridge Energy Co., Mission
                        Energy Westside, Inc., EME Homer City Generation L.P. and
                        Edison Mission Energy in favor of United States Trust
                        Company of New York, dated as of March 18, 1999,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.56 to EME's Form 8-K
                        dated March 18, 1999.

       10.57            Collateral Agency and Intercreditor Agreement among Edison
                        Mission Holdings Co., Edison Mission Finance Co., Homer City
                        Property Holdings, Inc., Chestnut Ridge Energy Co., Mission
                        Energy Westside, Inc., EME Homer City Generation L.P., The
                        Secured Parties' Representatives, Citicorp USA, Inc. as
                        Administrative Agent and United States Trust Company of New
                        York, as Collateral Agent, dated as of March 18, 1999,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.57 to EME's Form 8-K
                        dated March 18, 1999.

       10.58            Security Deposit Agreement among Edison Mission Holdings
                        Co., Edison Mission Finance Co., Homer City Property
                        Holdings, Inc., Chestnut Ridge Energy Co., Mission Energy
                        Westside, Inc., EME Homer City Generation L.P. and United
                        States Trust Company of New York, as Collateral Agent, dated
                        as of Marcy 18, 1999, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.58 to EME's Form 8-K dated March 18, 1999.

       10.59            Credit Support Guarantee, dated as of March 18, 1999, made
                        by Edison Mission Energy in favor of United States Trust
                        Company of New York, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.59 to EME's Form 8-K dated March 18, 1999.

       10.60            Debt Service Reserve Guarantee, dated as of March 18, 1999,
                        made by Edison Mission Energy in favor of United States
                        Trust Company of New York on behalf of the various financial
                        institutions (Lenders) as are or may become parities to the
                        Credit Agreement, dated as of March 18, 1999, among Edison
                        Mission Holdings Co., the Lenders and Citicorp USA, Inc.,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.60 to EME's Form 8-K
                        dated March 18, 1999.

       10.61            Credit Agreement, dated March 18, 1999, among Edison Mission
                        Energy and Certain Commercial Lending Institutions, and
                        Citicorp USA, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.61 to EME's Form 8-K dated March 18, 1999.

       10.62            Agreement for the sale and purchase of shares in First Hydro
                        Limited, dated December 21, 1995, between PSB Holding
                        Limited and First Hydro Finance Plc, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 2.1 to EME's Current Report on Form
                        8-K, No. 1-13434 dated January 4, 1996.
</TABLE>

                                      II-8
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<C>                     <S>
       10.63            Transaction Implementation Agreement, dated March 29, 1997,
                        between The State Electricity Commission of Victoria, Edison
                        Mission Energy Australia Limited, Loy Yang B Power Station
                        Pty Ltd, Loy Yang Power Limited, The Honourable Alan Robert
                        Stockdale, Leanne Power Pty Ltd and EME, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 2.2 to EME's Current Report on Form
                        8-K, No. 1-13434 dated May 22, 1997.

       10.64            Stock Purchase and Assignment Agreement, dated December 23,
                        1998, between KES Puerto Rico, L.P., KENETECH Energy
                        Systems, Inc., KES Bermuda, Inc. and EME del Caribe for the
                        (i) sale and purchase of KES Puerto Rico, L.P.'s shares in
                        EcoElectrica Holdings Ltd.; (ii) assignment of KENETECH
                        Energy Systems' rights and interests in that certain Project
                        Note from the Partnership; and (iii) assignment of KES
                        Bermuda, Inc.'s rights and interests in that certain
                        Administrative Services Agreement dated October 31, 1997,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to EME's 10-K for
                        the year ended December 31, 1998.

       10.65            Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 1, 1998, between
                        Pennsylvania Electric Company, NGE Generation, Inc., New
                        York State Electric & Gas Corporation and Mission Energy
                        Westside, Inc, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 to
                        EME's 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.

       10.66            Asset Sale Agreement, dated March 22, 1999 between
                        Commonwealth Edison Company and Edison Mission Energy as to
                        the Fossil Generating Assets, incorporated by reference to
                        Exhibit 2.5 to EME's 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                        1998.

       10.67            Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of Shares in Contact
                        Energy Limited, dated March 10, 1999, between Her Majesty
                        the Queen in Right of New Zealand, Edison Mission Energy
                        Taupo Limited and Edison Mission Energy, incorporated herein
                        by reference to Exhibit 2.6 to the EME's Form 10-Q for the
                        quarter ended March 31, 1999.

       10.68            Copy of the Global Debenture representing EME's 9 7/8%
                        Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures, Series
                        A, Due 2024, incorporated by reference as Exhibit 4.1 to
                        EME's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.

       10.69            Conformed copy of the Indenture, dated as of November 30,
                        1994, between EME and The First National Bank of Chicago, as
                        Trustee, incorporated by reference as Exhibit 4.2 to EME's
                        Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.

       10.70            First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 30, 1994,
                        to Indenture dated as of November 30, 1994 between EME and
                        The First National Bank of Chicago, as Trustee, incorporated
                        by reference as Exhibit 4.2.1 to EME's Form 10-K for the
                        year ended December 31, 1994.

       10.71            Indenture, dated as of June 28, 1999, between EME and The
                        Bank of New York, as Trustee.*

       10.72            First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 28, 1999, to
                        Indenture dated as of June 28, 1999, between EME and The
                        Bank of New York, as Trustee.*

       10.73            Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 23, 1999,
                        between EME and the Initial Purchasers specified therein.*

       12.1             Statement regarding the computation of ratio of earnings to
                        fixed charges for EME.*

       21.1             List of Subsidiaries.*

       23.1             Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.*

       23.2             Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers.*
</TABLE>

                                      II-9
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<C>                     <S>
       23.3             Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate Meagher & Flom LLP (included
                        in Exhibit 5.1).

       23.4             Consent of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP (included in Exhibit
                        5.2).

       25.1             Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 of
                        United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, under
                        the Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1 hereto.*

       99.1             Form of Letter of Transmittal.*

       99.2             Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.*

       99.3             Form of Letter to Clients.*

       99.4             Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust
                        Companies and Other Nominees.*
</TABLE>

- ------------------------

    *Filed herewith

    **To be filed by amendment

ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS

    (a) The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake:

    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the
Registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrants
have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrants of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrants
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrants will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.

    The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake:

        (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
    a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

           (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
       Securities Act of 1933.

           (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
       the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent
       post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
       aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in
       the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase
       or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of
       securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any
       deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering
       range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC
       pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and
       price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate
       offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table
       in the effective registration statement.

           (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
       distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or
       any material change to such information in the registration statement.

                                     II-10
<PAGE>
        (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
    Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed
    to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
    therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to
    be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
    any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
    termination of the offering.

    The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake that:

        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
    the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
    registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
    prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
    497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
    Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
    be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
    offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
    deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (3) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
    of 1933, each filing of the Registrant's annual report pursuant to
    section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and,
    where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report
    pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is
    incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to
    be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein,
    and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
    initial bona fide offering thereof.

    (b) The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake to respond to requests for
information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to
Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of
such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the
date of responding to the request.

    (c) The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake to supply by means of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the registration statement when it became effective.

    (d) The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the
Registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit
plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial BONA FIDE offering thereof.

                                     II-11
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Irvine, State of
California, on the 3rd day of December, 1999.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>  <C>
                                                       EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.
                                                       (REGISTRANT)

                                                       By:              /s/ KEVIN M. SMITH
                                                            -----------------------------------------
                                                                          Kevin M. Smith
                                                                   VICE PRESIDENT AND TREASURER
</TABLE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

    KNOWN TO ALL THESE PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose
signature appears below constitutes and appoints Kevin M. Smith and Steven D.
Eisenberg his attorneys-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him in any
and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this registration statement
(including post-effective amendments), and to file the same, with exhibits
thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said
attorneys-in-fact, or their substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              SIGNATURE                                TITLE                        DATE
              ---------                                -----                        ----
<C>                                    <S>                                    <C>
       /s/ JAMES V. IACO, JR.
    ----------------------------       President and Director                 December 3, 1999
         James V. Iaco, Jr.              (Principal Executive Officer)

                                       Vice President, Treasurer
         /s/ KEVIN M. SMITH              and Director
    ----------------------------         (Principal Financial and Accounting  December 3, 1999
           Kevin M. Smith                Officer)

        /s/ MARTHA A. SPIKES
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
          Martha A. Spikes

       /s/ RAYMOND W. VICKERS
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
         Raymond W. Vickers

        /s/ PAUL R. GILLESPIE
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
          Paul R. Gillespie
</TABLE>

                                     II-12
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Irvine, State of
California, on the 3rd day of December, 1999.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>  <C>
                                                       EDISON MISSION FINANCE CO.
                                                       (REGISTRANT)

                                                       By:              /s/ KEVIN M. SMITH
                                                            -----------------------------------------
                                                                          Kevin M. Smith
                                                                   VICE PRESIDENT AND TREASURER
</TABLE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

    KNOWN TO ALL THESE PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose
signature appears below constitutes and appoints Kevin M. Smith and Steven D.
Eisenberg his attorneys-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him in any
and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this registration statement
(including post-effective amendments), and to file the same, with exhibits
thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said
attorneys-in-fact, or their substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              SIGNATURE                                TITLE                        DATE
              ---------                                -----                        ----
<C>                                    <S>                                    <C>
       /s/ JAMES V. IACO, JR.
    ----------------------------       President and Director                 December 3, 1999
         James V. Iaco, Jr.              (Principal Executive Officer)

                                       Vice President, Treasurer
         /s/ KEVIN M. SMITH              and Director
    ----------------------------         (Principal Financial and Accounting  December 3, 1999
           Kevin M. Smith                Officer)

        /s/ MARTHA A. SPIKES
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
          Martha A. Spikes

       /s/ RAYMOND W. VICKERS
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
         Raymond W. Vickers

        /s/ PAUL R. GILLESPIE
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
          Paul R. Gillespie
</TABLE>

                                     II-13
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Irvine, State of
California, on the 3rd day of December, 1999.

<TABLE>
<S>                                               <C>  <C>
                                                  HOMER CITY PROPERTY HOLDINGS, INC.
                                                  (REGISTRANT)

                                                  By:                /s/ KEVIN M. SMITH
                                                       ----------------------------------------------
                                                                       Kevin M. Smith
                                                                VICE PRESIDENT AND TREASURER
</TABLE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

    KNOWN TO ALL THESE PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose
signature appears below constitutes and appoints Kevin M. Smith and Steven D.
Eisenberg his attorneys-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him in any
and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this registration statement
(including post-effective amendments), and to file the same, with exhibits
thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said
attorneys-in-fact, or their substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              SIGNATURE                                TITLE                        DATE
              ---------                                -----                        ----
<C>                                    <S>                                    <C>

       /s/ JAMES V. IACO, JR.
    ----------------------------       President and Director                 December 3, 1999
         James V. Iaco, Jr.              (Principal Executive Officer)

                                       Vice President, Treasurer
         /s/ KEVIN M. SMITH              and Director
    ----------------------------         (Principal Financial and Accounting  December 3, 1999
           Kevin M. Smith                Officer)

        /s/ MARTHA A. SPIKES
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
          Martha A. Spikes

       /s/ RAYMOND W. VICKERS
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
         Raymond W. Vickers

        /s/ PAUL R. GILLESPIE
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
          Paul R. Gillespie
</TABLE>

                                     II-14
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Irvine, State of
California, on the 3rd day of December, 1999.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>  <C>
                                                       MISSION ENERGY WESTSIDE, INC.
                                                       (REGISTRANT)

                                                       By:              /s/ KEVIN M. SMITH
                                                            -----------------------------------------
                                                                          Kevin M. Smith
                                                                   VICE PRESIDENT AND TREASURER
</TABLE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

    KNOWN TO ALL THESE PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose
signature appears below constitutes and appoints Kevin M. Smith and Steven D.
Eisenberg his attorneys-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him in any
and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this registration statement
(including post-effective amendments), and to file the same, with exhibits
thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said
attorneys-in-fact, or their substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              SIGNATURE                                TITLE                        DATE
              ---------                                -----                        ----
<C>                                    <S>                                    <C>

       /s/ JAMES V. IACO, JR.
    ----------------------------       President and Director                 December 3, 1999
         James V. Iaco, Jr.              (Principal Executive Officer)

                                       Vice President, Treasurer
         /s/ KEVIN M. SMITH              and Director
    ----------------------------         (Principal Financial and Accounting  December 3, 1999
           Kevin M. Smith                Officer)

        /s/ MARTHA A. SPIKES
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
          Martha A. Spikes

       /s/ RAYMOND W. VICKERS
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
         Raymond W. Vickers

        /s/ PAUL R. GILLESPIE
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
          Paul R. Gillespie
</TABLE>

                                     II-15
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Irvine, State of
California, on the 3rd day of December, 1999.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>  <C>
                                                       CHESTNUT RIDGE ENERGY COMPANY
                                                       (REGISTRANT)

                                                       By:              /s/ KEVIN M. SMITH
                                                            -----------------------------------------
                                                                          Kevin M. Smith
                                                                   VICE PRESIDENT AND TREASURER
</TABLE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

    KNOWN TO ALL THESE PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose
signature appears below constitutes and appoints Kevin M. Smith and Steven D.
Eisenberg his attorneys-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him in any
and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this registration statement
(including post-effective amendments), and to file the same, with exhibits
thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said
attorneys-in-fact, or their substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              SIGNATURE                                TITLE                        DATE
              ---------                                -----                        ----
<C>                                    <S>                                    <C>

       /s/ JAMES V. IACO, JR.
    ----------------------------       President and Director                 December 3, 1999
         James V. Iaco, Jr.              (Principal Executive Officer)

                                       Vice President, Treasurer
         /s/ KEVIN M. SMITH              and Director
    ----------------------------         (Principal Financial and Accounting  December 3, 1999
           Kevin M. Smith                Officer)

        /s/ MARTHA A. SPIKES
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
          Martha A. Spikes

       /s/ RAYMOND W. VICKERS
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
         Raymond W. Vickers

        /s/ PAUL R. GILLESPIE
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
          Paul R. Gillespie
</TABLE>

                                     II-16
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Irvine, State of
California, on the 3rd day of December, 1999.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>  <C>
                                                       EME HOMER CITY GENERATION L.P. (REGISTRANT)

                                                       By:              /s/ KEVIN M. SMITH
                                                            -----------------------------------------
                                                                          Kevin M. Smith
                                                                   VICE PRESIDENT AND TREASURER
</TABLE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

    KNOWN TO ALL THESE PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose
signature appears below constitutes and appoints Kevin M. Smith and Steven D.
Eisenberg his attorneys-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him in any
and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this registration statement
(including post-effective amendments), and to file the same, with exhibits
thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said
attorneys-in-fact, or their substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              SIGNATURE                                TITLE                        DATE
              ---------                                -----                        ----
<C>                                    <S>                                    <C>

       /s/ JAMES V. IACO, JR.
    ----------------------------       President and Director                 December 3, 1999
         James V. Iaco, Jr.              (Principal Executive Officer)

                                       Vice President, Treasurer
         /s/ KEVIN M. SMITH              and Director
    ----------------------------         (Principal Financial and Accounting  December 3, 1999
           Kevin M. Smith                Officer)

        /s/ MARTHA A. SPIKES
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
          Martha A. Spikes

       /s/ RAYMOND W. VICKERS
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
         Raymond W. Vickers

        /s/ PAUL R. GILLESPIE
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
          Paul R. Gillespie
</TABLE>

                                     II-17
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly
caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Irvine, State of
California, on the 3rd day of December, 1999.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>  <C>
                                                       EDISON MISSION ENERGY
                                                       (REGISTRANT)

                                                       By:              /s/ KEVIN M. SMITH
                                                            -----------------------------------------
                                                                          Kevin M. Smith
                                                                   SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT, CHIEF
                                                                 FINANCIAL OFFICER AND TREASURER
</TABLE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

    KNOWN TO ALL THESE PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose
signature appears below constitutes and appoints Kevin M. Smith and Steven D.
Eisenberg his attorneys-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him in any
and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this registration statement
(including post-effective amendments), and to file the same, with exhibits
thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said
attorneys-in-fact, or their substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              SIGNATURE                                TITLE                        DATE
              ---------                                -----                        ----
<C>                                    <S>                                    <C>
        /s/ EDWARD R. MULLER           President and Chief Executive
    ----------------------------         Officer, Director                    December 3, 1999
          Edward R. Muller               (Principal Executive Officer)

         /s/ KEVIN M. SMITH
    ----------------------------                                              December 3, 1999
           Kevin M. Smith              Senior Vice President, Chief
                                         Financial Officer and Treasurer
                                         (Principal Financial and Accounting
                                         Officer)

         /s/ ALAN J. FOHRER
    ----------------------------               Chairman of the Board          December 3, 1999
           Alan J. Fohrer

        /s/ BRYANT C. DANNER
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
          Bryant C. Danner

        /s/ ROBERT M. EDGELL
    ----------------------------                     Director                 December 3, 1999
          Robert M. Edgell
</TABLE>

                                     II-18
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<S>                     <C>
  3.1                   Articles of Incorporation of the Company.*
  3.2                   Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation of the
                        Company.*
  3.3                   By-Laws of the Company.*
  3.4                   Articles of Incorporation of Edison Mission Finance Co.*
  3.5                   By-Laws of Edison Mission Finance Co.*
  3.6                   Articles of Incorporation of Homer City Property
                        Holdings, Inc.*
  3.7                   By-Laws of Homer City Property Holdings, Inc.*
  3.8                   Articles of Incorporation of Mission Energy Westside, Inc.*
  3.9                   Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of
                        Mission Energy Westside, Inc.*
  3.10                  By-Laws of Mission Energy Westside, Inc.*
  3.11                  Articles of Incorporation of Chestnut Ridge Energy Company.*
  3.12                  By-Laws of Chestnut Ridge Energy Company.*
  3.13                  EME Homer City Generation L.P. Agreement of Limited
                        Partnership.*
  3.14                  Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of EME,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to EME's Current
                        Report on Form 8-K, dated January 30, 1996.
  3.15                  By-Laws of EME, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to
                        EME's Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the
                        Securities and Exchange Commission on November 21, 1994
                        ("Form 10").
  4.1                   Indenture, dated as of May 27, 1999, between the Company and
                        United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee.*
  5.1                   Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, special
                        counsel to the Company.*
  5.2                   Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, special Pennsylvania
                        counsel to EME Homer City Generation L.P.**
 10.1                   Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May
                        27, 1999, by and among the Initial Purchasers, the
                        Guarantors and the Company.*
 10.2                   Power Purchase Contract between Southern California Edison
                        Company and Champlin Petroleum Company, dated March 8, 1985,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to EME's Form 10.
 10.2.1                 Amendment to Power Purchase Contract between Southern
                        California Edison Company and Champlin Petroleum Company,
                        dated July 29, 1985, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.2.1 to EME's Form 10.
 10.2.2                 Amendment No. 2 to Power Purchase Contract between Southern
                        California Edison Company and Champlin Petroleum Company,
                        dated October 29, 1985, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.2.2 to EME's Form 10.
 10.3                   Power Purchase Contract between Southern California Edison
                        Company and Imperial Energy Company, dated February 22,
                        1984, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 EME's Form
                        10.
 10.3.1                 Amendment to Power Purchase Contract between Southern
                        California Edison Company and Imperial Energy Company, dated
                        November 13, 1984, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.4.1 to EME's Form 10.
 10.4                   Power Purchase Contract between Southern California Edison
                        Company and Imperial Energy Company Niland No. 2, dated
                        April 16, 1985, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to
                        EME's Form 10.
 10.5                   Power Purchase Contract between Southern California Edison
                        Company and Chevron U.S.A. Inc., dated November 9, 1984,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to EME's Form 10.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<S>                     <C>
 10.5.1                 Amendment No. 1 to Power Purchase Contract between Southern
                        California Edison Company and Chevron U.S.A. Inc., dated
                        March 29, 1985, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7.1
                        to EME's Form 10.
 10.5.2                 Amendment No. 2 to Power Purchase Contract between Southern
                        California Edison Company and Chevron U.S.A. Inc., dated
                        November 21, 1985, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.7.2 to EME's Form 10.
 10.5.3                 Amendment No. 3 to Power Purchase Contract between Southern
                        California Edison Company and Chevron U.S.A. Inc., dated
                        November 21, 1985, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.7.3 to EME's Form 10.
 10.6                   Power Purchase Contract between Southern California Edison
                        Company and Arco Petroleum Products Company (Watson
                        Refinery), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to
                        EME's Form 10.
 10.7                   Power Supply Agreement between State Electricity Commission
                        of Victoria, Loy Yang B Power Station Pty. Ltd. and the
                        Company Australia Pty. Ltd., as managing partner of the
                        Latrobe Power Partnership, dated December 31, 1992,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to EME's Form 10.
 10.8                   Power Purchase Agreement between P.T. Paiton Energy Company
                        as Seller and Perusahaan Umum Listrik Negara as Buyer, dated
                        February 12, 1994, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.10 to EME's Form 10.
 10.9                   Amended and Restated Power Purchase Contract between
                        Southern California Energy Company and Midway-Sunset
                        Cogeneration Company, dated May 5, 1988, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 10.11 to EME's Form 10.
 10.10                  Parallel Generation Agreement between Kern River
                        Cogeneration Company and Southern California Energy Company,
                        dated January 6, 1984, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.12 to EME's Form 10.
 10.11                  Parallel Generation Agreement between Kern River
                        Cogeneration (Sycamore Project) Company and Southern
                        California Energy Company, dated December 18, 1984,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to EME's Form 10.
 10.12                  Amendment No. 2 to Power Purchase Agreement between Southern
                        California Energy Company and Vulcan/BN Geothermal Power
                        Company, dated April 1, 1986, incorporated by reference to
                        Exhibit 10.14 to EME's Form 10.
 10.13                  U.S. $325 million Bank of Montreal Revolver, dated October
                        29, 1993, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to
                        EME's Form 10.
 10.13.1                U.S. $400 million Bank of America National Trust and Savings
                        Association Credit Agreement, dated October 27, 1994,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.1 to EME's Form
                        10.
 10.13.2                Conformed copy of the Amended and Restated U.S. $400 million
                        Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association
                        Credit Agreement, dated as of November 17, 1994,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.2 to EME's Annual
                        Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.
 10.13.3                Conformed copy of the Second Amended and Restated U.S. $400
                        million Bank of America National Trust and Savings
                        Association Credit Agreement, dated as of October 11, 1996,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.3 to EME's Form
                        10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.
 10.14                  Amended and Restated Ground Lease Agreement between Texaco
                        Refining and Marketing Inc. and March Point Cogeneration
                        Company, dated August 21, 1992, incorporated by reference to
                        Exhibit 10.16 to EME's Form 10.
 10.14.1                Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Ground Lease
                        Agreement between Texaco Refining and Marketing Inc. and
                        March Point Cogeneration Company, dated August 21, 1992,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to EME's Form 10.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<S>                     <C>
 10.15                  Memorandum of Agreement between Atlantic Richfield Company
                        and Products Cogeneration Company, dated September 17, 1987,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to EME's Form 10.
 10.16                  Memorandum of Ground Lease between Texaco Producing Inc. and
                        Sycamore Cogeneration Company, dated January 19, 1987,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to EME's Form 10.
 10.17                  Amended and Restated Memorandum of Ground Lease between
                        Getty Oil Company and Kern River Cogeneration Company, dated
                        November 14, 1984, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.19 to EME's Form 10.
 10.18                  Memorandum of Lease between Sun Operating Limited
                        Partnership and Midway-Sunset Cogeneration Company,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to EME's Form 10.
 10.19                  Executive Supplemental Benefit Program, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibits to Forms 10-K filed by SCEcorp (File
                        No. 1-2313).
 10.20                  1981 Deferred Compensation Agreement, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibits to Forms 10-K filed by SCEcorp (File
                        No. 1-2313).
 10.21                  1985 Deferred Compensation Agreement for Executives,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibits to Forms 10-K filed by
                        SCEcorp (File No. 1-2313).
 10.22                  1987 Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, incorporated
                        by reference to Exhibits to Forms 10-K filed by SCEcorp
                        (File No. 1-2313).
 10.23                  1988 Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, incorporated
                        by reference to Exhibits to Forms 10-K filed by SCEcorp
                        (File No. 1-2313).
 10.24                  1989 Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, incorporated
                        by reference to Exhibits to Forms 10-K filed by SCEcorp
                        (File No. 1-9936).
 10.25                  1990 Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives, incorporated
                        by reference to Exhibits to Forms 10-K filed by SCEcorp
                        (File No. 1-9936).
 10.26                  Annual Deferred Compensation Plan for Executives,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibits to Forms 10-K filed by
                        SCEcorp (File No. 1-9936).
 10.27                  Executive Retirement Plan for Executives, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibits to Forms 10-K filed by SCEcorp (File
                        No. 1-2313).
 10.28                  Long-Term Incentive Plan for Executive Officers,
                        incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement
                        (File No. 33-19541) under which SCEcorp registered
                        securities to be offered pursuant to the Plan under the
                        Securities Act of 1933.
 10.29                  Estate and Financial Planning Program for Executive
                        Officers, incorporated by reference to Exhibits to Forms
                        10-K filed by SCEcorp (File No. 1-9936).
 10.30                  Letter Agreement with Edward R. Muller, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 10.32 to EME's Form 10.
 10.31                  Agreement with James S. Pignatelli, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 10.33 to EME's Form 10.
 10.32                  Conformed copy of the Guarantee Agreement dated as of
                        November 30, 1994, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.34 to EME's Form 10.
 10.33                  Indenture of Lease between Brooklyn Navy Yard Development
                        Corporation and Cogeneration Technologies, Inc., dated as of
                        December 18, 1989, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.35 to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                        1994.
 10.33.1                First Amendment to Indenture of Lease between Brooklyn Navy
                        Yard Development Corporation and Cogeneration Technologies,
                        Inc., dated November 1, 1991, incorporated by reference to
                        Exhibit 10.35.1 to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended
                        December 31, 1994.
 10.33.2                Second Amendment to Indenture of Lease between Brooklyn Navy
                        Yard Development Corporation and Cogeneration Technologies,
                        Inc., dated June 3, 1994, incorporated by reference to
                        Exhibit 10.35.2 to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended
                        December 31, 1994.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<S>                     <C>
 10.33.3                Third Amendment to Indenture of Lease between Brooklyn Navy
                        Yard Development Corporation and Cogeneration Technologies,
                        Inc., dated December 12, 1994, incorporated by reference to
                        Exhibit 10.35.3 to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended
                        December 31, 1994.
 10.34                  Conformed copy of A$200 million Bank of America National
                        Trust and Savings Association Credit Agreement, dated
                        November 22, 1994, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.36 to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                        1994.
 10.34.1                Conformed copy of the Amended and Restated A$200 million
                        Bank of America National Trust and Savings Associated Credit
                        Agreement, dated December 12, 1994, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 10.36.1 to EME's Form 10-K for the year
                        ended December 31, 1994.
 10.34.2                Conformed copy of First Amendment to Amended and Restated
                        A$200 million Bank of America National Trust and Savings
                        Associated Credit Agreement, dated June 7, 1995,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36.2 to EME's Form
                        10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1995.
 10.35                  Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of
                        Mission Capital, L.P., dated as of November 30, 1994,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to EME's Form
                        10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.
 10.36                  Action of General Partner of Mission Capital, L.P. creating
                        the 9 7/8% Cumulative Monthly Income Preferred Securities,
                        Series A, dated as of November 30, 1994, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 10.38 to EME's Form 10-K for the year
                        ended December 31, 1994.
 10.37                  Action of General Partner of Mission Capital, L.P. creating
                        the 8 1/2% Cumulative Monthly Income Preferred Securities,
                        Series B, dated as of August 8, 1995, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 10.39 to EME's Form 10-Q for the
                        quarter ended June 30, 1995.
 10.38                  Power Purchase Contract between ISAB Energy, S.r.l. as
                        Seller and Enel, S.p.A. as Buyer, dated June 9, 1995,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to EME's Form
                        10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1995.
 10.39                  400 million sterling pounds Barclays Bank Plc Credit
                        Agreement, dated December 18, 1995, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 10.41 to EME's Form 8-K, dated December
                        21, 1995.
 10.40                  Guarantee by EME, dated December 1, 1995 supporting Letter
                        of Credit issued by Bank of America National Trust and
                        Savings Association to secure payment of bonds issued
                        pursuant to the Brooklyn Navy Yard project tax-exempt bond
                        financing, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to
                        EME's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.
 10.41                  Guarantee by EME, dated December 1, 1995, supporting Letter
                        of Credit issued by Bank of America National Trust and
                        Savings Association to secure Brooklyn Navy Yard's indemnity
                        to the New York City Industrial Development Agency pursuant
                        to the Brooklyn Navy Yard project tax-exempt bond financing,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to EME's Form
                        10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.
 10.42                  Guarantee by EME, dated December 20, 1996, in favor of The
                        Fuji Bank, Limited, Los Angeles Agency, to secure Camino
                        Energy Company's payments pursuant to Camino Energy
                        Company's Credit Agreement and Defeasance Agreement,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to EME's Form
                        10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.
 10.43                  Power Purchase Agreement between National Power Corporation
                        and San Pascual Cogeneration Company International B.V.,
                        dated September 10, 1997, incorporated by reference to
                        Exhibit 10.45 to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended December
                        31, 1997.
 10.44                  Power Purchase Agreement between Gulf Power Generation Co.,
                        LTD., and Electricity Generating Authority of Thailand,
                        dated December 22, 1997, incorporated by reference to
                        Exhibit 10.46 to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended December
                        31, 1997.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<S>                     <C>
 10.45                  Guarantee by EME, dated June 30, 1998, in favor of Tri
                        Energy Company Limited and the Sanwa Bank, Limited to
                        guarantee payment of 25% of Tri Energy Company Limited's
                        aggregate capital contributions under the Equity Bridge
                        Loan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to EME's
                        Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998.
 10.46                  Guarantee by EME, dated June 30, 1998, in favor of Tri
                        Energy Company Limited and the Sanwa Bank, Limited to
                        guarantee payment of 37.5% of Tri Energy Company Limited's
                        aggregate capital contributions attributable to Banpu Gas
                        and BANPU, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to
                        EME's Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998.
 10.47                  Equity Support Guarantee by EME, dated December 23, 1998, in
                        favor of ABN AMRO Bank N.V., and the Chase Manhattan Bank to
                        guarantee certain equity funding obligations of EcoElectrica
                        Ltd. and EcoElectrica Holdings Ltd. pursuant to EcoElectrica
                        Ltd.'s Credit Agreement dated as of October 31, 1997,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to EME's Form
                        10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
 10.48                  Master Guarantee and Support Instrument by EME, dated
                        December 23, 1998, in favor of ABN AMRO Bank N.V., and the
                        Chase Manhattan Bank to guarantee the availability of funds
                        to purchase fuel for the EcoElectrica project pursuant to
                        EcoElectrica Ltd.'s Credit Agreement dated as of October 31,
                        1997 and Intercreditor Agreement dated as of October 31,
                        1997, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to EME's
                        Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
 10.49                  Guarantee Assumption Agreement from EME, dated December 23,
                        1998, under EME assumed all of the obligations of KENETECH
                        Energy Systems, Inc. to Union Carbide Caribe Inc., under the
                        certain Guaranty dated November 25, 1997, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 10.51 to EME's Form 10-K for the year
                        ended December 31, 1998.
 10.50                  Transition Power Purchase Agreement, dated August 1, 1998,
                        between New York State Electric & Gas Corporation and
                        Mission Energy Westside, Inc, incorporated by reference to
                        Exhibit 10.52 to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended December
                        31, 1998.
 10.51                  Transition Power Purchase Agreement, dated August 1, 1998,
                        between Pennsylvania Electric Company and Mission Energy
                        Westside, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53
                        to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
 10.52                  Guarantee, dated August 1, 1998, between Edison Mission
                        Energy, Pennsylvania Electric Company, NGE Generation, Inc.
                        and New York State Electric & Gas Corporation, incorporated
                        by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to EME's Form 10-K for the
                        year ended December 31, 1998.
 10.53                  Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among EME and
                        Bank of America, dated as of October 11, 1996, US$400
                        million Bank of America Revolver, incorporated by reference
                        to Exhibit 10.15.3 to EME's Form 10-K for the year ended
                        December 31, 1996.
 10.54                  Sale, Purchase and Leasing Agreements between Edison First
                        Power Limited and PowerGen UK plc for the purchase of the
                        Ferrybridge C and Fiddler's Ferry Power Stations;
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibits 2.7 and 2.8 to EME's
                        Form 8-K/A, dated August 2, 1999.
 10.55                  Credit Agreement, dated March 18, 1999, among Edison Mission
                        Holdings Co. and Certain Commercial Lending Institutions,
                        and Citicorp USA, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.55 to EME's Form 8-K dated March 18, 1999.
 10.56                  Guarantee and Collateral Agreement made by Edison Mission
                        Holdings Co., Edison Mission Finance Co., Homer City
                        Property Holdings, Inc., Chestnut Ridge Energy Co., Mission
                        Energy Westside, Inc., EME Homer City Generation L.P. and
                        Edison Mission Energy in favor of United States Trust
                        Company of New York, dated as of March 18, 1999,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.56 to EME's Form 8-K
                        dated March 18, 1999.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<S>                     <C>
 10.57                  Collateral Agency and Intercreditor Agreement among Edison
                        Mission Holdings Co., Edison Mission Finance Co., Homer City
                        Property Holdings, Inc., Chestnut Ridge Energy Co., Mission
                        Energy Westside, Inc., EME Homer City Generation L.P., The
                        Secured Parties' Representatives, Citicorp USA, Inc. as
                        Administrative Agent and United States Trust Company of New
                        York, as Collateral Agent, dated as of March 18, 1999,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.57 to EME's Form 8-K
                        dated March 18, 1999.
 10.58                  Security Deposit Agreement among Edison Mission Holdings
                        Co., Edison Mission Finance Co., Homer City Property
                        Holdings, Inc., Chestnut Ridge Energy Co., Mission Energy
                        Westside, Inc., EME Homer City Generation L.P. and United
                        States Trust Company of New York, as Collateral Agent, dated
                        as of Marcy 18, 1999, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.58 to EME's Form 8-K dated March 18, 1999.
 10.59                  Credit Support Guarantee, dated as of March 18, 1999, made
                        by Edison Mission Energy in favor of United States Trust
                        Company of New York, incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.59 to EME's Form 8-K dated March 18, 1999.
 10.60                  Debt Service Reserve Guarantee, dated as of March 18, 1999,
                        made by Edison Mission Energy in favor of United States
                        Trust Company of New York on behalf of the various financial
                        institutions (Lenders) as are or may become parities to the
                        Credit Agreement, dated as of March 18, 1999, among Edison
                        Mission Holdings Co., the Lenders and Citicorp USA, Inc.,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.60 to EME's Form 8-K
                        dated March 18, 1999.
 10.61                  Credit Agreement, dated March 18, 1999, among Edison Mission
                        Energy and Certain Commercial Lending Institutions, and
                        Citicorp USA, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                        10.61 to EME's Form 8-K dated March 18, 1999.
 10.62                  Agreement for the sale and purchase of shares in First Hydro
                        Limited, dated December 21, 1995, between PSB Holding
                        Limited and First Hydro Finance Plc, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 2.1 to EME's Current Report on Form
                        8-K, No. 1-13434 dated January 4, 1996.
 10.63                  Transaction Implementation Agreement, dated March 29, 1997,
                        between The State Electricity Commission of Victoria, Edison
                        Mission Energy Australia Limited, Loy Yang B Power Station
                        Pty Ltd, Loy Yang Power Limited, The Honourable Alan Robert
                        Stockdale, Leanne Power Pty Ltd and EME, incorporated by
                        reference to Exhibit 2.2 to EME's Current Report on Form
                        8-K, No. 1-13434 dated May 22, 1997.
 10.64                  Stock Purchase and Assignment Agreement, dated December 23,
                        1998, between KES Puerto Rico, L.P., KENETECH Energy
                        Systems, Inc., KES Bermuda, Inc. and EME del Caribe for the
                        (i) sale and purchase of KES Puerto Rico, L.P.'s shares in
                        EcoElectrica Holdings Ltd.; (ii) assignment of KENETECH
                        Energy Systems' rights and interests in that certain Project
                        Note from the Partnership; and (iii) assignment of KES
                        Bermuda, Inc.'s rights and interests in that certain
                        Administrative Services Agreement dated October 31, 1997,
                        incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to EME's 10-K for
                        the year ended December 31, 1998.
 10.65                  Asset Purchase Agreement, dated August 1, 1998, between
                        Pennsylvania Electric Company, NGE Generation, Inc., New
                        York State Electric & Gas Corporation and Mission Energy
                        Westside, Inc, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 to
                        EME's 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.
 10.66                  Asset Sale Agreement, dated March 22, 1999 between
                        Commonwealth Edison Company and Edison Mission Energy as to
                        the Fossil Generating Assets, incorporated by reference to
                        Exhibit 2.5 to EME's 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                        1998.
 10.67                  Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of Shares in Contact
                        Energy Limited, dated March 10, 1999, between Her Majesty
                        the Queen in Right of New Zealand, Edison Mission Energy
                        Taupo Limited and Edison Mission Energy, incorporated herein
                        by reference to Exhibit 2.6 to the EME's Form 10-Q for the
                        quarter ended March 31, 1999.
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                     DESCRIPTION
- -----------                                     -----------
<S>                     <C>
 10.68                  Copy of the Global Debenture representing EME's 9 7/8%
                        Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures, Series
                        A, Due 2024, incorporated by reference as Exhibit 4.1 to
                        EME's Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.
 10.69                  Conformed copy of the Indenture, dated as of November 30,
                        1994, between EME and The First National Bank of Chicago, as
                        Trustee, incorporated by reference as Exhibit 4.2 to EME's
                        Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994.
 10.70                  First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 30, 1994,
                        to Indenture dated as of November 30, 1994 between EME and
                        The First National Bank of Chicago, as Trustee, incorporated
                        by reference as Exhibit 4.2.1 to EME's Form 10-K for the
                        year ended December 31, 1994.
 10.71                  Indenture, dated as of June 28, 1999, between EME and The
                        Bank of New York, as Trustee.*
 10.72                  First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 28, 1999, to
                        Indenture dated as of June 28, 1999, between EME and The
                        Bank of New York, as Trustee.*
 10.73                  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 23, 1999,
                        between EME and the Initial Purchasers specified therein.*
 12.1                   Statement regarding the computation of ratio of earnings to
                        fixed charges for EME.*
 21.1                   List of Subsidiaries.*
 23.1                   Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP.*
 23.2                   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers.*
 23.3                   Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
                        (included in Exhibit 5.1).
 23.4                   Consent of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP (included in Exhibit
                        5.2).
 25.1                   Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 of
                        United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee, under
                        the Indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1 hereto.*
 27.1                   Financial Data Schedule.*
 99.1                   Form of Letter of Transmittal.*
 99.2                   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.*
 99.3                   Form of Letter to Clients.*
 99.4                   Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust
                        Companies and Other Nominees.*
</TABLE>

*   Filed herewith

**  To be filed by amendment

<PAGE>


                                                                     Exhibit 3.1


                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                           EME HOMER CITY HOLDINGS CO.


                                        I

         The name of the corporation is EME Homer City Holdings Co.


                                       II

         The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or
the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California
Corporations Code.


                                       III

         The name and address in the State of California of the corporation's
initial agent for service of process are:

                                Martha A. Spikes
                       18101 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1700
                          Irvine, California 92612-1046


                                       IV

         This corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares, which
shall be designated "common" shares. The total authorized number of such shares
authorized to be issued is ten thousand (10,000) shares.


                                        V

         1. The liability of directors of the corporation for monetary damages
shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law.

         2. The corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of agents
(as defined in Section 317 of the California Corporations Code) through bylaw
provisions, agreements with agents, vote of shareholders or disinterested
directors, or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by
Section 317 of the California Corporations Code, subject only to the applicable
limits set forth in Section 204 of the California Corporations Code with respect
to actions for breach of duty to the corporation and its shareholders.


         Dated:  As of October 6, 1998


                                               /s/ Mary Ellen Olson
                                               -------------------------
                                               Mary Ellen Olson



<PAGE>


                                                                     Exhibit 3.2


                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                       OF
                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION


         Mary Ellen Olson and Michelle J. Johnson certify that:

         1. They are the Vice President and Assistant Secretary, respectively,
of EME Homer City Holdings Co., a California corporation.

         2. Article I of the Articles of Incorporation of this corporation is
amended to read as follows:

          "The name of this corporation is Edison Mission Holdings Co."

         3. The foregoing Amendment of Articles of Incorporation has been duly
approved by the board of directors.

         4. The foregoing Amendment of Articles of Incorporation has been duly
approved by the required vote of shareholders in accordance with Section 902 of
the Corporations Code. The total number of outstanding shares of the corporation
is 100. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment equaled or
exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required was more than 50%.

         We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State
of California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and
correct of our own knowledge.


         Date: November 12, 1998.


                                     /s/ Mary Ellen Olson
                                     ----------------------------------------
                                     Mary Ellen Olson, Vice President


                                     /s/ Michelle J. Johnson
                                     ----------------------------------------
                                     Michelle J. Johnson, Assistant Secretary



<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 3.3


                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                           EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.





                            ADOPTED NOVEMBER 17, 1998







<PAGE>

                           EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

                                      INDEX
<TABLE>

<S>     <C>                <C>                                                 <C>
ARTICLE I -- OFFICES
         Section 1.1       PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE.                          1
         Section 1.2       OTHER OFFICES.                                       1

ARTICLE II -- SHAREHOLDERS
         Section 2.1       MEETING LOCATIONS.                                   1
         Section 2.2       ANNUAL MEETINGS.                                     1
         Section 2.3       SPECIAL MEETINGS.                                    1
         Section 2.4       NOTICE OF ANNUAL OR SPECIAL MEETING.                 2
         Section 2.5       QUORUM; ADJOURNMENT.                                 2
         Section 2.6       ADJOURNED MEETING AND NOTICE THEREOF.                3
         Section 2.7       VOTING.                                              3
         Section 2.8.      RECORD DATE.                                         4
         Section 2.9.      CONSENT OF ABSENTEES; WAIVER OF NOTICE.              4
         Section 2.10      ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.                              4
         Section 2.11      PROXIES.                                             4

ARTICLE III -- DIRECTORS
         Section 3.1       POWERS.                                              5
         Section 3.2       NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.                                 5
         Section 3.3       ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.                         5
         Section 3.4       VACANCIES.                                           6
         Section 3.5       PLACE OF MEETING.                                    6
         Section 3.6       ORGANIZATION MEETING.                                6
         Section 3.7       SPECIAL MEETINGS.                                    6
         Section 3.8       QUORUM.                                              7
         Section 3.9       PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE.   7
         Section 3.10      WAIVER OF NOTICE.                                    7
         Section 3.11      ADJOURNMENT.                                         8
         Section 3.12      FEES AND COMPENSATION.                               8
         Section 3.13      ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.                              8

ARTICLE IV -- OFFICERS
         Section 4.1       OFFICERS.                                            8
         Section 4.2       ELECTION.                                            8
         Section 4.3       ELIGIBILITY OF CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OR PRESIDENT.   8
         Section 4.4       REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION.                             9
         Section 4.5       APPOINTMENT OF OTHER OFFICERS.                       9
         Section 4.6       VACANCIES.                                           9
         Section 4.7       SALARIES.                                            9
         Section 4.8       CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.                               9
         Section 4.9       PRESIDENT.                                           9
         Section 4.10      VICE PRESIDENT.                                     10
         Section 4.11      CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER.                            10

</TABLE>


                                       i

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

<S>      <C>               <C>                                                 <C>
         Section 4.12      GENERAL MANAGER.                                    10
         Section 4.13      GENERAL COUNSEL.                                    10
         Section 4.14      ASSISTANT GENERAL COUNSEL.                          10
         Section 4.15      CONTROLLER.                                         10
         Section 4.16      SECRETARY.                                          11
         Section 4.17      ASSISTANT SECRETARY.                                11
         Section 4.18      SECRETARY PRO TEMPORE.                              11
         Section 4.19      TREASURER.                                          11
         Section 4.20      ASSISTANT TREASURER.                                11
         Section 4.21      PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES.                              12

ARTICLE V -- OTHER PROVISIONS
         Section 5.1       INSPECTION OF BYLAWS.                               12
         Section 5.2       CONTRACTS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS,LOANS, NOTES AND
                           DEPOSIT OF FUNDS.                                   12
         Section 5.3       REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.     12
         Section 5.4       ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS.                      13
         Section 5.5       FISCAL YEAR AND SUBDIVISIONS.                       13
         Section 5.6       CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS.                       13

ARTICLE VI -- INDEMNIFICATION
         Section 6.1       INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.          13
         Section 6.2       INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS.            14
         Section 6.3       RIGHT OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS TO BRING SUIT.      15
         Section 6.4       SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE.                                 15
         Section 6.5       NONEXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.                           15
         Section 6.6       INSURANCE.                                          15
         Section 6.7       EXPENSES AS A WITNESS.                              15
         Section 6.8       INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS.                               15
         Section 6.9       SEVERABILITY.                                       16
         Section 6.10      EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION.                   16

ARTICLE VII -- AMENDMENTS
         Section 7.1       AMENDMENTS.                                         16

</TABLE>


                                      ii


<PAGE>



                                     BYLAWS

                        BYLAWS FOR THE REGULATION, EXCEPT
                        AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BY STATUTE
                        OR ITS ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                           EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

                              ARTICLE I -- OFFICES

Section 1.1           PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE.

                  The principal executive office of the corporation is hereby
fixed and located at 18101 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1700, in the City of Irvine,
County of Orange, State of California. The Board of Directors ("the Board") is
hereby granted full power and authority to change the principal executive office
from one location to another.

Section 1.2           OTHER OFFICES.

                  Branches or subordinate offices may be established at any time
by the Board of Directors or the President at any place within or without the
State of California.

                           ARTICLE II -- SHAREHOLDERS

Section 2.1           MEETING LOCATIONS.

                  All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal
executive office, or at such other office or places within or without the State
of California as may be designated by either the Board or by the person or
persons giving notice of the meeting pursuant to Section 2.4.

Section 2.2           ANNUAL MEETINGS.

                  The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held on the 2nd
Tuesday in the month of May of each year, at the hour of 8:00 a.m. on said day,
or at such other time on such other day as shall be fixed by the Board, to elect
directors to hold office for the year next ensuing and until their successors
shall be elected, and to consider and act upon such other matters as may
lawfully be presented to such meeting; provided, however, that should said day
fall upon a legal holiday observed by this corporation, then any such annual
meeting of shareholders shall be held at the same time and place on the next day
thereafter ensuing which is a full business day.

Section 2.3           SPECIAL MEETINGS.

                  Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time
by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, the Executive
Vice President, if any, the Senior Vice President, if any, or the holders of
shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent of the


                                       1

<PAGE>

votes at such meeting. Upon request to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the
President, the Executive Vice President, the Senior Vice President, the
Secretary or Assistant Secretary by any person entitled to call a special
meeting of shareholders, the officer forthwith shall cause notice to be given to
the shareholders entitled to vote that a meeting will be held at a time
requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than
thirty-five nor more than sixty days after the receipt of the request. If the
notice is not given within twenty days after receipt of the request, the persons
entitled to call the meeting may give the notice.

Section 2.4           NOTICE OF ANNUAL OR SPECIAL MEETING.

                  Written notice of each annual or special meeting of
shareholders shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before
the date of the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat. Such
notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and (i) in the case
of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted, and
no other business may be transacted, or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting,
those matters which the Board, at the time of the mailing of the notice, intends
to present for action by the shareholders, but subject to the provisions of
applicable law, any proper matter may be presented at the meeting for such
action. The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall
include the name of nominees intended at the time of the notice to be presented
by the Board for election.

                  Notice of a shareholders' meeting or any report to the
shareholders shall be given either personally to the recipient or to a person in
the office of the recipient or by first-class United States mail, by private
mail or messenger service, by telephone facsimile transmission, or by any other
means of written communication, addressed to the shareholder at the address of
such shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the
shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice; or if no such address
appears or is given, at the place where the principal executive office of the
corporation is located or by publication at least once in a newspaper of general
circulation in the county in which the principal executive office is located.
Such notice or report shall be deemed to have been given at the time when
delivered personally, deposited in the United States mail or sent by private
mail or messenger service, by telephone facsimile transmission or sent by any
other means of written or electronic communication.

Section 2.5           QUORUM; ADJOURNMENT.

                  (a) A majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in
person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the
shareholders.

                  (b) Except as provided in subsection (c) below, the
affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly
held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively
also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum) shall be the act of
the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is
required by the Articles.

                  (c) The shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting
at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment
notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a
quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a
majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.


                                       2

<PAGE>

                  (d) In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of shareholders
may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares
represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be
transacted, except as provided in subsection (c) above.

Section 2.6           ADJOURNED MEETING AND NOTICE THEREOF.

                  Any shareholders' meeting, whether or not a quorum is present,
may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares, the
holders of which are either present in person or represented by proxy thereat,
but in the absence of a quorum (except as permitted by applicable law in the
case of withdrawals by shareholders to reduce the number remaining to less than
a quorum) no other business may be transacted at such meeting.

                  With exceptions under Section 601(d) of the California
Corporations Code and any other applicable law, it shall not be necessary to
give any notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting or of the
business to be transacted thereat, other than by announcement at the meeting at
which such adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may
transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

Section 2.7           VOTING.

                  The shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote
at any such meeting shall be only persons in whose name shares stand on the
stock records of the corporation on the record date determined in accordance
with Section 2.8.

                  Voting shall in all cases be subject to the provisions of
Chapter 7 of the California General Corporation Law, including the following
provisions:

                  (a) Shares standing in the name of another corporation,
domestic or foreign, may be voted by an officer, agent, or proxyholder as the
bylaws of the other corporation may prescribe or, in the absence of such
provision, as the Board of the other corporation may determine or, in the
absence of that determination, by the chairman of the board, president or any
vice president of the other corporation, or by any other person authorized to do
so by the chairman of the board, president, or any vice president of the other
corporation. Shares which are purported to be voted or any proxy purported to be
executed in the name of a corporation (whether or not any title of the person
signing is indicated) shall be presumed to be voted or the proxy executed in
accordance with the provisions of the California General Corporation Law, unless
the contrary is shown.

                  (b) Shares of this corporation owned by its subsidiary shall
not be entitled to vote on any matter.

                  (c) Shares of this corporation held by this corporation in a
fiduciary capacity, and shares of this corporation held in a fiduciary capacity
by its subsidiary, shall not be entitled to vote on any matter, except as
follows: (i) to the extent that the settlor or beneficial owner possesses and
exercises a right to vote or to give this corporation binding instructions as to
how to vote such shares; or (ii) where there are one or more cotrustees who are
not affected by the prohibition of this subsection, in which case the shares may
be voted by the cotrustees as if it or they are the sole trustees.

                                       3

<PAGE>

Section 2.8.          RECORD DATE.

                  The Board may fix, in advance, a record date for the
determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote
or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution, or any
allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights, in respect of any
other lawful action. The record date so fixed shall be not more than sixty days
nor less than ten days prior to the date of the meeting nor more than sixty days
prior to any other action. When a record date is so fixed, only shareholders of
record at the close of business on that date are entitled to notice of and to
vote at the meeting or to receive the dividend, distribution, or allotment of
rights, or to exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any
transfer of shares on the books of the corporation after the record date, except
as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws.

Section 2.9       Consent of Absentees; Waiver of Notice.

                  The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, however
called and noticed, and wherever held, are as valid as though had at a meeting
duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person
or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the persons
entitled to vote, not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of
notice or a consent to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes
thereof. All such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the
corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Attendance of a
person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of and presence at such
meeting, except when the person objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to
object to the consideration of matters required by this division to be included
in the notice but not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the
meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any regular
or special meeting of shareholders need be specified in any written waiver of
notice, consent to the holding of the meeting or approval of the minutes
thereof, unless otherwise provided in the Articles or Bylaws, except as provided
in the California General Corporation Law.

Section 2.10          ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.

                  Subject to Section 603 of the California General Corporation
Law, any action which, under any provision of the California General Corporation
Law, may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken
without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting
forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares
having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to
authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote
thereon were present and voted.

Section 2.11          PROXIES.

                  Every person entitled to vote shares has the right to do so
either in person or by one or more persons authorized by a written proxy
executed by such shareholder and filed with the Secretary. No proxy shall be
valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof, unless
otherwise provided in the proxy.

                                       4

<PAGE>

                            ARTICLE III -- DIRECTORS

Section 3.1           POWERS.

                  Subject to any limitations of the Articles, of these Bylaws
and of the California General Corporation Law relating to action required to be
approved by the shareholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and
affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be
exercised by or under the direction of the Board. The Board may delegate the
management of the day-to-day operation of the business of the corporation
provided that the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and
all corporate powers shall be exercised under the ultimate direction of the
Board. Without prejudice to such general powers, but subject to the same
limitations, it is hereby expressly declared that the Board shall have the
following powers in addition to the other powers enumerated in these Bylaws:

                  (a) To select and remove all the other officers, agents and
employees of the corporation, prescribe the powers and duties for them as may
not be inconsistent with law, with the Articles or these Bylaws, fix their
compensation and require from them security for faithful service.

                  (b) To conduct, manage and control the affairs and business of
the corporation and to make such rules and regulations therefor not inconsistent
with law, or with the Articles or these Bylaws, as they may deem best.

                  (c) To adopt, make and use a corporate seal, and to prescribe
the forms of certificates of stock, and to alter the form of such seal and of
such certificates from time to time as in their judgment they deem best.

                  (d) To authorize the issuance of shares of stock of the
corporation from time to time, upon such terms and for such consideration as may
be lawful.

                  (e) To borrow money and incur indebtedness for the purposes of
the corporation, and to cause to be executed and delivered therefor, in the
corporate name, promissory notes, bonds, debentures, deeds of trust, mortgages,
pledges, hypothecations or other evidences of debt and securities therefor.

Section 3.2           NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

                  The authorized number of directors shall not be less than
three (3) nor more than six (6) until changed by amendment of the Articles or by
a Bylaw duly adopted by the shareholders. The exact number of directors shall be
fixed, within the limits specified, by the Board or the shareholders in the same
manner provided in these Bylaws for the amendment thereof. The exact number of
authorized directors shall be six (6) until changed as provided in these Bylaws.

Section 3.3           ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.

                  The directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of the
shareholders, but if

                                       5

<PAGE>

any such annual meeting is not held or the directors are not elected thereat,
the directors may be elected at any special meeting of shareholders held for
that purpose. Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting and
until a successor has been elected and qualified.

Section 3.4           VACANCIES.

                  Any director may resign effective upon giving written notice
to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, the Secretary, or the
Board, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such
resignation. If the resignation is effective at a future time, a successor may
be elected to take office when the resignation becomes effective.

                  Vacancies in the Board, except those existing as a result of a
removal of a director, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors,
whether or not less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and each
director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until
such director's successor has been elected and qualified. Vacancies existing as
a result of a removal of a director may be filled by the shareholders as
provided by law.

                  A vacancy or vacancies in the Board shall be deemed to exist
in case of the death, resignation or removal of any director, or if the
authorized number of directors be increased, or if the shareholders fail, at any
annual or special meeting of shareholders at which any director or directors are
elected, to elect the full authorized number of directors to be voted for at
that meeting.

                  The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time
to fill any vacancy not filled by the directors. Any such election by written
consent other than to fill a vacancy created by removal requires the consent of
a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. If the Board accepts the
resignation of a director tendered to take effect at a future time, the Board or
the shareholders shall have power to elect a successor to take office when the
resignation is to become effective.

                  No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have
the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of the director's
term of office.

Section 3.5           PLACE OF MEETING.

                  Regular or special meetings of the Board shall be held at any
place within or without the State of California which has been designated from
time to time by the Board or as provided in these Bylaws. In the absence of such
designation, regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office.

Section 3.6           ORGANIZATION MEETING.

                  Promptly following each annual meeting of shareholders the
Board shall hold a regular meeting for the purpose of organization, election of
officers and the transaction of other business.

Section 3.7           SPECIAL MEETINGS.

                  Special meetings other than organization meetings of the Board
for any purpose

                                       6

<PAGE>

or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, if any, the
President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, the Secretary,
an Assistant Secretary or by any two directors.

                  Such meetings of the Board shall be held upon four days'
written notice by mail or forty-eight hours' notice given personally or by
telephone, telephone facsimile transmission, telegraph, telex or other similar
means of communication. Any such notice shall be addressed or delivered to each
director at such director's address as it is shown upon the records of the
corporation or as may have been given to the corporation by the director for
purposes of notice or, if such address is not shown on such records or is not
readily ascertainable, at the place in which the meetings of the directors are
regularly held. The notice need not specify the purpose of such meeting.

                  Notice by first-class mail shall be deemed to have been given
at the time a written notice is deposited in the United States mail, postage
prepaid or sent by private mail or messenger service. Any other written notice
shall be deemed to have been given at the time it is personally delivered to the
recipient, to a person in the office of the recipient who the person giving the
notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the recipient,
delivered to a common carrier for transmission, or actually transmitted by the
person giving the notice by electronic means to the recipient. Oral notice shall
be deemed to have been given at the time it is communicated, in person, by
telephone to the recipient or to a person at the office of the recipient who the
person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to
the recipient.

Section 3.8           QUORUM.

                  One-third of the maximum number of authorized directors
constitutes a quorum of the Board for the transaction of business, except to
adjourn as provided in Section 3.11 of this Article. As defined in Article III,
Section 3.2, the maximum number of authorized directors is six. Every act or
decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly
held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board,
unless a greater number is required by law or by the Articles; provided,
however, that a meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to
transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action
taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for such
meeting.

Section 3.9           PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE.

                  Members of the Board may participate in a meeting through use
of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all
members participating in such meeting can hear one another.
Such participation constitutes presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.10          WAIVER OF NOTICE.

                  The transactions of any meeting of the Board, however called
and noticed or wherever held, are as valid as though had at a meeting duly held
after regular call and notice if a quorum is present and if, either before or
after the meeting, each of the directors not present signs a written waiver of
notice, a consent to holding such meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof.
All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporate
records or

                                       7

<PAGE>

made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 3.11          ADJOURNMENT.

                  A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum
is present, may adjourn any directors' meeting to another time and place. Notice
of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given to
absent directors if the time and place is fixed at the meeting adjourned. If the
meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four hours, notice of any adjournment
to another time or place shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned
meeting to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

Section 3.12          FEES AND COMPENSATION.

                  Directors and members of committees may receive such
compensation, if any, for their services, and such reimbursement for expenses,
as may be fixed or determined by the Board.

Section 3.13          ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.

                  In accordance with the provisions of Section 307(8)(b) of the
California General Corporation Law, any action required or permitted to be taken
by the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board shall
individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written
consent or consents shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of
the Board and shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board.

                             ARTICLE IV -- OFFICERS

Section 4.1           OFFICERS.

                  The officers of the corporation shall be a President, Vice
President, a Controller, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The corporation may also
have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairman of the Board, one or more
additional Vice Presidents, a Chief Operating Officer, a General Manager,
General Counsel, one or more Assistant General Counsels, one or more Assistant
Controllers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant
Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the
provisions of Section 4.5 of this Article.

Section 4.2           ELECTION.

                  The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may
be elected or appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.5 or
Section 4.6 of this Article, shall be chosen annually by, and shall serve at the
pleasure of the Board, and shall hold their respective offices until their
resignation, removal, or other disqualification from service, or until their
respective successors shall be elected.

Section 4.3           ELIGIBILITY OF CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OR PRESIDENT.

                  No person shall be eligible for the office of Chairman of the
Board, if there shall be such an officer, or President unless such person is a
member of the Board of the corporation;

                                       8

<PAGE>

any other officer may or may not be a director.

Section 4.4           REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION.

                  Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by
the Board at any time or by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be
conferred by the Board. Any such removal shall be without prejudice to the
rights, if any, of the officer under any contract of employment of the officer.

                  Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to
the corporation, but without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation
under any contract of employment to which the officer is a party. Any such
resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at
any later time specified therein and, unless otherwise specified therein, the
acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 4.5           APPOINTMENT OF OTHER OFFICERS.

                  The Board may appoint such other officers as the business of
the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period,
have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in the Bylaws or as
the Board may from time to time determine. Notwithstanding the job title for
such person, no employee or other representative of this corporation shall be an
officer of this corporation unless elected by the Board.

Section 4.6           VACANCIES.

                  A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation,
removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner
prescribed in these Bylaws for regular election or appointment to such office.

Section 4.7           SALARIES.

                  The salaries of the Chairman of the Board, if any, President,
General Manager, if any, Vice Presidents, Controller, Treasurer and Secretary of
the corporation shall be fixed by the Board. Salaries of all other officers
shall be approved from time to time by the chief executive officer.

Section 4.8           CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.

                  The Chairman of the Board, if there shall be such an officer,
shall preside at all meetings of the Board, and shall exercise such powers and
perform such duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned to
him by the Board or the Bylaws.

Section 4.9           PRESIDENT.

                  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by
the Board to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the
President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and has,
subject to the control of the Board, general supervision, direction, and control
of the business and affairs of the corporation. The President shall preside at
all meetings of the shareholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the
Board or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board. The President has the
general powers and duties of

                                       9

<PAGE>

management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and has
such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board or the Bylaws.
The President may designate from time to time the titles which the employees or
other representatives of this corporation shall use, including the appointment
of agent for service of process. Without limiting the foregoing, the President
may designate one or more employees as regional vice-presidents.

Section 4.10          VICE PRESIDENT.

                  In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice
Presidents in order of their rank shall perform all the duties of the President
and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the
restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may establish the order
of rank of the Vice Presidents. In the absence of such ranking, the Vice
Presidents shall be ranked as follows: Executive Vice President (if any), Senior
Vice President (if any). Vice Presidents holding identical titles shall be
ranked in order of election to that office by the Board.

Section 4.11          CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER.

                  The Chief Operating Officer, if there shall be such an
officer, must be a vice president of the corporation and shall be subject to the
exercise of the general powers of supervision, direction and control of the
business and officers of the corporation by the President, and supervise the
operations of the corporation.

Section 4.12          GENERAL MANAGER.

                  The General Manager, if there shall be such an officer, must
be a vice president of the corporation and shall, subject to the exercise of the
general powers of supervision, direction and control by the President, or the
Chief Operating Officer, if any, shall manage the operations of the corporation.
In the absence of the Chief Operating Officer, the General Manager shall perform
all the duties of the Chief Operating Officer and when so acting shall have all
the powers of, and be subject to, all the restrictions upon the Chief Operating
Officer.

Section 4.13          GENERAL COUNSEL.

                  The General Counsel shall be the chief consulting officer of
the corporation in all legal matters and, subject to the President, shall have
control over all matters of legal import concerning the corporation.

Section 4.14          ASSISTANT GENERAL COUNSEL.

                  One or more Assistant General Counsels, if any, shall perform
such of the duties of the General Counsel as the General Counsel may designate,
and in the absence or disability of the General Counsel, any Assistant General
Counsel, in order of election to that office by the Board, shall perform the
duties of the General Counsel.

Section 4.15          CONTROLLER.

                  The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the
corporation and shall have control over all accounting matters concerning the
corporation and shall perform such other duties as the President or General
Manager shall designate.

                                      10

<PAGE>

Section 4.16          SECRETARY.

                  The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal
executive office and such other place as the Board may order, a book of minutes
of all meetings of the shareholders, the Board, and its committees, and a share
register or a duplicate share register.

                  The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all
the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board and any committees thereof
required by the Bylaws or by law to be given, shall keep the seal of the
corporation in safe custody, shall from time to time issue such corporate
secretarial certificates as may be required for the business and affairs of the
corporation, and shall have such other general powers and duties of management
usually vested in the office of secretary of a corporation and as may be
prescribed by the Board, the President or the Bylaws.

Section 4.17          ASSISTANT SECRETARY.

                  One or more Assistant Secretaries, if any, shall perform such
of the duties of the Secretary as the Secretary shall designate, and in the
absence or disability of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, in order of
election to that office by the Board, shall perform the duties of the Secretary.

Section 4.18          SECRETARY PRO TEMPORE.

                  At any meeting of the Board or of the shareholders from which
the Secretary and Assistant Secretary are absent, a Secretary pro tempore may be
appointed by the Board of Directors or shareholders as appropriate and act.

Section 4.19          TREASURER.

                  The Treasurer is the chief financial officer of the
corporation and shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained,
adequate and correct accounts of the properties and business transactions of the
corporation. The books of account shall at all times be open to inspection by
any director.

                  The Treasurer shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, all
moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with
such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors pursuant to
Section 5.2. The Treasurer shall disburse or cause to be disbursed, the funds of
the corporation as may be ordered by the President or the General Manager, shall
render to the President, the General Manager or the directors, whenever they
request it, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial
condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such
other duties as may be prescribed by the Board, or the Bylaws.

Section 4.20          ASSISTANT TREASURER.

                  One or more Assistant Treasurers, if any, shall perform such
of the duties of the Treasurer as the Treasurer shall designate, and in the
absence or disability of the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, in order of
election to that office by the Board, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer.


                                      11

<PAGE>

Section 4.21          PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES.

                  Officers shall perform the duties of their respective offices
as stated in these Bylaws, and such additional duties as the Board shall
designate.

                          ARTICLE V -- OTHER PROVISIONS

Section 5.1           INSPECTION OF BYLAWS.

                  The corporation shall keep in its principal executive office
the original or a copy of these Bylaws, as amended to date, which shall be open
to inspection by shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours.

Section 5.2           CONTRACTS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS, LOANS, NOTES AND DEPOSIT
                      OF FUNDS.

                  The Chairman of the Board, if any, the President and any Vice
President of this corporation, either alone or with the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary, shall execute in the name of the corporation such written
instruments as may be authorized by the Board and, without special direction of
the Board, such instruments as transactions of the ordinary business of the
corporation may require and, such officers without the special direction of the
Board may authenticate, attest or countersign any such instruments when deemed
appropriate. The Board may authorize any person, persons, entity, entities,
attorney, attorneys, attorney-in-fact, attorneys-in-fact, agent or agents, to
enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and
on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to
specific instances.

                  No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and
no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by
resolution of the Board as it may direct. Such authority may be general or
confined to specific instances.

                  All checks, drafts, or other similar orders for the payment of
money, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the
corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the
corporation and in such manner as the Board, Chief Executive Officer or
Treasurer may direct.

                  Unless authorized by the Board or these Bylaws, no officer,
agent, employee or any other person or persons shall have any power or authority
to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or
to render it liable for any purpose or amount.

                  All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be
deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks,
trust companies, or other depositories as the Board may direct.

Section 5.3           REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.

                  The President or any other officer or officers authorized by
the Board or the President are each authorized to vote, represent and exercise
on behalf of the corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any
other corporation or corporations standing in the


                                      12

<PAGE>

name of the corporation. The authority herein granted may be exercised either by
any such officer in person or by any other person authorized so to do by proxy
or power of attorney duly executed by said officer.

Section 5.4           ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS.

                  The annual report to shareholders referred to in Section 1501
of the California General Corporation Law is expressly waived, but nothing
herein shall be interpreted as prohibiting the Board from issuing annual or
other periodic reports to shareholders.

Section 5.5           FISCAL YEAR AND SUBDIVISIONS.

                  The calendar year shall be the corporate fiscal year of the
corporation. For the purpose of paying dividends, for making reports and for the
convenient transaction of the business of the corporation, the Board may divide
the fiscal year into appropriate subdivisions.

Section 5.6           CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS.

                  Unless the context otherwise requires, the general provisions,
rules of construction and definitions contained in the General Provisions of the
California Corporations Code and in the California General Corporation Law shall
govern the construction of these Bylaws.

                          ARTICLE VI -- INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6.1           INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

                  Each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made
a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit
or proceeding, formal or informal, whether brought in the name of the
corporation or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative nature (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he
or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a
director or officer of this corporation or is or was serving at the request of
this corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of
such proceeding is an alleged action or inaction in an official capacity or in
any other capacity while serving as a director or officer shall, subject to the
terms of any agreement between this corporation and such person, be indemnified
and held harmless by this corporation to the fullest extent permissible under
California law and this corporation's Articles of Incorporation, against all
costs, charges, expenses, liabilities, and losses (including attorneys' fees,
judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security Act excise taxes or
penalties, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably
incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, and such
indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or
officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, and
administrators; provided, however, that (A) this corporation shall indemnify any
such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part
thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was
authorized by the Board of this corporation other than a suit permitted by
Section 6.3; (B) this corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking
indemnification in connection with settlement of a proceeding (or part thereof)
other than a

                                      13

<PAGE>

proceeding by or in the name of this corporation to procure a judgment in its
favor only if any settlement of such a proceeding is approved in writing by this
corporation; (C) that no such person shall be indemnified (i) except to the
extent that the aggregate of losses to be indemnified exceeds the amount of such
losses for which the director or officer is paid pursuant to any directors' and
officers' liability insurance policy maintained by the corporation; (ii) on
account of any suit in which judgment is rendered against such person for an
accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by such person of
securities of this corporation pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar provisions
of any federal, state, or local statutory law; (iii) if a court of competent
jurisdiction finally determines that any indemnification hereunder is unlawful;
and (iv) as to circumstances in which indemnity is expressly prohibited by
Section 317 of the General Corporation Law of California (the "Law"); and (D)
that no such person shall be indemnified with regard to any action brought by or
in the right of this corporation for breach of duty to this corporation and its
shareholders (a) for acts or omissions involving intentional misconduct or
knowing and culpable violation of law; (b) for acts or omissions that the
director or officer believes to be contrary to the best interests of this
corporation or its shareholders or that involve the absence of good faith on the
part of the director or officer; (c) for any transaction from which the director
or officer derived an improper personal benefit; (d) for acts or omissions that
show a reckless disregard for the director's or officer's duty to this
corporation or its shareholders in circumstances in which the director or
officer was aware, or should have been aware, in the ordinary course of
performing his or her duties, of a risk of serious injury to this corporation or
its shareholders; (e) for acts or omissions that constitute an unexcused pattern
of inattention that amounts to an abdication of the director's or officer's
duties to this corporation or its shareholders; and (f) for costs, charges,
expenses, liabilities, and losses arising under Section 310 or 316 of the Law.
The right to indemnification conferred in this Article shall include the right
to be paid by this corporation expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in
advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that if the Law permits the
payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her
capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which
service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer,
including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance
of the final disposition of a proceeding, such advances shall be made only upon
delivery to this corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director
or officer, to repay all amounts to this corporation if it shall be ultimately
determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified."

Section 6.2           INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS.

                  A person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a
party to or is involved in any proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she
is or was an employee or agent of this corporation or is or was serving at the
request of this corporation as an employee or agent of another enterprise,
including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of
such action is an alleged action or inaction in an official capacity or in any
other capacity while serving as an employee or agent, may, subject to the terms
of any agreement between this corporation and such person, be indemnified and
held harmless by this corporation to the fullest extent permitted by California
law and this corporation's Articles of Incorporation, against all costs,
charges, expenses, liabilities, and losses, (including attorneys' fees,
judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security Act excise taxes or
penalties, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or
suffered by such person in connection therewith.


                                      14

<PAGE>

Section 6.3           RIGHT OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS TO BRING SUIT.

                  If a claim under Section 6.1 of this Article is not paid in
full by this corporation within 30 days after a written claim has been received
by this corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against
this corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in
whole or in part, the claimant shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of
prosecuting such claim. Neither the failure of this corporation (including its
Board, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of
the claimant is permissible in the circumstances because he or she has met the
applicable standard of conduct, if any, nor an actual determination by this
corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its
shareholders) that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct,
shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption for the purpose of an
action that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

Section 6.4           SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE.

                  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article, to the
extent that a director or officer has been successful on the merits in defense
of any proceeding referred to in Section 6.1 or in defense of any claim, issue
or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

Section 6.5           NONEXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.

                  The right to indemnification provided by this Article shall
not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter
acquire under any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders, or
disinterested directors, or otherwise.

Section 6.6           INSURANCE.

                  This corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to
protect itself and any director, officer, employee, or agent of this corporation
or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise
against any expense, liability, or loss, whether or not this corporation would
have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability, or loss
under the Law.

Section 6.7           EXPENSES AS A WITNESS.

                  To the extent that any director, officer, employee, or agent
of this corporation is, by reason of such position or a position with another
entity at the request of this corporation, a witness in any action, suit, or
proceeding, he or she shall be indemnified against all costs and expenses
actually and reasonably incurred by him or her on his or her behalf in
connection therewith.

Section 6.8           INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS.

                  This corporation may enter into agreements with any director,
officer, employee, or agent of this corporation providing for indemnification to
the fullest extent permissible under the Law and this corporation's Articles of
Incorporation.


                                      15

<PAGE>

Section 6.9           SEVERABILITY.

                  Each and every paragraph, sentence, term, and provision of
this Article is separate and distinct so that if any paragraph, sentence, term,
or provision hereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason,
such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of any other paragraph, sentence, term, or provision hereof. To
the extent required, any paragraph, sentence, term, or provision of this Article
may be modified by a court of competent jurisdiction to preserve its validity
and to provide the claimant with, subject to the limitations set forth in this
Article and any agreement between this corporation and claimant, the broadest
possible indemnification permitted under applicable law.

Section 6.10          EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION.

                  Any repeal or modification of this Article shall not adversely
affect any right of indemnification of a director or officer existing at the
time of such repeal or modification with respect to any action or omission
occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

                            ARTICLE VII -- AMENDMENTS

Section 7.1           AMENDMENTS.

                  In accordance with Section 211 and subject to the provisions
contained in Section 212 of the California Corporation Law, these Bylaws may be
amended or repealed either by approval of the outstanding shares or by the
approval of the Board; provided, however, that a Bylaw specifying or changing a
fixed number of directors or the maximum or minimum number or changing from a
fixed to a variable Board or vice versa may only be adopted by approval of the
outstanding shares. The exact number of directors within the maximum and minimum
number specified in these Bylaws may be amended by the Board alone.

                                 [End of Bylaws]

                                      16


<PAGE>

                                                         EXHIBIT 3.4

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                           EDISON MISSION FINANCE CO.

                                        I

         The name of the corporation is Edison Mission Finance Co.

                                       II

          The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or
the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California
Corporations Code.

                                       III

          The name and address in the State of California of the corporation's
initial agent for service of process are:



                                Martha A. Spikes
                       18101 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1700
                            Irvine, California 92715

                                       IV

         This corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares, which
shall be designated "common" shares. The total authorized number of such shares
authorized to be issued is ten thousand (10,000) shares.

                                        V

         1. The liability of directors of the corporation for monetary damages
shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law.



         2. The corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of agents
(as defined in Section 317 of the California Corporations Code) through bylaw
provisions, agreements with agents, vote of shareholders or disinterested
directors, or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by
Section 317 of the California Corporations Code, subject only to the applicable
limits set forth in Section 204 of the California Corporations Code with respect
to actions for breach of duty to the corporation and its shareholders.

         Dated:  As of November 12, 1998


                                          /s/ Mary Ellen Olson
                                          -------------------------
                                          Mary Ellen Olson



<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 3.5



                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                           EDISON MISSION FINANCE CO.





                            ADOPTED DECEMBER 1, 1998



<PAGE>



                           EDISON MISSION FINANCE CO.

                                      INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ARTICLE I -- OFFICES
         <S>               <C>                                               <C>
         Section 1.1       PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE.                         1
         Section 1.2       OTHER OFFICES.                                      1

ARTICLE II -- SHAREHOLDERS
         Section 2.1       MEETING LOCATIONS.                                  1
         Section 2.2       ANNUAL MEETINGS.                                    1
         Section 2.3       SPECIAL MEETINGS.                                   1
         Section 2.4       NOTICE OF ANNUAL OR SPECIAL MEETING.                2
         Section 2.5       QUORUM; ADJOURNMENT.                                2
         Section 2.6       ADJOURNED MEETING AND NOTICE THEREOF.               3
         Section 2.7       VOTING.                                             3
         Section 2.8.      RECORD DATE.                                        4
         Section 2.9.      CONSENT OF ABSENTEES; WAIVER OF NOTICE.             4
         Section 2.10      ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.                             4
         Section 2.11      PROXIES.                                            4

ARTICLE III -- DIRECTORS
         Section 3.1       POWERS.                                             5
         Section 3.2       NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.                                5
         Section 3.3       ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.                        5
         Section 3.4       VACANCIES.                                          6
         Section 3.5       PLACE OF MEETING.                                   6
         Section 3.6       ORGANIZATION MEETING.                               6
         Section 3.7       SPECIAL MEETINGS.                                   6
         Section 3.8       QUORUM.                                             7
         Section 3.9       PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE.  7
         Section 3.10      WAIVER OF NOTICE.                                   7
         Section 3.11      ADJOURNMENT.                                        8
         Section 3.12      FEES AND COMPENSATION.                              8
         Section 3.13      ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.                             8

ARTICLE IV -- OFFICERS
         Section 4.1       OFFICERS.                                           8
         Section 4.2       ELECTION.                                           8
         Section 4.3       ELIGIBILITY OF CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OR PRESIDENT.  8
         Section 4.4       REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION.                            9
         Section 4.5       APPOINTMENT OF OTHER OFFICERS.                      9
         Section 4.6       VACANCIES.                                          9
         Section 4.7       SALARIES.                                           9
         Section 4.8       CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.                              9
         Section 4.9       PRESIDENT.                                          9
         Section 4.10      VICE PRESIDENT.                                    10
         Section 4.11      CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER.                           10

</TABLE>

                                       i

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



<S>              <C>                                                          <C>
         Section 4.12      GENERAL MANAGER.                                   10
         Section 4.13      GENERAL COUNSEL.                                   10
         Section 4.14      ASSISTANT GENERAL COUNSEL.                         10
         Section 4.15      CONTROLLER.                                        10
         Section 4.16      SECRETARY.                                         11
         Section 4.17      ASSISTANT SECRETARY.                               11
         Section 4.18      SECRETARY PRO TEMPORE.                             11
         Section 4.19      TREASURER.                                         11
         Section 4.20      ASSISTANT TREASURER.                               11
         Section 4.21      PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES.                             12

ARTICLE V -- OTHER PROVISIONS
         Section 5.1       INSPECTION OF BYLAWS.                              12
         Section 5.2       CONTRACTS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS,LOANS, NOTES AND
                           DEPOSIT OF FUNDS.                                  12
         Section 5.3       REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.    12
         Section 5.4       ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS.                     13
         Section 5.5       FISCAL YEAR AND SUBDIVISIONS.                      13
         Section 5.6       CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS.                      13

ARTICLE VI -- INDEMNIFICATION
         Section 6.1       INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.         13
         Section 6.2       INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS.           14
         Section 6.3       RIGHT OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS TO BRING SUIT.     15
         Section 6.4       SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE.                                15
         Section 6.5       NONEXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.                          15
         Section 6.6       INSURANCE.                                         15
         Section 6.7       EXPENSES AS A WITNESS.                             15
         Section 6.8       INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS.                              15
         Section 6.9       SEVERABILITY.                                      16
         Section 6.10      EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION.                  16

ARTICLE VII -- AMENDMENTS
         Section 7.1       AMENDMENTS.                                        16

</TABLE>

                                       ii

<PAGE>


                                     BYLAWS

                        BYLAWS FOR THE REGULATION, EXCEPT
                        AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BY STATUTE
                        OR ITS ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                           EDISON MISSION FINANCE CO.

                              ARTICLE I -- OFFICES

Section 1.1           PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE.

                  The principal executive office of the corporation is hereby
fixed and located at 18101 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1700, in the City of Irvine,
County of Orange, State of California. The Board of Directors ("the Board") is
hereby granted full power and authority to change the principal executive office
from one location to another.

Section 1.2           OTHER OFFICES.

                  Branches or subordinate offices may be established at any time
by the Board of Directors or the President at any place within or without the
State of California.

                           ARTICLE II -- SHAREHOLDERS

Section 2.1           MEETING LOCATIONS.

                  All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal
executive office, or at such other office or places within or without the State
of California as may be designated by either the Board or by the person or
persons giving notice of the meeting pursuant to Section 2.4.

Section 2.2           ANNUAL MEETINGS.

                  The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held on the 2nd
Tuesday in the month of May of each year, at the hour of 3:00 p.m. on said day,
or at such other time on such other day as shall be fixed by the Board, to elect
directors to hold office for the year next ensuing and until their successors
shall be elected, and to consider and act upon such other matters as may
lawfully be presented to such meeting; provided, however, that should said day
fall upon a legal holiday observed by this corporation, then any such annual
meeting of shareholders shall be held at the same time and place on the next day
thereafter ensuing which is a full business day.

Section 2.3           SPECIAL MEETINGS.

                  Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time
by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, the Executive
Vice President, if any, the Senior Vice President, if any, or the holders of
shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent of the

                                    1
<PAGE>

votes at such meeting. Upon request to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the
President, the Executive Vice President, the Senior Vice President, the
Secretary or Assistant Secretary by any person entitled to call a special
meeting of shareholders, the officer forthwith shall cause notice to be given to
the shareholders entitled to vote that a meeting will be held at a time
requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than
thirty-five nor more than sixty days after the receipt of the request. If the
notice is not given within twenty days after receipt of the request, the persons
entitled to call the meeting may give the notice.

Section 2.4           NOTICE OF ANNUAL OR SPECIAL MEETING.

                  Written notice of each annual or special meeting of
shareholders shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before
the date of the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat. Such
notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and (i) in the case
of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted, and
no other business may be transacted, or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting,
those matters which the Board, at the time of the mailing of the notice, intends
to present for action by the shareholders, but subject to the provisions of
applicable law, any proper matter may be presented at the meeting for such
action. The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall
include the name of nominees intended at the time of the notice to be presented
by the Board for election.

                  Notice of a shareholders' meeting or any report to the
shareholders shall be given either personally to the recipient or to a person in
the office of the recipient or by first-class United States mail, by private
mail or messenger service, by telephone facsimile transmission, or by any other
means of written communication, addressed to the shareholder at the address of
such shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the
shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice; or if no such address
appears or is given, at the place where the principal executive office of the
corporation is located or by publication at least once in a newspaper of general
circulation in the county in which the principal executive office is located.
Such notice or report shall be deemed to have been given at the time when
delivered personally, deposited in the United States mail or sent by private
mail or messenger service, by telephone facsimile transmission or sent by any
other means of written or electronic communication.

Section 2.5           QUORUM; ADJOURNMENT.

                  (a)      A majority of the shares entitled to vote,
represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of
the shareholders.

                  (b)      Except as provided in subsection (c) below, the
affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly
held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively
also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum) shall be the act of
the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is
required by the Articles.

                  (c)      The shareholders present at a duly called or held
meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until
adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less
than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at
least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

                                  2
<PAGE>

                  (d)      In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of
shareholders may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of a majority of the
shares represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be
transacted, except as provided in subsection (c) above.

Section 2.6           ADJOURNED MEETING AND NOTICE THEREOF.

                  Any shareholders' meeting, whether or not a quorum is present,
may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares, the
holders of which are either present in person or represented by proxy thereat,
but in the absence of a quorum (except as permitted by applicable law in the
case of withdrawals by shareholders to reduce the number remaining to less than
a quorum) no other business may be transacted at such meeting.

                  With exceptions under Section 601(d) of the California
Corporations Code and any other applicable law, it shall not be necessary to
give any notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting or of the
business to be transacted thereat, other than by announcement at the meeting at
which such adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may
transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

Section 2.7           VOTING.

                  The shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote
at any such meeting shall be only persons in whose name shares stand on the
stock records of the corporation on the record date determined in accordance
with Section 2.8.

                  Voting shall in all cases be subject to the provisions of
Chapter 7 of the California General Corporation Law, including the following
provisions:

                  (a)      Shares standing in the name of another corporation,
domestic or foreign, may be voted by an officer, agent, or proxyholder as the
bylaws of the other corporation may prescribe or, in the absence of such
provision, as the Board of the other corporation may determine or, in the
absence of that determination, by the chairman of the board, president or any
vice president of the other corporation, or by any other person authorized to do
so by the chairman of the board, president, or any vice president of the other
corporation. Shares which are purported to be voted or any proxy purported to be
executed in the name of a corporation (whether or not any title of the person
signing is indicated) shall be presumed to be voted or the proxy executed in
accordance with the provisions of the California General Corporation Law, unless
the contrary is shown.

                  (b)      Shares of this corporation owned by its subsidiary
shall not be entitled to vote on any matter.

                  (c)      Shares of this corporation held by this corporation
in a fiduciary capacity, and shares of this corporation held in a fiduciary
capacity by its subsidiary, shall not be entitled to vote on any matter, except
as follows: (i) to the extent that the settlor or beneficial owner possesses and
exercises a right to vote or to give this corporation binding instructions as to
how to vote such shares; or (ii) where there are one or more cotrustees who are
not affected by the prohibition of this subsection, in which case the shares may
be voted by the cotrustees as if it or they are the sole trustees.

                                   3
<PAGE>

Section 2.8.          RECORD DATE.

                  The Board may fix, in advance, a record date for the
determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote
or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution, or any
allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights, in respect of any
other lawful action. The record date so fixed shall be not more than sixty days
nor less than ten days prior to the date of the meeting nor more than sixty days
prior to any other action. When a record date is so fixed, only shareholders of
record at the close of business on that date are entitled to notice of and to
vote at the meeting or to receive the dividend, distribution, or allotment of
rights, or to exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any
transfer of shares on the books of the corporation after the record date, except
as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws.

Section 2.9       Consent of Absentees; Waiver of Notice.

                  The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, however
called and noticed, and wherever held, are as valid as though had at a meeting
duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person
or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the persons
entitled to vote, not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of
notice or a consent to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes
thereof. All such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the
corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Attendance of a
person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of and presence at such
meeting, except when the person objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to
object to the consideration of matters required by this division to be included
in the notice but not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the
meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any regular
or special meeting of shareholders need be specified in any written waiver of
notice, consent to the holding of the meeting or approval of the minutes
thereof, unless otherwise provided in the Articles or Bylaws, except as provided
in the California General Corporation Law.

Section 2.10          ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.

                  Subject to Section 603 of the California General Corporation
Law, any action which, under any provision of the California General Corporation
Law, may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken
without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting
forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares
having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to
authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote
thereon were present and voted.

Section 2.11          PROXIES.

                  Every person entitled to vote shares has the right to do so
either in person or by one or more persons authorized by a written proxy
executed by such shareholder and filed with the Secretary. No proxy shall be
valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof, unless
otherwise provided in the proxy.

                                4
<PAGE>

                            ARTICLE III -- DIRECTORS

Section 3.1           POWERS.

                  Subject to any limitations of the Articles, of these Bylaws
and of the California General Corporation Law relating to action required to be
approved by the shareholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and
affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be
exercised by or under the direction of the Board. The Board may delegate the
management of the day-to-day operation of the business of the corporation
provided that the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and
all corporate powers shall be exercised under the ultimate direction of the
Board. Without prejudice to such general powers, but subject to the same
limitations, it is hereby expressly declared that the Board shall have the
following powers in addition to the other powers enumerated in these Bylaws:

                  (a)      To select and remove all the other officers, agents
and employees of the corporation, prescribe the powers and duties for them as
may not be inconsistent with law, with the Articles or these Bylaws, fix their
compensation and require from them security for faithful service.

                  (b)      To conduct, manage and control the affairs and
business of the corporation and to make such rules and regulations therefor not
inconsistent with law, or with the Articles or these Bylaws, as they may deem
best.

                  (c)      To adopt, make and use a corporate seal, and to
prescribe the forms of certificates of stock, and to alter the form of such seal
and of such certificates from time to time as in their judgment they deem best.

                  (d)      To authorize the issuance of shares of stock of the
corporation from time to time, upon such terms and for such consideration as may
be lawful.

                  (e)      To borrow money and incur indebtedness for the
purposes of the corporation, and to cause to be executed and delivered therefor,
in the corporate name, promissory notes, bonds, debentures, deeds of trust,
mortgages, pledges, hypothecations or other evidences of debt and securities
therefor.

Section 3.2           NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

                  The authorized number of directors shall not be less than
three (3) nor more than six (6) until changed by amendment of the Articles or by
a Bylaw duly adopted by the shareholders. The exact number of directors shall be
fixed, within the limits specified, by the Board or the shareholders in the same
manner provided in these Bylaws for the amendment thereof. The exact number of
authorized directors shall be six (6) until changed as provided in these Bylaws.

Section 3.3           ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.

                  The directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of the
shareholders, but if

                                   5
<PAGE>

any such annual meeting is not held or the directors are not elected thereat,
the directors may be elected at any special meeting of shareholders held for
that purpose. Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting and
until a successor has been elected and qualified.

Section 3.4           VACANCIES.

                  Any director may resign effective upon giving written notice
to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, the Secretary, or the
Board, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such
resignation. If the resignation is effective at a future time, a successor may
be elected to take office when the resignation becomes effective.

                  Vacancies in the Board, except those existing as a result of a
removal of a director, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors,
whether or not less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and each
director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until
such director's successor has been elected and qualified. Vacancies existing as
a result of a removal of a director may be filled by the shareholders as
provided by law.

                  A vacancy or vacancies in the Board shall be deemed to exist
in case of the death, resignation or removal of any director, or if the
authorized number of directors be increased, or if the shareholders fail, at any
annual or special meeting of shareholders at which any director or directors are
elected, to elect the full authorized number of directors to be voted for at
that meeting.

                  The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time
to fill any vacancy not filled by the directors. Any such election by written
consent other than to fill a vacancy created by removal requires the consent of
a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. If the Board accepts the
resignation of a director tendered to take effect at a future time, the Board or
the shareholders shall have power to elect a successor to take office when the
resignation is to become effective.

                  No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have
the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of the director's
term of office.

Section 3.5           PLACE OF MEETING.

                  Regular or special meetings of the Board shall be held at any
place within or without the State of California which has been designated from
time to time by the Board or as provided in these Bylaws. In the absence of such
designation, regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office.

Section 3.6           ORGANIZATION MEETING.

                  Promptly following each annual meeting of shareholders the
Board shall hold a regular meeting for the purpose of organization, election of
officers and the transaction of other business.

Section 3.7           SPECIAL MEETINGS.

                  Special meetings other than organization meetings of the Board
for any purpose

                                     6
<PAGE>

or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, if any, the
President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, the Secretary,
an Assistant Secretary or by any two directors.

                  Such meetings of the Board shall be held upon four days'
written notice by mail or forty-eight hours' notice given personally or by
telephone, telephone facsimile transmission, telegraph, telex or other similar
means of communication. Any such notice shall be addressed or delivered to each
director at such director's address as it is shown upon the records of the
corporation or as may have been given to the corporation by the director for
purposes of notice or, if such address is not shown on such records or is not
readily ascertainable, at the place in which the meetings of the directors are
regularly held. The notice need not specify the purpose of such meeting.

                  Notice by first-class mail shall be deemed to have been given
at the time a written notice is deposited in the United States mail, postage
prepaid or sent by private mail or messenger service. Any other written notice
shall be deemed to have been given at the time it is personally delivered to the
recipient, to a person in the office of the recipient who the person giving the
notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the recipient,
delivered to a common carrier for transmission, or actually transmitted by the
person giving the notice by electronic means to the recipient. Oral notice shall
be deemed to have been given at the time it is communicated, in person, by
telephone to the recipient or to a person at the office of the recipient who the
person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to
the recipient.

Section 3.8           QUORUM.

                  One-third of the maximum number of authorized directors
constitutes a quorum of the Board for the transaction of business, except to
adjourn as provided in Section 3.11 of this Article. As defined in Article III,
Section 3.2, the maximum number of authorized directors is six. Every act or
decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly
held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board,
unless a greater number is required by law or by the Articles; provided,
however, that a meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to
transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action
taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for such
meeting.

Section 3.9           PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE.

                  Members of the Board may participate in a meeting through use
of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all
members participating in such meeting can hear one another.
Such participation constitutes presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.10          WAIVER OF NOTICE.

                  The transactions of any meeting of the Board, however called
and noticed or wherever held, are as valid as though had at a meeting duly held
after regular call and notice if a quorum is present and if, either before or
after the meeting, each of the directors not present signs a written waiver of
notice, a consent to holding such meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof.
All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporate
records or

                                   7
<PAGE>

made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 3.11          ADJOURNMENT.

                  A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum
is present, may adjourn any directors' meeting to another time and place. Notice
of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given to
absent directors if the time and place is fixed at the meeting adjourned. If the
meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four hours, notice of any adjournment
to another time or place shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned
meeting to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

Section 3.12          FEES AND COMPENSATION.

                  Directors and members of committees may receive such
compensation, if any, for their services, and such reimbursement for expenses,
as may be fixed or determined by the Board.

Section 3.13          ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.

                  In accordance with the provisions of Section 307(8)(b) of the
California General Corporation Law, any action required or permitted to be taken
by the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board shall
individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written
consent or consents shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of
the Board and shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board.

                             ARTICLE IV -- OFFICERS

Section 4.1           OFFICERS.

                  The officers of the corporation shall be a President, Vice
President, a Controller, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The corporation may also
have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairman of the Board, one or more
additional Vice Presidents, a Chief Operating Officer, a General Manager,
General Counsel, one or more Assistant General Counsels, one or more Assistant
Controllers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant
Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the
provisions of Section 4.5 of this Article.

Section 4.2           ELECTION.

                  The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may
be elected or appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.5 or
Section 4.6 of this Article, shall be chosen annually by, and shall serve at the
pleasure of the Board, and shall hold their respective offices until their
resignation, removal, or other disqualification from service, or until their
respective successors shall be elected.

Section 4.3           ELIGIBILITY OF CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OR PRESIDENT.


                  No person shall be eligible for the office of Chairman of the
Board, if there shall be such an officer, or President unless such person is a
member of the Board of the corporation;

                               8
<PAGE>

any other officer may or may not be a director.

Section 4.4           REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION.

                  Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by
the Board at any time or by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be
conferred by the Board. Any such removal shall be without prejudice to the
rights, if any, of the officer under any contract of employment of the officer.

                  Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to
the corporation, but without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation
under any contract of employment to which the officer is a party. Any such
resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at
any later time specified therein and, unless otherwise specified therein, the
acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 4.5           APPOINTMENT OF OTHER OFFICERS.

                  The Board may appoint such other officers as the business of
the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period,
have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in the Bylaws or as
the Board may from time to time determine. Notwithstanding the job title for
such person, no employee or other representative of this corporation shall be an
officer of this corporation unless elected by the Board.

Section 4.6           VACANCIES.

                  A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation,
removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner
prescribed in these Bylaws for regular election or appointment to such office.

Section 4.7           SALARIES.

                  The salaries of the Chairman of the Board, if any, President,
General Manager, if any, Vice Presidents, Controller, Treasurer and Secretary of
the corporation shall be fixed by the Board. Salaries of all other officers
shall be approved from time to time by the chief executive officer.

Section 4.8           CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.

                  The Chairman of the Board, if there shall be such an officer,
shall preside at all meetings of the Board, and shall exercise such powers and
perform such duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned to
him by the Board or the Bylaws.

Section 4.9           PRESIDENT.

                  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by
the Board to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the
President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and has,
subject to the control of the Board, general supervision, direction, and control
of the business and affairs of the corporation. The President shall preside at
all meetings of the shareholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the
Board or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board. The President has the
general powers and duties of

                                9
<PAGE>

management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and has
such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board or the Bylaws.
The President may designate from time to time the titles which the employees or
other representatives of this corporation shall use, including the appointment
of agent for service of process. Without limiting the foregoing, the President
may designate one or more employees as regional vice-presidents.

Section 4.10          VICE PRESIDENT.

                  In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice
Presidents in order of their rank shall perform all the duties of the President
and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the
restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may establish the order
of rank of the Vice Presidents. In the absence of such ranking, the Vice
Presidents shall be ranked as follows: Executive Vice President (if any), Senior
Vice President (if any). Vice Presidents holding identical titles shall be
ranked in order of election to that office by the Board.

Section 4.11          CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER.

                  The Chief Operating Officer, if there shall be such an
officer, must be a vice president of the corporation and shall be subject to the
exercise of the general powers of supervision, direction and control of the
business and officers of the corporation by the President, and supervise the
operations of the corporation.

Section 4.12          GENERAL MANAGER.

                  The General Manager, if there shall be such an officer, must
be a vice president of the corporation and shall, subject to the exercise of the
general powers of supervision, direction and control by the President, or the
Chief Operating Officer, if any, shall manage the operations of the corporation.
In the absence of the Chief Operating Officer, the General Manager shall perform
all the duties of the Chief Operating Officer and when so acting shall have all
the powers of, and be subject to, all the restrictions upon the Chief Operating
Officer.

Section 4.13          GENERAL COUNSEL.

                  The General Counsel shall be the chief consulting officer of
the corporation in all legal matters and, subject to the President, shall have
control over all matters of legal import concerning the corporation.

Section 4.14          ASSISTANT GENERAL COUNSEL.

                  One or more Assistant General Counsels, if any, shall perform
such of the duties of the General Counsel as the General Counsel may designate,
and in the absence or disability of the General Counsel, any Assistant General
Counsel, in order of election to that office by the Board, shall perform the
duties of the General Counsel.

Section 4.15          CONTROLLER.

                  The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the
corporation and shall have control over all accounting matters concerning the
corporation and shall perform such other duties as the President or General
Manager shall designate.

                               10
<PAGE>

Section 4.16          SECRETARY.

                  The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal
executive office and such other place as the Board may order, a book of minutes
of all meetings of the shareholders, the Board, and its committees, and a share
register or a duplicate share register.

                  The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all
the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board and any committees thereof
required by the Bylaws or by law to be given, shall keep the seal of the
corporation in safe custody, shall from time to time issue such corporate
secretarial certificates as may be required for the business and affairs of the
corporation, and shall have such other general powers and duties of management
usually vested in the office of secretary of a corporation and as may be
prescribed by the Board, the President or the Bylaws.

Section 4.17          ASSISTANT SECRETARY.

                  One or more Assistant Secretaries, if any, shall perform such
of the duties of the Secretary as the Secretary shall designate, and in the
absence or disability of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, in order of
election to that office by the Board, shall perform the duties of the Secretary.

Section 4.18          SECRETARY PRO TEMPORE.

                  At any meeting of the Board or of the shareholders from which
the Secretary and Assistant Secretary are absent, a Secretary pro tempore may be
appointed by the Board of Directors or shareholders as appropriate and act.

Section 4.19          TREASURER.

                  The Treasurer is the chief financial officer of the
corporation and shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained,
adequate and correct accounts of the properties and business transactions of the
corporation. The books of account shall at all times be open to inspection by
any director.

                  The Treasurer shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, all
moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with
such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors pursuant to
Section 5.2. The Treasurer shall disburse or cause to be disbursed, the funds of
the corporation as may be ordered by the President or the General Manager, shall
render to the President, the General Manager or the directors, whenever they
request it, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial
condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such
other duties as may be prescribed by the Board, or the Bylaws.

Section 4.20          ASSISTANT TREASURER.

                  One or more Assistant Treasurers, if any, shall perform such
of the duties of the Treasurer as the Treasurer shall designate, and in the
absence or disability of the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, in order of
election to that office by the Board, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer.

                                11
<PAGE>

Section 4.21          PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES.

                  Officers shall perform the duties of their respective offices
as stated in these Bylaws, and such additional duties as the Board shall
designate.

                          ARTICLE V -- OTHER PROVISIONS

Section 5.1           INSPECTION OF BYLAWS.

                  The corporation shall keep in its principal executive office
the original or a copy of these Bylaws, as amended to date, which shall be open
to inspection by shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours.

Section 5.2           CONTRACTS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS, LOANS, NOTES AND DEPOSIT
                      OF FUNDS.

                  The Chairman of the Board, if any, the President and any Vice
President of this corporation, either alone or with the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary, shall execute in the name of the corporation such written
instruments as may be authorized by the Board and, without special direction of
the Board, such instruments as transactions of the ordinary business of the
corporation may require and, such officers without the special direction of the
Board may authenticate, attest or countersign any such instruments when deemed
appropriate. The Board may authorize any person, persons, entity, entities,
attorney, attorneys, attorney-in-fact, attorneys-in-fact, agent or agents, to
enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and
on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to
specific instances.

                  No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and
no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by
resolution of the Board as it may direct. Such authority may be general or
confined to specific instances.

                  All checks, drafts, or other similar orders for the payment of
money, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the
corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the
corporation and in such manner as the Board, Chief Executive Officer or
Treasurer may direct.

                  Unless authorized by the Board or these Bylaws, no officer,
agent, employee or any other person or persons shall have any power or authority
to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or
to render it liable for any purpose or amount.

                  All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be
deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks,
trust companies, or other depositories as the Board may direct.

Section 5.3           REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.

                  The President or any other officer or officers authorized by
the Board or the President are each authorized to vote, represent and exercise
on behalf of the corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any
other corporation or corporations standing in the

                                  12
<PAGE>

name of the corporation. The authority herein granted may be exercised either by
any such officer in person or by any other person authorized so to do by proxy
or power of attorney duly executed by said officer.

Section 5.4           ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS.

                  The annual report to shareholders referred to in Section 1501
of the California General Corporation Law is expressly waived, but nothing
herein shall be interpreted as prohibiting the Board from issuing annual or
other periodic reports to shareholders.

Section 5.5           FISCAL YEAR AND SUBDIVISIONS.

                  The calendar year shall be the corporate fiscal year of the
corporation. For the purpose of paying dividends, for making reports and for the
convenient transaction of the business of the corporation, the Board may divide
the fiscal year into appropriate subdivisions.

Section 5.6           CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS.

                  Unless the context otherwise requires, the general provisions,
rules of construction and definitions contained in the General Provisions of the
California Corporations Code and in the California General Corporation Law shall
govern the construction of these Bylaws.

                          ARTICLE VI -- INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6.1           INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

                  Each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made
a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit
or proceeding, formal or informal, whether brought in the name of the
corporation or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative nature (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he
or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a
director or officer of this corporation or is or was serving at the request of
this corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of
such proceeding is an alleged action or inaction in an official capacity or in
any other capacity while serving as a director or officer shall, subject to the
terms of any agreement between this corporation and such person, be indemnified
and held harmless by this corporation to the fullest extent permissible under
California law and this corporation's Articles of Incorporation, against all
costs, charges, expenses, liabilities, and losses (including attorneys' fees,
judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security Act excise taxes or
penalties, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably
incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, and such
indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or
officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, and
administrators; provided, however, that (A) this corporation shall indemnify any
such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part
thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was
authorized by the Board of this corporation other than a suit permitted by
Section 6.3; (B) this corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking
indemnification in connection with settlement of a proceeding (or part thereof)
other than a

                                 13
<PAGE>

proceeding by or in the name of this corporation to procure a judgment in its
favor only if any settlement of such a proceeding is approved in writing by this
corporation; (C) that no such person shall be indemnified (i) except to the
extent that the aggregate of losses to be indemnified exceeds the amount of such
losses for which the director or officer is paid pursuant to any directors' and
officers' liability insurance policy maintained by the corporation; (ii) on
account of any suit in which judgment is rendered against such person for an
accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by such person of
securities of this corporation pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar provisions
of any federal, state, or local statutory law; (iii) if a court of competent
jurisdiction finally determines that any indemnification hereunder is unlawful;
and (iv) as to circumstances in which indemnity is expressly prohibited by
Section 317 of the General Corporation Law of California (the "Law"); and (D)
that no such person shall be indemnified with regard to any action brought by or
in the right of this corporation for breach of duty to this corporation and its
shareholders (a) for acts or omissions involving intentional misconduct or
knowing and culpable violation of law; (b) for acts or omissions that the
director or officer believes to be contrary to the best interests of this
corporation or its shareholders or that involve the absence of good faith on the
part of the director or officer; (c) for any transaction from which the director
or officer derived an improper personal benefit; (d) for acts or omissions that
show a reckless disregard for the director's or officer's duty to this
corporation or its shareholders in circumstances in which the director or
officer was aware, or should have been aware, in the ordinary course of
performing his or her duties, of a risk of serious injury to this corporation or
its shareholders; (e) for acts or omissions that constitute an unexcused pattern
of inattention that amounts to an abdication of the director's or officer's
duties to this corporation or its shareholders; and (f) for costs, charges,
expenses, liabilities, and losses arising under Section 310 or 316 of the Law.
The right to indemnification conferred in this Article shall include the right
to be paid by this corporation expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in
advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that if the Law permits the
payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her
capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which
service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer,
including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance
of the final disposition of a proceeding, such advances shall be made only upon
delivery to this corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director
or officer, to repay all amounts to this corporation if it shall be ultimately
determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified."

Section 6.2           INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS.

                  A person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a
party to or is involved in any proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she
is or was an employee or agent of this corporation or is or was serving at the
request of this corporation as an employee or agent of another enterprise,
including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of
such action is an alleged action or inaction in an official capacity or in any
other capacity while serving as an employee or agent, may, subject to the terms
of any agreement between this corporation and such person, be indemnified and
held harmless by this corporation to the fullest extent permitted by California
law and this corporation's Articles of Incorporation, against all costs,
charges, expenses, liabilities, and losses, (including attorneys' fees,
judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security Act excise taxes or
penalties, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or
suffered by such person in connection therewith.

                                   14
<PAGE>

Section 6.3           RIGHT OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS TO BRING SUIT.

                  If a claim under Section 6.1 of this Article is not paid in
full by this corporation within 30 days after a written claim has been received
by this corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against
this corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in
whole or in part, the claimant shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of
prosecuting such claim. Neither the failure of this corporation (including its
Board, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of
the claimant is permissible in the circumstances because he or she has met the
applicable standard of conduct, if any, nor an actual determination by this
corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its
shareholders) that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct,
shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption for the purpose of an
action that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

Section 6.4           SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE.

                  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article, to the
extent that a director or officer has been successful on the merits in defense
of any proceeding referred to in Section 6.1 or in defense of any claim, issue
or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

Section 6.5           NONEXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.

                  The right to indemnification provided by this Article shall
not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter
acquire under any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders, or
disinterested directors, or otherwise.

Section 6.6           INSURANCE.

                  This corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to
protect itself and any director, officer, employee, or agent of this corporation
or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise
against any expense, liability, or loss, whether or not this corporation would
have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability, or loss
under the Law.

Section 6.7           EXPENSES AS A WITNESS.

                  To the extent that any director, officer, employee, or agent
of this corporation is, by reason of such position or a position with another
entity at the request of this corporation, a witness in any action, suit, or
proceeding, he or she shall be indemnified against all costs and expenses
actually and reasonably incurred by him or her on his or her behalf in
connection therewith.

Section 6.8           INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS.

                  This corporation may enter into agreements with any director,
officer, employee, or agent of this corporation providing for indemnification to
the fullest extent permissible under the Law and this corporation's Articles of
Incorporation.

                                  15
<PAGE>

Section 6.9           SEVERABILITY.

                  Each and every paragraph, sentence, term, and provision of
this Article is separate and distinct so that if any paragraph, sentence, term,
or provision hereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason,
such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of any other paragraph, sentence, term, or provision hereof. To
the extent required, any paragraph, sentence, term, or provision of this Article
may be modified by a court of competent jurisdiction to preserve its validity
and to provide the claimant with, subject to the limitations set forth in this
Article and any agreement between this corporation and claimant, the broadest
possible indemnification permitted under applicable law.

Section 6.10          EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION.

                  Any repeal or modification of this Article shall not adversely
affect any right of indemnification of a director or officer existing at the
time of such repeal or modification with respect to any action or omission
occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

                           ARTICLE VII -- AMENDMENTS

Section 7.1           AMENDMENTS.

                  In accordance with Section 211 and subject to the provisions
contained in Section 212 of the California Corporation Law, these Bylaws may be
amended or repealed either by approval of the outstanding shares or by the
approval of the Board; provided, however, that a Bylaw specifying or changing a
fixed number of directors or the maximum or minimum number or changing from a
fixed to a variable Board or vice versa may only be adopted by approval of the
outstanding shares. The exact number of directors within the maximum and minimum
number specified in these Bylaws may be amended by the Board alone.

                                 [End of Bylaws]

                                    16


<PAGE>
                                                                     Exhibit 3.6

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                       HOMER CITY PROPERTY HOLDINGS, INC.


                                        I

         The name of the corporation is Homer City Property Holdings, Inc.

                                       II

         The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or
the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California
Corporations Code.

                                       III

         The name and address in the State of California of the corporation's
initial agent for service of process are:

                                Martha A. Spikes
                       18101 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1700
                            Irvine, California 92715

                                       IV

         This corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares, which
shall be designated "common" shares. The total authorized number of such shares
authorized to be issued is ten thousand (10,000) shares.

                                        V

         1. The liability of directors of the corporation for monetary damages
shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law.

         2. The corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of agents
(as defined in Section 317 of the California Corporations Code) through bylaw
provisions, agreements with agents, vote of shareholders or disinterested
directors, or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by
Section 317 of the California Corporations Code, subject only to the applicable
limits set forth in Section 204 of the California Corporations Code with respect
to actions for breach of duty to the corporation and its shareholders.

         Dated: As of March 9, 1999


                                              /s/ Thomas C. Gustafson
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Thomas C. Gustafson, Incorporator


<PAGE>


                                                                    Exhibit 3.7



                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                                   HOMER CITY

                             PROPERTY HOLDINGS, INC.


                             ADOPTED MARCH 15, 1999


<PAGE>


                       HOMER CITY PROPERTY HOLDINGS, INC.

                                      INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                                                              <C>

ARTICLE I -- OFFICES
         Section 1.1       PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE ..........................................................  1
         Section 1.2       OTHER OFFICES .......................................................................  1

ARTICLE II -- SHAREHOLDERS
         Section 2.1       MEETING LOCATIONS ...................................................................  1
         Section 2.2       ANNUAL MEETINGS .....................................................................  1
         Section 2.3       SPECIAL MEETINGS ....................................................................  1
         Section 2.4       NOTICE OF ANNUAL OR SPECIAL MEETING .................................................  2
         Section 2.5       QUORUM; ADJOURNMENT .................................................................  2
         Section 2.6       ADJOURNED MEETING AND NOTICE THEREOF ................................................  3
         Section 2.7       VOTING ..............................................................................  3
         Section 2.8.      RECORD DATE .........................................................................  4
         Section 2.9.      CONSENT OF ABSENTEES; WAIVER OF NOTICE...............................................  4
         Section 2.10      ACTION WITHOUT MEETING ..............................................................  4
         Section 2.11      PROXIES .............................................................................  4

ARTICLE III -- DIRECTORS
         Section 3.1       POWERS ..............................................................................  5
         Section 3.2       NUMBER OF DIRECTORS .................................................................  5
         Section 3.3       ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE .........................................................  5
         Section 3.4       VACANCIES ...........................................................................  6
         Section 3.5       PLACE OF MEETING ....................................................................  6
         Section 3.6       ORGANIZATION MEETING ................................................................  6
         Section 3.7       SPECIAL MEETINGS ....................................................................  6
         Section 3.8       QUORUM ..............................................................................  7
         Section 3.9       PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE ...................................  7
         Section 3.10      WAIVER OF NOTICE ....................................................................  7
         Section 3.11      ADJOURNMENT .........................................................................  8
         Section 3.12      FEES AND COMPENSATION ...............................................................  8
         Section 3.13      ACTION WITHOUT MEETING ..............................................................  8

ARTICLE IV -- OFFICERS
         Section 4.1       OFFICERS ............................................................................  8
         Section 4.2       ELECTION ............................................................................  8
         Section 4.3       ELIGIBILITY OF CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OR PRESIDENT ...................................  8
         Section 4.4       REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION .............................................................  9
         Section 4.5       APPOINTMENT OF OTHER OFFICERS .......................................................  9
         Section 4.6       VACANCIES ...........................................................................  9
         Section 4.7       SALARIES ............................................................................  9
         Section 4.8       CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD ...............................................................  9
         Section 4.9       PRESIDENT ...........................................................................  9
         Section 4.10      VICE PRESIDENT ...................................................................... 10
         Section 4.11      CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER ............................................................. 10

</TABLE>


                                                                i

<PAGE>


<TABLE>

<S>                                                                                                             <C>

         Section 4.12      GENERAL MANAGER ..................................................................... 10
         Section 4.13      GENERAL COUNSEL ..................................................................... 10
         Section 4.14      ASSISTANT GENERAL COUNSEL ........................................................... 10
         Section 4.15      CONTROLLER .......................................................................... 10
         Section 4.16      SECRETARY ........................................................................... 11
         Section 4.17      ASSISTANT SECRETARY ................................................................. 11
         Section 4.18      SECRETARY PRO TEMPORE ............................................................... 11
         Section 4.19      TREASURER ........................................................................... 11
         Section 4.20      ASSISTANT TREASURER ................................................................. 11
         Section 4.21      PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES ............................................................... 12

ARTICLE V -- OTHER PROVISIONS
         Section 5.1       INSPECTION OF BYLAWS ................................................................ 12
         Section 5.2       CONTRACTS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS, LOANS, NOTES AND DEPOSIT OF FUNDS .................. 12
         Section 5.3       REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS ...................................... 12
         Section 5.4       ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS ....................................................... 13
         Section 5.5       FISCAL YEAR AND SUBDIVISIONS ........................................................ 13
         Section 5.6       CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS ........................................................ 13

ARTICLE VI -- INDEMNIFICATION
         Section 6.1       INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS ........................................... 13
         Section 6.2       INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS ............................................. 14
         Section 6.3       RIGHT OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS TO BRING SUIT ....................................... 15
         Section 6.4       SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE .................................................................. 15
         Section 6.5       NONEXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS ............................................................ 15
         Section 6.6       INSURANCE ........................................................................... 15
         Section 6.7       EXPENSES AS A WITNESS ............................................................... 15
         Section 6.8       INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS ................................................................ 15
         Section 6.9       SEVERABILITY ........................................................................ 16
         Section 6.10      EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION .................................................... 16

ARTICLE VII -- AMENDMENTS
         Section 7.1       AMENDMENTS .......................................................................... 16

</TABLE>


                                                               ii

<PAGE>


                                     BYLAWS

                        BYLAWS FOR THE REGULATION, EXCEPT
                        AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BY STATUTE
                        OR ITS ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                       HOMER CITY PROPERTY HOLDINGS, INC.


                              ARTICLE I -- OFFICES

Section 1.1           PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE.

                  The principal executive office of the corporation is hereby
fixed and located at 18101 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1700, in the City of Irvine,
County of Orange, State of California. The Board of Directors ("the Board") is
hereby granted full power and authority to change the principal executive office
from one location to another.

Section 1.2           OTHER OFFICES.

                  Branches or subordinate offices may be established at any time
by the Board of Directors or the President at any place within or without the
State of California.

                           ARTICLE II -- SHAREHOLDERS

Section 2.1           MEETING LOCATIONS.

                  All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal
executive office, or at such other office or places within or without the State
of California as may be designated by either the Board or by the person or
persons giving notice of the meeting pursuant to Section 2.4.

Section 2.2           ANNUAL MEETINGS.

                  The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held on the 2nd
Tuesday in the month of May of each year, at the hour of 4:00 p.m. on said day,
or at such other time on such other day as shall be fixed by the Board, to elect
directors to hold office for the year next ensuing and until their successors
shall be elected, and to consider and act upon such other matters as may
lawfully be presented to such meeting; provided, however, that should said day
fall upon a legal holiday observed by this corporation, then any such annual
meeting of shareholders shall be held at the same time and place on the next day
thereafter ensuing which is a full business day.

Section 2.3           SPECIAL MEETINGS.

                  Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time
by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, the Executive
Vice President, if any, the Senior Vice President, if any, or the holders of
shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent of the


                                       1

<PAGE>

votes at such meeting. Upon request to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the
President, the Executive Vice President, the Senior Vice President, the
Secretary or Assistant Secretary by any person entitled to call a special
meeting of shareholders, the officer forthwith shall cause notice to be given to
the shareholders entitled to vote that a meeting will be held at a time
requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than
thirty-five nor more than sixty days after the receipt of the request. If the
notice is not given within twenty days after receipt of the request, the persons
entitled to call the meeting may give the notice.

Section 2.4           NOTICE OF ANNUAL OR SPECIAL MEETING.

                  Written notice of each annual or special meeting of
shareholders shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before
the date of the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat. Such
notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and (i) in the case
of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted, and
no other business may be transacted, or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting,
those matters which the Board, at the time of the mailing of the notice, intends
to present for action by the shareholders, but subject to the provisions of
applicable law, any proper matter may be presented at the meeting for such
action. The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall
include the name of nominees intended at the time of the notice to be presented
by the Board for election.

                  Notice of a shareholders' meeting or any report to the
shareholders shall be given either personally to the recipient or to a person in
the office of the recipient or by first-class United States mail, by private
mail or messenger service, by telephone facsimile transmission, or by any other
means of written communication, addressed to the shareholder at the address of
such shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the
shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice; or if no such address
appears or is given, at the place where the principal executive office of the
corporation is located or by publication at least once in a newspaper of general
circulation in the county in which the principal executive office is located.
Such notice or report shall be deemed to have been given at the time when
delivered personally, deposited in the United States mail or sent by private
mail or messenger service, by telephone facsimile transmission or sent by any
other means of written or electronic communication.

Section 2.5           QUORUM; ADJOURNMENT.

                  (a)      A majority of the shares entitled to vote,
represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of
the shareholders.

                  (b)      Except as provided in subsection (c) below, the
affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly
held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively
also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum) shall be the act of
the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is
required by the Articles.

                  (c)      The shareholders present at a duly called or held
meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until
adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less
than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at
least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.


                                       2

<PAGE>

                  (d)      In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of
shareholders may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of a majority of the
shares represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be
transacted, except as provided in subsection (c) above.

Section 2.6           ADJOURNED MEETING AND NOTICE THEREOF.

                  Any shareholders' meeting, whether or not a quorum is present,
may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares, the
holders of which are either present in person or represented by proxy thereat,
but in the absence of a quorum (except as permitted by applicable law in the
case of withdrawals by shareholders to reduce the number remaining to less than
a quorum) no other business may be transacted at such meeting.

                  With exceptions under Section 601(d) of the California
Corporations Code and any other applicable law, it shall not be necessary to
give any notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting or of the
business to be transacted thereat, other than by announcement at the meeting at
which such adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may
transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

Section 2.7           VOTING.

                  The shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote
at any such meeting shall be only persons in whose name shares stand on the
stock records of the corporation on the record date determined in accordance
with Section 2.8.

                  Voting shall in all cases be subject to the provisions of
Chapter 7 of the California General Corporation Law, including the following
provisions:

                  (a)      Shares standing in the name of another corporation,
domestic or foreign, may be voted by an officer, agent, or proxyholder as the
bylaws of the other corporation may prescribe or, in the absence of such
provision, as the Board of the other corporation may determine or, in the
absence of that determination, by the chairman of the board, president or any
vice president of the other corporation, or by any other person authorized to do
so by the chairman of the board, president, or any vice president of the other
corporation. Shares which are purported to be voted or any proxy purported to be
executed in the name of a corporation (whether or not any title of the person
signing is indicated) shall be presumed to be voted or the proxy executed in
accordance with the provisions of the California General Corporation Law, unless
the contrary is shown.

                  (b)      Shares of this corporation owned by its subsidiary
shall not be entitled to vote on any matter.

                  (c)      Shares of this corporation held by this corporation
in a fiduciary capacity, and shares of this corporation held in a fiduciary
capacity by its subsidiary, shall not be entitled to vote on any matter, except
as follows: (i) to the extent that the settlor or beneficial owner possesses and
exercises a right to vote or to give this corporation binding instructions as to
how to vote such shares; or (ii) where there are one or more cotrustees who are
not affected by the prohibition of this subsection, in which case the shares may
be voted by the cotrustees as if it or they are the sole trustees.


                                       3

<PAGE>

Section 2.8.          RECORD DATE.

                  The Board may fix, in advance, a record date for the
determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote
or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution, or any
allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights, in respect of any
other lawful action. The record date so fixed shall be not more than sixty days
nor less than ten days prior to the date of the meeting nor more than sixty days
prior to any other action. When a record date is so fixed, only shareholders of
record at the close of business on that date are entitled to notice of and to
vote at the meeting or to receive the dividend, distribution, or allotment of
rights, or to exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any
transfer of shares on the books of the corporation after the record date, except
as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws.

Section 2.9       Consent of Absentees; Waiver of Notice.

                  The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, however
called and noticed, and wherever held, are as valid as though had at a meeting
duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person
or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the persons
entitled to vote, not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of
notice or a consent to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes
thereof. All such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the
corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Attendance of a
person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of and presence at such
meeting, except when the person objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to
object to the consideration of matters required by this division to be included
in the notice but not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the
meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any regular
or special meeting of shareholders need be specified in any written waiver of
notice, consent to the holding of the meeting or approval of the minutes
thereof, unless otherwise provided in the Articles or Bylaws, except as provided
in the California General Corporation Law.

Section 2.10          ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.

                  Subject to Section 603 of the California General Corporation
Law, any action which, under any provision of the California General Corporation
Law, may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken
without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting
forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares
having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to
authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote
thereon were present and voted.

Section 2.11          PROXIES.

                  Every person entitled to vote shares has the right to do so
either in person or by one or more persons authorized by a written proxy
executed by such shareholder and filed with the Secretary. No proxy shall be
valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof, unless
otherwise provided in the proxy.


                                       4

<PAGE>

                            ARTICLE III -- DIRECTORS

Section 3.1           POWERS.

                  Subject to any limitations of the Articles, of these Bylaws
and of the California General Corporation Law relating to action required to be
approved by the shareholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and
affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be
exercised by or under the direction of the Board. The Board may delegate the
management of the day-to-day operation of the business of the corporation
provided that the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and
all corporate powers shall be exercised under the ultimate direction of the
Board. Without prejudice to such general powers, but subject to the same
limitations, it is hereby expressly declared that the Board shall have the
following powers in addition to the other powers enumerated in these Bylaws:

                  (a)      To select and remove all the other officers, agents
and employees of the corporation, prescribe the powers and duties for them as
may not be inconsistent with law, with the Articles or these Bylaws, fix their
compensation and require from them security for faithful service.

                  (b)      To conduct, manage and control the affairs and
business of the corporation and to make such rules and regulations therefor not
inconsistent with law, or with the Articles or these Bylaws, as they may deem
best.

                  (c)      To adopt, make and use a corporate seal, and to
prescribe the forms of certificates of stock, and to alter the form of such seal
and of such certificates from time to time as in their judgment they deem best.

                  (d)      To authorize the issuance of shares of stock of the
corporation from time to time, upon such terms and for such consideration as may
be lawful.

                  (e)      To borrow money and incur indebtedness for the
purposes of the corporation, and to cause to be executed and delivered therefor,
in the corporate name, promissory notes, bonds, debentures, deeds of trust,
mortgages, pledges, hypothecations or other evidences of debt and securities
therefor.

Section 3.2           NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

                  The authorized number of directors shall not be less than
three (3) nor more than six (6) until changed by amendment of the Articles or by
a Bylaw duly adopted by the shareholders. The exact number of directors shall be
fixed, within the limits specified, by the Board or the shareholders in the same
manner provided in these Bylaws for the amendment thereof. The exact number of
authorized directors shall be six (6) until changed as provided in these Bylaws.

Section 3.3           ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.

                  The directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of the
shareholders, but if


                                       5

<PAGE>

any such annual meeting is not held or the directors are not elected thereat,
the directors may be elected at any special meeting of shareholders held for
that purpose. Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting and
until a successor has been elected and qualified.

Section 3.4           VACANCIES.

                  Any director may resign effective upon giving written notice
to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, the Secretary, or the
Board, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such
resignation. If the resignation is effective at a future time, a successor may
be elected to take office when the resignation becomes effective.

                  Vacancies in the Board, except those existing as a result of a
removal of a director, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors,
whether or not less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and each
director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until
such director's successor has been elected and qualified. Vacancies existing as
a result of a removal of a director may be filled by the shareholders as
provided by law.

                  A vacancy or vacancies in the Board shall be deemed to exist
in case of the death, resignation or removal of any director, or if the
authorized number of directors be increased, or if the shareholders fail, at any
annual or special meeting of shareholders at which any director or directors are
elected, to elect the full authorized number of directors to be voted for at
that meeting.

                  The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time
to fill any vacancy not filled by the directors. Any such election by written
consent other than to fill a vacancy created by removal requires the consent of
a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. If the Board accepts the
resignation of a director tendered to take effect at a future time, the Board or
the shareholders shall have power to elect a successor to take office when the
resignation is to become effective.

                  No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have
the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of the director's
term of office.

Section 3.5           PLACE OF MEETING.

                  Regular or special meetings of the Board shall be held at any
place within or without the State of California which has been designated from
time to time by the Board or as provided in these Bylaws. In the absence of such
designation, regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office.

Section 3.6           ORGANIZATION MEETING.

                  Promptly following each annual meeting of shareholders the
Board shall hold a regular meeting for the purpose of organization, election of
officers and the transaction of other business.

Section 3.7           SPECIAL MEETINGS.

                  Special meetings other than organization meetings of the Board
for any purpose


                                       6

<PAGE>

or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, if any, the
President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, the Secretary,
an Assistant Secretary or by any two directors.

                  Such meetings of the Board shall be held upon four days'
written notice by mail or forty-eight hours' notice given personally or by
telephone, telephone facsimile transmission, telegraph, telex or other similar
means of communication. Any such notice shall be addressed or delivered to each
director at such director's address as it is shown upon the records of the
corporation or as may have been given to the corporation by the director for
purposes of notice or, if such address is not shown on such records or is not
readily ascertainable, at the place in which the meetings of the directors are
regularly held. The notice need not specify the purpose of such meeting.

                  Notice by first-class mail shall be deemed to have been given
at the time a written notice is deposited in the United States mail, postage
prepaid or sent by private mail or messenger service. Any other written notice
shall be deemed to have been given at the time it is personally delivered to the
recipient, to a person in the office of the recipient who the person giving the
notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the recipient,
delivered to a common carrier for transmission, or actually transmitted by the
person giving the notice by electronic means to the recipient. Oral notice shall
be deemed to have been given at the time it is communicated, in person, by
telephone to the recipient or to a person at the office of the recipient who the
person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to
the recipient.

Section 3.8           QUORUM.

                  One-third of the maximum number of authorized directors
constitutes a quorum of the Board for the transaction of business, except to
adjourn as provided in Section 3.11 of this Article. As defined in Article III,
Section 3.2, the maximum number of authorized directors is six. Every act or
decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly
held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board,
unless a greater number is required by law or by the Articles; provided,
however, that a meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to
transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action
taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for such
meeting.

Section 3.9           PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE.

                  Members of the Board may participate in a meeting through use
of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all
members participating in such meeting can hear one another.
Such participation constitutes presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.10          WAIVER OF NOTICE.

                  The transactions of any meeting of the Board, however called
and noticed or wherever held, are as valid as though had at a meeting duly held
after regular call and notice if a quorum is present and if, either before or
after the meeting, each of the directors not present signs a written waiver of
notice, a consent to holding such meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof.
All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporate
records or


                                       7

<PAGE>

made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 3.11          ADJOURNMENT.

                  A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum
is present, may adjourn any directors' meeting to another time and place. Notice
of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given to
absent directors if the time and place is fixed at the meeting adjourned. If the
meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four hours, notice of any adjournment
to another time or place shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned
meeting to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

Section 3.12          FEES AND COMPENSATION.

                  Directors and members of committees may receive such
compensation, if any, for their services, and such reimbursement for expenses,
as may be fixed or determined by the Board.

Section 3.13          ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.

                  In accordance with the provisions of Section 307(8)(b) of the
California General Corporation Law, any action required or permitted to be taken
by the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board shall
individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written
consent or consents shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of
the Board and shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board.

                             ARTICLE IV -- OFFICERS

Section 4.1           OFFICERS.

                  The officers of the corporation shall be a President, Vice
President, a Controller, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The corporation may also
have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairman of the Board, one or more
additional Vice Presidents, a Chief Operating Officer, a General Manager,
General Counsel, one or more Assistant General Counsels, one or more Assistant
Controllers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant
Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the
provisions of Section 4.5 of this Article.

Section 4.2           ELECTION.

                  The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may
be elected or appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.5 or
Section 4.6 of this Article, shall be chosen annually by, and shall serve at the
pleasure of the Board, and shall hold their respective offices until their
resignation, removal, or other disqualification from service, or until their
respective successors shall be elected.

Section 4.3           ELIGIBILITY OF CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OR PRESIDENT.

                  No person shall be eligible for the office of Chairman of the
Board, if there shall be such an officer, or President unless such person is a
member of the Board of the corporation;


                                       8

<PAGE>

any other officer may or may not be a director.

Section 4.4           REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION.

                  Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by
the Board at any time or by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be
conferred by the Board. Any such removal shall be without prejudice to the
rights, if any, of the officer under any contract of employment of the officer.

                  Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to
the corporation, but without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation
under any contract of employment to which the officer is a party. Any such
resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at
any later time specified therein and, unless otherwise specified therein, the
acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 4.5           APPOINTMENT OF OTHER OFFICERS.

                  The Board may appoint such other officers as the business of
the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period,
have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in the Bylaws or as
the Board may from time to time determine. Notwithstanding the job title for
such person, no employee or other representative of this corporation shall be an
officer of this corporation unless elected by the Board.

Section 4.6           VACANCIES.

                  A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation,
removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner
prescribed in these Bylaws for regular election or appointment to such office.

Section 4.7           SALARIES.

                  The salaries of the Chairman of the Board, if any, President,
General Manager, if any, Vice Presidents, Controller, Treasurer and Secretary of
the corporation shall be fixed by the Board. Salaries of all other officers
shall be approved from time to time by the chief executive officer.

Section 4.8           CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.

                  The Chairman of the Board, if there shall be such an officer,
shall preside at all meetings of the Board, and shall exercise such powers and
perform such duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned to
him by the Board or the Bylaws.

Section 4.9           PRESIDENT.

                  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by
the Board to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the
President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and has,
subject to the control of the Board, general supervision, direction, and control
of the business and affairs of the corporation. The President shall preside at
all meetings of the shareholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the
Board or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board. The President has the
general powers and duties of


                                       9

<PAGE>

management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and has
such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board or the Bylaws.
The President may designate from time to time the titles which the employees or
other representatives of this corporation shall use, including the appointment
of agent for service of process. Without limiting the foregoing, the President
may designate one or more employees as regional vice-presidents.

Section 4.10          VICE PRESIDENT.

                  In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice
Presidents in order of their rank shall perform all the duties of the President
and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the
restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may establish the order
of rank of the Vice Presidents. In the absence of such ranking, the Vice
Presidents shall be ranked as follows: Executive Vice President (if any), Senior
Vice President (if any). Vice Presidents holding identical titles shall be
ranked in order of election to that office by the Board.

Section 4.11          CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER.

                  The Chief Operating Officer, if there shall be such an
officer, must be a vice president of the corporation and shall be subject to the
exercise of the general powers of supervision, direction and control of the
business and officers of the corporation by the President, and supervise the
operations of the corporation.

Section 4.12          GENERAL MANAGER.

                  The General Manager, if there shall be such an officer, must
be a vice president of the corporation and shall, subject to the exercise of the
general powers of supervision, direction and control by the President, or the
Chief Operating Officer, if any, shall manage the operations of the corporation.
In the absence of the Chief Operating Officer, the General Manager shall perform
all the duties of the Chief Operating Officer and when so acting shall have all
the powers of, and be subject to, all the restrictions upon the Chief Operating
Officer.

Section 4.13          GENERAL COUNSEL.

                  The General Counsel shall be the chief consulting officer of
the corporation in all legal matters and, subject to the President, shall have
control over all matters of legal import concerning the corporation.

Section 4.14          ASSISTANT GENERAL COUNSEL.

                  One or more Assistant General Counsels, if any, shall perform
such of the duties of the General Counsel as the General Counsel may designate,
and in the absence or disability of the General Counsel, any Assistant General
Counsel, in order of election to that office by the Board, shall perform the
duties of the General Counsel.

Section 4.15          CONTROLLER.

                  The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the
corporation and shall have control over all accounting matters concerning the
corporation and shall perform such other duties as the President or General
Manager shall designate.


                                       10

<PAGE>

Section 4.16          SECRETARY.

                  The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal
executive office and such other place as the Board may order, a book of minutes
of all meetings of the shareholders, the Board, and its committees, and a share
register or a duplicate share register.

                  The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all
the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board and any committees thereof
required by the Bylaws or by law to be given, shall keep the seal of the
corporation in safe custody, shall from time to time issue such corporate
secretarial certificates as may be required for the business and affairs of the
corporation, and shall have such other general powers and duties of management
usually vested in the office of secretary of a corporation and as may be
prescribed by the Board, the President or the Bylaws.

Section 4.17          ASSISTANT SECRETARY.

                  One or more Assistant Secretaries, if any, shall perform such
of the duties of the Secretary as the Secretary shall designate, and in the
absence or disability of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, in order of
election to that office by the Board, shall perform the duties of the Secretary.

Section 4.18          SECRETARY PRO TEMPORE.

                  At any meeting of the Board or of the shareholders from which
the Secretary and Assistant Secretary are absent, a Secretary pro tempore may be
appointed by the Board of Directors or shareholders as appropriate and act.

Section 4.19          TREASURER.

                  The Treasurer is the chief financial officer of the
corporation and shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained,
adequate and correct accounts of the properties and business transactions of the
corporation. The books of account shall at all times be open to inspection by
any director.

                  The Treasurer shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, all
moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with
such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors pursuant to
Section 5.2. The Treasurer shall disburse or cause to be disbursed, the funds of
the corporation as may be ordered by the President or the General Manager, shall
render to the President, the General Manager or the directors, whenever they
request it, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial
condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such
other duties as may be prescribed by the Board, or the Bylaws.

Section 4.20          ASSISTANT TREASURER.

                  One or more Assistant Treasurers, if any, shall perform such
of the duties of the Treasurer as the Treasurer shall designate, and in the
absence or disability of the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, in order of
election to that office by the Board, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer.


                                        11

<PAGE>

Section 4.21          PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES.

                  Officers shall perform the duties of their respective offices
as stated in these Bylaws, and such additional duties as the Board shall
designate.

                          ARTICLE V -- OTHER PROVISIONS

Section 5.1           INSPECTION OF BYLAWS.

                  The corporation shall keep in its principal executive office
the original or a copy of these Bylaws, as amended to date, which shall be open
to inspection by shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours.

Section 5.2           CONTRACTS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS, LOANS, NOTES AND DEPOSIT
OF FUNDS.

                  The Chairman of the Board, if any, the President and any Vice
President of this corporation, either alone or with the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary, shall execute in the name of the corporation such written
instruments as may be authorized by the Board and, without special direction of
the Board, such instruments as transactions of the ordinary business of the
corporation may require and, such officers without the special direction of the
Board may authenticate, attest or countersign any such instruments when deemed
appropriate. The Board may authorize any person, persons, entity, entities,
attorney, attorneys, attorney-in-fact, attorneys-in-fact, agent or agents, to
enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and
on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to
specific instances.

                  No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and
no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by
resolution of the Board as it may direct. Such authority may be general or
confined to specific instances.

                  All checks, drafts, or other similar orders for the payment of
money, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the
corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the
corporation and in such manner as the Board, Chief Executive Officer or
Treasurer may direct.

                  Unless authorized by the Board or these Bylaws, no officer,
agent, employee or any other person or persons shall have any power or authority
to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or
to render it liable for any purpose or amount.

                  All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be
deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks,
trust companies, or other depositories as the Board may direct.

Section 5.3           REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.

                  The President or any other officer or officers authorized by
the Board or the President are each authorized to vote, represent and exercise
on behalf of the corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any
other corporation or corporations standing in the


                                       12

<PAGE>

name of the corporation. The authority herein granted may be exercised either by
any such officer in person or by any other person authorized so to do by proxy
or power of attorney duly executed by said officer.

Section 5.4           ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS.

                  The annual report to shareholders referred to in Section 1501
of the California General Corporation Law is expressly waived, but nothing
herein shall be interpreted as prohibiting the Board from issuing annual or
other periodic reports to shareholders.

Section 5.5           FISCAL YEAR AND SUBDIVISIONS.

                  The calendar year shall be the corporate fiscal year of the
corporation. For the purpose of paying dividends, for making reports and for the
convenient transaction of the business of the corporation, the Board may divide
the fiscal year into appropriate subdivisions.

Section 5.6           CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS.

                  Unless the context otherwise requires, the general provisions,
rules of construction and definitions contained in the General Provisions of the
California Corporations Code and in the California General Corporation Law shall
govern the construction of these Bylaws.

                          ARTICLE VI -- INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6.1           INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

                  Each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made
a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit
or proceeding, formal or informal, whether brought in the name of the
corporation or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative nature (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he
or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a
director or officer of this corporation or is or was serving at the request of
this corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of
such proceeding is an alleged action or inaction in an official capacity or in
any other capacity while serving as a director or officer shall, subject to the
terms of any agreement between this corporation and such person, be indemnified
and held harmless by this corporation to the fullest extent permissible under
California law and this corporation's Articles of Incorporation, against all
costs, charges, expenses, liabilities, and losses (including attorneys' fees,
judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security Act excise taxes or
penalties, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably
incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, and such
indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or
officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, and
administrators; provided, however, that (A) this corporation shall indemnify any
such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part
thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was
authorized by the Board of this corporation other than a suit permitted by
Section 6.3; (B) this corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking
indemnification in connection with settlement of a proceeding (or part thereof)
other than a


                                       13

<PAGE>

proceeding by or in the name of this corporation to procure a judgment in its
favor only if any settlement of such a proceeding is approved in writing by this
corporation; (C) that no such person shall be indemnified (i) except to the
extent that the aggregate of losses to be indemnified exceeds the amount of such
losses for which the director or officer is paid pursuant to any directors' and
officers' liability insurance policy maintained by the corporation; (ii) on
account of any suit in which judgment is rendered against such person for an
accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by such person of
securities of this corporation pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar provisions
of any federal, state, or local statutory law; (iii) if a court of competent
jurisdiction finally determines that any indemnification hereunder is unlawful;
and (iv) as to circumstances in which indemnity is expressly prohibited by
Section 317 of the General Corporation Law of California (the "Law"); and (D)
that no such person shall be indemnified with regard to any action brought by or
in the right of this corporation for breach of duty to this corporation and its
shareholders (a) for acts or omissions involving intentional misconduct or
knowing and culpable violation of law; (b) for acts or omissions that the
director or officer believes to be contrary to the best interests of this
corporation or its shareholders or that involve the absence of good faith on the
part of the director or officer; (c) for any transaction from which the director
or officer derived an improper personal benefit; (d) for acts or omissions that
show a reckless disregard for the director's or officer's duty to this
corporation or its shareholders in circumstances in which the director or
officer was aware, or should have been aware, in the ordinary course of
performing his or her duties, of a risk of serious injury to this corporation or
its shareholders; (e) for acts or omissions that constitute an unexcused pattern
of inattention that amounts to an abdication of the director's or officer's
duties to this corporation or its shareholders; and (f) for costs, charges,
expenses, liabilities, and losses arising under Section 310 or 316 of the Law.
The right to indemnification conferred in this Article shall include the right
to be paid by this corporation expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in
advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that if the Law permits the
payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her
capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which
service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer,
including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance
of the final disposition of a proceeding, such advances shall be made only upon
delivery to this corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director
or officer, to repay all amounts to this corporation if it shall be ultimately
determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified."

Section 6.2           INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS.

                  A person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a
party to or is involved in any proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she
is or was an employee or agent of this corporation or is or was serving at the
request of this corporation as an employee or agent of another enterprise,
including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of
such action is an alleged action or inaction in an official capacity or in any
other capacity while serving as an employee or agent, may, subject to the terms
of any agreement between this corporation and such person, be indemnified and
held harmless by this corporation to the fullest extent permitted by California
law and this corporation's Articles of Incorporation, against all costs,
charges, expenses, liabilities, and losses, (including attorneys' fees,
judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security Act excise taxes or
penalties, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or
suffered by such person in connection therewith.


                                       14

<PAGE>

Section 6.3           RIGHT OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS TO BRING SUIT.

                  If a claim under Section 6.1 of this Article is not paid in
full by this corporation within 30 days after a written claim has been received
by this corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against
this corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in
whole or in part, the claimant shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of
prosecuting such claim. Neither the failure of this corporation (including its
Board, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of
the claimant is permissible in the circumstances because he or she has met the
applicable standard of conduct, if any, nor an actual determination by this
corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its
shareholders) that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct,
shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption for the purpose of an
action that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

Section 6.4           SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE.

                  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article, to the
extent that a director or officer has been successful on the merits in defense
of any proceeding referred to in Section 6.1 or in defense of any claim, issue
or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

Section 6.5           NONEXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.

                  The right to indemnification provided by this Article shall
not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter
acquire under any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders, or
disinterested directors, or otherwise.

Section 6.6           INSURANCE.

                  This corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to
protect itself and any director, officer, employee, or agent of this corporation
or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise
against any expense, liability, or loss, whether or not this corporation would
have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability, or loss
under the Law.

Section 6.7           EXPENSES AS A WITNESS.

                  To the extent that any director, officer, employee, or agent
of this corporation is, by reason of such position or a position with another
entity at the request of this corporation, a witness in any action, suit, or
proceeding, he or she shall be indemnified against all costs and expenses
actually and reasonably incurred by him or her on his or her behalf in
connection therewith.

Section 6.8           INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS.

                  This corporation may enter into agreements with any director,
officer, employee, or agent of this corporation providing for indemnification to
the fullest extent permissible under the Law and this corporation's Articles of
Incorporation.


                                       15

<PAGE>

Section 6.9           SEVERABILITY.

                  Each and every paragraph, sentence, term, and provision of
this Article is separate and distinct so that if any paragraph, sentence, term,
or provision hereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason,
such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of any other paragraph, sentence, term, or provision hereof. To
the extent required, any paragraph, sentence, term, or provision of this Article
may be modified by a court of competent jurisdiction to preserve its validity
and to provide the claimant with, subject to the limitations set forth in this
Article and any agreement between this corporation and claimant, the broadest
possible indemnification permitted under applicable law.

Section 6.10          EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION.

                  Any repeal or modification of this Article shall not adversely
affect any right of indemnification of a director or officer existing at the
time of such repeal or modification with respect to any action or omission
occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

                            ARTICLE VII -- AMENDMENTS

Section 7.1           AMENDMENTS.

                  In accordance with Section 211 and subject to the provisions
contained in Section 212 of the California Corporation Law, these Bylaws may be
amended or repealed either by approval of the outstanding shares or by the
approval of the Board; provided, however, that a Bylaw specifying or changing a
fixed number of directors or the maximum or minimum number or changing from a
fixed to a variable Board or vice versa may only be adopted by approval of the
outstanding shares. The exact number of directors within the maximum and minimum
number specified in these Bylaws may be amended by the Board alone.

                                 [End of Bylaws]


                                       16


<PAGE>
                                                                     Exhibit 3.8

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                            SUN COAST ENERGY COMPANY

                                        I

         The name of the corporation is SUN COAST ENERGY COMPANY.

                                       II

         The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or
the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California
Corporations Code.

                                       III

         The name and address in the State of California of the corporation's
initial agent for service of process are:

                                 Alan M. Fenning
                        18101 Von Karman Ave., Suite 1700
                          Irvine, California 92715-1007

                                       IV

         This corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares, which
shall be designated "common" shares. The total authorized number of such shares
authorized to be issued is ten thousand (10,000) shares.

                                        V

         1. The liability of directors of the corporation for monetary damages
shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law.

         2. The corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of agents
(as defined in Section 317 of the California Corporations Code) through bylaw
provisions, agreements with agents, vote of shareholders or disinterested
directors, or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by
Section 317 of the California Corporations Code, subject only to the applicable
limits set forth in Section 204 of the California Corporations Code with respect
to actions for breach of duty to the corporation and its shareholders.

         Dated:  As of February 25, 1992



                                             /s/ H.L. Mortensen
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             H.L. Mortensen


<PAGE>
                                                                     Exhibit 3.9

                            CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                       OF
                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

         Letitia D. Davis and H. L. Mortensen certify that:

         1. They are the Vice President and the Secretary, respectively, of Sun
Coast Energy Company, a California corporation.

         2. Article I of the Articles of Incorporation of this corporation is
amended to read as follows:

                 "The name of this corporation is Mission Energy Westside, Inc."

         3. The foregoing Amendment of Articles of Incorporation has been duly
approved by the board of directors.

         4. The foregoing Amendment of Articles of Incorporation has been duly
approved by the required vote of shareholders in accordance with Section 902 of
the Corporations Code. The total number of outstanding shares of the corporation
is 100. The number of shares voting in favor of the amendment equaled or
exceeded the vote required. The percentage vote required was more than 50%.

         We further declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State
of California that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and
correct of our own knowledge.

         Date: June 21, 1993.

                                            /s/ Letitia D. Davis
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Letitia D. Davis, Vice President


                                            /s/ H. L. Mortensen
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            H. L. Mortensen, Secretary



<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 3.10


                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                          MISSION ENERGY WESTSIDE, INC.

                        AS AMENDED THROUGH APRIL 5, 1994



<PAGE>

                          MISSION ENERGY WESTSIDE, INC.

                                      INDEX

<TABLE>


<S>      <C>                        <C>                                                                         <C>
ARTICLE I -- OFFICES
         Section 1.1                Principal Executive Office....................................................1
         Section 1.2                Other Offices.................................................................1

ARTICLE II -- SHAREHOLDERS
         Section 2.1                Meeting Locations.............................................................1
         Section 2.2                Annual Meetings...............................................................1
         Section 2.3                Special Meetings..............................................................2
         Section 2.4                Notice of Annual or Special Meeting...........................................2
         Section 2.5                Quorum; Adjournment...........................................................2
         Section 2.6                Adjourned Meeting and Notice Thereof..........................................3
         Section 2.7                Voting........................................................................3
         Section 2.8                Record Date...................................................................4
         Section 2.9                Consent of Absentees; Waiver of Notice........................................4
         Section 2.10               Action Without Meeting........................................................5
         Section 2.11               Proxies.......................................................................5

ARTICLE III -- DIRECTORS
         Section 3.1                Powers........................................................................5
         Section 3.2                Number of Directors...........................................................6
         Section 3.3                Election and Term of Office...................................................6
         Section 3.4                Vacancies.....................................................................6
         Section 3.5                Place of Meeting..............................................................7
         Section 3.6                Organization Meeting..........................................................7
         Section 3.7                Special Meetings..............................................................7
         Section 3.8                Quorum........................................................................8
         Section 3.9                Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone.............................8
         Section 3.10               Waiver of Notice..............................................................8
         Section 3.11               Adjournment...................................................................8
         Section 3.12               Fees and Compensation.........................................................9
         Section 3.13               Action Without Meeting........................................................9

ARTICLE IV -- OFFICERS
         Section 4.1                Officers......................................................................9
         Section 4.2                Election......................................................................9
         Section 4.3                Eligibility of Chairman of the Board or President.............................9
         Section 4.4                Removal and Resignation......................................................10

</TABLE>

                                       i

<PAGE>

<TABLE>


<S>      <C>                        <C>                                                                         <C>
         Section 4.5                Appointment of Other Officers................................................10
         Section 4.6                Vacancies....................................................................10
         Section 4.7                Salaries.....................................................................10
         Section 4.8                Chairman of the Board........................................................10
         Section 4.9                President....................................................................11
         Section 4.10               Vice President...............................................................11
         Section 4.11               Chief Operating Officer......................................................11
         Section 4.12               General Manager..............................................................11
         Section 4.13               General Counsel..............................................................12
         Section 4.14               Assistant General Counsel....................................................12
         Section 4.15               Controller...................................................................12
         Section 4.16               Secretary....................................................................12
         Section 4.17               Assistant Secretary..........................................................12
         Section 4.18               Secretary Pro Tempore........................................................13
         Section 4.19               Treasurer....................................................................13
         Section 4.20               Assistant Treasurer..........................................................13
         Section 4.21               Performance of Duties........................................................13

ARTICLE V -- OTHER PROVISIONS
         Section 5.1                Inspection of Bylaws.........................................................13
         Section 5.2                Contracts and Other Instruments, Loans, Notes and Deposit of Funds...........14
         Section 5.3                Representation of Shares of Other Corporations...............................14
         Section 5.4                Annual Report to Shareholders................................................14
         Section 5.5                Fiscal Year and Subdivisions.................................................15
         Section 5.6                Construction and Definitions.................................................15

ARTICLE VI -- INDEMNIFICATION
         Section 6.1                Indemnification of Directors and Officers....................................15
         Section 6.2                Indemnification of Employees and Agents......................................16
         Section 6.3                Right of Directors and Officers to Bring Suit................................17
         Section 6.4                Successful Defense...........................................................17
         Section 6.5                Nonexclusivity of Rights.....................................................17
         Section 6.6                Insurance....................................................................17
         Section 6.7                Expenses as a Witness........................................................17
         Section 6.8                Indemnity Agreements.........................................................18
         Section 6.9                Severability.................................................................18
         Section 6.10               Effect of Repeal or Modification.............................................18

ARTICLE VII -- AMENDMENTS
         Section 7.1                Amendments...................................................................18

</TABLE>

                                       ii

<PAGE>

                                     BYLAWS

                        BYLAWS FOR THE REGULATION, EXCEPT
                        AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BY STATUTE
                        OR ITS ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                          MISSION ENERGY WESTSIDE, INC.

                        AS AMENDED THROUGH APRIL 5, 1994



                              ARTICLE I -- OFFICES


Section 1.1            PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE

                  The principal executive office of the corporation is hereby
fixed and located at 18101 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1700, in the City of Irvine,
County of Orange, State of California. The Board of Directors ("the Board") is
hereby granted full power and authority to change the principal executive office
from one location to another.


Section 1.2            OTHER OFFICES

                  Branches or subordinate offices may be established at any time
by the Board of Directors or the President at any place within or without the
State of California.


                           ARTICLE II -- SHAREHOLDERS


Section 2.1            MEETING LOCATIONS

                  All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal
executive office, or at such other office or places within or without the State
of California as may be designated by either the Board or by the person or
persons giving notice of the meeting pursuant to Section 2.4.


Section 2.2            ANNUAL MEETINGS

                  The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held on the 1st
Tuesday in the month of April of each year, at the hour of 10:30 a.m. on said
day, or at such other time on

                                       1

<PAGE>

such other day as shall be fixed by the Board, to elect directors to hold office
for the year next ensuing and until their successors shall be elected, and to
consider and act upon such other matters as may lawfully be presented to such
meeting; provided, however, that should said day fall upon a legal holiday
observed by this corporation, then any such annual meeting of shareholders shall
be held at the same time and place on the next day thereafter ensuing which is a
full business day.

Section 2.3            SPECIAL MEETINGS

                  Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time
by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, the Executive
Vice President, if any, the Senior Vice President, if any, or the holders of
shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent of the votes at such meeting.
Upon request to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, the Executive
Vice President, the Senior Vice President, the Secretary or Assistant Secretary
by any person entitled to call a special meeting of shareholders, the officer
forthwith shall cause notice to be given to the shareholders entitled to vote
that a meeting will be held at a time requested by the person or persons calling
the meeting, not less than thirty-five nor more than sixty days after the
receipt of the request. If the notice is not given within twenty days after
receipt of the request, the persons entitled to call the meeting may give the
notice.


Section 2.4            NOTICE OF ANNUAL OR SPECIAL MEETING

                  Written notice of each annual or special meeting of
shareholders shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before
the date of the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat. Such
notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and (i) in the case
of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted, and
no other business may be transacted, or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting,
those matters which the Board, at the time of the mailing of the notice, intends
to present for action by the shareholders, but subject to the provisions of
applicable law, any proper matter may be presented at the meeting for such
action. The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall
include the name of nominees intended at the time of the notice to be presented
by the Board for election.

                  Notice of a shareholders' meeting or any report to the
shareholders shall be given either personally to the recipient or to a person in
the office of the recipient or by first-class United States mail, by private
mail or messenger service, by telephone facsimile transmission, or by any other
means of written communication, addressed to the shareholder at the address of
such shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the
shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice; or if no such address
appears or is given, at the place where the principal executive office of the
corporation is located or by publication at least once in a newspaper of general
circulation in the county in which the

                                       2

<PAGE>

principal executive office is located. Such notice or report shall be deemed to
have been given at the time when delivered personally, deposited in the United
States mail or sent by private mail or messenger service, by telephone facsimile
transmission or sent by any other means of written or electronic communication.


Section 2.5            QUORUM; ADJOURNMENT

                  (a) A majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in
person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the
shareholders.

                  (b) Except as provided in subsection (c) below, the
affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly
held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively
also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum) shall be the act of
the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is
required by the Articles.

                  (c) The shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting
at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment
notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a
quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a
majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

                  (d) In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of shareholders
may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares
represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be
transacted, except as provided in subsection (c) above.


Section 2.6            ADJOURNED MEETING AND NOTICE THEREOF

                  Any shareholders' meeting, whether or not a quorum is present,
may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares, the
holders of which are either present in person or represented by proxy thereat,
but in the absence of a quorum (except as permitted by applicable law in the
case of withdrawals by shareholders to reduce the number remaining to less than
a quorum) no other business may be transacted at such meeting.

                  With exceptions under Section 601(d) of the California
Corporations Code and any other applicable law, it shall not be necessary to
give any notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting or of the
business to be transacted thereat, other than by announcement at the meeting at
which such adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may
transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

                                       3

<PAGE>

Section 2.7            VOTING

                  The shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote
at any such meeting shall be only persons in whose name shares stand on the
stock records of the corporation on the record date determined in accordance
with Section 2.8.

                  Voting shall in all cases be subject to the provisions of
Chapter 7 of the California General Corporation Law, including the following
provisions:

                  (a)  Shares standing in the name of another corporation,
                       domestic or foreign, may be voted by an officer, agent,
                       or proxyholder as the bylaws of the other corporation may
                       prescribe or, in the absence of such provision, as the
                       Board of the other corporation may determine or, in the
                       absence of that determination, by the chairman of the
                       board, president or any vice president of the other
                       corporation, or by any other person authorized to do so
                       by the chairman of the board, president, or any vice
                       president of the other corporation. Shares which are
                       purported to be voted or any proxy purported to be
                       executed in the name of a corporation (whether or not any
                       title of the person signing is indicated) shall be
                       presumed to be voted or the proxy executed in accordance
                       with the provisions of the California General Corporation
                       Law, unless the contrary is shown.

                  (b)  Shares of this corporation owned by its subsidiary shall
                       not be entitled to vote on any matter.

                  (c)  Shares of this corporation held by this corporation in a
                       fiduciary capacity, and shares of this corporation held
                       in a fiduciary capacity by its subsidiary, shall not be
                       entitled to vote on any matter, except as follows: (i) to
                       the extent that the settlor or beneficial owner possesses
                       and exercises a right to vote or to give this corporation
                       binding instructions as to how to vote such shares; or
                       (ii) where there are one or more cotrustees who are not
                       affected by the prohibition of this subsection, in which
                       case the shares may be voted by the cotrustees as if it
                       or they are the sole trustees.

                                       4

<PAGE>

Section 2.8.           RECORD DATE

                  The Board may fix, in advance, a record date for the
determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote
or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution, or any
allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights, in respect of any
other lawful action. The record date so fixed shall be not more than sixty days
nor less than ten days prior to the date of the meeting nor more than sixty days
prior to any other action. When a record date is so fixed, only shareholders of
record at the close of business on that date are entitled to notice of and to
vote at the meeting or to receive the dividend, distribution, or allotment of
rights, or to exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any
transfer of shares on the books of the corporation after the record date, except
as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws.


Section 2.9            CONSENT OF ABSENTEES; WAIVER OF NOTICE

                  The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, however
called and noticed, and wherever held, are as valid as though had at a meeting
duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person
or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the persons
entitled to vote, not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of
notice or a consent to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes
thereof. All such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the
corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Attendance of a
person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of and presence at such
meeting, except when the person objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to
object to the consideration of matters required by this division to be included
in the notice but not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the
meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any regular
or special meeting of shareholders need be specified in any written waiver of
notice, consent to the holding of the meeting or approval of the minutes
thereof, unless otherwise provided in the Articles or Bylaws, except as provided
in the California General Corporation Law.


Section 2.10           ACTION WITHOUT MEETING

                  Subject to Section 603 of the California General Corporation
Law, any action which, under any provision of the California General Corporation
Law, may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken
without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting
forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares
having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to
authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote
thereon were present and voted.

                                       5

<PAGE>

Section 2.11           PROXIES

                  Every person entitled to vote shares has the right to do so
either in person or by one or more persons authorized by a written proxy
executed by such shareholder and filed with the Secretary. No proxy shall be
valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof, unless
otherwise provided in the proxy.


                            ARTICLE III -- DIRECTORS

Section 3.1            POWERS

                  Subject to any limitations of the Articles, of these Bylaws
and of the California General Corporation Law relating to action required to be
approved by the shareholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and
affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be
exercised by or under the direction of the Board. The Board may delegate the
management of the day-to-day operation of the business of the corporation
provided that the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and
all corporate powers shall be exercised under the ultimate direction of the
Board. Without prejudice to such general powers, but subject to the same
limitations, it is hereby expressly declared that the Board shall have the
following powers in addition to the other powers enumerated in these Bylaws:

                  (a)  To select and remove all the other officers, agents and
                       employees of the corporation, prescribe the powers and
                       duties for them as may not be inconsistent with law, with
                       the Articles or these Bylaws, fix their compensation and
                       require from them security for faithful service.

                  (b)  To conduct, manage and control the affairs and business
                       of the corporation and to make such rules and regulations
                       therefor not inconsistent with law, or with the Articles
                       or these Bylaws, as they may deem best.

                  (c)  To adopt, make and use a corporate seal, and to prescribe
                       the forms of certificates of stock, and to alter the form
                       of such seal and of such certificates from time to time
                       as in their judgment they deem best.

                  (d)  To authorize the issuance of shares of stock of the
                       corporation from time to time, upon such terms and for
                       such consideration as may be lawful.

                  (e)  To borrow money and incur indebtedness for the purposes
                       of the corporation, and to cause to be executed and
                       delivered therefor, in the corporate name, promissory
                       notes, bonds, debentures, deeds of trust, mortgages,
                       pledges, hypothecations or other evidences of debt and


                                       6

<PAGE>

                       securities therefor.


Section 3.2            NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

                  The authorized number of directors shall not be less than
three (3) nor more than six (6) until changed by amendment of the Articles or by
a Bylaw duly adopted by the shareholders. The exact number of directors shall be
fixed, within the limits specified, by the Board or the shareholders in the same
manner provided in these Bylaws for the amendment thereof. The exact number of
authorized directors shall be six (6) until changed as provided in these Bylaws.


Section 3.3            ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE

                  The directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of the
shareholders, but if any such annual meeting is not held or the directors are
not elected thereat, the directors may be elected at any special meeting of
shareholders held for that purpose. Each director shall hold office until the
next annual meeting and until a successor has been elected and qualified.


Section 3.4            VACANCIES

                  Any director may resign effective upon giving written notice
to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, the Secretary, or the
Board, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such
resignation. If the resignation is effective at a future time, a successor may
be elected to take office when the resignation becomes effective.

                  Vacancies in the Board, except those existing as a result of a
removal of a director, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors,
whether or not less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and each
director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until
such director's successor has been elected and qualified. Vacancies existing as
a result of a removal of a director may be filled by the shareholders as
provided by law.

                  A vacancy or vacancies in the Board shall be deemed to exist
in case of the death, resignation or removal of any director, or if the
authorized number of directors be increased, or if the shareholders fail, at any
annual or special meeting of shareholders at which any director or directors are
elected, to elect the full authorized number of directors to be voted for at
that meeting.

                  The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time
to fill any vacancy not filled by the directors. Any such election by written
consent other than to fill a vacancy created by removal requires the consent of
a majority of the outstanding shares

                                       7

<PAGE>

entitled to vote. If the Board accepts the resignation of a director tendered to
take effect at a future time, the Board or the shareholders shall have power to
elect a successor to take office when the resignation is to become effective.

                  No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have
the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of the director's
term of office.


Section 3.5            PLACE OF MEETING

                  Regular or special meetings of the Board shall be held at any
place within or without the State of California which has been designated from
time to time by the Board or as provided in these Bylaws. In the absence of such
designation, regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office.


Section 3.6            ORGANIZATION MEETING

                  Promptly following each annual meeting of shareholders the
Board shall hold a regular meeting for the purpose of organization, election of
officers and the transaction of other business.


Section 3.7            SPECIAL MEETINGS

                  Special meetings other than organization meetings of the Board
for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the
Board, if any, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice
President, the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or by any two directors.

                  Such meetings of the Board shall be held upon four days'
written notice by mail or forty-eight hours' notice given personally or by
telephone, telephone facsimile transmission, telegraph, telex or other similar
means of communication. Any such notice shall be addressed or delivered to each
director at such director's address as it is shown upon the records of the
corporation or as may have been given to the corporation by the director for
purposes of notice or, if such address is not shown on such records or is not
readily ascertainable, at the place in which the meetings of the directors are
regularly held. The notice need not specify the purpose of such meeting.

                  Notice by first-class mail shall be deemed to have been given
at the time a written notice is deposited in the United States mail, postage
prepaid or sent by private mail or messenger service. Any other written notice
shall be deemed to have been given at the time it is personally delivered to the
recipient, to a person in the office of the recipient who the person giving the
notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the recipient,
delivered to a common carrier for transmission, or actually transmitted by the

                                       8

<PAGE>

person giving the notice by electronic means to the recipient. Oral notice shall
be deemed to have been given at the time it is communicated, in person, by
telephone to the recipient or to a person at the office of the recipient who the
person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to
the recipient.


Section 3.8            QUORUM

                  One-third of the maximum number of authorized directors
constitutes a quorum of the Board for the transaction of business, except to
adjourn as provided in Section 3.11 of this Article. As defined in Article III,
Section 3.2, the maximum number of authorized directors is six. Every act or
decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly
held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board,
unless a greater number is required by law or by the Articles; provided,
however, that a meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to
transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action
taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for such
meeting.


Section 3.9            PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE

                  Members of the Board may participate in a meeting through use
of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all
members participating in such meeting can hear one another.
Such participation constitutes presence in person at such meeting.


Section 3.10           WAIVER OF NOTICE

                  The transactions of any meeting of the Board, however called
and noticed or wherever held, are as valid as though had at a meeting duly held
after regular call and notice if a quorum is present and if, either before or
after the meeting, each of the directors not present signs a written waiver of
notice, a consent to holding such meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof.
All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporate
records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.


Section 3.11           ADJOURNMENT

                  A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum
is present, may adjourn any directors' meeting to another time and place. Notice
of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given to
absent directors if the time and place is fixed at the meeting adjourned. If the
meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four hours, notice of any adjournment
to another time or place shall be given prior to the time of the

                                       9

<PAGE>

adjourned meeting to the directors who were not present at the time of the
adjournment.


Section 3.12           FEES AND COMPENSATION

                  Directors and members of committees may receive such
compensation, if any, for their services, and such reimbursement for expenses,
as may be fixed or determined by the Board.


Section 3.13           ACTION WITHOUT MEETING

                  In accordance with the provisions of Section 307(8)(b) of the
California General Corporation Law, any action required or permitted to be taken
by the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board shall
individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written
consent or consents shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of
the Board and shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board.



                             ARTICLE IV -- OFFICERS

Section 4.1            OFFICERS

                  The officers of the corporation shall be a President, Vice
President, a Controller, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The corporation may also
have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairman of the Board, one or more
additional Vice Presidents, a Chief Operating Officer, a General Manager,
General Counsel, one or more Assistant General Counsels, one or more Assistant
Controllers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant
Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the
provisions of Section 4.5 of this Article.


Section 4.2            ELECTION

                  The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may
be elected or appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.5 or
Section 4.6 of this Article, shall be chosen annually by, and shall serve at the
pleasure of the Board, and shall hold their respective offices until their
resignation, removal, or other disqualification from service, or until their
respective successors shall be elected.


Section 4.3            ELIGIBILITY OF CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OR PRESIDENT

                                       10

<PAGE>

                  No person shall be eligible for the office of Chairman of the
Board, if there shall be such an officer, or President unless such person is a
member of the Board of the corporation; any other officer may or may not be a
director.


Section 4.4            REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION

                  Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by
the Board at any time or by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be
conferred by the Board. Any such removal shall be without prejudice to the
rights, if any, of the officer under any contract of employment of the officer.

                  Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to
the corporation, but without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation
under any contract of employment to which the officer is a party. Any such
resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at
any later time specified therein and, unless otherwise specified therein, the
acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.


Section 4.5            APPOINTMENT OF OTHER OFFICERS

                  The Board may appoint such other officers as the business of
the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period,
have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in the Bylaws or as
the Board may from time to time determine. Notwithstanding the job title for
such person, no employee or other representative of this corporation shall be an
officer of this corporation unless elected by the Board.


Section 4.6            VACANCIES

                  A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation,
removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner
prescribed in these Bylaws for regular election or appointment to such office.


Section 4.7            SALARIES

                  The salaries of the Chairman of the Board, if any, President,
General Manager, if any, Vice Presidents, Controller, Treasurer and Secretary of
the corporation shall be fixed by the Board. Salaries of all other officers
shall be approved from time to time by the chief executive officer.

                                       11

<PAGE>

Section 4.8            CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

                  The Chairman of the Board, if there shall be such an officer,
shall preside at all meetings of the Board, and shall exercise such powers and
perform such duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned to
him by the Board or the Bylaws.


Section 4.9            PRESIDENT

                  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by
the Board to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the
President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and has,
subject to the control of the Board, general supervision, direction, and control
of the business and affairs of the corporation. The President shall preside at
all meetings of the shareholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the
Board or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board. The President has the
general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of
president of a corporation and has such other powers and duties as may be
prescribed by the Board or the Bylaws. The President may designate from time to
time the titles which the employees or other representatives of this corporation
shall use, including the appointment of agent for service of process. Without
limiting the foregoing, the President may designate one or more employees as
regional vice-presidents.


Section 4.10           VICE PRESIDENT

                  In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice
Presidents in order of their rank shall perform all the duties of the President
and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the
restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may establish the order
of rank of the Vice Presidents. In the absence of such ranking, the Vice
Presidents shall be ranked as follows: Executive Vice President (if any), Senior
Vice President (if any). Vice Presidents holding identical titles shall be
ranked in order of election to that office by the Board.


Section 4.11           CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

                  The Chief Operating Officer, if there shall be such an
officer, must be a vice president of the corporation and shall be subject to the
exercise of the general powers of supervision, direction and control of the
business and officers of the corporation by the President, and supervise the
operations of the corporation.

                                       12

<PAGE>

Section 4.12           GENERAL MANAGER

                  The General Manager, if there shall be such an officer, must
be a vice president of the corporation and shall, subject to the exercise of the
general powers of supervision, direction and control by the President, or the
Chief Operating Officer, if any, shall manage the operations of the corporation.
In the absence of the Chief Operating Officer, the General Manager shall perform
all the duties of the Chief Operating Officer and when so acting shall have all
the powers of, and be subject to, all the restrictions upon the Chief Operating
Officer.


Section 4.13           GENERAL COUNSEL

                  The General Counsel shall be the chief consulting officer of
the corporation in all legal matters and, subject to the President, shall have
control over all matters of legal import concerning the corporation.


Section 4.14           ASSISTANT GENERAL COUNSEL

                  One or more Assistant General Counsels, if any, shall perform
such of the duties of the General Counsel as the General Counsel may designate,
and in the absence or disability of the General Counsel, any Assistant General
Counsel, in order of election to that office by the Board, shall perform the
duties of the General Counsel.


Section 4.15           CONTROLLER

                  The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the
corporation and shall have control over all accounting matters concerning the
corporation and shall perform such other duties as the President or General
Manager shall designate.


Section 4.16           SECRETARY

                  The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal
executive office and such other place as the Board may order, a book of minutes
of all meetings of the shareholders, the Board, and its committees, and a share
register or a duplicate share register.

                  The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all
the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board and any committees thereof
required by the Bylaws or by law to be given, shall keep the seal of the
corporation in safe custody, shall from time to time issue such corporate
secretarial certificates as may be required for the business and affairs of

                                       13

<PAGE>

the corporation, and shall have such other general powers and duties of
management usually vested in the office of secretary of a corporation and as may
be prescribed by the Board, the President or the Bylaws.


Section 4.17           ASSISTANT SECRETARY

                  One or more Assistant Secretaries, if any, shall perform such
of the duties of the Secretary as the Secretary shall designate, and in the
absence or disability of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, in order of
election to that office by the Board, shall perform the duties of the Secretary.


Section 4.18           SECRETARY PRO TEMPORE

                  At any meeting of the Board or of the shareholders from which
the Secretary and Assistant Secretary are absent, a Secretary pro tempore may be
appointed by the Board of Directors or shareholders as appropriate and act.


Section 4.19           TREASURER

                  The Treasurer is the chief financial officer of the
corporation and shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained,
adequate and correct accounts of the properties and business transactions of the
corporation. The books of account shall at all times be open to inspection by
any director.

                  The Treasurer shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, all
moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with
such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors pursuant to
Section 5.2. The Treasurer shall disburse or cause to be disbursed, the funds of
the corporation as may be ordered by the President or the General Manager, shall
render to the President, the General Manager or the directors, whenever they
request it, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial
condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such
other duties as may be prescribed by the Board, or the Bylaws.


Section 4.20           ASSISTANT TREASURER

                  One or more Assistant Treasurers, if any, shall perform such
of the duties of the Treasurer as the Treasurer shall designate, and in the
absence or disability of the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, in order of
election to that office by the Board, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer.

                                       14

<PAGE>

Section 4.21           PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES

                  Officers shall perform the duties of their respective offices
as stated in these Bylaws, and such additional duties as the Board shall
designate.


                          ARTICLE V -- OTHER PROVISIONS

Section 5.1            INSPECTION OF BYLAWS

                  The corporation shall keep in its principal executive office
the original or a copy of these Bylaws, as amended to date, which shall be open
to inspection by shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours.


Section 5.2            CONTRACTS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS, LOANS, NOTES AND DEPOSIT
                       OF FUNDS.

                  The Chairman of the Board, if any, the President and any Vice
President of this corporation, either alone or with the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary, shall execute in the name of the corporation such written
instruments as may be authorized by the Board and, without special direction of
the Board, such instruments as transactions of the ordinary business of the
corporation may require and, such officers without the special direction of the
Board may authenticate, attest or countersign any such instruments when deemed
appropriate. The Board may authorize any person, persons, entity, entities,
attorney, attorneys, attorney-in-fact, attorneys-in-fact, agent or agents, to
enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and
on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to
specific instances.

                  No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and
no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by
resolution of the Board as it may direct. Such authority may be general or
confined to specific instances.

                  All checks, drafts, or other similar orders for the payment of
money, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the
corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the
corporation and in such manner as the Board, Chief Executive Officer or
Treasurer may direct.

                  Unless authorized by the Board or these Bylaws, no officer,
agent, employee or any other person or persons shall have any power or authority
to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or
to render it liable for any purpose or amount.

                  All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be
deposited from

                                       15

<PAGE>

time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks, trust companies, or
other depositories as the Board may direct.


Section 5.3            REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

                  The President or any other officer or officers authorized by
the Board or the President are each authorized to vote, represent and exercise
on behalf of the corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any
other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the corporation. The
authority herein granted may be exercised either by any such officer in person
or by any other person authorized so to do by proxy or power of attorney duly
executed by said officer.

Section 5.4            ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS

                  The annual report to shareholders referred to in Section 1501
of the California General Corporation Law is expressly waived, but nothing
herein shall be interpreted as prohibiting the Board from issuing annual or
other periodic reports to shareholders.


Section 5.5            FISCAL YEAR AND SUBDIVISIONS

                  The calendar year shall be the corporate fiscal year of the
corporation. For the purpose of paying dividends, for making reports and for the
convenient transaction of the business of the corporation, the Board may divide
the fiscal year into appropriate subdivisions.


Section 5.6            CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS

                  Unless the context otherwise requires, the general provisions,
rules of construction and definitions contained in the General Provisions of the
California Corporations Code and in the California General Corporation Law shall
govern the construction of these Bylaws.


                          ARTICLE VI -- INDEMNIFICATION


Section 6.1            INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

                                       16

<PAGE>

                  Each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made
a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit
or proceeding, formal or informal, whether brought in the name of the
corporation or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative nature (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he
or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a
director or officer of this corporation or is or was serving at the request of
this corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of
such proceeding is an alleged action or inaction in an official capacity or in
any other capacity while serving as a director or officer shall, subject to the
terms of any agreement between this corporation and such person, be indemnified
and held harmless by this corporation to the fullest extent permissible under
California law and this corporation's Articles of Incorporation, against all
costs, charges, expenses, liabilities, and losses (including attorneys' fees,
judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security Act excise taxes or
penalties, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably
incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, and such
indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or
officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, and
administrators; provided, however, that (A) this corporation shall indemnify any
such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part
thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was
authorized by the Board of this corporation other than a suit permitted by
Section 6.3; (B) this corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking
indemnification in connection with settlement of a proceeding (or part thereof)
other than a proceeding by or in the name of this corporation to procure a
judgment in its favor only if any settlement of such a proceeding is approved in
writing by this corporation; (C) that no such person shall be indemnified (i)
except to the extent that the aggregate of losses to be indemnified exceeds the
amount of such losses for which the director or officer is paid pursuant to any
directors' and officers' liability insurance policy maintained by the
corporation; (ii) on account of any suit in which judgment is rendered against
such person for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by such
person of securities of this corporation pursuant to the provisions of Section
16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar
provisions of any federal, state, or local statutory law; (iii) if a court of
competent jurisdiction finally determines that any indemnification hereunder is
unlawful; and (iv) as to circumstances in which indemnity is expressly
prohibited by Section 317 of the General Corporation Law of California (the
"Law"); and (D) that no such person shall be indemnified with regard to any
action brought by or in the right of this corporation for breach of duty to this
corporation and its shareholders (a) for acts or omissions involving intentional
misconduct or knowing and culpable violation of law; (b) for acts or omissions
that the director or officer believes to be contrary to the best interests of
this corporation or its shareholders or that involve the absence of good faith
on the part of the director or officer; (c) for any transaction from which the
director or officer derived an improper personal benefit; (d) for acts or
omissions that show a reckless disregard for the director's or officer's duty to
this corporation or its shareholders in circumstances in which the director or
officer was aware, or should have been aware, in the ordinary course of
performing his or her duties, of a risk of serious injury

                                       17

<PAGE>

to this corporation or its shareholders; (e) for acts or omissions that
constitute an unexcused pattern of inattention that amounts to an abdication of
the director's or officer's duties to this corporation or its shareholders; and
(f) for costs, charges, expenses, liabilities, and losses arising under Section
310 or 316 of the Law. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article
shall include the right to be paid by this corporation expenses incurred in
defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however,
that if the Law permits the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or
officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other
capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or
officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in
advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, such advances shall be made
only upon delivery to this corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of
such director or officer, to repay all amounts to this corporation if it shall
be ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified."



Section 6.2            INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

                  A person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a
party to or is involved in any proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she
is or was an employee or agent of this corporation or is or was serving at the
request of this corporation as an employee or agent of another enterprise,
including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of
such action is an alleged action or inaction in an official capacity or in any
other capacity while serving as an employee or agent, may, subject to the terms
of any agreement between this corporation and such person, be indemnified and
held harmless by this corporation to the fullest extent permitted by California
law and this corporation's Articles of Incorporation, against all costs,
charges, expenses, liabilities, and losses, (including attorneys' fees,
judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security Act excise taxes or
penalties, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or
suffered by such person in connection therewith.


Section 6.3            RIGHT OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS TO BRING SUIT

                  If a claim under Section 6.1 of this Article is not paid in
full by this corporation within 30 days after a written claim has been received
by this corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against
this corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in
whole or in part, the claimant shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of
prosecuting such claim. Neither the failure of this corporation (including its
Board, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of
the claimant is permissible in the circumstances because he or she has met the
applicable standard of conduct, if any, nor an actual determination by this
corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its

                                       18

<PAGE>

shareholders) that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct,
shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption for the purpose of an
action that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.


Section 6.4            SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

                  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article, to the
extent that a director or officer has been successful on the merits in defense
of any proceeding referred to in Section 6.1 or in defense of any claim, issue
or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.


Section 6.5            NONEXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

                  The right to indemnification provided by this Article shall
not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter
acquire under any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders, or
disinterested directors, or otherwise.


Section 6.6            INSURANCE

                  This corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to
protect itself and any director, officer, employee, or agent of this corporation
or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise
against any expense, liability, or loss, whether or not this corporation would
have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability, or loss
under the Law.


Section 6.7            EXPENSES AS A WITNESS

                  To the extent that any director, officer, employee, or agent
of this corporation is, by reason of such position or a position with another
entity at the request of this corporation, a witness in any action, suit, or
proceeding, he or she shall be indemnified against all costs and expenses
actually and reasonably incurred by him or her on his or her behalf in
connection therewith.


Section 6.8            INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS

                  This corporation may enter into agreements with any director,
officer, employee, or agent of this corporation providing for indemnification to
the fullest extent permissible under the Law and this corporation's Articles of
Incorporation.

                                       19

<PAGE>

Section 6.9            SEVERABILITY

                  Each and every paragraph, sentence, term, and provision of
this Article is separate and distinct so that if any paragraph, sentence, term,
or provision hereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason,
such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of any other paragraph, sentence, term, or provision hereof. To
the extent required, any paragraph, sentence, term, or provision of this Article
may be modified by a court of competent jurisdiction to preserve its validity
and to provide the claimant with, subject to the limitations set forth in this
Article and any agreement between this corporation and claimant, the broadest
possible indemnification permitted under applicable law.


Section 6.10           EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

                  Any repeal or modification of this Article shall not adversely
affect any right of indemnification of a director or officer existing at the
time of such repeal or modification with respect to any action or omission
occurring prior to such repeal or modification.


               ARTICLE VII -- AMENDMENTS

Section 7.1            AMENDMENTS

                  In accordance with Section 211 and subject to the provisions
contained in Section 212 of the California Corporation Law, these Bylaws may be
amended or repealed either by approval of the outstanding shares or by the
approval of the Board; provided, however, that a Bylaw specifying or changing a
fixed number of directors or the maximum or minimum number or changing from a
fixed to a variable Board or vice versa may only be adopted by approval of the
outstanding shares. The exact number of directors within the maximum and minimum
number specified in these Bylaws may be amended by the Board alone.


                                 [End of Bylaws]

                                       20

<PAGE>


                                                                    Exhibit 3.11


                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                          CHESTNUT RIDGE ENERGY COMPANY


                                        I

         The name of the corporation is Chestnut Ridge Energy Company.


                                       II

         The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or
activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation
Law of California other than the banking business, the trust company business or
the practice of a profession permitted to be incorporated by the California
Corporations Code.


                                       III

         The name and address in the State of California of the corporation's
initial agent for service of process are:

                                Martha A. Spikes
                       18101 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1700
                            Irvine, California 92715


                                       IV

         This corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares, which
shall be designated "common" shares. The total authorized number of such shares
authorized to be issued is ten thousand (10,000) shares.


                                        V

         1. The liability of directors of the corporation for monetary damages
shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under California law.

         2. The corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of agents
(as defined in Section 317 of the California Corporations Code) through bylaw
provisions, agreements with agents, vote of shareholders or disinterested
directors, or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by
Section 317 of the California Corporations Code, subject only to the applicable
limits set forth in Section 204 of the California Corporations Code with respect
to actions for breach of duty to the corporation and its shareholders.


         Dated:  As of October 13, 1998


                                                    /s/ Martha A. Spikes
                                                    ----------------------
                                                    Martha A. Spikes




<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 3.12


                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                          CHESTNUT RIDGE ENERGY COMPANY




                            ADOPTED OCTOBER 21, 1998

<PAGE>

                          CHESTNUT RIDGE ENERGY COMPANY

                                      INDEX

<TABLE>

<S>                                                                            <C>
ARTICLE I -- OFFICES
         Section 1.1       PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE.                          1
         Section 1.2       OTHER OFFICES.                                       1

ARTICLE II -- SHAREHOLDERS
         Section 2.1       MEETING LOCATIONS.                                   1
         Section 2.2       ANNUAL MEETINGS.                                     1
         Section 2.3       SPECIAL MEETINGS.                                    1
         Section 2.4       NOTICE OF ANNUAL OR SPECIAL MEETING.                 2
         Section 2.5       QUORUM; ADJOURNMENT.                                 2
         Section 2.6       ADJOURNED MEETING AND NOTICE THEREOF.                3
         Section 2.7       VOTING.                                              3
         Section 2.8.      RECORD DATE.                                         4
         Section 2.9.      CONSENT OF ABSENTEES; WAIVER OF NOTICE.              4
         Section 2.10      ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.                              4
         Section 2.11      PROXIES.                                             4

ARTICLE III -- DIRECTORS
         Section 3.1       POWERS.                                              5
         Section 3.2       NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.                                 5
         Section 3.3       ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.                         5
         Section 3.4       VACANCIES.                                           6
         Section 3.5       PLACE OF MEETING.                                    6
         Section 3.6       ORGANIZATION MEETING.                                6
         Section 3.7       SPECIAL MEETINGS.                                    6
         Section 3.8       QUORUM.                                              7
         Section 3.9       PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE.   7
         Section 3.10      WAIVER OF NOTICE.                                    7
         Section 3.11      ADJOURNMENT.                                         8
         Section 3.12      FEES AND COMPENSATION.                               8
         Section 3.13      ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.                              8

ARTICLE IV -- OFFICERS
         Section 4.1       OFFICERS.                                            8
         Section 4.2       ELECTION.                                            8
         Section 4.3       ELIGIBILITY OF CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OR PRESIDENT.   8
         Section 4.4       REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION.                             9
         Section 4.5       APPOINTMENT OF OTHER OFFICERS.                       9
         Section 4.6       VACANCIES.                                           9
         Section 4.7       SALARIES.                                            9
         Section 4.8       CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.                               9
         Section 4.9       PRESIDENT.                                           9
         Section 4.10      VICE PRESIDENT.                                     10
         Section 4.11      CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER.                            10

</TABLE>

                                       i

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

<S>                                                                            <C>
         Section 4.12      GENERAL MANAGER.                                    10
         Section 4.13      GENERAL COUNSEL.                                    10
         Section 4.14      ASSISTANT GENERAL COUNSEL.                          10
         Section 4.15      CONTROLLER.                                         10
         Section 4.16      SECRETARY.                                          11
         Section 4.17      ASSISTANT SECRETARY.                                11
         Section 4.18      SECRETARY PRO TEMPORE.                              11
         Section 4.19      TREASURER.                                          11
         Section 4.20      ASSISTANT TREASURER.                                11
         Section 4.21      PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES.                              12

ARTICLE V -- OTHER PROVISIONS
         Section 5.1       INSPECTION OF BYLAWS.                               12
         Section 5.2       CONTRACTS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS,LOANS, NOTES AND
                           DEPOSIT OF FUNDS.                                   12
         Section 5.3       REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.     12
         Section 5.4       ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS.                      13
         Section 5.5       FISCAL YEAR AND SUBDIVISIONS.                       13
         Section 5.6       CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS.                       13

ARTICLE VI -- INDEMNIFICATION
         Section 6.1       INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.          13
         Section 6.2       INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS.            14
         Section 6.3       RIGHT OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS TO BRING SUIT.      15
         Section 6.4       SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE.                                 15
         Section 6.5       NONEXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.                           15
         Section 6.6       INSURANCE.                                          15
         Section 6.7       EXPENSES AS A WITNESS.                              15
         Section 6.8       INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS.                               15
         Section 6.9       SEVERABILITY.                                       16
         Section 6.10      EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION.                   16

ARTICLE VII -- AMENDMENTS
         Section 7.1       AMENDMENTS.                                         16

</TABLE>

                                       ii

<PAGE>



                                     BYLAWS

                        BYLAWS FOR THE REGULATION, EXCEPT
                        AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BY STATUTE
                        OR ITS ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                          CHESTNUT RIDGE ENERGY COMPANY

                              ARTICLE I -- OFFICES

Section 1.1           PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE.

                  The principal executive office of the corporation is hereby
fixed and located at 18101 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1700, in the City of Irvine,
County of Orange, State of California. The Board of Directors ("the Board") is
hereby granted full power and authority to change the principal executive office
from one location to another.

Section 1.2           OTHER OFFICES.

                  Branches or subordinate offices may be established at any time
by the Board of Directors or the President at any place within or without the
State of California.

                           ARTICLE II -- SHAREHOLDERS

Section 2.1           MEETING LOCATIONS.

                  All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal
executive office, or at such other office or places within or without the State
of California as may be designated by either the Board or by the person or
persons giving notice of the meeting pursuant to Section 2.4.

Section 2.2           ANNUAL MEETINGS.

                  The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held on the 2nd
Tuesday in the month of May of each year, at the hour of 3:30 p.m. on said day,
or at such other time on such other day as shall be fixed by the Board, to elect
directors to hold office for the year next ensuing and until their successors
shall be elected, and to consider and act upon such other matters as may
lawfully be presented to such meeting; provided, however, that should said day
fall upon a legal holiday observed by this corporation, then any such annual
meeting of shareholders shall be held at the same time and place on the next day
thereafter ensuing which is a full business day.

Section 2.3           SPECIAL MEETINGS.

                  Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time
by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, the Executive
Vice President, if any, the Senior Vice President, if any, or the holders of
shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent of the

                                      1

<PAGE>

votes at such meeting. Upon request to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the
President, the Executive Vice President, the Senior Vice President, the
Secretary or Assistant Secretary by any person entitled to call a special
meeting of shareholders, the officer forthwith shall cause notice to be given to
the shareholders entitled to vote that a meeting will be held at a time
requested by the person or persons calling the meeting, not less than
thirty-five nor more than sixty days after the receipt of the request. If the
notice is not given within twenty days after receipt of the request, the persons
entitled to call the meeting may give the notice.

Section 2.4           NOTICE OF ANNUAL OR SPECIAL MEETING.

                  Written notice of each annual or special meeting of
shareholders shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before
the date of the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat. Such
notice shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting and (i) in the case
of a special meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted, and
no other business may be transacted, or (ii) in the case of the annual meeting,
those matters which the Board, at the time of the mailing of the notice, intends
to present for action by the shareholders, but subject to the provisions of
applicable law, any proper matter may be presented at the meeting for such
action. The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be elected shall
include the name of nominees intended at the time of the notice to be presented
by the Board for election.

                  Notice of a shareholders' meeting or any report to the
shareholders shall be given either personally to the recipient or to a person in
the office of the recipient or by first-class United States mail, by private
mail or messenger service, by telephone facsimile transmission, or by any other
means of written communication, addressed to the shareholder at the address of
such shareholder appearing on the books of the corporation or given by the
shareholder to the corporation for the purpose of notice; or if no such address
appears or is given, at the place where the principal executive office of the
corporation is located or by publication at least once in a newspaper of general
circulation in the county in which the principal executive office is located.
Such notice or report shall be deemed to have been given at the time when
delivered personally, deposited in the United States mail or sent by private
mail or messenger service, by telephone facsimile transmission or sent by any
other means of written or electronic communication.

Section 2.5           QUORUM; ADJOURNMENT.

                  (a) A majority of the shares entitled to vote, represented in
person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the
shareholders.

                  (b) Except as provided in subsection (c) below, the
affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented and voting at a duly
held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting affirmatively
also constitute at least a majority of the required quorum) shall be the act of
the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is
required by the Articles.

                  (c) The shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting
at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment
notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a
quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a
majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

                                       2

<PAGE>

                  (d) In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of shareholders
may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares
represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be
transacted, except as provided in subsection (c) above.

Section 2.6           ADJOURNED MEETING AND NOTICE THEREOF.

                  Any shareholders' meeting, whether or not a quorum is present,
may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares, the
holders of which are either present in person or represented by proxy thereat,
but in the absence of a quorum (except as permitted by applicable law in the
case of withdrawals by shareholders to reduce the number remaining to less than
a quorum) no other business may be transacted at such meeting.

                  With exceptions under Section 601(d) of the California
Corporations Code and any other applicable law, it shall not be necessary to
give any notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting or of the
business to be transacted thereat, other than by announcement at the meeting at
which such adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may
transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

Section 2.7           VOTING.

                  The shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote
at any such meeting shall be only persons in whose name shares stand on the
stock records of the corporation on the record date determined in accordance
with Section 2.8.

                  Voting shall in all cases be subject to the provisions of
Chapter 7 of the California General Corporation Law, including the following
provisions:

                  (a) Shares standing in the name of another corporation,
domestic or foreign, may be voted by an officer, agent, or proxyholder as the
bylaws of the other corporation may prescribe or, in the absence of such
provision, as the Board of the other corporation may determine or, in the
absence of that determination, by the chairman of the board, president or any
vice president of the other corporation, or by any other person authorized to do
so by the chairman of the board, president, or any vice president of the other
corporation. Shares which are purported to be voted or any proxy purported to be
executed in the name of a corporation (whether or not any title of the person
signing is indicated) shall be presumed to be voted or the proxy executed in
accordance with the provisions of the California General Corporation Law, unless
the contrary is shown.

                  (b) Shares of this corporation owned by its subsidiary shall
not be entitled to vote on any matter.

                  (c) Shares of this corporation held by this corporation in a
fiduciary capacity, and shares of this corporation held in a fiduciary capacity
by its subsidiary, shall not be entitled to vote on any matter, except as
follows: (i) to the extent that the settlor or beneficial owner possesses and
exercises a right to vote or to give this corporation binding instructions as to
how to vote such shares; or (ii) where there are one or more cotrustees who are
not affected by the prohibition of this subsection, in which case the shares may
be voted by the cotrustees as if it or they are the sole trustees.

                                       3

<PAGE>

Section 2.8.          RECORD DATE.

                  The Board may fix, in advance, a record date for the
determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote
or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution, or any
allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights, in respect of any
other lawful action. The record date so fixed shall be not more than sixty days
nor less than ten days prior to the date of the meeting nor more than sixty days
prior to any other action. When a record date is so fixed, only shareholders of
record at the close of business on that date are entitled to notice of and to
vote at the meeting or to receive the dividend, distribution, or allotment of
rights, or to exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any
transfer of shares on the books of the corporation after the record date, except
as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws.

Section 2.9       CONSENT OF ABSENTEES; WAIVER OF NOTICE.

                  The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, however
called and noticed, and wherever held, are as valid as though had at a meeting
duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person
or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the persons
entitled to vote, not present in person or by proxy, signs a written waiver of
notice or a consent to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes
thereof. All such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the
corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Attendance of a
person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of and presence at such
meeting, except when the person objects, at the beginning of the meeting, to the
transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to
object to the consideration of matters required by this division to be included
in the notice but not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the
meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any regular
or special meeting of shareholders need be specified in any written waiver of
notice, consent to the holding of the meeting or approval of the minutes
thereof, unless otherwise provided in the Articles or Bylaws, except as provided
in the California General Corporation Law.

Section 2.10          ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.

                  Subject to Section 603 of the California General Corporation
Law, any action which, under any provision of the California General Corporation
Law, may be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken
without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting
forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares
having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to
authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote
thereon were present and voted.

Section 2.11          PROXIES.

                  Every person entitled to vote shares has the right to do so
either in person or by one or more persons authorized by a written proxy
executed by such shareholder and filed with the Secretary. No proxy shall be
valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof, unless
otherwise provided in the proxy.

                                       4

<PAGE>

                            ARTICLE III -- DIRECTORS

Section 3.1           POWERS.

                  Subject to any limitations of the Articles, of these Bylaws
and of the California General Corporation Law relating to action required to be
approved by the shareholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and
affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be
exercised by or under the direction of the Board. The Board may delegate the
management of the day-to-day operation of the business of the corporation
provided that the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and
all corporate powers shall be exercised under the ultimate direction of the
Board. Without prejudice to such general powers, but subject to the same
limitations, it is hereby expressly declared that the Board shall have the
following powers in addition to the other powers enumerated in these Bylaws:

                  (a) To select and remove all the other officers, agents and
employees of the corporation, prescribe the powers and duties for them as may
not be inconsistent with law, with the Articles or these Bylaws, fix their
compensation and require from them security for faithful service.

                  (b) To conduct, manage and control the affairs and business of
the corporation and to make such rules and regulations therefor not inconsistent
with law, or with the Articles or these Bylaws, as they may deem best.

                  (c) To adopt, make and use a corporate seal, and to prescribe
the forms of certificates of stock, and to alter the form of such seal and of
such certificates from time to time as in their judgment they deem best.

                  (d) To authorize the issuance of shares of stock of the
corporation from time to time, upon such terms and for such consideration as may
be lawful.

                  (e) To borrow money and incur indebtedness for the purposes of
the corporation, and to cause to be executed and delivered therefor, in the
corporate name, promissory notes, bonds, debentures, deeds of trust, mortgages,
pledges, hypothecations or other evidences of debt and securities therefor.

Section 3.2           NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

                  The authorized number of directors shall not be less than
three (3) nor more than six (6) until changed by amendment of the Articles or by
a Bylaw duly adopted by the shareholders. The exact number of directors shall be
fixed, within the limits specified, by the Board or the shareholders in the same
manner provided in these Bylaws for the amendment thereof. The exact number of
authorized directors shall be six (6) until changed as provided in these Bylaws.

Section 3.3           ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.

                  The directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of the
shareholders, but if

                                       5

<PAGE>

any such annual meeting is not held or the directors are not elected thereat,
the directors may be elected at any special meeting of shareholders held for
that purpose. Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting and
until a successor has been elected and qualified.

Section 3.4           VACANCIES.

                  Any director may resign effective upon giving written notice
to the Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, the Secretary, or the
Board, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such
resignation. If the resignation is effective at a future time, a successor may
be elected to take office when the resignation becomes effective.

                  Vacancies in the Board, except those existing as a result of a
removal of a director, may be filled by a majority of the remaining directors,
whether or not less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and each
director so elected shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until
such director's successor has been elected and qualified. Vacancies existing as
a result of a removal of a director may be filled by the shareholders as
provided by law.

                  A vacancy or vacancies in the Board shall be deemed to exist
in case of the death, resignation or removal of any director, or if the
authorized number of directors be increased, or if the shareholders fail, at any
annual or special meeting of shareholders at which any director or directors are
elected, to elect the full authorized number of directors to be voted for at
that meeting.

                  The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time
to fill any vacancy not filled by the directors. Any such election by written
consent other than to fill a vacancy created by removal requires the consent of
a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. If the Board accepts the
resignation of a director tendered to take effect at a future time, the Board or
the shareholders shall have power to elect a successor to take office when the
resignation is to become effective.

                  No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have
the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of the director's
term of office.

Section 3.5           PLACE OF MEETING.

                  Regular or special meetings of the Board shall be held at any
place within or without the State of California which has been designated from
time to time by the Board or as provided in these Bylaws. In the absence of such
designation, regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office.

Section 3.6           ORGANIZATION MEETING.

                  Promptly following each annual meeting of shareholders the
Board shall hold a regular meeting for the purpose of organization, election of
officers and the transaction of other business.

Section 3.7           SPECIAL MEETINGS.

                  Special meetings other than organization meetings of the Board
for any purpose

                                       6

<PAGE>

or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, if any, the
President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, the Secretary,
an Assistant Secretary or by any two directors.

                  Such meetings of the Board shall be held upon four days'
written notice by mail or forty-eight hours' notice given personally or by
telephone, telephone facsimile transmission, telegraph, telex or other similar
means of communication. Any such notice shall be addressed or delivered to each
director at such director's address as it is shown upon the records of the
corporation or as may have been given to the corporation by the director for
purposes of notice or, if such address is not shown on such records or is not
readily ascertainable, at the place in which the meetings of the directors are
regularly held. The notice need not specify the purpose of such meeting.

                  Notice by first-class mail shall be deemed to have been given
at the time a written notice is deposited in the United States mail, postage
prepaid or sent by private mail or messenger service. Any other written notice
shall be deemed to have been given at the time it is personally delivered to the
recipient, to a person in the office of the recipient who the person giving the
notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the recipient,
delivered to a common carrier for transmission, or actually transmitted by the
person giving the notice by electronic means to the recipient. Oral notice shall
be deemed to have been given at the time it is communicated, in person, by
telephone to the recipient or to a person at the office of the recipient who the
person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to
the recipient.

Section 3.8           QUORUM.

                  One-third of the maximum number of authorized directors
constitutes a quorum of the Board for the transaction of business, except to
adjourn as provided in Section 3.11 of this Article. As defined in Article III,
Section 3.2, the maximum number of authorized directors is six. Every act or
decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly
held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board,
unless a greater number is required by law or by the Articles; provided,
however, that a meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to
transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action
taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for such
meeting.

Section 3.9           PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE.

                  Members of the Board may participate in a meeting through use
of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all
members participating in such meeting can hear one another. Such participation
constitutes presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.10          WAIVER OF NOTICE.

                  The transactions of any meeting of the Board, however called
and noticed or wherever held, are as valid as though had at a meeting duly held
after regular call and notice if a quorum is present and if, either before or
after the meeting, each of the directors not present signs a written waiver of
notice, a consent to holding such meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof.
All such waivers, consents or approvals shall be filed with the corporate
records or

                                       7

<PAGE>

made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 3.11          ADJOURNMENT.

                  A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum
is present, may adjourn any directors' meeting to another time and place. Notice
of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given to
absent directors if the time and place is fixed at the meeting adjourned. If the
meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four hours, notice of any adjournment
to another time or place shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned
meeting to the directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

Section 3.12          FEES AND COMPENSATION.

                  Directors and members of committees may receive such
compensation, if any, for their services, and such reimbursement for expenses,
as may be fixed or determined by the Board.

Section 3.13          ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.

                  In accordance with the provisions of Section 307(8)(b) of the
California General Corporation Law, any action required or permitted to be taken
by the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board shall
individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written
consent or consents shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of
the Board and shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board.

                             ARTICLE IV -- OFFICERS

Section 4.1           OFFICERS.

                  The officers of the corporation shall be a President, Vice
President, a Controller, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The corporation may also
have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairman of the Board, one or more
additional Vice Presidents, a Chief Operating Officer, a General Manager,
General Counsel, one or more Assistant General Counsels, one or more Assistant
Controllers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant
Treasurers, and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the
provisions of Section 4.5 of this Article.

Section 4.2           ELECTION.

                  The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may
be elected or appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.5 or
Section 4.6 of this Article, shall be chosen annually by, and shall serve at the
pleasure of the Board, and shall hold their respective offices until their
resignation, removal, or other disqualification from service, or until their
respective successors shall be elected.

Section 4.3           ELIGIBILITY OF CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OR PRESIDENT.

                  No person shall be eligible for the office of Chairman of the
Board, if there shall be such an officer, or President unless such person is a
member of the Board of the corporation;

                                       8

<PAGE>

any other officer may or may not be a director.

Section 4.4           REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION.

                  Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by
the Board at any time or by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be
conferred by the Board. Any such removal shall be without prejudice to the
rights, if any, of the officer under any contract of employment of the officer.

                  Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to
the corporation, but without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation
under any contract of employment to which the officer is a party. Any such
resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at
any later time specified therein and, unless otherwise specified therein, the
acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 4.5           APPOINTMENT OF OTHER OFFICERS.

                  The Board may appoint such other officers as the business of
the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period,
have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in the Bylaws or as
the Board may from time to time determine. Notwithstanding the job title for
such person, no employee or other representative of this corporation shall be an
officer of this corporation unless elected by the Board.

Section 4.6           VACANCIES.

                  A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation,
removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner
prescribed in these Bylaws for regular election or appointment to such office.

Section 4.7           SALARIES.

                  The salaries of the Chairman of the Board, if any, President,
General Manager, if any, Vice Presidents, Controller, Treasurer and Secretary of
the corporation shall be fixed by the Board. Salaries of all other officers
shall be approved from time to time by the chief executive officer.

Section 4.8           CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.

                  The Chairman of the Board, if there shall be such an officer,
shall preside at all meetings of the Board, and shall exercise such powers and
perform such duties as from time to time may be conferred upon or assigned to
him by the Board or the Bylaws.

Section 4.9           PRESIDENT.

                  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by
the Board to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the
President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and has,
subject to the control of the Board, general supervision, direction, and control
of the business and affairs of the corporation. The President shall preside at
all meetings of the shareholders and, in the absence of the Chairman of the
Board or if there be none, at all meetings of the Board. The President has the
general powers and duties of

                                       9

<PAGE>

management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and has
such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board or the Bylaws.
The President may designate from time to time the titles which the employees or
other representatives of this corporation shall use, including the appointment
of agent for service of process. Without limiting the foregoing, the President
may designate one or more employees as regional vice-presidents.

Section 4.10          VICE PRESIDENT.

                  In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice
Presidents in order of their rank shall perform all the duties of the President
and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the
restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may establish the order
of rank of the Vice Presidents. In the absence of such ranking, the Vice
Presidents shall be ranked as follows: Executive Vice President (if any), Senior
Vice President (if any). Vice Presidents holding identical titles shall be
ranked in order of election to that office by the Board.

Section 4.11          CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER.

                  The Chief Operating Officer, if there shall be such an
officer, must be a vice president of the corporation and shall be subject to the
exercise of the general powers of supervision, direction and control of the
business and officers of the corporation by the President, and supervise the
operations of the corporation.

Section 4.12          GENERAL MANAGER.

                  The General Manager, if there shall be such an officer, must
be a vice president of the corporation and shall, subject to the exercise of the
general powers of supervision, direction and control by the President, or the
Chief Operating Officer, if any, shall manage the operations of the corporation.
In the absence of the Chief Operating Officer, the General Manager shall perform
all the duties of the Chief Operating Officer and when so acting shall have all
the powers of, and be subject to, all the restrictions upon the Chief Operating
Officer.

Section 4.13          GENERAL COUNSEL.

                  The General Counsel shall be the chief consulting officer of
the corporation in all legal matters and, subject to the President, shall have
control over all matters of legal import concerning the corporation.

Section 4.14          ASSISTANT GENERAL COUNSEL.

                  One or more Assistant General Counsels, if any, shall perform
such of the duties of the General Counsel as the General Counsel may designate,
and in the absence or disability of the General Counsel, any Assistant General
Counsel, in order of election to that office by the Board, shall perform the
duties of the General Counsel.

Section 4.15          CONTROLLER.

                  The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the
corporation and shall have control over all accounting matters concerning the
corporation and shall perform such other duties as the President or General
Manager shall designate.

                                       10

<PAGE>

Section 4.16          SECRETARY.

                  The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal
executive office and such other place as the Board may order, a book of minutes
of all meetings of the shareholders, the Board, and its committees, and a share
register or a duplicate share register.

                  The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all
the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board and any committees thereof
required by the Bylaws or by law to be given, shall keep the seal of the
corporation in safe custody, shall from time to time issue such corporate
secretarial certificates as may be required for the business and affairs of the
corporation, and shall have such other general powers and duties of management
usually vested in the office of secretary of a corporation and as may be
prescribed by the Board, the President or the Bylaws.

Section 4.17          ASSISTANT SECRETARY.

                  One or more Assistant Secretaries, if any, shall perform such
of the duties of the Secretary as the Secretary shall designate, and in the
absence or disability of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, in order of
election to that office by the Board, shall perform the duties of the Secretary.

Section 4.18          SECRETARY PRO TEMPORE.

                  At any meeting of the Board or of the shareholders from which
the Secretary and Assistant Secretary are absent, a Secretary pro tempore may be
appointed by the Board of Directors or shareholders as appropriate and act.

Section 4.19          TREASURER.

                  The Treasurer is the chief financial officer of the
corporation and shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained,
adequate and correct accounts of the properties and business transactions of the
corporation. The books of account shall at all times be open to inspection by
any director.

                  The Treasurer shall deposit, or cause to be deposited, all
moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with
such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors pursuant to
Section 5.2. The Treasurer shall disburse or cause to be disbursed, the funds of
the corporation as may be ordered by the President or the General Manager, shall
render to the President, the General Manager or the directors, whenever they
request it, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial
condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such
other duties as may be prescribed by the Board, or the Bylaws.

Section 4.20          ASSISTANT TREASURER.

                  One or more Assistant Treasurers, if any, shall perform such
of the duties of the Treasurer as the Treasurer shall designate, and in the
absence or disability of the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, in order of
election to that office by the Board, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer.

                                       11

<PAGE>

Section 4.21          PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES.

                  Officers shall perform the duties of their respective offices
as stated in these Bylaws, and such additional duties as the Board shall
designate.

                          ARTICLE V -- OTHER PROVISIONS

Section 5.1           INSPECTION OF BYLAWS.

                  The corporation shall keep in its principal executive office
the original or a copy of these Bylaws, as amended to date, which shall be open
to inspection by shareholders at all reasonable times during office hours.

Section 5.2           CONTRACTS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS,LOANS, NOTES AND DEPOSIT
                      OF FUNDS.

                  The Chairman of the Board, if any, the President and any Vice
President of this corporation, either alone or with the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary, shall execute in the name of the corporation such written
instruments as may be authorized by the Board and, without special direction of
the Board, such instruments as transactions of the ordinary business of the
corporation may require and, such officers without the special direction of the
Board may authenticate, attest or countersign any such instruments when deemed
appropriate. The Board may authorize any person, persons, entity, entities,
attorney, attorneys, attorney-in-fact, attorneys-in-fact, agent or agents, to
enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and
on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to
specific instances.

                  No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and
no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by
resolution of the Board as it may direct. Such authority may be general or
confined to specific instances.

                  All checks, drafts, or other similar orders for the payment of
money, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the
corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the
corporation and in such manner as the Board, Chief Executive Officer or
Treasurer may direct.

                  Unless authorized by the Board or these Bylaws, no officer,
agent, employee or any other person or persons shall have any power or authority
to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or
to render it liable for any purpose or amount.

                  All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be
deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks,
trust companies, or other depositories as the Board may direct.

Section 5.3           REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.

                  The President or any other officer or officers authorized by
the Board or the President are each authorized to vote, represent and exercise
on behalf of the corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any
other corporation or corporations standing in the

                                       12

<PAGE>

name of the corporation. The authority herein granted may be exercised either by
any such officer in person or by any other person authorized so to do by proxy
or power of attorney duly executed by said officer.

Section 5.4           ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS.

                  The annual report to shareholders referred to in Section 1501
of the California General Corporation Law is expressly waived, but nothing
herein shall be interpreted as prohibiting the Board from issuing annual or
other periodic reports to shareholders.

Section 5.5           FISCAL YEAR AND SUBDIVISIONS.

                  The calendar year shall be the corporate fiscal year of the
corporation. For the purpose of paying dividends, for making reports and for the
convenient transaction of the business of the corporation, the Board may divide
the fiscal year into appropriate subdivisions.

Section 5.6           CONSTRUCTION AND DEFINITIONS.

                  Unless the context otherwise requires, the general provisions,
rules of construction and definitions contained in the General Provisions of the
California Corporations Code and in the California General Corporation Law shall
govern the construction of these Bylaws.

                          ARTICLE VI -- INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6.1           INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

                  Each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made
a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit
or proceeding, formal or informal, whether brought in the name of the
corporation or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative nature (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he
or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a
director or officer of this corporation or is or was serving at the request of
this corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of
such proceeding is an alleged action or inaction in an official capacity or in
any other capacity while serving as a director or officer shall, subject to the
terms of any agreement between this corporation and such person, be indemnified
and held harmless by this corporation to the fullest extent permissible under
California law and this corporation's Articles of Incorporation, against all
costs, charges, expenses, liabilities, and losses (including attorneys' fees,
judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security Act excise taxes or
penalties, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably
incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, and such
indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or
officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, and
administrators; provided, however, that (A) this corporation shall indemnify any
such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part
thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was
authorized by the Board of this corporation other than a suit permitted by
Section 6.3; (B) this corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking
indemnification in connection with settlement of a proceeding (or part thereof)
other than a

                                       13

<PAGE>

proceeding by or in the name of this corporation to procure a judgment in its
favor only if any settlement of such a proceeding is approved in writing by this
corporation; (C) that no such person shall be indemnified (i) except to the
extent that the aggregate of losses to be indemnified exceeds the amount of such
losses for which the director or officer is paid pursuant to any directors' and
officers' liability insurance policy maintained by the corporation; (ii) on
account of any suit in which judgment is rendered against such person for an
accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by such person of
securities of this corporation pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar provisions
of any federal, state, or local statutory law; (iii) if a court of competent
jurisdiction finally determines that any indemnification hereunder is unlawful;
and (iv) as to circumstances in which indemnity is expressly prohibited by
Section 317 of the General Corporation Law of California (the "Law"); and (D)
that no such person shall be indemnified with regard to any action brought by or
in the right of this corporation for breach of duty to this corporation and its
shareholders (a) for acts or omissions involving intentional misconduct or
knowing and culpable violation of law; (b) for acts or omissions that the
director or officer believes to be contrary to the best interests of this
corporation or its shareholders or that involve the absence of good faith on the
part of the director or officer; (c) for any transaction from which the director
or officer derived an improper personal benefit; (d) for acts or omissions that
show a reckless disregard for the director's or officer's duty to this
corporation or its shareholders in circumstances in which the director or
officer was aware, or should have been aware, in the ordinary course of
performing his or her duties, of a risk of serious injury to this corporation or
its shareholders; (e) for acts or omissions that constitute an unexcused pattern
of inattention that amounts to an abdication of the director's or officer's
duties to this corporation or its shareholders; and (f) for costs, charges,
expenses, liabilities, and losses arising under Section 310 or 316 of the Law.
The right to indemnification conferred in this Article shall include the right
to be paid by this corporation expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in
advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that if the Law permits the
payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her
capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which
service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer,
including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance
of the final disposition of a proceeding, such advances shall be made only upon
delivery to this corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director
or officer, to repay all amounts to this corporation if it shall be ultimately
determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified."

Section 6.2           INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS.

                  A person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a
party to or is involved in any proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she
is or was an employee or agent of this corporation or is or was serving at the
request of this corporation as an employee or agent of another enterprise,
including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of
such action is an alleged action or inaction in an official capacity or in any
other capacity while serving as an employee or agent, may, subject to the terms
of any agreement between this corporation and such person, be indemnified and
held harmless by this corporation to the fullest extent permitted by California
law and this corporation's Articles of Incorporation, against all costs,
charges, expenses, liabilities, and losses, (including attorneys' fees,
judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security Act excise taxes or
penalties, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or
suffered by such person in connection therewith.

                                       14

<PAGE>

Section 6.3           RIGHT OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS TO BRING SUIT.

                  If a claim under Section 6.1 of this Article is not paid in
full by this corporation within 30 days after a written claim has been received
by this corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against
this corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in
whole or in part, the claimant shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of
prosecuting such claim. Neither the failure of this corporation (including its
Board, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of
the claimant is permissible in the circumstances because he or she has met the
applicable standard of conduct, if any, nor an actual determination by this
corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its
shareholders) that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct,
shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption for the purpose of an
action that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

Section 6.4           SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE.

                  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article, to the
extent that a director or officer has been successful on the merits in defense
of any proceeding referred to in Section 6.1 or in defense of any claim, issue
or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including
attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

Section 6.5           NONEXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.

                  The right to indemnification provided by this Article shall
not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter
acquire under any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders, or
disinterested directors, or otherwise.

Section 6.6           INSURANCE.

                  This corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to
protect itself and any director, officer, employee, or agent of this corporation
or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise
against any expense, liability, or loss, whether or not this corporation would
have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability, or loss
under the Law.

Section 6.7           EXPENSES AS A WITNESS.

                  To the extent that any director, officer, employee, or agent
of this corporation is, by reason of such position or a position with another
entity at the request of this corporation, a witness in any action, suit, or
proceeding, he or she shall be indemnified against all costs and expenses
actually and reasonably incurred by him or her on his or her behalf in
connection therewith.

Section 6.8           INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS.

                  This corporation may enter into agreements with any director,
officer, employee, or agent of this corporation providing for indemnification to
the fullest extent permissible under the Law and this corporation's Articles of
Incorporation.

                                       15

<PAGE>

Section 6.9           SEVERABILITY.

                  Each and every paragraph, sentence, term, and provision of
this Article is separate and distinct so that if any paragraph, sentence, term,
or provision hereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason,
such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of any other paragraph, sentence, term, or provision hereof. To
the extent required, any paragraph, sentence, term, or provision of this Article
may be modified by a court of competent jurisdiction to preserve its validity
and to provide the claimant with, subject to the limitations set forth in this
Article and any agreement between this corporation and claimant, the broadest
possible indemnification permitted under applicable law.

Section 6.10          EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION.

                  Any repeal or modification of this Article shall not adversely
affect any right of indemnification of a director or officer existing at the
time of such repeal or modification with respect to any action or omission
occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

                            ARTICLE VII -- AMENDMENTS

Section 7.1           AMENDMENTS.

                  In accordance with Section 211 and subject to the provisions
contained in Section 212 of the California Corporation Law, these Bylaws may be
amended or repealed either by approval of the outstanding shares or by the
approval of the Board; provided, however, that a Bylaw specifying or changing a
fixed number of directors or the maximum or minimum number or changing from a
fixed to a variable Board or vice versa may only be adopted by approval of the
outstanding shares. The exact number of directors within the maximum and minimum
number specified in these Bylaws may be amended by the Board alone.

                                 [End of Bylaws]

                                       16


<PAGE>

                                                                 Exhibit 3.13


                         EME HOMER CITY GENERATION L.P.

                                    AGREEMENT

                                       OF

                               LIMITED PARTNERSHIP


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<S>                                                                                                   <C>
                                                                                                      PAGE
Article 1.  Definitions..................................................................................1
   Act ..................................................................................................1
   Adjusted Capital Account .............................................................................1
   Adjusted Capital Account Deficit .....................................................................1
   Affiliate ............................................................................................1
   Agent ................................................................................................1
   Agreed Value .........................................................................................2
   Agreement ............................................................................................3
   Allocation Year ......................................................................................3
   Capital Accounts .....................................................................................3
   Capital Contributions ................................................................................3
   Certificate ..........................................................................................3
   Code .................................................................................................3
   Depreciation .........................................................................................3
   Dissolution Event ....................................................................................4
   Effective Date .......................................................................................4
   Fiscal Year ..........................................................................................4
   General Partner ......................................................................................4
   GP Interest ..........................................................................................4
   Interest Holder ......................................................................................4
   Limited Partner ......................................................................................4
   Liquidator ...........................................................................................4
   LP Interest ..........................................................................................4
   Majority Interest ....................................................................................4
   Nondeductible Expenditure ............................................................................4
   Nonrecourse Deductions ...............................................................................4
   Partner ..............................................................................................4
   Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ................................................................5
   Partner Nonrecourse Debt .............................................................................5
   Partner Nonrecourse Deductions .......................................................................5
   Partnership ..........................................................................................5
   Partnership Interest .................................................................................5
   Partnership Minimum Gain .............................................................................5
   Percentage Interest ..................................................................................5
   Permitted Transfer ...................................................................................5
   Person ...............................................................................................5
   Profits" and "Losses .................................................................................5
   Regulations ..........................................................................................6
   Transfer .............................................................................................6
Article 2.  Formation of Partnership; Purpose............................................................6
   2.1.   Formation......................................................................................6
   2.2.   Name...........................................................................................7
   2.3.   Registered Office, Registered Agent and Places of Business.....................................7
   2.4.   Power of Attorney..............................................................................7
   2.5.   Term...........................................................................................8
   2.6.   Certificate of Limited Partnership.............................................................8
   2.7.   Purpose........................................................................................8
Article 3.  Capital Contributions; Percentage Interests..................................................9
   3.1.   General Partner................................................................................9
   3.2.   Limited Partners...............................................................................9
   3.3.   No Interest....................................................................................9
</TABLE>


                                       i
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
   3.4.   Loans from Partners............................................................................9
   3.5.   Additional Contributions.......................................................................9
Article 4.  Capital Accounts.............................................................................9
Article 5.  Distributions...............................................................................11
   5.1.   In General....................................................................................11
   5.2. Liquidating Distributions.......................................................................11
Article 6.  Allocations of Profits and Losses...........................................................11
   6.1.   Profits.......................................................................................11
   6.2.   Losses........................................................................................11
   6.3.   Limitations on Allocations of Losses..........................................................11
   6.4.   Special Allocations...........................................................................11
     6.4.1.  Minimum Gain Chargeback....................................................................12
     6.4.2.  Partner Minimum Gain Chargeback............................................................12
     6.4.3.  Qualified Income Offset....................................................................12
     6.4.4.  Nonrecourse Deductions.....................................................................12
     6.4.5.  Partner Nonrecourse Deductions.............................................................13
     6.4.6.  Certain 754 Adjustments....................................................................13
   6.5.   Curative Allocations..........................................................................13
   6.6.   Other Allocation Rules........................................................................13
     6.6.1.  Allocations When Interests Change..........................................................13
     6.6.2.  Allocation of Particular Items.............................................................14
     6.6.3.  Tax Reporting..............................................................................14
     6.6.4.  Profit Shares..............................................................................14
     6.6.5. Minimum Allocations to General Partner......................................................14
     6.6.6.  Book Items Used in Special Allocations.....................................................14
   6.7.   Tax Allocations; Code Section 704(c)..........................................................15
     6.7.1.  Generally..................................................................................15
     6.7.2.  Contributed Property.......................................................................15
     6.7.3.  Adjustments to Agreed Value................................................................15
     6.7.4.  Elections..................................................................................15
Article 7.  Tax Matters.................................................................................16
   7.1.   Preparation of Tax Returns....................................................................16
   7.2.   Tax Elections.................................................................................16
   7.3.   Tax Controversies.............................................................................16
Article 8.  Business Management and Operation; Indemnification..........................................16
   8.1.   Powers of General Partner.....................................................................16
   8.2.   Duties of General Partner.....................................................................18
   8.3.   Prohibited Actions and Actions Requiring Limited Partner Approval.............................19
   8.4.   Reimbursement of the General Partner..........................................................19
   8.5.   Partnership Funds.............................................................................19
   8.6.   Outside Activities............................................................................20
   8.7.   Limited Liability; Indemnification............................................................20
   8.8.   Books, Records, and Accounting................................................................21
   8.9.   Fiscal Year; Taxable Year.....................................................................21
Article 9.  Limited Partner Rights and Obligations......................................................22
   9.1.   Limitation of Liability.......................................................................22
   9.2.   Management of Business........................................................................22
   9.3.   Outside Activities............................................................................22
   9.4.   Return of Capital.............................................................................22
   9.5.   Rights of Limited Partners....................................................................22
Article 10.  Transfers of Interests.....................................................................23
   10.1.  General Partner...............................................................................23
     10.1.1.  Voluntary Transfers and Withdrawals.......................................................23
     10.1.2.  Involuntary Transfers.....................................................................23
</TABLE>


                                       ii
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
        10.1.3.  Prohibited Transfers...................................................................24
   10.2.  Limited Partners..............................................................................24
     10.2.1.  In General................................................................................24
     10.2.2.  Permitted Transfers.......................................................................24
     10.2.3.  Conditions to Permitted Transfers.........................................................24
     10.2.4.  Prohibited Transfers......................................................................25
Article 11.  Additional Partners........................................................................25
Article 12.  Dissolution and Liquidation................................................................25
   12.1.  Dissolution...................................................................................25
   12.2.  Liquidation...................................................................................26
   12.3.  Distribution in Kind..........................................................................27
   12.4.  Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership............................................28
   12.5.  No General Partner Liability for Return of Capital............................................28
   12.6.  Waiver of Partition...........................................................................28
   12.7.  Compliance with Timing Requirements of Regulations............................................28
   12.8.  Non-Dissolving Code Section 708(b) Terminations...............................................28
   12.9.  Allocations during the Period of Liquidation..................................................29
Article 13.  Amendment of Agreement.....................................................................29
Article 14.  General Provisions.........................................................................29
   14.1.  Personal Property.............................................................................29
   14.2.  Addresses and Notices.........................................................................29
   14.3.  Headings......................................................................................29
   14.4.  Binding Effect................................................................................29
   14.5.  Integration...................................................................................30
   14.6.  Waiver........................................................................................30
   14.7.  Counterparts..................................................................................30
   14.8.  Severability..................................................................................30
   14.9.  Applicable Law................................................................................30
</TABLE>


                                      iii
<PAGE>


                         EME HOMER CITY GENERATION L.P.

                                  AGREEMENT OF

                               LIMITED PARTNERSHIP


                  THIS AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, is dated as of October
31, 1998, and is entered into by and among MISSION ENERGY WESTSIDE, INC., a
California corporation ("Mission"), as general partner, and CHESTNUT RIDGE
ENERGY COMPANY, a California corporation ("Chestnut Ridge"), as limited partner.


                             ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

                  The following definitions shall for all purposes, unless
otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, apply to the terms used in this
Agreement.

                  "ACT" means the Pennsylvania  Revised Uniform Limited
Partnership Act, 15 Pa.C.S.A. ch.85, as amended from time to time (or any
corresponding provisions of succeeding law).

                  "ADJUSTED CAPITAL ACCOUNT" means, with respect to an Interest
Holder, an account the balance (which may be a deficit balance) in which is
equal to the balance in such Interest Holder's Capital Account as of the end of
the relevant Allocation Year, after giving effect to the following adjustments:
(i) credit to such Capital Account any amounts which such Interest Holder is
obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or is deemed to
be obligated to restore to the Partnership pursuant to Regulations Sections
1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5); and (ii) debit to such Capital Account such
Interest Holder's share of items described in Regulations Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6). The foregoing definition of Adjusted
Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Regulations Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

                  "ADJUSTED CAPITAL ACCOUNT DEFICIT" means, with respect to an
Interest Holder, the deficit balance, if any, in such Interest Holder's Adjusted
Capital Account.

                  "AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any Person (i) any other
Person who bears a relationship to the first Person described in either Code
Section 267(b) (substituting, however, "10 percent" for "50 percent" everywhere
in Code Section 267) or Code Section 707(b) (substituting, however, "10 percent"
for "50 percent" everywhere in Code Section 707), and (ii) any officer,
director, general partner, or trustee of any Person described in clauses (i) or
(ii) of this sentence.

                  "AGENT" has the meaning specified in Section 2.4.1.


                                       1
<PAGE>


                  "AGREED VALUE" means, with respect to any asset, the asset's
adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

         (i) The initial Agreed Value of any asset contributed by a Partner to
the Partnership shall be the gross fair market value of such asset;

         (ii) The Agreed Values of all Partnership assets shall be adjusted to
equal their respective gross fair market values (taking Code Section 7701(g)
into account) as of the following times: (a) the acquisition of an additional
interest in the Partnership by any new or existing Interest Holder in exchange
for more than a DE MINIMIS Capital Contribution; (b) the distribution by the
Partnership to an Interest Holder of more than a DE MINIMIS amount of
Partnership property as consideration for an interest in the Partnership; (c)
the liquidation of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g); and (d) at such other times as the General Partner shall
reasonably determine necessary or advisable in order to comply with Regulations
Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2; provided that the adjustments described in
clauses (a) and (b) of this paragraph shall be made only if the General Partner
reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary or appropriate to
reflect the relative economic interests of the Interest Holders in the
Partnership;

         (iii) The Agreed Value of any Partnership asset distributed to any
Interest Holder shall be the gross fair market value (taking Code Section
7701(g) into account) of such asset on the date of distribution; and

         (iv) The Agreed Values of Partnership assets shall be increased (or
decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets
pursuant to Code Section 732(d), Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but
only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining
capital accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m); provided,
however, that Agreed Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this clause (iv)
to the extent that an adjustment pursuant to clause (ii) hereof is made in
connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment
pursuant to this clause (iv).

                  The Agreed Value of any interest in another partnership held
by the Partnership shall be determined as provided above, except that (a) at any
time at which such Agreed Value is determined pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or
(iii) above, it shall be increased by the Partnership's share of the liabilities
of such other partnership under Code Section 752 at such time and (b) Agreed
Value shall be increased or decreased to reflect subsequent increases or
decreases in the Partnership's share of such liabilities or increases in the
Partnership's individual liabilities by reason of its assumption of liabilities
of such other partnership or decreases in the Partnership's individual
liabilities by reason of such other partnership's assumption thereof to the same
extent and at the same time that it would be so increased or decreased if it
were actually the federal income tax basis of the Partnership's interest in such
other partnership.


                                       2
<PAGE>


If the Agreed Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to this
definition of Agreed Value, such Agreed Value shall thereafter be adjusted by
Depreciation with respect to such asset taken into account in computing Profits
and Losses.

Determinations of gross fair market value for purposes of this definition of
Agreed Value shall be made as follows: (a) in situations described in paragraphs
(i), (ii)(a), (ii)(b) and (iii) above by agreement between the General Partner
and the Interest Holder making the contribution or receiving the distribution as
the case may be, provided, however that if the General Partner (or any Affiliate
of the General Partner) is the contributor or the distributee such determination
shall require agreement between the contributor or the distributor and a
Majority Interest; and (b) in other situations by agreement between the General
Partner and a Majority Interest. In a case in which agreement cannot be reached
as required in the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, the appraisal
procedure set forth in Section 10.1.2.3 shall be followed to determine gross
fair market value, substituting, however, the parties whose agreement is so
required as the persons to select the initial two appraisers.

                  "AGREEMENT" means this Agreement of Limited Partnership.

                  "ALLOCATION YEAR" means (i) the period commencing on the date
of inception of the Partnership and ending on the next following December 31,
(ii) any subsequent twelve (12) month period commencing on January 1 and ending
on December 31, or (iii) any portion of the period described in clauses (i) or
(ii) for which the Partnership is required to allocate Profits, Losses and other
items of Partnership income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Article 6.

                  "CAPITAL ACCOUNTS" mean the capital accounts maintained with
respect to Partnership Interests pursuant to Article 4.

                  "CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS" means with respect to any Partner the
amount of money and the initial Agreed Value of any property (other than money)
contributed to the Partnership with respect to the interest in the Partnership
held by such Partner.

                  "CERTIFICATE" means the certificate of limited partnership for
the Partnership required to be filed pursuant to Section 8511 of the Act.

                  "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
from time to time (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding law).

                  "DEPRECIATION" means, for each Allocation Year, an amount
equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction
allowable with respect to an asset for such Allocation Year, except that if the
Agreed Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax
purposes at the beginning of such Allocation Year,


                                       3
<PAGE>


Depreciation shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g)(3) or Regulations Section 1.704-3(d)(2), whichever is
applicable.

                  "DISSOLUTION EVENT" has the meaning assigned to that term in
Section 12.1.

                  "EFFECTIVE DATE" means October 31, 1998.

                  "FISCAL YEAR" means (i) the period commencing on the date of
inception of the Partnership and ending on the next following December 31, (ii)
any subsequent twelve-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on
December 31 and (iii) the period commencing on the immediately preceding January
1 and ending on the date on which all Partnership property has been distributed
to the Interest Holders pursuant to Section 12.2 hereof.

                  "GENERAL PARTNER" means Mission or any other Person admitted
to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement in the capacity of a general
partner.

                  "GP INTEREST" means an interest in the Partnership issued
pursuant to this Agreement to a Person in its capacity as the General Partner.

                  "INTEREST HOLDER" means any Person who is entitled to receive
distributions and allocations with respect to a Partnership Interest.

                  "LIMITED PARTNER" means, as the case may be, Chestnut Ridge or
any other Person admitted to the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement in the
capacity of a limited partner.

                  "LIQUIDATOR" has the meaning specified in Section 12.2.

                  "LP INTEREST" means an interest in the Partnership issued
pursuant to this Agreement to a Person its capacity as a Limited Partner.

                  "MAJORITY INTEREST" means Limited Partners whose aggregate
Percentage Interests total more than one-half of the aggregate Percentage
Interests of the Limited Partners.

                  "NONDEDUCTIBLE EXPENDITURE" has the meaning specified under
the definition of Profits below.

                  "NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS" has the meaning set forth in
regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1). The amount and items of Nonrecourse
Deductions shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Sections
1.704-2(c) and 1.704-2(j)(1).

                  "PARTNER" means the General Partner or a Limited Partner.


                                       4
<PAGE>


                  "PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEBT MINIMUM GAIN" has the meaning set
forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i).

                  "PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEBT" has the meaning set forth in
Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

                  "PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS" has the meaning set forth in
Regulations Section 1.704-2(i).

                  "PARTNERSHIP" means EME Homer City Generation L.P., a
Pennsylvania limited partnership.

                  "PARTNERSHIP INTEREST" means a GP Interest or an LP Interest.

                  "PARTNERSHIP MINIMUM GAIN" has the meaning set forth in
Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).

                  "PERCENTAGE INTEREST" means, with respect to any Interest
Holder, the Interest Holder's interest, expressed as a percentage, in certain
Profits, Losses (and items thereof) and distributions of the Partnership as set
out in this Agreement and as may be amended from time to time to reflect the
transfer of Partnership Interests or the issuance of additional Partnership
Interests.

                  "PERMITTED TRANSFER" is defined in Section 10.2.2.

                  "PERSON" means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a
trust, an unincorporated organization, an association, or any other entity.

                  "PROFITS" and "LOSSES" means, for each Allocation Year, an
amount equal to the Partnership's taxable income or loss for such Allocation
Year, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all
items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately
pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss),
with the following adjustments:

         (i) Any income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income
tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant
to this definition shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

         (ii) Any expenditures of the Partnership described in Code Section
705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(b) expenditures pursuant to
Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i) ("Nondeductible Expenditures"), and not
otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this
definition shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;


                                       5
<PAGE>


         (iii) If the Agreed Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant
to clause (ii) or clause (iii) of the definition of Agreed Value hereunder, the
amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the
disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Profits or Losses;

         (iv) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of Partnership
property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax
purposes shall be computed by reference to the Agreed Value of the property
disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property
differs from its Agreed Value;

         (v) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery
deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there
shall be taken into account Depreciation for such Allocation Year;

         (vi) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any
Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) is required, pursuant to
Regulations Section 1.704-(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in
determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in
liquidation of an Interest Holder's interest in the Partnership, the amount of
such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases
the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) from
the disposition of such asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of
computing Profits or Losses; and

         (vii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition, any items
which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.4 or Section 6.5 hereof
shall not be taken into account in computing Profits or Losses.

                  "REGULATIONS" means the Income Tax Regulations promulgated
under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including
corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

                  "TRANSFER" means, as a noun, any voluntary or involuntary
transfer, sale, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition and, as a verb,
voluntarily or involuntarily to transfer, sell, pledge, hypothecate, or
otherwise dispose of.

                  ARTICLE 2. FORMATION OF PARTNERSHIP; PURPOSE

                  2.1. FORMATION. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement,
the General Partner and the Limited Partner hereby form the Partnership as a
limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act. The General Partner
and the Limited Partner hereby enter into this Agreement to set forth the rights
and obligations of the Partners and certain matters related thereto. Except as
expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the
Partners and the administration, dissolution, and termination of the Partnership
shall be governed by the Act.


                                       6
<PAGE>


                  2.2. NAME. The name of the Partnership shall be, and the
business of the Partnership shall be conducted under the name of, "EME Homer
City Generation L.P."; provided, however, that (a) the Partnership's business
may be conducted under any other name or names deemed advisable by the General
Partner, (b) the General Partner in its sole discretion may change the name of
the Partnership at any time and from time to time, and (c) the name of the
Partnership and any name under which the Partnership conducts business shall
include "L.P." or "Limited Partnership" (or similar words or letters) where
necessary for purposes of maintaining the limited liability status of the
Limited Partners or otherwise complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that
so requires.

                  2.3. REGISTERED OFFICE, REGISTERED AGENT AND PLACES OF
BUSINESS. The registered office of the Partnership in the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania is CT Corporation, 1635 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
19103. The General Partner may change the registered office of the Partnership
in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania upon giving notice of such change to the
other Partners. The Partnership may establish other offices at such places as
the General Partner deems advisable.

                  2.4. POWER OF ATTORNEY.

                           2.4.1. The Limited Partners hereby constitute and
appoint the General Partner or, if a Liquidator shall have been selected
pursuant to Section 12.2, the Liquidator, with full power of substitution, as
their true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact ("Agent"), with full power and
authority in such Partners' name, place, and stead to:

                                2.4.1.1. execute, swear to, acknowledge,
         deliver, file, and record in the appropriate public offices (A) all
         certificates, documents, and other instruments (including, without
         limitation, this Agreement and the Certificate and any amendments or
         restatements thereof) that the Agent deems appropriate or necessary to
         form or qualify, or continue the existence or qualification of, the
         Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the
         Limited Partners have limited liability) under the laws of any state
         or jurisdiction; (B) all certificates, documents, and other instruments
         that the Agent deems appropriate or necessary to reflect any
         amendments, changes, or modifications of this Agreement in accordance
         with its terms; (C) all conveyances and other documents or instruments
         that the Agent deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the
         dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms
         of this Agreement; and (D) all certificates, documents, and other
         instruments relating to the admission, substitution or withdrawal of
         any Partner pursuant to Article 10 or 11 and other events described in
         Article 10 or 11; and

                           2.4.1.2. execute, swear to, acknowledge, and file all
         ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates, documents, and
         other instruments that the Agent deems appropriate or necessary in
         order to make, evidence, give, confirm, or ratify any vote, consent,
         approval, agreement, or other action that is made or given by the
         Partners hereunder, is deemed to be made or given by the


                                       7
<PAGE>


         Partners hereunder, is consistent with the terms of this Agreement, or
         is deemed by the Agent to be appropriate or necessary to effectuate
         the terms or intent of this Agreement or the purposes of the
         Partnership; provided, however, that, if any vote or approval of the
         Limited Partners is specifically required for an action by any
         provision of this Agreement, the Agent may exercise the power of
         attorney made in this Section 2.4.1.2 to take such action only after
         such vote or approval is obtained.

                  2.4.2. The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to
be irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and
not be affected by the subsequent termination, incapacity, or bankruptcy of any
Limited Partner and the transfer of all or any portion of a Limited Partner's
Partnership Interest and shall extend to a Limited Partner's transferees and
assigns. The Limited Partners hereby agree to be bound by any representations
made by the Agent acting in good faith pursuant to such power of attorney; and
the Limited Partners hereby waive any and all defenses that may be available to
contest, negate, or disaffirm the action of the Agent taken in good faith
pursuant to such power of attorney. The Limited Partners shall execute and
deliver to the Agent, within fifteen days after receipt of the Agent's request
therefor, such further designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments
as the Agent deems appropriate or necessary to effectuate the terms or intent of
this Agreement or the purposes of the Partnership.

                  2.5. TERM. The term of the Partnership shall commence upon the
filing of the Certificate with the Pennsylvania Secretary of State and shall
continue until the close of Partnership business on December 31, 2048 or until
the earlier termination of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of
Article 12.

                  2.6. CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP. The General
Partner shall file a Certificate for the Partnership with the Secretary of
State of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as required by the Act. The
Certificate, and any amendment to the Certificate, shall address only the
matters set forth in Section 8511(a)(1), (2), (3) and (4) of the Act. The
General Partner shall deliver to each Limited Partner a copy of the
Certificate and any further certificate of amendment thereto. The General
Partner shall cause to be filed such other certificates or documents as may
be required for the operation, and qualification of a limited partnership in
Pennsylvania and any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do
business. The General Partner shall thereafter file any necessary
certificates of amendment to the Certificate and such other certificates and
documents and do all things requisite to the maintenance of the Partnership
as a limited partnership (or as a partnership in which the Limited Partners
have limited liability) under the laws of Pennsylvania and any other state in
which the Partnership may elect to do business.

                  2.7. PURPOSE. The purpose and business of the Partnership
shall be to engage in acquiring, owning, and operating the Homer City Electric
Generation Station located near Indiana, Pennsylvania, and certain facilities
and other assets associated


                                       8
<PAGE>


therewith and ancillary thereto, to obtain financing in respect thereof and to
engage in all other lawful business activities in connection therewith.

             ARTICLE 3. CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; PERCENTAGE INTERESTS

                  3.1. GENERAL PARTNER. As of the Effective Date, Mission shall,
in its capacity as the General Partner, contribute to the Partnership such
amount and shall own the Percentage Interest set forth opposite its name in
SCHEDULE A hereto.

                  3.2. LIMITED PARTNERS. At the request of the General Partner
made as of the Effective Date, Chestnut Ridge, in its capacity as a Limited
Partner, shall contribute to the Partnership such amount and shall own the
Percentage Interest set forth opposite its name in SCHEDULE A hereto.

                  3.3. NO INTEREST. No interest  shall be paid by the
Partnership on any Capital Contributions or on the amount in any Partner's
Capital Account.

                  3.4. LOANS FROM PARTNERS. Loans or other similar advances by a
Partner to or for the account of the Partnership shall not be considered Capital
Contributions. Any such loans or other similar advances shall be made subject to
such terms and conditions acceptable to the lending Partner as the General
Partner determines to be in the best interests of the Partnership.

                  3.5. ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTIONS. Except as provided in this
Section 3.5 or as required pursuant to an agreement relating to the purchase by
any person other than Mission or Chestnut Ridge of a Partnership Interest in the
Partnership, no Partner shall be entitled to make additional capital
contributions to the Partnership, except upon the approval of the General
Partner; PROVIDED that each Partner shall be given the opportunity for 30 days
after written notice from the General Partner to make such Partner's PRO RATA
share of additional contributions. If such rights of contribution are exercised
by some but not all of the partners, the General Partner shall so notify all of
the Partners. Thereafter, the Partners that elected to exercise such rights of
contribution shall have the further right to make additional contributions up to
the amount of the contribution shortfall on a PRO RATA basis, or as they may
otherwise agree, within 10 days of receipt of such second notice, and the
respective Partnership Interests of all the Partners shall be adjusted to
reflect such unequal additional contributions. Nothing in this Section 3.5 shall
require the General Partner to give the initial written notice requesting
additional Capital contributions.


                           ARTICLE 4. CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

                  The Partnership shall maintain for each Interest Holder a
single Capital Account with respect to the Interest Holder's Partnership
Interest in accordance with the regulations issued pursuant to Section 704 of
the Code. The Capital Account of each


                                       9
<PAGE>


Interest Holder shall be maintained for such Person in accordance with the
following provisions:

                           (a) To each Person's Capital Account there shall be
         credited such Person's Capital Contributions, and such Person's
         distributive share of Profits and any items in the nature of income or
         gain which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.4 or Section
         6.5 or Section 6.6.5 hereof, and the amount of any Partnership
         liabilities which are assumed by such Person or which are secured by
         any Partnership property distributed to such Person.

                           (b) To each Person's Capital Account there shall be
         debited the amount of cash and the Agreed Value of any Partnership
         property distributed to such Person pursuant to any provision of this
         Agreement, such Person's distributive share of Losses and any items in
         the nature of expenses or losses which are specially allocated pursuant
         the Section 6.4 or Section 6.5 or Section 6.6.5 hereof, and the amount
         of any liabilities of such Person which are assumed by the Partnership
         or which are secured by any property contributed by such Person to the
         Partnership.

                           (c) In the event that all or a portion of a
         Partnership Interest is transferred in accordance with the terms of
         this Agreement, the transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of
         the transferor to the extent that it relates to the transferred
         interest.

                           (d) In determining the amount of any liability for
         purposes of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this definition, there shall be
         taken into account Code Section 752(c) and any other applicable
         provisions of the Code and Regulations.

         The principal amount of a promissory note which is not readily traded
on an established securities market and which is contributed to the Partnership
by the maker of the note shall not be included in the Capital Account of any
Interest Holder until the Partnership makes a taxable disposition of the note or
until (and to the extent) principal payments are made on the note, all in
accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d)(2).

         The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement
relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with
Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2, and shall be interpreted and
applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations. To the extent that such
Regulations require that adjustments other than those set out above or in
Section 6.4.6 be made to the Capital Accounts of the Partners, such adjustments
shall be made, but without duplication of any such required adjustments that are
effected through the definitions of "Profits" and "Losses" or Section 6.4.6 or
Section 6.6.6.


                                       10
<PAGE>


                            ARTICLE 5. DISTRIBUTIONS

                  5.1. IN GENERAL. The General Partner shall determine from time
to time whether the Partnership has funds in excess of those reasonably needed
by the business of the Partnership (including reasonable reserves for operating
expenses, for debt service, for repairs, for capital expenditures, improvements,
and additions, and for contingencies). Such determination shall be made as of
the end of each calendar year and the excess funds so determined with respect to
a calendar year, if any, shall be distributed to the Partners within 60 days
after the end of such calendar year. The General Partner may also determine in
its sole discretion to make additional distributions of excess Partnership funds
to the Partners. Any such annual or additional distributions shall be made to
the Interest Holders in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.

                  5.2. LIQUIDATING DISTRIBUTIONS. Notwithstanding Section 5.1 to
the contrary, following the dissolution of the Partnership, distributions to the
Partners shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Article 12.

                  ARTICLE 6. ALLOCATIONS OF PROFITS AND LOSSES

                  6.1. PROFITS. After giving effect to the special allocations
set forth in Sections 6.4 and 6.5 hereof, Profits for any Allocation Year shall
be allocated among the Interest Holders in proportion to their respective
Percentage Interests.

                  6.2. LOSSES. After giving effect to the special allocations
set forth in Sections 6.4 and 6.5 hereof, and subject to the provisions of
Section 6.3 below, Losses for any Allocation Year shall be allocated among the
Interest Holders in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.

                  6.3. LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS OF LOSSES. The Losses
allocated to any Interest Holder pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof for any
Allocation Year shall not exceed the maximum amount of Losses that can be so
allocated without causing such Interest Holder to have (or to suffer an increase
to) an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit at the end of the Allocation Year. Any
Losses otherwise allocable to an Interest Holder but for the limitation set
forth in this Section 6.3 shall be reallocated among Interest Holders, if any,
having positive balances in their Adjusted Capital Accounts in accordance with
the provisions of Section 6.2, subject, however, to the limitation of the
preceding sentence and a consequent reallocation pursuant to this sentence. Any
Losses which may be allocated to no Interest Holder under Section 6.2 due to
such limitation shall be allocated among the Interest Holders in the proportions
required by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(3).

                  6.4. SPECIAL ALLOCATIONS. The following special allocations
shall be made in the following order:


                                       11
<PAGE>


                           6.4.1. MINIMUM GAIN CHARGEBACK. Except as otherwise
provided in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations, notwithstanding any other
provision of this Article 6, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum
Gain during any Allocation Year, each Interest Holder shall be specially
allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such Allocation Year (and, if
necessary, subsequent Allocation Years) in an amount equal to such Interest
Holder's share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, determined in
accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(g). Allocations pursuant to the
previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required
to be allocated to each Interest Holder pursuant thereto. The items to be so
allocated shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and
1.704-2(j)(2) of the Regulations. This Section 6.4.1 is intended to comply with
the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(f) of the Regulations
and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

                           6.4.2. PARTNER MINIMUM GAIN CHARGEBACK. Except as
otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations, notwithstanding
any other provision of this Article 6, if there is a net decrease in Partner
Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt during
any Allocation Year, each Interest Holder who has a share of the Partner
Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt,
determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Regulations, shall be
specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such Allocation
Year (and, if necessary, subsequent Allocation Years) in an amount equal to such
Interest Holder's share of the net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum
Gain attributable to such Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance
with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4). Allocations pursuant to the previous
sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be
allocated to each Interest Holder pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated
shall be determined in accordance with Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)
of the Regulations. This Section 6.4.2 is intended to comply with the minimum
gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations and
shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

                           6.4.3. QUALIFIED INCOME OFFSET. If any Interest
Holder unexpectedly receives any adjustment, allocation or distribution
described in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), items of
Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Interest Holder
in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the
Regulations, any resulting Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of such Interest
Holder as quickly as possible; provided, however, that an allocation pursuant to
this Section 6.4.3 shall be made if and only to the extent that such Interest
Holder would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other
allocations provided for in this Article 6 have been tentatively made as if this
Section 6.4.3 were not in this Agreement.

                           6.4.4. NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS. Nonrecourse Deductions
for any Allocation Year shall be allocated among the Interest Holders in
proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.


                                       12
<PAGE>


                           6.4.5. PARTNER NONRECOURSE DEDUCTIONS. Partner
Nonrecourse Deductions for any Allocation Year shall be allocated to the
Interest Holder who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner
Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable
in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(1).

                           6.4.6. CERTAIN 754 ADJUSTMENTS. To the extent an
adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code
Section 743(b), Code Section 732(d) or Code Section 734(b) is required pursuant
to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) to be taken into account in
determining Capital Accounts as the result of a distribution to an Interest
Holder in complete liquidation of its interest in the Partnership, the amount of
such adjustment to Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the
adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment
decreases such basis) and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the
Interest Holders in accordance with their interests in the Partnership as
determined under Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(3) in the event Regulations
Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) applies, or to the Interest Holder to whom such
distribution was made in the event Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4)
applies.

                  6.5. CURATIVE ALLOCATIONS. The allocations set forth in
Sections 6.4.1 through 6.4.6, inclusive, and 6.6.5 hereof (the "REGULATORY
ALLOCATIONS") are intended to comply with certain requirements of the
Regulations and Internal Revenue Service advance ruling requirements. It is the
intent of the parties to this Agreement that, to the extent possible, all
Regulatory Allocations shall be offset either with other Regulatory Allocations
or with special allocations of other items of income, gain, loss or deduction
pursuant to this Section 6.5. Therefore, notwithstanding any other provision of
this Article 6 (other than the Regulatory Allocations and the following
sentence), the General Partner shall make such offsetting special allocations of
Partnership income, gain, loss or deduction in whatever manner it determines
appropriate so that, after such offsetting allocations are made, each Interest
Holder's Capital Account balance is, to the extent possible, equal to the
Capital Account balance which such Interest Holder would have had if the
Regulatory Allocations were not part of this Agreement and all Partnership items
were allocated pursuant to Sections 6.1 and 6.2 hereof. In exercising its
discretion under this Section 6.5, the General Partner shall take into account
Regulatory Allocations under Sections 6.4.1 and 6.4.2 that, although not yet
made, are likely to offset other Regulatory Allocations previously made under
Sections 6.4.4 and 6.4.5.

                  6.6. OTHER ALLOCATION RULES.

                           6.6.1. ALLOCATIONS WHEN INTERESTS CHANGE. For
purposes of determining the Profits, Losses or any other items allocable to any
period, Profits, Losses and any such other items shall be determined on a daily,
monthly, or other basis, as determined by the General Partner using any
permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Regulations thereunder;
provided, however, that any adjustments to the Agreed


                                       13
<PAGE>


Value of a Partnership asset treated as gain or loss under paragraph (iii) of
the definition of "Profits" and "Losses" or under Section 6.6.6.3 hereof shall
be allocated only to those persons who were Interest Holders immediately before
the event giving rise to such adjustment.

                           6.6.2. ALLOCATION OF PARTICULAR ITEMS. Except as
otherwise provided in this Agreement, all items of Partnership income, gain,
loss, deduction and any other allocations not otherwise provided for shall be
divided among the Interest Holders in the same proportions as they share Profits
or Losses, as the case may be, for the year.

                           6.6.3. TAX REPORTING. The Interest  Holders are aware
of the income tax consequences of the allocations made by this Article 6 and
hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this Article 6 in reporting their
shares of Partnership income and loss for income tax purposes.

                           6.6.4. PROFIT SHARES. Solely for purposes of
determining an Interest Holder's proportionate share of the Partnership's
"excess nonrecourse liabilities," as defined in Regulations Section 1.752-3(a),
the Interest Holders' interests in Partnership profits shall be deemed to be in
proportion to their respective shares of Profits set forth in Section 6.1.

                           6.6.5. MINIMUM ALLOCATIONS TO GENERAL PARTNER.
Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Article 6, other than Sections
6.3. and 6.4, the General Partner shall be allocated not less than one percent
of each item of income, gain, deduction or loss of the Partnership for each
Allocation Year.

                           6.6.6. BOOK ITEMS USED IN SPECIAL ALLOCATIONS. For
purposes of determining the Partnership's items of income, gain, loss or
deduction for any Allocation Year available to be allocated pursuant to Sections
6.4, 6.5 and 6.6.5 hereof, the following rules shall be applied:

                                    6.6.6.1. Any income of the Partnership that
         is exempt from federal income tax shall be taken into account as an
         item of income;

                                    6.6.6.2. Any Nondeductible Expenditure of
         the Partnership shall be taken into account as an item of deduction;

                                    6.6.6.3. In the event the Agreed Value of
         any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to paragraph (ii) or
         paragraph (iii) under the definition herein of "Agreed Value," the
         amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss
         from the disposition of such asset;

                                    6.6.6.4. Gain or loss resulting from any
         disposition of Partnership property with respect to which gain or loss
         is recognized for federal


                                       14
<PAGE>


         income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Agreed Value
         of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax
         basis of such property differs from its Agreed Value;

                                    6.6.6.5. In lieu of the depreciation,
         amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in
         computing the Partnership's taxable income or loss there shall be
         taken into account Depreciation for such Allocation Year; and

                                    6.6.6.6. To the extent an adjustment to the
          adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Code Section
          734(b) is required, pursuant to Regulations Section
          1.704-(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining
          Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in
          liquidation of an Interest Holder's interest in the Partnership, the
          amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the
          adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the
          adjustment decreases such basis) from the disposition of such asset.

                  6.7.   TAX ALLOCATIONS; CODE SECTION 704(c).

                           6.7.1. GENERALLY. An Interest Holder's allocable
share of the Partnership's items of income (including income exempt from tax),
gain, deduction, loss and Nondeductible Expenditure for tax purposes shall be
determined under the foregoing provisions of this Article 6 except as provided
in this Section 6.7.

                           6.7.2. CONTRIBUTED PROPERTY. In accordance with Code
Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss and deduction
with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Partnership
shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Interest Holders so as to
take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the
Partnership for federal income tax purposes and its initial Agreed Value,
determined in accordance with the definition of Agreed Value hereunder.

                           6.7.3. ADJUSTMENTS TO AGREED VALUE. If the Agreed
Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to the definition of Agreed
Value hereunder, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction with
respect to such asset for tax purposes shall take account of any variation
between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its
Agreed Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations
thereunder.

                           6.7.4. ELECTIONS. Any elections or other decisions
relating to allocations pursuant to this Section 6.7 shall be made by the
General Partner in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention
of this Agreement. Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.7 are solely for
purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way
be taken into account in computing, any Interest Holder's


                                       15
<PAGE>


Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses, other items or distributions
pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

                             ARTICLE 7. TAX MATTERS

                  7.1. PREPARATION OF TAX RETURNS. The General Partner shall
arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all returns of Partnership
income, gains, losses, deductions, credits, and other items necessary for
federal, state and local income tax purposes and shall use reasonable best
efforts to furnish to the Interest Holders within ninety days after the close of
each taxable year of the Partnership the tax information reasonably required for
federal, state and local income tax reporting purposes. The classification,
realization, and recognition of income, gains, losses, deductions, credits, and
other items shall be on the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax
purposes, unless the General Partner shall elect otherwise in its sole
discretion in accordance with applicable law. The General Partner shall not
change the method of accounting initially elected by the Partnership (except if
required to do so by law) without the prior written consent of a Majority
Interest.

                  7.2.   TAX ELECTIONS.

                   Except as provided in Section 7.1, the General Partner shall,
in its sole discretion, determine whether to make any election available under
the Code or any other applicable taxing statute; provided, however, (i) that the
General Partner shall not make an election to adjust the basis of property
pursuant to Code Sections 754, 734(b) and 743(b), or comparable provisions of
state or local law, without the prior written consent of a Majority Interest and
shall make such election if requested to do so by a Majority Interest, and (ii)
the General Partner shall not extend the statute of limitations for assessment
of tax deficiencies against the Interest Holders with respect to adjustments to
the Partnership's federal, state or local tax returns unless the Limited
Partners unanimously vote for such extension.

                  7.3. TAX CONTROVERSIES. The General Partner is designated as
the Tax Matters Partner (as defined in section 6231 of the Code) and is
authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership's
expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership's affairs by tax
authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to
expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated
therewith. Each of the Interest Holders agrees to cooperate with the General
Partner and to do or refrain from doing any and all things reasonably required
by the General Partner to conduct such proceedings.

                         ARTICLE 8. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION;
INDEMNIFICATION

                  8.1. POWERS OF GENERAL PARTNER. Except as otherwise expressly
provided in this Agreement, all powers to control and manage the business and
affairs of the Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner,
and no Limited Partner


                                       16
<PAGE>


shall have any right or power to control or manage the business and affairs of
the Partnership.

                  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, in
addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a general partner of a limited
partnership under applicable law, or which are granted to the General Partner
under any other provisions of this Agreement, the General Partner is hereby
authorized and empowered, in the name of and on behalf of the Partnership, to do
and perform any and all acts and things that it deems appropriate or necessary
in the conduct of the business and affairs of the Partnership, including,
without limitation, the following (but subject to the restrictions set forth in
the following), but only in furtherance of the purposes of the Partnership and
for the benefit of the Partnership:

                           8.1.1. To lend money and, without recourse to the
         Partners: to borrow money, to assume, guarantee, or otherwise become
         liable for indebtedness and other liabilities, and to issue evidences
         of indebtedness and, in connection therewith, to authorize confession
         of judgment against the Partnership;

                           8.1.2. To buy, lease (as lessor or lessee), sell,
         mortgage or encumber (without personal recourse to the Partners), or
         otherwise acquire or dispose of any or all of the assets of the
         Partnership;

                           8.1.3. To invest the assets of the Partnership;

                           8.1.4. To purchase and sell products, services, and
         supplies;

                           8.1.5. To make tax, regulatory, and other filings
         with, and to render periodic and other reports to, governmental
         agencies or bodies having jurisdiction over the assets or business of
         the Partnership;

                           8.1.6. To open, maintain, and close bank accounts
         and to draw checks and other orders for the payment of money;

                           8.1.7. To negotiate, execute, and perform any
         contracts, conveyances, or other instruments;

                           8.1.8. To distribute cash and other property of the
         Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;

                           8.1.9. To utilize the services of employees of the
         General Partner and of any other Persons and to select and dismiss
         employees (if any) and outside attorneys, accountants, consultants, and
         contractors;

                           8.1.10. To maintain insurance for the benefit of the
         Partnership and the Partners;


                                       17
<PAGE>


                           8.1.11. To form, participate in, or contribute or
         loan cash or property to limited or general partnerships, joint
         ventures, corporations, or similar arrangements in which, in all cases
         the Partnership shall have an ownership interest;

                           8.1.12. To expand the business activities in which
         the Partnership is engaged or engage in new business activities by
         acquisition or internal development;

                           8.1.13. To conduct litigation and incur legal
         expenses and otherwise deal with or settle claims or disputes; and

                           8.1.14. To purchase or otherwise acquire Partnership
         Interests from, or sell or otherwise or dispose of Partnership
         Interests to, Persons other than the Partnership;

in each case at such times and upon such terms and conditions as the General
Partner deems appropriate or necessary, and subject to any express restrictions
contained elsewhere in this Agreement.

                  8.2. DUTIES OF GENERAL PARTNER. The General Partner shall
manage the business and affairs of the Partnership in the manner that the
General Partner deems appropriate or necessary. Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, the General Partner's duties shall include the following:

                           8.2.1. To take possession of the assets of the
         Partnership;

                           8.2.2. To staff and operate the business of the
         Partnership;

                           8.2.3. To perform or cause to be performed financial,
         accounting, logistical, and other administrative functions for the
         Partnership;

                           8.2.4. To render such reports and make such periodic
         and other filings as may be required under applicable federal, state,
         and local laws, rules, and regulations;

                           8.2.5. To provide or cause to be provided purchasing,
         procurement, repair, and other services for the Partnership; and

                           8.2.6. To conduct the business of the Partnership in
         accordance with this Agreement and all applicable laws, rules, and
         regulations;

in each case in such a manner as the General Partner deems appropriate or
necessary.


                                       18
<PAGE>


                  8.3. PROHIBITED ACTIONS AND ACTIONS REQUIRING LIMITED PARTNER
APPROVAL. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary
the General Partner shall not take any of the following actions without the
prior consent of all of the Partners:

                           8.3.1. Change the nature of the Partnership business
or the purpose of the Partnership set forth in Section 2.7;

                           8.3.2. Amend the provisions contained in Articles 5
or 6;

                           8.3.3. Amend the provisions of this Section 8.3 or
the definitions of the defined terms used herein;

                           8.3.4. Terminate or dissolve the Partnership (except
for terminations or dissolutions by reason of the circumstances described in
Article 12);

                           8.3.5. Take any action or cause the Partnership to
take action that could cause the Partnership not to be recognized as a
partnership for federal income tax purposes; or

                           8.3.6. Admit to the Partnership any additional or
successor Partners or recognize the validity of any attempted transfer of an
interest in the Partnership except in accordance with the provisions of Article
10.

The foregoing rights granted to each Partner in this Section 8.3 shall include
only the right to grant or withhold consent to any of the foregoing actions that
are initiated or proposed by the General Partner and each Partner shall have no
right to require the General Partner to take any such action. If any consent of
any Partner with respect to any course of action to be taken or not taken by the
Partnership is requested, such consent shall not be unreasonably denied or
withheld; and if such Partner shall not respond within fifteen (15) days after
receipt of such request, such Partner shall be deemed to have given its consent
pursuant to such request, and the other Partners (i) shall be entitled to take
or refrain from taking any action in reliance thereon, and (ii) shall have no
liability to such Partner as a result of such action or inaction.

                  8.4. REIMBURSEMENT OF THE GENERAL PARTNER. The General Partner
shall be promptly reimbursed from the assets of the Partnership for all
reasonable and proper expenses incurred on behalf of the Partnership.

                  8.5. PARTNERSHIP FUNDS. The funds of the Partnership shall be
deposited in such account or accounts as shall be designated by the General
Partner and shall not be commingled with the funds of the General Partner. All
withdrawals from or charges against such accounts shall be made by the General
Partner or by its agents.


                                       19
<PAGE>


         8.6.   OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES.

                           8.6.1. The General Partner shall be entitled to and
may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to
those relating to the Partnership, for its own account and for the account of
others, without having or incurring any obligation to offer any interest in such
businesses or activities to the Partnership or any Partner. Neither the
Partnership nor any of the Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this
Agreement or the Partnership relationship created hereby in any such business
interests.

                           8.6.2. The General Partner may lend to the
Partnership funds needed by the Partnership on such terms and for such periods
of time as the General Partner may determine; provided, however, that the
General Partner may not charge the Partnership an effective rate of interest
(including points or other financing charges or fees) greater than the effective
rate of interest (including points or other financing charges or fees) that
would be charged to the Partnership by unrelated lenders on loans with
comparable terms. The Partnership shall reimburse the General Partner for any
costs reasonably incurred by the General Partner in connection with the
borrowing of funds obtained by the General Partner and loaned to the
Partnership.

                  8.7. LIMITED LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION.

                           The General Partner will not be liable to the
Partnership or the Limited Partners for any act or omission by the General
Partner pursuant to the authority granted to it by this Agreement, except by
reason of fraud, bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or any act in
breach of this Agreement. The General Partner will indemnify and save harmless
the Partnership and the Limited Partners from any loss or liability arising out
of its fraud, bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or breach of this
Agreement. The Partnership will indemnify and save harmless the General Partner
from any loss or liability incurred by the General Partner by reason of any act
performed by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or in furtherance
of the Partnership's interest other than by reason of the General Partner's
fraud, bad faith, willful misfeasance, negligence or breach of this Agreement.
In the event the General Partner is found personally liable for any debts of the
Partnership (other than any debt or liability incurred by reason of the General
Partner's fraud, bad faith, willful misfeasance, negligence or breach of this
Agreement) and is required to and does satisfy a Partnership liability out of
its personal assets, the General Partner will have a right of reimbursement out
of the assets of the Partnership (the "Right of Reimbursement"). The Right of
Reimbursement will accrue to the General Partner 30 days after written notice
thereof is given to each of the other Partners. Upon such accrual of the Right
of Reimbursement, the General Partner will be reimbursed out of the assets of
the Partnership in the following order of priority, but only to the extent
necessary to satisfy such Right of Reimbursement: (i) out of the amounts then
available for distribution to Interest Holders pursuant to Section 5.1 or
Section 12.2; (ii) out of funds obtained by the Partnership from unsecured
borrowings by the Partnership without recourse to any Partner; (iii) out of
funds obtained by the


                                       20
<PAGE>


Partnership from sale or refinancing of the assets of the Partnership; and (iv)
out of funds obtained by the Partnership in any other manner; provided, however,
that before any such sale or refinancing is consummated, the General Partner
will have endeavored to obtain funds in the form of loans to the Partnership
from the Limited Partners in an amount sufficient to reimburse the General
Partner; and, provided further, that in the event the General Partner is to be
reimbursed out of the proceeds of a proposed sale or refinancing of the assets
of the Partnership, the General Partner will give 90 days prior written notice
of any such proposed sale or refinancing to each of the other Partners. If
sufficient funds described in clauses (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence are
obtained and used by the Partnership to reimburse the General Partner prior to
the expiration of such 90-day period, such proposed sale or refinancing will not
be consummated unless all of the Partners consent thereto. To the extent not
reimbursed as provided above, the General Partner will have no right of
contribution from the Limited Partners.

                  8.8. BOOKS, RECORDS, AND ACCOUNTING.

                           8.8.1. The General Partner shall keep or cause to be
kept books and records with respect to the Partnership's business, which books
and records shall at all times be kept at the principal office of the
Partnership. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial
reporting purposes, under an accounting method that is consistent with the
accounting method selected under Section 7.1 for federal income tax purposes.

                           8.8.2. The Partnership shall also keep at its
principal office the following items:

                                (i) a current list of the full name and last
         known business address or home address of each Partner;

                               (ii) a copy of the Certificate and all
         certificates of amendment thereto, together with executed copies of any
         powers of attorney  pursuant to which any  certificate  has been
         executed;

                              (iii) copies of the Partnership's federal, state,
         and local income tax returns and reports, if any, for all Fiscal Years
         since inception of the Partnership; and

                             (iv) copies of the then effective Partnership
         Agreement and of any financial statements of the Partnership for the
         three most recent years.

                  8.9. FISCAL YEAR; TAXABLE YEAR. The fiscal year of the
Partnership for financial accounting purposes and the taxable year of the
Partnership for income tax purposes shall be the Fiscal Year, unless the General
Partner shall determine otherwise in its sole discretion in accordance with
applicable law.


                                       21
<PAGE>


                ARTICLE 9. LIMITED PARTNER RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

                  9.1. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. No Limited Partner shall have
liability for the debts, obligations, or liabilities of the Partnership.

                  9.2. MANAGEMENT OF BUSINESS. A Limited Partner shall not, in
its capacity as a Limited Partner, take part in the operation, management, or
control (within the meaning of the Act) of the Partnership's business, transact
any business in the Partnership's name, or have the power to sign documents for
or otherwise bind the Partnership.

                  9.3. OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES. A Limited Partner shall be entitled
to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition
to those relating to the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any of the
other Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the
Partnership relationship created hereby in any business ventures of any Limited
Partner.

                  9.4. RETURN OF CAPITAL. A Limited Partner shall not be
entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contributions, except to the
extent provided for in this Agreement.

                  9.5. RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS. In addition to other rights
provided by this Agreement or by applicable law, a Limited Partner shall have
the right, upon reasonable demand, during ordinary business hours, and at the
Limited Partner's own expense:

                           (a) to inspect and copy any of the Partnership's
         records maintained pursuant to Section 8.8.2;

                           (b) to obtain from the General Partner true and full
         information regarding the state of the business and financial condition
         of the Partnership;

                           (c) promptly after becoming available, to receive a
         copy of the Partnership's federal, state, and local income tax returns
         for each year; and

                           (d) to obtain such other information from the General
         Partner regarding the affairs of the Partnership as is just and
         reasonable.


                                       22
<PAGE>


                       ARTICLE 10. TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

                  10.1. GENERAL PARTNER.

                           10.1.1.  VOLUNTARY TRANSFERS AND WITHDRAWALS. The
General Partner shall not voluntarily resign or dissolve, or withdraw, transfer,
sell, assign or pledge all or any part of its GP Interest without the prior
written consent of all of the Limited Partners, which may be withheld in their
discretion. The withdrawing, transferring, selling or assigning General Partner
who has received the prior written consent of the Limited Partners to the
withdrawal, transfer, sale or assignment of all of its GP Interest, shall cease
to be the General Partner upon (i) the withdrawal, transfer, sale or assignment
of all of its GP Interest and (ii) the filing, in accordance with the provisions
of the Act, of an appropriate certificate of amendment to the Certificate. The
General Partner who withdraws, transfers, sells or assigns any portion, but less
than all, of its GP Interest with the consent of the Limited Partners, shall
continue to be the General Partner of the Partnership. If the General Partner
does resign or dissolve, or withdraw, transfer, sell or assign all or any part
of its GP Interest without the prior written consent of the Limited Partners,
the remaining Partners may proceed in accordance with the provisions of Section
12.1 hereof to continue the business of the Partnership. If the General Partner
shall request the Limited Partners' consent to a sale of all (but not less than
all) of its GP Interest pursuant to a bona fide written offer to purchase such
interest on a date (the "Proposed Purchase Date") that follows such request by
not less than 90 days and the Limited Partners shall withhold such consent, and
if the General Partner shall furnish to the Partnership an opinion of counsel,
which counsel and opinion shall be satisfactory to the Limited Partners, that
such sale will not cause the Partnership to terminate for federal income tax
purposes or to be classified as an association taxable as a corporation for
federal income tax purposes, then the General Partner shall (except in
connection with the dissolution of the Partnership) have the option to require,
subject to the proviso below, that the Limited Partners (ratably in proportion
to their respective Percentage Interests) or another willing Person designated
by a Majority Interest purchase the GP Interest for an amount equal to the
purchase price set out in such written offer, and payable on the same terms
contained in such written offer; provided, however, that the Limited Partners
(or such other purchaser designated by a Majority Interest) may elect instead to
purchase the GP Interest on the last day of the calendar month that includes the
Proposed Purchase Date for a cash purchase price (payable, if the Limited
Partners are the purchasers, ratably by the Limited Partners in proportion to
their respective Percentage Interests) equal to the positive balance, if any, in
the Capital Account of the General Partner as determined by closing the books of
the Partnership on the last day of such calendar month and payable within 30
days after the end of such calendar month.

                           10.1.2. INVOLUNTARY TRANSFERS. The successor in
interest to the General Partner by reason of the dissolution, liquidation or
other termination of the General Partner shall have the rights of an assignee to
receive only (i) the allocations of Profits, Losses and other items of
Partnership income, gain, deduction, loss and credit,


                                       23
<PAGE>


(ii) and the distributions of money or other property to which the General
Partner would have been entitled under the provisions of this Agreement. If,
following such dissolution, liquidation or other termination of the General
Partner, the Partnership has been continued pursuant to Section 12.1, and all of
the remaining Partners consent thereto (which consent may be withheld for any
reason), an appropriate amendment to this Agreement is executed and an
appropriate amendment to the Certificate is executed and filed, and the
successor in interest to the General Partner agrees to be bound by all of the
obligations of the General Partner hereunder, such successor in interest may be
admitted to the Partnership as a substitute General Partner.

                           10.1.3. PROHIBITED TRANSFERS. Any purported Transfer
of a GP Interest in the Partnership that is not authorized pursuant to this
Agreement shall be null and void and of no effect whatever.

                  10.2. LIMITED PARTNERS.

                           10.2.1. IN GENERAL. Except as hereinafter provided,
no Limited Partner may Transfer all or any part of its LP Interest.

                           10.2.2. PERMITTED TRANSFERS. Subject to the
conditions and restrictions set forth in Section 10.2.3 hereof, a Limited
Partner may at any time Transfer all or any portion of its interest in the
Partnership (a) to any Limited Partner, , or (b) subject to the prior written
consent of the General Partner, which may be withheld in its discretion, to any
Purchaser (any such Transfer being referred to in this Agreement as a "Permitted
Transfer").

                           10.2.3. CONDITIONS TO PERMITTED TRANSFERS. A Transfer
shall not be treated as a Permitted Transfer under Section 10.2.2 hereof unless
and until the following conditions are satisfied (except to the extent that a
General Partner shall waive any or all of such conditions):

                                    10.2.3.1. The transferor and transferee
shall execute and deliver to the Partnership such documents and instruments of
conveyance as may be necessary or appropriate in the opinion of counsel to the
Partnership to effect such Transfer and to confirm the agreement of the
transferee to be bound by the provisions of this Section 10. In any case not
described in the preceding sentence, the Transfer shall be confirmed by
presentation to the Partnership of legal evidence of such Transfer, in form and
substance satisfactory to counsel to the Partnership. In all cases, the
Partnership shall be reimbursed by the transferor and/or transferee for all
costs and expenses that it reasonably incurs in connection with such Transfer.

                                    10.2.3.2. The transferor shall furnish to
the Partnership an opinion of counsel, which counsel and opinion shall be
satisfactory to the Partnership, that the Transfer will not cause the
Partnership to terminate for federal income tax purposes.


                                       24
<PAGE>


                                    10.2.3.3. The transferor and transferee
shall furnish the Partnership with the transferee's taxpayer identification
number, sufficient information to determine the transferee's initial tax basis
in the interests transferred, and any other information reasonably necessary to
permit the Partnership to file all required federal and state tax returns and
other legally required information statements or returns. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the Partnership shall not be required to make any
distribution otherwise provided for in this Agreement with respect to any
transferred interests until it has received such information.

                                    10.2.3.4. The transferor shall provide an
opinion of counsel, which opinion and counsel shall be satisfactory to the
Partnership, to the effect that such Transfer is exempt from all applicable
registration requirements and that such Transfer will not violate any applicable
laws regulating the Transfer of securities.

                           10.2.4. PROHIBITED TRANSFERS. Any purported Transfer
of an LP Interest that is not a Permitted Transfer shall be null and void and of
no effect whatever.


                         ARTICLE 11. ADDITIONAL PARTNERS

                  The General Partner may admit additional or substitute
Partners to the Partnership only in accordance with the Act and only with the
prior consent of each Partner, which consent may be withheld for any reason.
Upon such an admission of any substitute or additional Partner, the General
Partner shall cause to be properly prepared, filed and executed: (i) pursuant to
the Act any amendment of the Certificate that is required by the Act by reason
of such admission and (ii) any amendment to any registration, certificate or
other document required by any State by reason of such admission.

                     ARTICLE 12. DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

                  12.1. DISSOLUTION. The Partnership shall be dissolved, and its
affairs shall be wound up, upon the first to occur of any of the following
events (each a "Dissolution Event"):

                           12.1.1. the expiration of its term as provided in
         Section 2.5;

                           12.1.2. the withdrawal or bankruptcy of the General
         Partner or any other event that results in a General Partner ceasing to
         be a general partner in the Partnership under the Act, provided that
         any such event shall not constitute a Dissolution Event if the
         Partnership is continued pursuant to this Section 12.1;

                           12.1.3. a written election by all Limited Partners;


                                       25
<PAGE>


                           12.1.4.  the sale of all or substantially all of the
         properties of the Partnership; or

                           12.1.5. the occurrence of any other event that makes
         it unlawful, impossible or impractical to carry on the business of the
         Partnership;

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any event set forth in Section
12.1.2, the Partnership shall not be dissolved or required to be wound up if
within one hundred eighty (180) days after such event a Majority Interest of the
remaining Partners agree in writing to continue the business of the Partnership
and to the appointment, effective as of the date of such event, of a successor
General Partner.

                  For purposes of this Section 12.1, bankruptcy of the General
Partner shall be deemed to have occurred when the General Partner: (i) makes an
assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) files a voluntary petition in
bankruptcy; (iii) is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; (iv) files an application
or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition,
readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any statute, law
or regulation; (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to
contest the material allegations of a petition or application filed against it
in any proceeding of a type referred to in clause (ii) or (iv); or (vi) seeks,
consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or
liquidator of the General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its
properties. In addition, for purposes of this Section 12.1, bankruptcy of the
General Partner shall be deemed to have occurred if within 120 days after the
commencement of any proceeding against the General Partner seeking
reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution
or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation the proceeding has not
been dismissed or if within 90 days after the appointment without its consent or
acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the General Partner or of
all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or
stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment
is not vacated.

                  12.2. LIQUIDATION. Upon dissolution of the Partnership, the
then General Partner, or in the event the General Partner has withdrawn from the
Partnership or become bankrupt (as defined in Section 12.1), a liquidator or
liquidating committee approved by a Majority Interest, shall be the liquidator
of the Partnership (the "Liquidator"). The Liquidator shall be entitled to
receive such compensation for its services as may be approved by a Majority
Interest. The Liquidator shall not resign at any time without fifteen days'
prior written notice and, if other than the General Partner, may be removed at
any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved by a Majority
Interest. Upon dissolution, resignation, or removal of the Liquidator, a
successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights,
powers, and obligations of the original Liquidator) shall, within thirty days
thereafter, be approved by a Majority Interest. Except as expressly provided in
this Article 12, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall
have and may exercise, without further authorization or approval of any of the
parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon


                                       26
<PAGE>


the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the
applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such
powers) to the extent appropriate or necessary in the good faith judgment of the
Liquidator to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for
and during such period of time as shall be reasonably required in the good faith
judgment of the Liquidator to complete the winding-up and liquidation of the
Partnership as provided for herein. The Liquidator shall liquidate the assets of
the Partnership and apply and distribute the proceeds of such liquidation in the
following order and priority, to the maximum extent permitted by law:

                                    12.2.1. First, to pay the costs and expenses
         of the winding up, liquidation and termination of the Partnership;

                                    12.2.2. Then, to creditors of the
         Partnership (including Interest Holders to the extent permitted by
         law) in satisfaction of the Company's known debts and liabilities
         (whether by payment or the making of provision for the known amount
         thereof);

                                    12.2.3. Then, to establish reserves adequate
         to meet any and all contingent or unforeseen liabilities or
         obligations of the Partnership, provided that at the expiration of
         such period of time as the Liquidator may deem advisable, the balance
         of such reserves remaining after the payment of such contingencies or
         liabilities shall be distributed as hereinafter provided;

                                    12.2.4. Then, to the Interest Holders, in
         proportion to, and to the extent of, the positive balances in their
         respective Capital Accounts adjusted pursuant to Article 6 to reflect
         (i) their respective distributive shares of the income, gain, loss,
         and deduction of the Partnership for the taxable year of the
         Partnership in which the distribution in liquidation occurs up through
         and including the date of distribution and (ii) all distributions made
         to the Interest Holders during such taxable year up to but not
         including such date.

                                    12.2.5. The balance, if any, to the Partners
         in proportion to their respective Partnership Interests.

                  12.3. DISTRIBUTION IN KIND. Notwithstanding the provisions of
Section 12.2 requiring the liquidation of the assets of the Partnership, but
subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, if on dissolution of the
Partnership the Liquidator determines that an immediate sale of part or all of
the Partnership's assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the
Partners, the Liquidator may, in its sole discretion, defer for a reasonable
time the liquidation of any assets except those necessary to satisfy liabilities
of the Partnership and may, in its sole discretion, distribute to the Partners,
as tenants in common, in lieu of cash, and as their interests may appear in
accordance with the provisions of Section 12.2.2, undivided interests in such
Partnership assets as the Liquidator deems not suitable for liquidation;
provided, however, that the Liquidator must comply with the liquidating
distribution timing requirements of Section 12.7 hereof.


                                       27
<PAGE>


Any distributions in kind shall be subject to such conditions relating to the
disposition and management thereof as the Liquidator deems reasonable and
equitable. By way of clarification, for purposes of determining the Interest
Holders' respective shares of income, gain, loss, and deduction of the
Partnership for the taxable year of the Partnership in which the distribution in
liquidation occurs and of adjusting the Capital Accounts of the Interest Holders
therefor in accordance with Section 12.2.2 and Article 6, the definitions herein
of "Agreed Value" and "Profits" and "Losses" require that Partnership assets to
be distributed in kind shall be considered to have been first sold at their fair
market values (taking Code Section 7701(g) into account) and the Profits or
Losses deemed realized therefrom shall be allocated among the Interest Holders
as if an actual sale had occurred, and the Capital Accounts of the Interest
Holders shall be adjusted to reflect such allocation in accordance with Article
6. The fair market value of any property distributed in kind shall be the value
determined by an appraiser selected by a Majority Interest unless the Partners
agree as to such fair market value.

                  12.4. CANCELLATION OF CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP. Upon
the completion of the distribution of Partnership property pursuant to Sections
12.2 and 12.3, the Partnership shall be terminated, and the Liquidator (or the
Limited Partners if necessary) shall cause the cancellation of the Certificate
and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in
jurisdictions other than the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and shall take such
other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership.

                  12.5. NO GENERAL PARTNER LIABILITY FOR RETURN OF CAPITAL. No
General Partner shall be personally liable for the return of the Capital
Contributions of the Limited Partners, or any portion thereof, it being
expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership
assets.

                  12.6. WAIVER OF PARTITION. Each Partner hereby waives any
rights to partition of the Partnership's property.

                  12.7. COMPLIANCE WITH TIMING REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATIONS. In
the event that the Partnership is liquidated within the meaning of Regulations
Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(G), then (a) distributions shall be made pursuant to
Section 12.2 to the Interest Holders who have positive Capital Accounts in
compliance with the timing requirements of Regulations Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(B)(2); provided, however, that the Liquidator may exercise the
discretion set forth in Section 12.2.2. If any Interest Holder has a deficit
balance in its Capital Account (after giving effect to all contributions,
distributions and allocations for all taxable years, including the year during
which such liquidation occurs), such Interest Holder shall have no obligation to
make any contribution to the capital of the Partnership with respect to such
deficit, and such deficit shall not be considered a debt owed to the Partnership
or to any other Person for any purpose whatsoever.

                  12.8. NON-DISSOLVING CODE SECTION 708(B) TERMINATIONS.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 12, in the event that the
Partnership


                                       28
<PAGE>


is liquidated within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) but
no Dissolution Event has occurred, the Partnership's assets shall not be
liquidated, the Partnership's liabilities shall not be paid or discharged, and
the Partnership's affairs shall not be wound up.

                  12.9. ALLOCATIONS DURING THE PERIOD OF LIQUIDATION. Until the
date on which all of the assets of the Partnership have been distributed to the
Interest Holders pursuant to Section 12.2 hereof, the Interest Holders shall
continue to share Profits, Losses and other items of Partnership income, gain,
deduction and loss as provided in Article 6 hereof.


                       ARTICLE 13. AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT

                  Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed by any Partner. A
proposed amendment shall be effective only when approved in writing by the
General Partner and a Majority Interest unless the consent of all Partners is
unambiguously required by the Act.

                         ARTICLE 14. GENERAL PROVISIONS

                  14.1. PERSONAL PROPERTY. The Partnership Interest of any
Partner shall be personal property for all purposes.

                  14.2. ADDRESSES AND NOTICES. Any notice, demand, request,
payment, or report required or permitted to be given or made to a Limited
Partner under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or
made when delivered in person or when sent by first class mail or by other means
of written communication to such Partner at such Partner's address as shown on
the signature page or pages hereof or to such other address as such Partner may
specify for the purpose by notice to the General Partner given in accordance
with this Section 14.2. Any notice to the Partnership or the General Partner
shall be deemed given if received in writing by the General Partner at the
General Partner's address as shown on the signature page or pages hereof or to
such other address as the General Partner may specify for the purpose by notice
to each Limited Partner in accordance with this Section 14.2.

                  14.3. HEADINGS. All article or section headings in this
Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect
the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof

                  14.4. BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto (including the additional Persons
that become Partners as provided herein) and their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, legal representatives, and assigns.


                                       29
<PAGE>


                  14.5. INTEGRATION. This Agreement constitutes the entire
Agreement among the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and
supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

                  14.6. WAIVER. No failure by any party to insist upon the
strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement, or condition of this
Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof
shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or of any other covenant, duty,
agreement, or condition.

                  14.7. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one agreement
binding on the parties hereto including the additional Persons that become
Interest Holders as provided herein.

                  14.8. SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement is or
becomes invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, the validity,
legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof, or of such
provision in other respects, shall not be affected thereby.

                  14.9. APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania, without reference to principles of choice of law or choice of
forum.


                                      * * *


                                       30
<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement of Limited Partnership of
EME Homer City Generation L.P. has been duly executed and entered into by the
General Partner and the Limited Partner on the date first above written.

                                       GENERAL PARTNER

                                       MISSION ENERGY WESTSIDE
                                       18101 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1700
                                       Irvine, California 92612



                                       By: /s/ James V. Iaco, Jr.
                                           ---------------------------------
                                       Name: James V. Iaco, Jr.
                                       Its:  President




                                       LIMITED PARTNER

                                       CHESTNUT RIDGE ENERGY COMPANY
                                       18101 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1700
                                       Irvine, California 92612



                                       By: /s/ James V. Iaco, Jr.
                                           ---------------------------------
                                       Name: James V. Iaco, Jr.
                                       Its:  President


                                       31
<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A

                INITIAL CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION/PERCENTAGE INTEREST


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  CAPITAL                        PERCENTAGE
NAME                             INTEREST                         CONTRIBUTION                   INTEREST

<S>                              <C>                            <C>                            <C>
Mission                          G.P.
                                                                -----------------              ----------------
Chestnut Ridge                   L.P.
                                                                -----------------              ----------------
</TABLE>



<PAGE>




                                                                     Exhibit 4.1


                  INDENTURE dated as of May 27, 1999 among Edison Mission
Holdings Co., a California corporation (the "COMPANY") and United States Trust
Company of New York, as trustee (the "TRUSTEE").

                  The Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit
of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the
8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due 2019 (the "INITIAL SERIES A Bonds") and the
8.734% Senior Secured Bonds due 2026 (the "INITIAL SERIES B BONDS" and, together
with the Initial Series A Bonds, the "INITIAL BONDS") and, if and when issued in
the Exchange Offer, the 8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due 2019 (the "NEW SERIES A
BONDS") and the 8.734% Senior Secured Bonds due 2026 (the "NEW SERIES B BONDS"
and, together with the New Series A Bonds, the "NEW BONDS" and, together with
the New Series A Bonds and the Initial Bonds, the "BONDS"):

                                   ARTICLE 1.
                    DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFENCE

1.1  SECTION DEFINITIONS

                  "ACCEPTABLE CREDIT PROVIDER" means a bank or trust company
with a combined capital and surplus of at least $1 billion whose long term
unsecured debt is rated "A2" or higher by Moody's or "A" or higher by S&P.

                  "ACCEPTABLE CREDIT SUPPORT" means (i) an unconditional
guarantee by EME or any other Affiliate of the Company, with such entity in each
case being rated "Baa1" or higher by Moody's and "BBB+" or higher by S&P or (ii)
an irrevocable letter of credit from an Acceptable Credit Provider. In the event
of a downgrade of any Acceptable Credit Provider by Moody's or S&P to below the
minimum criteria specified above, substitute Acceptable Credit Support must be
provided within 30 days of such event. Otherwise, the Trustee shall draw down
the then outstanding amount of the Acceptable Credit Support and deposit such
monies into the Bond Debt Service Reserve Account.

                  "ACCRUED INTEREST ACCOUNT" has the meaning set forth in the
Security Deposit Agreement.

                  "AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any specified Person, any
other Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is
under common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to be
"controlled by" any other Person if such other Person possesses, directly or
indirectly, power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise.

                  "AGENT" means any Registrar, Paying Agent, co-registrar,
authenticating agent or securities custodian.


<PAGE>

                                                                               2



                  "APPLICABLE PROCEDURES" means, with respect to any transfer or
exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Bond, the rules and
procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Cedel that apply to such transfer or
exchange.

                  "BANKRUPTCY LAW" means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar
federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

                  "BENEFICIAL OWNER" means any person who holds a beneficial
ownership interest in a Bond.

                  "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" means the Board of Directors of the
Company or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board
of Directors.

                  "BOARD RESOLUTION" means, with respect to any Person, a copy
of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such
Person or the general partner, in the case of a limited partnership, of such
Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, one of its general partners) to
have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person or the general
partner, in the case of a limited partnership, of such Person (or, if such
Person is a partnership, one of its general partners) and to be in full force
and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

                  "BOND DEBT SERVICE RESERVE ACCOUNT" means the Debt Service
Reserve Account established by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of Holders
pursuant to the Security Deposit Agreement.

                  "BOND DEBT SERVICE RESERVE REQUIREMENT" has the meaning set
forth in Section 4.20 hereof.

                  "BONDS" has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this
Indenture.

                  "BUSINESS DAY" means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or
other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required
by law to close.

                  "CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATION" means, as to any Person, all
monetary obligations of such Person under any leasing or similar arrangement
which, in accordance with GAAP, would be classified as capitalized leases, and,
for purposes of the Indenture, the amount of such obligations shall be the
capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP.

                  "CAPITAL STOCK" means any and all shares, interests,
participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a
corporation, and any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other
than a corporation).

                  "CASH EQUIVALENTS" means, at any time: (i) any evidence of
Indebtedness, maturing not more than one year after such time, issued or
guaranteed by the United States


<PAGE>

                                                                               4

Government or an agency thereof; (ii) other investments in securities or bank
instruments rated at least "A" by S&P and "A2" by Moody's or "A-1" by S&P and
"P-1" by Moody's and with maturities of less than 366 days; or (iii) other
securities as to which the Company has demonstrated, to the satisfaction of the
Trustee, adequate liquidity through secondary markets or deposit agreements.

                  "CEDEL" means Cedelbank.

                  "CHANGE OF CONTROL" means the reduction in EME's direct or
indirect beneficial ownership in the Company to less than 50% at any time unless
at such time either (i) the Bonds are rated at least Investment Grade by each
Rating Agency then rating the Bonds and a Ratings Reaffirmation is obtained or
(ii) the reduction in EME's voting interest has been approved by a vote of more
than 66-2/3% of the Holders.

                  "CLOSING DATE" means the date of issuance and delivery of the
Initial Bonds.

                  "COLLATERAL AGENT" has the meaning set forth in the Security
Deposit Agreement.

                  "COLLATERAL" means the collective reference to all assets,
whether now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is created or granted
from time to time pursuant to any Security Document.

                  "COMMISSION" means the United States Securities and Exchange
Commission.

                  "COMPANY" has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this
Indenture.

                  "CONSUMER PRICE INDEX" means the consumer price index as
published by the United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics.

                  "CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE OF THE TRUSTEE" shall be at the
address of the Trustee specified in Section 10.2 hereof or such other address as
to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

                  "CREDIT AGREEMENT" has the meaning set forth in the Security
Deposit Agreement.

                  "CUSTODIAN" means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to
the Bonds in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

                  "DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE RATIO" means, for any period, a ratio
the numerator of which is Net Cash Flow for such period, and the denominator of
which is the aggregate of all principal, interest and other fixed charges
payable during such period on the Bonds or on other Permitted Indebtedness which
is PARI PASSU with the Bonds.



<PAGE>

                                                                               4



                  "DEBT SERVICE RESERVE ACCOUNTS" has the meaning set forth in
the Security Deposit Agreement.

                  "DEBT SERVICE RESERVE REQUIREMENT" has the meaning set forth
in the Security Deposit Agreement.

                  "DEFAULT" means an event or condition that, with the giving of
notice or the lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default.

                  "DEFINITIVE BOND" means a certificated Bond registered in the
name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.6 hereof, in
the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto except that such Bond shall not bear the Global
Bond Legend and shall not have the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the
Global Bond" attached thereto.

                  "DEPOSITARY" means, with respect to the Bonds issuable or
issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.3
hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Bonds, and any and all successors
thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the
applicable provision of this Indenture.

                  "DSR LETTER OF CREDIT INDEBTEDNESS" has the meaning set forth
in the Security Deposit Agreement.

                  "DUFF & PHELPS" means Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.

                  "EME" means Edison Mission Energy, a California corporation.

                  "EME HOMER CITY" means EME Homer City Generation L.P., a
Pennsylvania limited partnership.

                  "EQUITY INTERESTS" means Capital Stock and all warrants,
options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt
security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

                  "EUROCLEAR" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,
Brussels office, as operator of the Euroclear system.

                  "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

                  "EXCHANGE OFFER" has the meaning set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement.

                  "EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT" has the meaning set
forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.



<PAGE>
                                                                               5


                  "FACILITIES" means the Homer City Electric Generating Station
and certain facilities and other assets associated therewith and ancillary
thereto.

                  "FINANCING DOCUMENTS" has the meaning set forth in the
Security Deposit Agreement.

                  "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles as in
effect in the United States from time to time.

                  "GLOBAL BONDS" means, individually and collectively, each of
the Restricted Global Bonds and the Unrestricted Global Bonds, in the form of
Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Section 2.1, 2.6(b)(iv), 2.6(d)(ii)
or 2.6(f) hereof.

                  "GLOBAL BOND LEGEND" means the legend set forth in Section
2.6(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Bonds issued under this
Indenture.

                  "GOVERNMENT SECURITIES" means direct obligations of, or
obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for
which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

                  "GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY" means any nation or government, any
state, provincial or other political subdivision thereof and any entity
exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative
functions of or pertaining to government.

                  "GUARANTEE" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of
negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business),
direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of
credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of
any Indebtedness.

                  "HEDGING OBLIGATIONS" means, with respect to any Person, the
net payment Obligations of such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements,
interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements and (ii) other
agreements or arrangements in the ordinary course of business and pursuant to
past practices designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in commodity
prices, interest rates or currency exchange rates.

                  "HOLDER" means a Person in whose name a Bond is registered.

                  "INDEBTEDNESS" of any Person means, without duplication: (i)
all indebtedness for borrowed money; (ii) all obligations issued, undertaken or
assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services which purchase
price is due more than six months from the date of incurrence of the obligation
in respect thereof or is evidenced by a note or other instrument, except trade
accounts arising in the ordinary course of business; (iii) all reimbursement
obligations with respect to surety bonds, letters of credit (to the extent not
collateralized with cash or Cash Equivalents), bankers' acceptances and similar
instruments (in each case, whether


<PAGE>
                                                                               6


or not matured); (iv) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or
similar instruments, including obligations so evidenced incurred in connection
with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (v) all indebtedness
created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention
agreement, or incurred as financing, in either case with respect to property
acquired by the Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or
bank under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or
sale of such property); (vi) all Capital Lease Obligations; (vii) all Interest
Rate Hedging Obligations; (viii) all indebtedness referred to in clauses (i)
through (vii) above secured by (or for which the holder of such indebtedness has
an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or
in property (including accounts and contracts rights) owned by such Person, even
though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such
Indebtedness; and (ix) all contingent liabilities.

                  "INDENTURE" means this Indenture, dated as of the Closing
Date, between the Company and the Trustee.

                  "INDEPENDENT ENGINEER" means Stone and Webster Management
Consultants, Inc. or another nationally recognized independent engineering and
consulting firm which, as Independent Engineer, will independently review the
technical aspects of the project, analyze the contractual structure and create
financial projections for the benefit of the Holders.

                  "INDIRECT PARTICIPANT" means a Person who holds a beneficial
interest in a Global Bond through a Participant.

                  "INITIAL BONDS" has the meaning specified in the preamble
hereto.

                  "INITIAL PURCHASER" has the meaning set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement.

                  "INITIAL SERIES A BONDS" has the meaning specified in the
preamble hereto.

                  "INITIAL SERIES B BONDS" has the meaning specified in the
preamble hereto.

                  "INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT" has the meaning ascribed to the term
"Collateral Agency and Intercreditor Agreement" in the Security Deposit
Agreement.

                  "INTEREST RATE HEDGING OBLIGATIONS" means, as to any Person,
the net payment Obligations of all interest rate swaps, caps or collar
agreements or similar arrangements entered into by such Person in order to
protect against fluctuations in interest rates or the exchange of nominal
interest obligations, either generally or under specific contingencies, and, in
any event, not for speculative purposes.

                  "INVESTMENT GRADE" means "Baa3" with respect to Moody's,
"BBB-" with respect to S&P and "BBB-" with respect to Duff & Phelps.



<PAGE>
                                                                               7


                  "INVESTMENTS" means, with respect to any Person, all
investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form
of direct or indirect loans (including Guarantees of Indebtedness or other
Obligations), advances of assets or capital contributions (excluding commission,
travel and entertainment, moving and similar advances to officers and employees
made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for
consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together
with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet
prepared in accordance with GAAP.

                  "LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL" means the letter of transmittal to be
prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Bonds for use by such
Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

                  "LIEN" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien,
pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such
asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable
law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any
lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a
security interest in any asset and any filing of or agreement to give any
financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes)
of any jurisdiction).

                  "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT" means any event, development or
circumstance that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a material
adverse effect on (i) the business, assets, property, financial condition or
operations of the Company and the Guarantors, taken as a whole, since the
Closing Date or (ii) the ability of the Company or any Guarantor to perform its
obligations under the Financing Documents.

                  "MOODY'S" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

                  "NET CASH FLOW" means, for any period, (i) all Revenues for
such period, minus (ii) the sum of (a) all amounts paid by or on behalf of the
Company and the Guarantors during such period in respect of fuel,
administration, operation, maintenance, repairs and overhead, but excluding all
subordinated payments made to Affiliates and capital expenditures which are
funded with Permitted Indebtedness, plus (b) all taxes paid by the Company and
the Guarantors during such period, plus (c) all fees paid by the Company and the
Guarantors relating to financing activities during such period.

                  "NEW BONDS" has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this
Indenture.

                  "NEW SERIES A BONDS" has the meaning set forth in the preamble
to this Indenture.

                  "NEW SERIES B BONDS" has the meaning set forth in the preamble
to this Indenture.

                  "NON-U.S. PERSON" means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.


<PAGE>
                                                                               8


                  "OBLIGATIONS" means any principal, premium, if any, interest
(including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in
bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or any of the
Guarantors whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such
proceeding), penalties, fees, charges, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursement
obligations, damages, guarantees and other liabilities or amounts payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness or in respect thereof.

                  "OFFERING" means the offering of the Initial Bonds by the
Company.

                  "OFFICER" means, with respect to any Person, any Chairman of
the Board, President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief
Financial Officer, Senior Vice President, Vice President, Treasurer or Secretary
of such Person.

                  "OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE" means a certificate signed by an
Officer of the Company.

                  "144A GLOBAL BOND" means one or more global notes in the form
of Exhibit A-l hereto bearing the Global Bond Legend and the Private Placement
Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the
Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in an aggregate denomination equal
to the outstanding principal amount of the Bonds sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

                  "OPINION OF COUNSEL" means a written opinion of counsel for
any Person either expressly referred to in the Indenture or otherwise reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee which may include, without limitation, counsel for
the Company, whether or not such counsel is an employee of the Company.

                  "ORDINARY COURSE LETTER OF CREDIT INDEBTEDNESS" has the
meaning set forth in the Security Deposit Agreement.

                  "PARTICIPANT" means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear
or Cedel, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Cedel,
respectively (and, with respect to The Depository Trust Company, shall include
Euroclear and Cedel).

                  "PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" means (i) obligations issued or
guaranteed as to principal and interest (including money market securities) by
(a) the United States of America or (b) any agency thereof for which its
obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of
America, and certificates evidencing ownership of the right to the payment of
the principal of and interest on such obligations, provided that such
obligations are held in the custody of an Acceptable Credit Provider in a
special account separate from the general assets of such custodian; (ii)
certificates of deposit or other interest-bearing obligations of the Collateral
Agent, an Acceptable Credit Provider or other bank with long-term unsecured debt
rated either "AAA" by S&P or "Aaa" by Moody's, or "A" or higher by S&P and "A2"
or higher by Moody's; and (iii) commercial paper, money market securities and
other corporate debt securities rated, on the date of purchase, "A-1" by S&P or
"P-1" by Moody's or higher for securities with original


<PAGE>
                                                                               9


maturities of less than one year and "AAA" by S&P or "Aaa" by Moody's, or "A" or
higher by S&P and "A2" or higher by Moody's, for securities with original
maturities of one year or greater and maturing not more than one year from the
date of acquisition thereof.

                  "PERSON" means any individual, corporation, partnership,
limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company,
trust, unincorporated organization, Governmental Authority or any other entity.

                  "POWER MARKET CONSULTANT" means PHB Hagler Bailly, Inc. or
another nationally recognized power market consulting firm which, as Power
Market Consultant, will perform a market study of certain markets relating to
the Facilities and develop independent electricity price forecasts for the
benefit of the Holders.

                  "PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT" has the meaning set forth in Security
Deposit Agreement.

                  "PRIVATE PLACEMENT LEGEND" means the legend set forth in
Section 2.6(g)(i) to be placed on all Bonds issued under this Indenture except
where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

                  "PRUDENT INDUSTRY PRACTICE" means any of the practices,
methods, standards and acts (including but not limited to the practices,
methods, standards and acts engaged in or approved by a significant portion of
the electric power generation industry in the United States) that, at a
particular time, in the exercise of reasonable judgment in light of the facts
known or that should reasonably have been known at the time a decision was made,
could have been expected to accomplish the desired result consistent with good
business practices, reliability, economy, safety and expedition, and which
practices generally conform to applicable law and governmental approvals.

                  "QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined in
Rule 144A.

                  "RATING AGENCIES" means each of Moody's, S&P and Duff &
Phelps, together with any other nationally recognized credit rating agency of
similar standing if any such entity is not then currently rating the Bonds.

                  "RATINGS REAFFIRMATION" means, with respect to a specified
event, a written confirmation from two or more Rating Agencies that a lowering
of the then-current credit ratings of the Bonds will not result from such event.

                  "RECOVERY EVENT" means any settlement of or payment of
$5,000,000 or more in respect of (i) any property or casualty insurance claim
relating to any asset of the Company or any of the Guarantors or (ii) any
seizure, condemnation, confiscation or taking of, or requisition of title or use
of, the Facilities or any part thereof by any Governmental Authority.


<PAGE>
                                                                              10


                  "REDEMPTION DATE" means a date set forth for redemption of
Bonds pursuant to the Indenture.

                  "REDEMPTION PRICE" means the price to be paid by the Company
for the Bonds that are redeemed pursuant to the Indenture.

                  "REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT" means the Exchange and
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 27, 1999, by and among the
Company, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages
thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to
time.

                  "REGULATION S" means Regulation S promulgated under the
Securities Act.

                  "REGULATION S GLOBAL BOND" means a Regulation S Temporary
Global Bond or Regulation S Permanent Global Bond, as appropriate.

                  "REGULATION S PERMANENT GLOBAL BOND" means a permanent Global
Bond in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto bearing the Global Bond Legend and the
Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in
the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in an aggregate denomination
equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global
Bond upon expiration of the Restricted Period.

                  "REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL BOND" means a temporary Global
Bond in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto bearing the Global Bond Legend and the
Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in
the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in an aggregate denomination
equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Bonds initially sold in
reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

                  "REINVESTMENT NOTICE" means a notice executed by an authorized
Officer of the Company to the Collateral Agent and the Trustee relating to a
Recovery Event (i) setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of the proposed
restoration or replacement relating to such Recovery Event and the estimated
cost and time to complete such restoration or replacement and (ii) stating that
(a) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) such
restoration or replacement is technologically and economically feasible, (c) the
net cash proceeds of such Recovery Event, together with other resources
available to the Company and the Guarantors, are sufficient to pay the estimated
cost of completing such restoration or replacement and (d) the Company and the
Subsidiary Guarantors have sufficient resources (through business interruption
insurance or otherwise) to pay all principal, interest and other fixed charges
projected to become due and payable with respect to Senior Debt prior to the
completion of such restoration or replacement.

                  "REQUIRED CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS" means capital improvements to
the Facilities which are either required by applicable law or which the Company
reasonably believes are


<PAGE>
                                                                              11


appropriate in response to enacted or anticipated changes in applicable law or
the interpretation thereof.

                  "RESPONSIBLE OFFICER," when used with respect to the Trustee,
means any officer within the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or any
successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee customarily
performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated
officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter,
any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of
and familiarity with the particular subject.

                  "RESTRICTED GLOBAL BOND" means a Global Bond bearing the
Private Placement Legend.

                  "RESTRICTED INVESTMENT" means any Investment other than a
Permitted Investment.

                  "RESTRICTED PERIOD" means the 40-day restricted period as
defined in Regulation S.

                  "REVENUES" means (i) all revenues received from the operation
of the Facilities, (ii) all proceeds from business interruption or other
insurance and (iii) all other amounts received in respect of the Facilities.

                  "RULE 144" means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities
Act.

                  "RULE 144A" means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities
Act.

                  "RULE 903" means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities
Act.

                  "RULE 904" means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities
Act.

                  "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Rating Services.

                  "SALE-LEASEBACK TRANSACTION" means an arrangement relating to
property now owned or hereafter acquired whereby the Company or a Guarantor
transfers such property to a Person and the Company or a Guarantor leases it
from such Person.

                  "SECURITY DEPOSIT AGREEMENT" means the Security Deposit
Agreement, dated as of March 18, 1999, as amended, by and among the Company, the
Guarantors and the Collateral Agent.

                  "SECURITY DOCUMENTS" has the meaning set forth in the Security
Deposit Agreement.

                  "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


<PAGE>
                                                                              12


                  "SENIOR DEBT" has the meaning set forth in the Security
Deposit Agreement.

                  "SERIES A BONDS" means the Initial Series A Bonds and the New
Series A Bonds.

                  "SERIES B BONDS" means the Initial Series B Bonds and the New
Series B Bonds.

                  "SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" means the Shelf Registration
Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

                  "STATED MATURITY" means, with respect to any installment of
interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such
payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the credit
agreement or other original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall
not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such
interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment
thereof.

                  "SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS" means (i) with respect to
Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor to any entity other than the
Company or any Guarantor, Indebtedness that is (a) payable solely and
exclusively from the funds that would otherwise have been available to make
Restricted Payments from the Company, (b) fully subordinated in all rights and
remedies to the Bonds and (c) unsecured, or (ii) with respect to Indebtedness
from the Company to any Guarantor or from any Guarantor to the Company or any
other Guarantor, Indebtedness for which payments of principal and interest are
included in cash flow available to pay senior Indebtedness.

                  "SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, any
corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which
more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock, partnership interests or other
equity interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board
of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time capital
stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall or might have
voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency) or to control the
management of such partnership, limited liability company or other entity is at
the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person, by such Person and one or
more other Subsidiaries of such Person, or by one or more other Subsidiaries of
such Person.

                  "SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS" means, collectively, EME Homer City,
Edison Mission Finance Co., Homer City Property Holdings, Inc., Mission Energy
Westside, Inc. and Chestnut Ridge Energy Company.

                  "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. ss.ss.
77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified
under the TIA.

                  "TRUSTEE" means United States Trust Company of New York, as
trustee for the benefit of the Holders under the Indenture, together with its
successors and assigns.


<PAGE>
                                                                              13


                  "UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BOND" means one or more Definitive
Bonds that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement
Legend.

                  "UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL BOND" means a permanent Global Bond in
the form of Exhibit A-1 attached hereto that bears the Global Bond Legend and
that has the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Bond" attached
thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name
of the Depositary, representing a series of Bonds that do not bear the Private
Placement Legend.

                  "U.S. PERSON" means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(o)
under the Securities Act.

                  "YIELD MAINTENANCE PREMIUM" means, with respect to any Bond to
be redeemed on any Redemption Date, an amount calculated by the Company as of
such date equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the net present value of the then
remaining scheduled installments of principal and payments of interest (but
excluding that portion of any scheduled installment of principal or payment of
interest that is actually due and paid on the Redemption Date) in respect of
such Bond calculated using a discount factor equal to the sum of the Treasury
Yield plus 50 basis points, over (ii) the unpaid principal amount of such Bond.
Such Yield Maintenance Premium shall be determined in accordance with the
following provisions:

                  (a) the average life of the remaining scheduled installments
         of principal in respect of such Bond (the "Remaining Average Life")
         shall be calculated as of such Redemption Date; and

                  (b) the "Treasury Yield" shall be calculated for the United
         States Treasury security having an average life equal to the Remaining
         Average Life and trading in the secondary market at the price closest
         to par (the "Primary Issue"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, if no United
         States Treasury security has an average life equal to the Remaining
         Average Life, the yields (the "Other Yields") for maturities of the two
         United States Treasury securities having average lives most closely
         corresponding to such Remaining Average Life and trading in the
         secondary market at the price closest to par shall be calculated, and
         the yield to maturity for the Primary Issue shall be the yield
         interpolated or extrapolated from such Other Yields on a straight-line
         basis, rounding in each of such relevant periods to the nearest month.

SECTION 1.2         OTHER DEFINITIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Defined in
          Term                                                    Section
<S>                                                                  <C>
          "AUTHENTICATION ORDER"......................................2.2
          "COVENANT DEFEASANCE".......................................8.3
          "DTC" ......................................................2.3
          "EVENT OF DEFAULT"..........................................6.1
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                                                              14


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
          "INCUR" ....................................................4.9
          "LEGAL DEFEASANCE" .........................................8.2
          "PAYING AGENT"..............................................2.3
          "PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS"....................................4.9
          "PERMITTED LIENS"..........................................4.13
          "REGISTRAR".................................................2.3
          "RESTRICTED PAYMENTS".......................................4.7
</TABLE>


SECTION 1.3         INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF TRUST INDENTURE ACT

                  Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the
provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

                  The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the
following meanings:

                  "INDENTURE SECURITIES" means the Bonds;

                  "INDENTURE SECURITY HOLDER" means a Holder of a Bond;

                  "INDENTURE TO BE QUALIFIED" means this Indenture;

                  "INDENTURE TRUSTEE" or "INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEE" means the
Trustee; and

                  "OBLIGOR" on the indenture securities means the Company and
any successor obligor upon the indenture securities.

                  All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the
TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule
under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

SECTION 1.4         RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

                  Unless the context otherwise requires:

                  (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

                  (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning
         assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

                  (3) or is not exclusive;

                  (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the
         plural include the singular;

                  (5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;
         and


<PAGE>
                                                                              15


                  (6) references to sections of or rules under the Securities
         Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor
         sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time.

SECTION 1.5         ONE CLASS OF SECURITIES

                  The Initial Series A Bonds, Initial Series B Bonds, New Series
A Bonds and New Series B Bonds shall vote and consent together on all matters as
one class and none of the Initial Series A Bonds, Initial Series B Bonds, New
Series A Bonds and New Series B Bonds shall have the right to vote or consent as
a separate class on any matter.



                                   ARTICLE 2.
                                   THE BONDS

SECTION 2.1         FORM AND DATING

                  (a) GENERAL.

                  The Bonds and the Trustee's certificate of authentication
shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Bonds may have
notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or
usage. Each Bond shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Bonds shall
be in denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof.

                  The terms and provisions contained in the Bonds shall
constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the
Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture,
expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However,
to the extent any provision of any Bond conflicts with the express provisions of
this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be
controlling.

                  (b) GLOBAL BONDS.

                  Bonds issued in global form shall be substantially in the form
of Exhibits A-1 or A-2 attached hereto (including the Global Bond Legend thereon
and the "SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL BOND" attached
thereto). Bonds issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A-l attached hereto (but without the Global Bond Legend thereon and
without the "SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL BOND" attached
thereto). Each Global Bond shall represent such of the outstanding Bonds


<PAGE>
                                                                              16


         as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall
         represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Bonds from time
         to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of
         outstanding Bonds represented thereby may from time to time be reduced
         or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any
         endorsement of a Global Bond to reflect the amount of any increase or
         decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Bonds
         represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at
         the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with written instructions
         given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.6 hereof.

                  (c) TEMPORARY GLOBAL BONDS

                  Bonds offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be
issued initially in the form of a Regulation S Temporary Global Bond, which
shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Bonds represented thereby
with the Trustee, at its New York office, as custodian for the Depositary, and
registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for
the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Cedel, duly
executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter
provided. The Restricted Period shall be terminated upon the receipt by the
Trustee of (i) a written certificate from the Depositary, together with copies
of certificates from Euroclear and Cedel certifying that they have received
certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of 100% of the aggregate
principal amount of a Regulation S Temporary Global Bond (except to the extent
of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the
Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration under the
Securities Act and who will take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in
a 144A Global Bond bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by
Section 2.6(a)(ii) hereof), and (ii) an Officer's Certificate from the Company.
Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in a
Regulation S Temporary Global Bond shall be exchanged for beneficial interests
in Regulation S Permanent Global Bonds pursuant to the Applicable Procedures.
Simultaneously with the authentication of Regulation S Permanent Global Bonds,
the Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Bond. The aggregate
principal amount of a Regulation S Temporary Global Bond and the Regulation S
Permanent Global Bonds may from time to time be increased or decreased by
adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its
nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as
hereinafter provided.

                  (d) EUROCLEAR AND CEDEL PROCEDURES APPLICABLE.

                  The provisions of the "OPERATING PROCEDURES OF THE EUROCLEAR
SYSTEM" and "TERMS AND CONDITIONS GOVERNING USE OF EUROCLEAR" and the "GENERAL
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF CEDELBANK" and "CUSTOMER HANDBOOK" of Cedel shall be
applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Temporary
Global Bond and the Regulation S Global Bonds that are held by Participants
through Euroclear or Cedel.

SECTION 2.2         EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION

                  Two Officers shall sign the Bonds for the Company by manual or
facsimile signature. The Company's seals, if any, shall be reproduced on the
Bonds and may be in facsimile form.


<PAGE>
                                                                              17


                  If an Officer whose signature is on a Bond no longer holds
that office at the time a Bond is authenticated, the Bond shall nevertheless be
valid.

                  A Bond shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual
signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the
Bond has been authenticated under this Indenture.

                  The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed
by two Officers of the Company (an "AUTHENTICATION ORDER"), authenticate Series
A Bonds for original issue up to the aggregate principal amount of $300,000,000
and Series B Bonds for original issue up to the aggregate principal amount of
$530,000,000. The aggregate principal amount of Series A Bonds or Series B Bonds
outstanding at any time may not exceed such amounts except as provided in
Section 2.7 hereof.

                  The Trustee may (at the expense of the Company) appoint an
authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Bonds. An
authenticating agent may authenticate Bonds whenever the Trustee may do so. Each
reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes
authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an
Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company and has the same
protections under Article 7 herein.

SECTION 2.3         REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT

                  The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Bonds may
be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange ("REGISTRAR") and an
office or agency where Bonds may be presented for payment ("PAYING AGENT"). The
Registrar shall keep a register of the Bonds and of their transfer and exchange.
The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional
paying agents. The term "REGISTRAR" includes any co-registrar and the term
"PAYING AGENT" includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any
Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify
the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this
Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as
Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of
the Subsidiary Guarantors may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

                  The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company
("DTC") to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Bonds.

                  The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the
Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global
Bonds.

SECTION 2.4         PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST

                  The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the
Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the
benefit of Holders or the Trustee all


<PAGE>
                                                                              18


money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any,
or interest on the Bonds, and will notify the Trustee in writing of any default
by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the
Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.
The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it
to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other
than the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor) shall have no further liability for
the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor acts as Paying Agent, it
shall segregate and hold in a separate trust funds for the benefit of the
Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or
reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as
Paying Agent for the Bonds.

SECTION 2.5         HOLDER LISTS

                  The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is
reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and
addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA ss. 312(a). If the
Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least
seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as
the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as
the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of
Bonds and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA ss. 312(a).

SECTION 2.6         TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE

         (a) TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF GLOBAL BONDS.

                  A Global Bond may not be transferred as a whole except by the
Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the
Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any
such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor
Depositary. All Global Bonds will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive
Bonds if (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee written notice from the
Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or
that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in
either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120
days after the date of such notice from the Depositary or (ii) the Company in
its sole discretion determines that the Global Bonds (in whole but not in part)
should be exchanged for Definitive Bonds and delivers a written notice to such
effect to the Trustee; PROVIDED that in no event shall a Regulation S Temporary
Global Bond be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Bonds prior to (x) the
expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any
certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(c)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities
Act. Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above,
Definitive Bonds shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct
the Trustee in writing. Global Bonds also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole
or in part, as provided in Sections 2.7 and 2.10 hereof. Every Bond
authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Bond or any
portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.6 or Section 2.7 or 2.10 hereof,
shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global
Bond. A


<PAGE>
                                                                              19


Global Bond may not be exchanged for another Bond other than as provided
in this Section 2.6(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Bond may be
transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.6(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

         (b) TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL BONDS.

                  The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the
Global Bonds shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests
in the Restricted Global Bonds shall be subject to restrictions on transfer
comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities
Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Bonds also shall require
compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as
one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

                  (i) TRANSFER OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE SAME GLOBAL BOND.
         Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Bond may be transferred
         to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
         interest in the same Restricted Global Bond in accordance with the
         transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend;
         PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that prior to the expiration of the Restricted
         Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Temporary Regulation S
         Global Bond may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or
         benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Beneficial
         interests in any Unrestricted Global Bond may be transferred to Persons
         who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
         Unrestricted Global Bond. No written orders or instructions shall be
         required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers
         described in this Section 2.6(b)(i).

                  (ii) ALL OTHER TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS
         IN GLOBAL BONDS. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of
         beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.6(b)(i) above,
         the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the
         Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an
         Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the
         Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be
         credited a beneficial interest in another Global Bond in an amount
         equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2)
         instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
         containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited
         with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an
         Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the
         Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a
         Definitive Bond in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be
         transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary
         to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose
         name such Definitive Bond shall be registered to effect the transfer or
         exchange referred to in (1) above; PROVIDED that in no event shall
         Definitive Bonds be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial
         interests in a Regulation S Temporary Global Bond prior to (x) the
         expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the
         Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the
         Securities Act.


<PAGE>
                                                                              20


         Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance
         with Section 2.6(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.6(b)(ii)
         shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of
         the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by
         the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Bonds.
         Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange
         of beneficial interests in Global Bonds contained in this Indenture and
         the Bonds or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee
         shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Bond(s)
         pursuant to Section 2.6(h) hereof.

                  (iii) TRANSFER OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS TO ANOTHER RESTRICTED
         GLOBAL BOND. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Bond may be
         transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
         beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Bond if the transfer
         complies with the requirements of Section 2.6(b)(ii) above and the
         Registrar receives the following:

                           (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form
                  of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Bond, then the
                  transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B
                  hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

                           (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form
                  of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global
                  Bond or the Regulation S Permanent Global Bond, then the
                  transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B
                  hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

                  (iv) TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A
         RESTRICTED GLOBAL BOND FOR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE UNRESTRICTED
         GLOBAL BOND. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Bond may be
         exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an
         Unrestricted Global Bond or transferred to a Person who takes delivery
         thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
         Bond if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of
         Section 2.6(b)(ii) above and:

                           (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to
                  the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights
                  Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be
                  exchanged, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in
                  the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of
                  Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person
                  participating in the distribution of the New Bonds or (3) a
                  Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the
                  Company;

                           (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
                  Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration
                  Rights Agreement;


<PAGE>
                                                                              21


                           (C) such transfer is effected by an Initial Purchaser
                  pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in
                  accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

                           (D) the Registrar receives the following:

                                    (1) if the holder of such beneficial
                           interest in a Restricted Global Bond proposes to
                           exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial
                           interest in an Unrestricted Global Bond, a
                           certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C
                           hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a)
                           thereof; or

                                    (2) if the holder of such beneficial
                           interest in a Restricted Global Bond proposes to
                           transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
                           shall take delivery thereof in the form of a
                           beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Bond, a
                           certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B
                           hereto, including the certifications in item (4)
                           thereof;

         and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
         Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an
         Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to
         the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the
         Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein
         and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to
         maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

                  If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B)
or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Bond has not yet been issued,
the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in
accordance with Section 2.2 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more
Unrestricted Global Bonds in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to
subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

                  Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Bond cannot be
exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Bond.

         (c) TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS FOR DEFINITIVE BONDS.

                  (i) BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL BONDS TO
         RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BONDS. If any holder of a beneficial interest in
         a Restricted Global Bond proposes to exchange such beneficial interest
         for a Restricted Definitive Bond or to transfer such beneficial
         interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
         Restricted Definitive Bond, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the
         following documentation:


<PAGE>
                                                                              22


                  (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted
         Global Bond proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
         Restricted Definitive Bond, a certificate from such holder in the form
         of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a)
         thereof;

                  (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB
         in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to
         the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
         in item (1) thereof;

                  (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a
         Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903
         or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set
         forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2)
         thereof;

                  (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred
         pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the
         Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a
         certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
         certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

                  (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the
         Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set
         forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b)
         thereof;

                  (F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred
         pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities
         Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
         including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof; or

                  (G) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an
         Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the
         registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A,
         Rule 144 or Rule 904 thereunder, a certificate to the effect set forth
         in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(d)
         thereof,

         the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the
         applicable Global Bond to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section
         2.6(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall upon
         receipt of an Authentication Order authenticate and deliver to the
         Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Bond in the
         appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Bond issued in exchange
         for a beneficial interest in a


<PAGE>
                                                                              23


         Restricted Global Bond pursuant to this Section 2.6(c) shall bear the
         Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on
         transfer contained therein.

                  (ii) Notwithstanding Sections 2.6(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a
         beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Bond may not
         be exchanged for a Definitive Bond or transferred to a Person who takes
         delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Bond prior to (x) the
         expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the
         Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule
         903(c)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act, except in the case of a
         transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of
         the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

                  (iii) BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL BONDS TO
         UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BONDS. A holder of a beneficial interest in a
         Restricted Global Bond may exchange such beneficial interest for an
         Unrestricted Definitive Bond or may transfer such beneficial interest
         to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted
         Definitive Bond only if:

                           (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant
                  to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
                  Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest,
                  in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of
                  a transfer, certifies in the Letter of Transmittal that it is
                  not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the
                  distribution of the New Bonds or (3) a Person who is an
                  affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

                           (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
                  Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration
                  Rights Agreement;

                           (C) such transfer is effected by an Initial
                  Purchaser pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration
                  Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
                  Agreement; or

                           (D)  the Registrar receives the following:

                                    (1) if the holder of such beneficial
                           interest in a Restricted Global Bond proposes to
                           exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive
                           Bond that does not bear the Private Placement Legend,
                           a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit
                           C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b)
                           thereof; or

                                    (2) if the holder of such beneficial
                           interest in a Restricted Global Bond proposes to
                           transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
                           shall take delivery thereof in the form of a
                           Definitive Bond that does not bear the Private
                           Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in
                           the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
                           certifications in item (4) thereof,


<PAGE>
                                                                              24


                           and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph
                           (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the
                           Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of
                           Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the
                           Registrar to the effect that such exchange or
                           transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and
                           that the restrictions on transfer contained herein
                           and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer
                           required in order to maintain compliance with the
                           Securities Act.

                           (iv) BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL
                  BONDS TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BONDS. If any holder of a
                  beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Bond proposes to
                  exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Bond or to
                  transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes
                  delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Bond, then, upon
                  satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.6(b)(ii)
                  hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount
                  of the applicable Global Bond to be reduced accordingly
                  pursuant to Section 2.6(h) hereof, and the Company shall
                  execute and the Trustee shall upon receipt of an
                  Authentication Order authenticate and (at the expense of the
                  Company) deliver to the Person designated in the instructions
                  a Definitive Bond in the appropriate principal amount. Any
                  Definitive Bond issued in exchange for a beneficial interest
                  pursuant to this Section 2.6(c)(iv) shall be registered in
                  such name or names and in such authorized denomination or
                  denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall
                  instruct the Registrar through instructions from the
                  Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect
                  Participant. The Trustee shall (at the expense of the Company)
                  deliver such Definitive Bonds to the Persons in whose names
                  such Bonds are so registered. Any Definitive Bond issued in
                  exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section
                  2.6(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

         (d) TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF DEFINITIVE BONDS FOR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS.

                  (i) RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BONDS TO BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN
         RESTRICTED GLOBAL BONDS. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Bond
         proposes to exchange such Bond for a beneficial interest in a
         Restricted Global Bond or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Bond
         to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
         interest in a Restricted Global Bond, then, upon receipt by the
         Registrar of the following documentation:

                           (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive
                  Bond proposes to exchange such Bond for a beneficial interest
                  in a Restricted Global Bond, a certificate from such Holder in
                  the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in
                  item (2)(b) thereof;

                           (B) if such Restricted Definitive Bond is being
                  transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the
                  Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in
                  Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1)
                  thereof;


<PAGE>
                                                                              25


                           (C) if such Restricted Definitive Bond is being
                  transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in
                  accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act,
                  a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
                  including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

                           (D) if such Restricted Definitive Bond is being
                  transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration
                  requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144
                  under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set
                  forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
                  item (3)(a) thereof;

                           (E) if such Restricted Definitive Bond is being
                  transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a
                  certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
                  including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

                           (F) if such Restricted Definitive Bond is being
                  transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement
                  under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set
                  forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
                  item (3)(c) thereof, the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted
                  Definitive Bond, increase or cause to be increased the
                  aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A)
                  above, the appropriate Restricted Global Bond, in the case of
                  clause (B) above, the 144A Global Bond, and in the case of
                  clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Bond.

                  (ii) RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BONDS TO BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN
         UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL BONDS. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Bond may
         exchange such Bond for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
         Bond or transfer such Restricted Definitive Bond to a Person who takes
         delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
         Unrestricted Global Bond only if:

                           (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant
                  to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
                  Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange,
                  or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the
                  Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2)
                  a Person participating in the distribution of the New Bonds or
                  (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of
                  the Company;

                           (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf
                  Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration
                  Rights Agreement;

                           (C) such transfer is effected by an Initial
                  Purchaser pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration
                  Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
                  Agreement; or

                           (D) the Registrar receives the following:


<PAGE>
                                                                              26


                                    (1) if the Holder of such Restricted
                           Definitive Bond proposes to exchange such Bond for a
                           beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Bond,
                           a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit
                           C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c)
                           thereof; or

                                    (2) if the Holder of such Restricted
                           Definitive Bond proposes to transfer such Bond to a
                           Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of
                           a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global
                           Bond, a certificate from such Holder in the form of
                           Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
                           item (4) thereof;

                  and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if
                  the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so
                  require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable
                  to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer
                  is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
                  restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private
                  Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain
                  compliance with the Securities Act.

                  Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the
                  subparagraphs in this Section 2.6(d)(ii), the Trustee shall
                  cancel the Definitive Bonds and increase or cause to be
                  increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted
                  Global Bond.

                  (iii) UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BONDS TO BENEFICIAL INTERESTS
         IN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL BONDS. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive
         Bond may exchange such Bond for a beneficial interest in an
         Unrestricted Global Bond or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Bond
         to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
         interest in an Unrestricted Global Bond at any time. Upon receipt of a
         written request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall
         cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Bond and increase or
         cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the
         Unrestricted Global Bonds.

                  If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Bond to a
beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or
(iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Bond has not yet been issued,
the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in
accordance with Section 2.2 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate, one or more
Unrestricted Global Bonds in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
principal amount of Definitive Bonds so transferred.

         (e) TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF DEFINITIVE BONDS FOR DEFINITIVE BONDS.

                  Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Bonds and such Holder's
compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.6(e), the Registrar shall
register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Bonds. Prior to such
registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or
surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Bonds duly endorsed or accompanied by
a


<PAGE>
                                                                              27


written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly
executed by such Holder or by his attorney, duly authorized in writing. In
addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications,
documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following
provisions of this Section 2.6(e).

                  (i) RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BONDS TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE
         BONDS. Any Restricted Definitive Bond may be transferred to and
         registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
         of a Restricted Definitive Bond if the Registrar receives the
         following:

                           (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule
                  144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must
                  deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
                  including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

                           (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule
                  903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a
                  certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
                  certifications in item (2) thereof; and

                           (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any
                  other exemption from the registration requirements of the
                  Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate
                  in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications,
                  certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)
                  thereof, if applicable.

                  (ii) RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BONDS TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE
         BONDS. Any Restricted Definitive Bond may be exchanged by the Holder
         thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Bond or transferred to a Person
         or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted
         Definitive Bond if:

                           (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant
                  to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
                  Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an exchange,
                  or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the
                  Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2)
                  a Person participating in the distribution of the New Bonds or
                  (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of
                  the Company;

                           (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the
                  Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the
                  Registration Rights Agreement;

                           (C) any such transfer is effected by an Initial
                  Purchaser pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration
                  Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
                  Agreement; or

                           (D) the Registrar receives the following:


<PAGE>
                                                                              28


                                    (1) if the Holder of such Restricted
                           Definitive Bonds proposes to exchange such Bonds for
                           an Unrestricted Definitive Bond, a certificate from
                           such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto,
                           including the certifications in item (I)(d) thereof;
                           or

                                    (2) if the Holder of such Restricted
                           Definitive Bonds proposes to transfer such Bonds to a
                           Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of
                           an Unrestricted Definitive Bond, a certificate from
                           such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
                           including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

                  and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if
                  the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form
                  reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such
                  exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act
                  and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in
                  the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order
                  to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

                           (iii) UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BONDS TO UNRESTRICTED
                  DEFINITIVE BONDS. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Bonds
                  may transfer such Bonds to a Person who takes delivery thereof
                  in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Bond. Upon receipt
                  of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall
                  register the Unrestricted Definitive Bonds pursuant to the
                  instructions from the Holder thereof.

         (f) EXCHANGE OFFER.

                  Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with
the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of
an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.2, the Trustee shall
authenticate for each series of Bonds (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Bonds
in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial
interests in the Restricted Global Bonds tendered for acceptance by Persons that
certify in the Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are not broker-dealers, (y)
they are not participating in a distribution of the New Bonds and (z) they are
not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and accepted for
exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Bonds in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive
Bonds accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the
issuance of such Bonds, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount
of the applicable Restricted Global Bonds to be reduced accordingly, and the
Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and (at the expense of
the Company) deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive
Bonds so accepted Definitive Bonds in the appropriate principal amount.

         (g) LEGENDS.


<PAGE>
                                                                              29


                  The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global
Bonds and Definitive Bonds issued under this Indenture unless specifically
stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

         (i) PRIVATE PLACEMENT LEGEND.

         (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Bond
and each Definitive Bond (and all Bonds issued in exchange therefor or
substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

         "THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
         SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR ANY STATE
         OR OTHER SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR
         PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED,
         PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
         REGISTRATION OR UNLESS THE TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM OR NOT SUBJECT TO
         THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS
         SECURITY BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A
         "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE
         SECURITIES ACT) OR AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE
         MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (a) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE
         SECURITIES ACT (AN "INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR") OR (B) IT IS
         NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN "OFFSHORE
         TRANSACTION" PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S, (2) AGREES THAT IT
         WILL NOT PRIOR TO (X) THE DATE WHICH IS TWO YEARS (OR SUCH SHORTER
         PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144(k) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR
         ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREUNDER) AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL
         ISSUE DATE HEREOF (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) OR THE LAST DAY
         ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR AN AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF
         THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) AND (Y) SUCH LATER
         DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAWS (THE "RESALE
         RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE") OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS
         SECURITY, EXCEPT (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION
         STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
         (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO
         RULE 144A, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
         INSTITUTIONAL BUYER THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE
         ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT
         THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO
         OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE


<PAGE>
                                                                              30


         UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES
         ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT IS PURCHASING THE
         CERTIFICATES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN
         INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH
         A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN
         VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE
         EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND
         (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS
         TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND;
         PROVIDED THAT THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT PRIOR TO
         ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E) OR (F)
         TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR
         OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND (II) IN EACH OF THE
         FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATION OR TRANSFER IN THE
         FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND
         DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED
         UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION
         DATE. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS "OFFSHORE TRANSACTION," "UNITED STATES"
         AND "U.S. PERSON" HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER
         THE SECURITIES ACT."

         (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Bond or Definitive Bond
issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii),
(e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.6 (and all Bonds issued in exchange
therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

         (ii) GLOBAL BOND LEGEND. Each Global Bond shall bear a legend in
substantially the following form:

         "THIS GLOBAL BOND IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE
         INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS BOND) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE
         BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY
         PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE
         SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.7 OF THE
         INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL BOND MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN
         PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.6(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL
         BOND MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO
         SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL BOND MAY BE
         TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF
         THE COMPANY."

<PAGE>
                                                                              31


         (iii) REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL BOND LEGEND. The Regulation S
Temporary Global Bond shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

         "THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL BOND, AND
         THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED
         BONDS, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER
         THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY
         GLOBAL BOND SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON."

         (h) CANCELLATION AND/OR ADJUSTMENT OF GLOBAL BONDS.

                  At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular
Global Bond have been exchanged for Definitive Bonds or a particular Global Bond
has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such
Global Bond shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in
accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if
any beneficial interest in a Global Bond is exchanged for or transferred to a
Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in
another Global Bond or for Definitive Bonds, the principal amount of Bonds
represented by such Global Bond shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement
shall be made on such Global Bond by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the
direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial
interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Bond,
such other Global Bond shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall
be made on such Global Bond by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction
of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

         (i) GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES.

                  (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the
         Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Bonds
         and Definitive Bonds upon receipt of an Authentication Order in
         accordance with Section 2.2 hereof or upon receipt of a written request
         of the Registrar in accordance with the terms hereof.

                  (ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a
         beneficial interest in a Global Bond or to a Holder of a Definitive
         Bond for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may
         require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or
         similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than
         any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon
         exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8 and 9.5
         hereof).

                  (iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the
         transfer of or exchange any Bond selected for redemption in whole or in
         part, except the unredeemed portion of any Bond being redeemed in part.


<PAGE>
                                                                              32


                  (iv) All Global Bonds and Definitive Bonds issued upon any
         registration of transfer or exchange of Global Bonds or Definitive
         Bonds shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the
         same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as
         the Global Bonds or Definitive Bonds surrendered upon such registration
         of transfer or exchange.

                  (v) The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, to
         register the transfer of or to exchange any Bonds during a period
         beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any
         selection of Bonds for redemption under Section 3.2 hereof and ending
         at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the
         transfer of or to exchange any Bond so selected for redemption in whole
         or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Bond being redeemed in
         part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Bond between a
         record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

                  (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a
         transfer of any Bond, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem
         and treat the Person in whose name any Bond is registered as the
         absolute owner of such Bond for the purpose of receiving payment of
         principal of and interest on such Bond and for all other purposes, and
         none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by
         notice to the contrary.

                  (vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Bonds and
         Definitive Bonds in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2
         hereof.

                  (viii) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of
         Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this
         Section 2.6 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be
         submitted by facsimile.

SECTION 2.7         REPLACEMENT BONDS

                  If any mutilated Bond is surrendered to the Trustee or the
Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the
destruction, loss or theft of any Bond, the Company shall issue and the Trustee,
upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Bond
if the Trustee's requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the
Company, an indemnity Bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in
the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee,
any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer
if a Bond is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge for their expenses
in replacing a Bond.

                  Every replacement Bond is an additional obligation of the
Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally
and proportionately with all other Bonds duly issued hereunder.

SECTION 2.8         OUTSTANDING BONDS


<PAGE>
                                                                              33


                  The Bonds outstanding at any time are all the Bonds
authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to
it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Bond effected
by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in
this Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.9 hereof, a
Bond does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the
Company holds the Bond.

                  If a Bond is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof, it
ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it
that the replaced Bond is held by a bona fide purchaser.

                  If the principal amount of any Bond is considered paid under
Section 4.1 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to
accrue.

                  If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or
an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money
sufficient to pay Bonds payable on that date, then on and after that date such
Bonds shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue
interest.

SECTION 2.9         TREASURY BONDS

                  In determining whether the Holders of the required principal
amount of Bonds have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Bonds owned
by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or by any Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be considered as
though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the
Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent,
only Bonds that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

SECTION 2.10        TEMPORARY BONDS

                  Until certificates representing Bonds are ready for delivery,
the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order, shall authenticate temporary Bonds. Temporary Bonds shall be
substantially in the form of certificated Bonds but may have variations that the
Company considers appropriate for temporary Bonds and as shall be reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee.

                  Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the
Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Bonds in exchange for temporary Bonds.

                  Holders of temporary Bonds shall be entitled to all of the
benefits of this Indenture.

SECTION 2.11        CANCELLATION

<PAGE>
                                                                              34


                  The Company at any time may deliver Bonds to the Trustee for
cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Bonds surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The
Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Bonds surrendered for registration of
transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy
canceled Bonds (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange
Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Bonds shall be delivered
(at the expense of the Company) to the Company. The Company may not issue new
Bonds to replace Bonds that it has paid or that have been delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 2.12        DEFAULTED INTEREST

                  If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Bonds,
it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are
Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided
in the Bonds and in Section 4.1 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Bond and
the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed
each such special record date and payment date, PROVIDED that no such special
record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for
such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the
Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name
and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a
notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the
amount of such interest to be paid.

SECTION 2.13        CUSIP NUMBERS

                  The Company in issuing the Bonds may use "CUSIP" numbers (if
then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in
notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any
such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of
such numbers either as printed on the Bonds or as contained in any notice of a
redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers printed on the Bonds, and any such redemption shall not be affected by
any defect in or omission of such numbers.



<PAGE>
                                                                              35





                                   ARTICLE 3.
                           REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

SECTION 3.1         NOTICES TO TRUSTEE

                  If the Company elects to redeem Bonds pursuant to the
redemption provisions of Section 3.7 or 3.8 hereof, it shall furnish to the
Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an
Officer's Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to
which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal
amount of Bonds to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

SECTION 3.2         SELECTION OF BONDS TO BE REDEEMED

                  If less than all of the Bonds are to be redeemed at any time,
the Trustee shall select the Bonds to be redeemed among the Holders of the Bonds
in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities
exchange, if any, on which the Bonds are listed or, if the Bonds are not so
listed, on a PRO RATA basis, by lot or in accordance with any other method the
Trustee considers fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by
lot, the particular Bonds to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise
provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption
date by the Trustee from the outstanding Bonds not previously called for
redemption.

                  The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of the Bonds
selected for redemption and, in the case of any Bond selected for partial
redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Bonds and portions of
Bonds selected shall be in amounts of $100,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in
excess thereof; except that if all of the Bonds of a Holder are to be redeemed,
the entire outstanding amount of Bonds held by such Holder, even if not in the
amount of $100,000 or a multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed.
Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that
apply to Bonds called for redemption also apply to portions of Bonds called for
redemption.

SECTION 3.3         NOTICE OF REDEMPTION

                  At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption
date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a
notice of redemption to each Holder whose Bonds are to be redeemed at its
registered address.

                  The notice shall identify the Bonds to be redeemed and shall
state:

         (a) the redemption date;

         (b) the redemption price;


<PAGE>
                                                                              36


         (c) if any Bond is being redeemed in part, the portion of the
principal amount of such Bond to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date
upon surrender of such Bond, a new Bond or Bonds in principal amount equal to
the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Bond;

         (d)      the name and address of the Paying Agent;

         (e) that Bonds called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying
Agent to collect the redemption price;

         (f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption
payment, interest on Bonds called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after
the redemption date;

         (g) the paragraph of the Bonds and/or Section of this Indenture
pursuant to which the Bonds called for redemption are being redeemed; and

         (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of
the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Bonds.

                  At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the Company's name and at its expense; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the
redemption date (or such shorter time period acceptable to the Trustee), an
Officer's Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting
forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding
paragraph.

SECTION 3.4         EFFECT OF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION

                  Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section
3.3 hereof, Bonds called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on
the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be
conditional.

SECTION 3.5         DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE

                  One Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Company
shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay
the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Bonds to be redeemed on that
date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any
money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of
the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on,
all Bonds to be redeemed.

                  If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding
paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on
the Bonds or the portions of Bonds called for redemption. If a Bond is redeemed
on or after an interest record date but on or prior to


<PAGE>
                                                                              37


the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be
paid to the Person in whose name such Bond was registered at the close of
business on such record date. If any Bond called for redemption shall not be so
paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to
comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid
principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the
extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at
the rate provided in the Bonds and in Section 4.1 hereof.

SECTION 3.6         BONDS REDEEMED IN PART

                  Upon surrender of a Bond that is redeemed in part, the Company
shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall
authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Bond equal in
principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Bond surrendered.

SECTION 3.7         OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

                  The Bonds shall be subject to optional redemption at any time
at a Redemption Price equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Bonds to
be redeemed plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date,
plus the Yield Maintenance Premium, if any.

SECTION 3.8         MANDATORY REDEMPTION

                  The Bonds will be subject to mandatory redemption, ratably
with all other Senior Debt in existence at such time, upon the occurrence of a
Recovery Event with respect to the Facilities, other than with respect to
amounts received by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors in connection with
a Recovery Event for which the Company elects to restore or replace the asset or
assets in respect of which such Recovery Event occurred and a Reinvestment
Notice is provided to the Collateral Agent and the Trustee within 45 days of
such Recovery Event (provided that, with respect to any Recovery Event of $50
million or more, the Independent Engineer shall have certified as to the
reasonableness, in light of Prudent Industry Practice, of the Company's repair
and replacement plans as set forth in the Company's Reinvestment Notice relating
to such Recovery Event). Any mandatory redemption of the Bonds will be without
premium or penalty at a Redemption Price equal to the unpaid principal amount
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date.



<PAGE>
                                                                              38


                                   ARTICLE 4.
                                   COVENANTS

SECTION 4.1         PAYMENT OF BONDS

                  The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds on the dates and in the manner
provided in the Bonds. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be
considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company
or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date
money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for
and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

                  The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the
rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the
Bonds to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of
interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the
extent lawful.

SECTION 4.2         MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY

                  The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the
City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or
an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Bonds may be
surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and
demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Bonds and this Indenture may be
served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the
location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any
time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or
shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee.

                  The Company may also from time to time designate one or more
other offices or agencies where the Bonds may be presented or surrendered for
any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner
relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the
Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company shall
give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission
and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

                  The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of
the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with
Section 2.3.

SECTION 4.3         INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS


<PAGE>
                                                                              39


                  The Company shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the
Trustee, each of the Rating Agencies and, with respect to clauses (a) and (b)
below, upon written request (which may be a single continuing request), any
Holder or Beneficial Owner or prospective Holder or Beneficial Owner:

                  (a) as soon as available and in any event within 60 days
         after the end of the Company's first, second and third fiscal quarters
         of each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30,
         1999), unaudited financial statements of the Company as of the end of
         such fiscal quarter, together with an Officer's Certificate of the
         Company stating that such financial statements fairly present the
         financial condition and results of operations of the Company on the
         dates and for the periods indicated in accordance with GAAP;

                  (b) as soon as available and in any event within 120 days
         after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (commencing with the
         fiscal year ending December 31, 1999), audited financial statements of
         the Company, together with an Officer's Certificate of the Company
         stating that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
         continuing, or that if a Default or an Event of Default has occurred
         and is continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof;

                  (c) within 10 days after an authorized officer of the
         Company obtains actual knowledge thereof, written notice of the
         occurrence of any event or condition which constitutes a Default or an
         Event of Default, specifically stating that such event or condition has
         occurred and describing it and any action being or proposed to be taken
         with respect thereto;

                  (d) within 15 days after an authorized officer of the
         Company has actual knowledge thereof, written notice of any pending or
         threatened material litigation which has or could reasonably be
         expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

                  (e) at any time when the Company is subject to the reporting
         requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, copies
         of any filing made with the Commission thereunder, within five days
         after such filing is made.

                  At any time when the Company is not subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, upon the
request of any Holder or Beneficial Owner or prospective Holder or Beneficial
Owner, the Company shall promptly furnish to such Holder or Beneficial Owner or
prospective Holder or Beneficial Owner the information required to be delivered
pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit
compliance with Rule 144A in connection with a resale or other permitted
transfer of any Bond.

                  The Company shall also provide to the Trustee and the Rating
Agencies annual budgets, quarterly operational reports, quarterly construction
reports, updated Power Market Consultant reports, any Officer's Certificates
provided by the Company relating to the incurrence


<PAGE>
                                       40


of Indebtedness under Section 4.9(f) or (g) (at least 30 days' prior to the
incurrence of such Indebtedness) and notice of any transfers of assets permitted
by Section 4.11(i) hereof (at least 30 days' prior to such transfer of assets).

SECTION 4.4         COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

                  So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial
statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.3 above shall be accompanied by a
written statement of the Company's independent public accountants (who shall be
a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination
necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to
their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated
any provisions of Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any such violation has
occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being
understood that such accountants shall not be liable, directly or indirectly, to
any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

SECTION 4.5         TAXES; MAINTENANCE OF BOOKS AND RECORDS

                  The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of the Subsidiary
Guarantors to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and
governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not
adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Bonds.

                  The Company shall, and shall cause each of the Subsidiary
Guarantors to, maintain its books and records in accordance with the generally
accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States.

SECTION 4.6         STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS

                  The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do
so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner
whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or
usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may
affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to
the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or
advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any
such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to
the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as
though no such law had been enacted.

SECTION 4.7         LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS

                  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the
Subsidiary Guarantors to, directly or indirectly: (i) declare or pay any
dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company's
or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors' Equity Interests (including, without
limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving
the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor) or to the direct or indirect holders of
the Company's or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors' Equity Interests in their
capacity as such, other than (A) dividends or distributions payable in Equity
Interests of the Company, (B) dividends or distributions payable to the Company
or another Subsidiary of the Company or (C) dividends payable to EME not to
exceed $30 million from the proceeds of the Bonds; (ii) purchase, redeem or
otherwise acquire or retire for value (including without limitation, in
connection with any merger or consolidation involving the


<PAGE>
                                                                              41


Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor) any Equity Interests of the Company or any
direct or indirect parent of the Company or other Affiliate of the Company;
(iii) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or
otherwise acquire or retire for value any Subordinated Indebtedness, except a
payment of interest or principal at Stated Maturity, or a payment of interest
made through the issuance of additional Indebtedness of the same kind as the
Indebtedness on which such interest shall have accrued; or (iv) make any
Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses
(i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as "Restricted Payments"),
unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

                  (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
         be continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted
         Payment; and

                  (b) the amount on deposit in each Accrued Interest Account
         and in each Principal Account shall be equal to or greater than the
         amount then required to be on deposit in such Accrued Interest Account
         or Principal Account in accordance with priority THIRD or FOURTH, as
         the case may be, in Section 4.1(a) of the Security Deposit Agreement;

                  (c) the Debt Service Reserve Accounts are each fully funded;

                  (d) the Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the preceding four
         quarters, taken as one accounting period, is equal to or greater than
         1.50 to 1.0 in the case of any such period ending on or prior to
         December 31, 2001 or 1.70 to 1.0 in the case of any such period ending
         thereafter, as set forth in an Officer's Certificate; and

                  (e) the projected Debt Service Coverage Ratio for each
         four-quarter period, taken as one accounting period, during the next
         eight quarters is equal to or greater than 1.50 to 1.0 in the case of
         any such period ending on or prior to December 31, 2001 or 1.70 to 1.0
         in the case of any such period ending thereafter, as set forth in an
         Officer's Certificate.

                  The Company shall cause the Power Market Consultant to
provide, at intervals not to exceed every three years, updated electricity price
projections to allow the Company certification for purposes of making Restricted
Payments pursuant to this Section 4.7.


SECTION 4.8         LIMITATION ON SUBSIDIARIES AND INVESTMENTS


<PAGE>
                                                                              42


                  The Company shall not create or acquire any Subsidiary unless
(i) such Subsidiary shall become an additional Guarantor under the Security
Documents and (ii) such Subsidiary at the time of creation or acquisition shall
have no Indebtedness outstanding other than Indebtedness permitted under Section
4.10. The Company shall retain 100% direct or indirect beneficial ownership in
each of its Subsidiaries so long as the Bonds remain outstanding. The Company
shall not, nor shall it permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, make any
investment other than Permitted Investments.

SECTION 4.9         LIMITATION ON INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS

                  The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, create, incur,
issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable,
contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, "incur") any
Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness.

                  "PERMITTED INDEBTEDNESS" shall mean any of the following items
of Indebtedness:

                  (a) Indebtedness incurred in respect of the Bonds;

                  (b) Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date;

                  (c) Indebtedness incurred under the Credit Agreement;

                  (d) Capital Lease Obligations and purchase money
         indebtedness entered into in the ordinary course of business in an
         amount not to exceed $10 million outstanding at any one time;

                  (e) Indebtedness to any wholly-owned Subsidiary of the
         Company (so long as such Indebtedness is held by such Subsidiary);

                  (f) Indebtedness in respect of Required Capital
         Improvements, PROVIDED that (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee an
         Officer's Certificate stating that the Indebtedness is being incurred
         to fund a Required Capital Improvement and (ii) after giving effect to
         the incurrence of such Indebtedness, either (A) the average projected
         Debt Service Coverage Ratio through the final maturity date of the
         Bonds shall not be less than 1.75 to 1.0 and the minimum projected Debt
         Service Coverage Ratio for any four quarters through the final maturity
         date of the Bonds, taken as one accounting period, shall not be less
         than 1.50 to 1.0 or (B) a Ratings Reaffirmation is obtained;

                  (g) Indebtedness so long as, after giving effect to the
         incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Company delivers to the Trustee an
         Officer's Certificate stating that (i) the average projected Debt
         Service Coverage Ratio through the final maturity date of the Bonds
         shall not be less than 2.50 to 1.0 and the minimum projected Debt
         Service Coverage Ratio for any four quarters through the final maturity
         date of the Bonds, taken as one accounting period, shall not be less
         than 2.00 to 1.0 (PROVIDED that if the proceeds


<PAGE>
                                       43


         of such Indebtedness are to be applied to construct a new facility, the
         Bonds must be rated Investment Grade after giving effect to the
         incurrence of such Indebtedness) or (ii) the Bonds are rated at least
         Investment Grade by each Rating Agency then rating the Bonds;

                  (h) Indebtedness incurred for working capital purposes only
         and not in excess of $50 million at any one time outstanding (with such
         amount to be escalated annually in accordance with increases in the
         Consumer Price Index), PROVIDED that the outstanding principal amount
         of such Indebtedness on each anniversary of the Closing Date shall be
         $0;

                  (i) Indebtedness represented by Interest Rate Hedging
         Obligations, so long as such Interest Rate Hedging Obligations relate
         to Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred by the Company
         hereunder;

                  (j) Reimbursement obligations or other Indebtedness related
         to reimbursement under any letter of credit issued to satisfy any Debt
         Service Reserve Requirement;

                  (k) Subordinated Indebtedness to Affiliates of the Company,
         PROVIDED that the incurrence of such Indebtedness complies with the
         provisions of Section 4.7 hereof;

                  (l) Indebtedness in the form of guarantees entered into by
         the Company in the ordinary course of business in connection with fuel
         procurement or sales, purchases or exchanges by Affiliates of the
         Company related to physical or financial capacity, energy and emissions
         credits related to the Facilities, so long as such activities are not
         for speculative purposes;

                  (m) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, surety
         bonds or performance bonds issued in the ordinary course of the
         Company's business;

                  (n) Indebtedness incurred in exchange for, or the net
         proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace,
         indebtedness of the Company incurred under clause (c) above, PROVIDED
         that (i) the principal amount (net of expenses) of such new
         Indebtedness shall not exceed the principal amount of the old
         Indebtedness and (ii) either (1) the average life of such new
         Indebtedness shall not be shorter than the remaining average life of
         the Bonds or (2) such new Indebtedness shall be rated at least
         Investment Grade by each Rating Agency then rating such Indebtedness;
         and

                  (o) other senior Indebtedness not to exceed $20 million at
         any one time outstanding.


<PAGE>
                                                                              44


                  The Company shall cause the Power Market Consultant to
provide, for purposes of incurring Indebtedness under clauses (f), (g) and (n)
above, updated electricity price projections to allow the Company to provide the
requisite certification.

                  For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.9,
in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more
than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (a)
through (o) above as of the date of incurrence thereof, the Company shall, in
its sole discretion, be entitled to classify or reclassify such item of
Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 4.9. Accrual of
interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the
form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.9.

SECTION 4.10        LIMITATION ON INCURRENCE OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR
                    INDEBTEDNESS

                  The Company shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to,
directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise
become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to
any Indebtedness other than (i) Subordinated Indebtedness or (ii) Indebtedness
in respect of letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds issued, or
purchase money or trade Indebtedness incurred, in the ordinary course of
business and in an aggregate amount not to exceed $15 million at any one time
outstanding.

SECTION 4.11        LIMITATION OF SALE OF ASSETS

                  Except in connection with a merger, consolidation or sale of
substantially all of its properties or assets, covered by Section 5.1 hereto,
the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to,
sell or otherwise dispose of any assets or enter into Sale-Leaseback
Transactions (including by way of the issue or sale by the Company or any of the
Subsidiary Guarantors of Equity Interests in such Subsidiary Guarantors) other
than (i) transfers of assets among the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, so
long as a Ratings Reaffirmation is obtained, (ii) sales and dispositions in the
ordinary course of business not in excess of $10 million in any fiscal year,
(iii) any sales or dispositions of surplus, obsolete or worn out equipment, and
(iv) any sales or dispositions required for compliance with applicable law or
necessary governmental approvals.

SECTION 4.12        LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

                  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the
Subsidiary Guarantors to, enter into any transaction or arrangement, whether or
not in the ordinary course of business, with any Affiliate (other than the
Company and its Subsidiaries), other than (i) management, operating, marketing,
trading or other similar services agreements between and among the Company and
its Affiliates in existence on the Closing Date and (ii) any transaction which
is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Subsidiary
Guarantor than those


<PAGE>
                                                                              45


that would have been obtained in a comparable arm's-length transaction by the
Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor with an unrelated Person.

SECTION 4.13        LIMITATION ON LIENS

                  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the
Subsidiary Guarantors to, create, incur, assume or otherwise cause or suffer to
exist or become effective any Lien of any kind upon any of their property or
assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, other than Permitted Liens.

                  The provisions of the first paragraph of this Section 4.13
shall not apply to the incurrence of any of the following types of Liens
(collectively, "PERMITTED LIENS"):

                  (a) Liens existing on the Closing Date;

                  (b) Liens created under the Security Documents;

                  (c) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', landlords'
         materialmen's, repairmen's or other like Liens arising in the ordinary
         course of business in respect of obligations not yet due and payable or
         which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
         promptly instituted and diligently prosecuted; PROVIDED that any
         reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required to conform
         with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

                  (d) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or
         levies that are not yet delinquent and remain payable without penalty
         or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
         promptly instituted and diligently prosecuted; PROVIDED that any
         reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required to conform
         with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

                  (e) Liens that are incidental to the business of the Company
         and the Subsidiary Guarantors, are not for borrowing money and are not
         material, taken as a whole, to the business of the Company and the
         Subsidiary Guarantors; and

                  (f) Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted under clauses
         (c), (d), (f), (g), (h), (i), (j), (n) and (o) of Section 4.9 hereof.

SECTION 4.14        LIMITATION ON BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

                  The Company shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary
Guarantor to, engage in any business or conduct any activities other than the
ownership and operation of the Facilities, any expansion of facilities or
improvements thereto, and matters reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding
the previous sentence, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors may enter into
fuel procurement or sales, purchases or exchanges related to physical or
financial capacity,


<PAGE>
                                                                              46


energy and emissions credits related to the Facilities, so long as such
activities are not for speculative purposes.

SECTION 4.15        MAINTENANCE OF EXISTENCE

                  The Company shall, and shall cause each of the Subsidiary
Guarantors to, at all times (i) maintain their respective existence in good
standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization and
(ii) maintain and renew all of their respective rights, powers, privileges and
franchises except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 4.16        PAYMENTS FOR CONSENT

                  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the
Subsidiary Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder of
any Bonds for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of
the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Bonds unless such consideration
is offered to be paid or is paid to all Holders of the Bonds that consent, waive
or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents
relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

SECTION 4.17        COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

                  The Company shall, and shall cause each of the Subsidiary
Guarantors to, comply with all applicable laws, acts, rules, regulations,
permits, orders and requirements of any legislative, executive, administrative
or judicial body relating to the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, except
where (i) the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect or (ii) the Company is disputing in good faith any such
law, act, rule, regulation, permit, order or requirement and (A) the Company has
established or accrued adequate cash reserves in accordance with GAAP or
provided other appropriate assurances against any liabilities arising from such
dispute and (B) the Company's action to dispute such law, act, rule, regulation,
permit, order or requirement could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

SECTION 4.18        GOVERNMENT APPROVALS

                  The Company shall, and shall cause each of the Subsidiary
Guarantors to, obtain and maintain in full force and effect all governmental
approvals required under applicable laws to be obtained by or on behalf of the
Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors to conduct their respective businesses
pursuant to and perform their obligations under the Financing Documents to which
each of them is a party, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 4.19        MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTY; INSURANCE


<PAGE>
                                                                              47


                  The Company shall cause EME Homer City to (i) keep and
maintain all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order
and condition consistent with Prudent Industry Practice and (ii) maintain good
and valid title to its properties and assets (subject to no Liens other than
Permitted Liens), except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  The Company shall cause EME Homer City to maintain with
financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance for such amounts
against such risks, loss, damage and liability as are customarily insured
against by other enterprises of like size and type as that of the Facilities,
subject to the availability of such coverage on commercially reasonable terms,
all on terms and conditions which are in accordance with Prudent Industry
Practice.

SECTION 4.20        BOND DEBT SERVICE RESERVE ACCOUNT

                  The Company shall establish and, so long as any Bonds remain
outstanding, maintain with the Collateral Agent the Bond Debt Service Reserve
Account for application pursuant to the Security Deposit Agreement. On the
Closing Date and on any date on which a Restricted Payment is made pursuant to
Section 4.7, the required balance of the Bond Debt Service Reserve Account (the
"BOND DEBT SERVICE RESERVE REQUIREMENT") on such date of determination will be
100% of the projected debt service on the Bonds for the succeeding six-month
period, and may be satisfied by one or a combination of the following: (i) cash;
(ii) a letter of credit issued by a bank or trust company that constitutes
Acceptable Credit Support; or (iii) a guarantee of the Company's obligations
with respect to the Bond Debt Service Reserve Requirement for the Bonds, in the
form set forth as Exhibit D hereto, made by EME in favor of the Collateral Agent
for the benefit of the Holders (so long as such guarantee constitutes Acceptable
Credit Support).

SECTION 4.21        PERFECTION OF SECURITY INTERESTS

                  The Company shall, and shall cause each of the Subsidiary
Guarantors to, preserve the security interests granted under the Security
Documents and undertake all actions which are necessary or appropriate in the
reasonable judgment of the Trustee to (a) maintain the security interest of the
Collateral Agent in the Collateral in full force and effect at all times
(including the priority thereof), and (b) preserve and protect the Collateral
and protect and enforce the Company's rights and title and the rights of the
Collateral Agent to the Collateral, including, without limitation, the making or
delivery of all filings and recordations, the payments of fees and other charges
and the issuance of supplemental documentation for such purposes.


                                   ARTICLE 5.
                                   SUCCESSORS

<PAGE>
                                       48

SECTION 5.1         LIMITATION ON MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND SALE OF
                    SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS

         (a) The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, consolidate or
merge with or into any other person (whether or not the Company is the surviving
corporation), or sell, assign, convey, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of,
all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or a series of
transactions, to any Person or Persons, except that the Company may consolidate
with or merge into any other Person so long as (i) the Company is the surviving
corporation and (ii) both immediately before and after giving effect to such
transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may merge or consolidate
with or transfer substantially all of its assets to an Affiliate that has no
significant assets or liabilities and was formed solely for the purpose of
changing the jurisdiction of organization of the Company or the form of
organization of the Company; PROVIDED that the amount of Indebtedness of the
Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors is not increased thereby; and PROVIDED,
FURTHER that the successor assumes all obligations of the Company under the
Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement.

         (b) The Company shall not permit any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to,
directly or indirectly, consolidate or merge with or into any other Person
(whether or not or such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or
sell, assign, convey, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or
substantially all of its properties or assets in one or a series of
transactions, to any Person or Persons, other than a merger with or into the
Company or, in the case of any wholly-owned Subsidiary, a merger with or into
any other wholly-owned Subsidiary, a merger of any other wholly-owned Subsidiary
into such wholly-owned Subsidiary or a transfer or disposition of substantially
all of its properties or assets to the Company or any other wholly-owned
Subsidiary.

SECTION 5.2         SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SUBSTITUTED

                  Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment,
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.1(a) hereof, the
successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the
Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance
or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that
from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or other
disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the "COMPANY" shall
refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may
exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same
effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the
obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Bonds except in the case
of a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company on a combined basis
that meets the requirements of Section 5.1(a) hereof.


<PAGE>
                                                                              49


                                   ARTICLE 6.
                               EVENTS OF DEFAULT



SECTION 6.1         EVENTS OF DEFAULT

                  Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default
hereunder:

                  (a) default for 15 days in the payment when due of any
         principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Bonds;

                  (b) failure by the Company or any of the Subsidiary
         Guarantors to comply with the provisions described above under Sections
         4.7, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, or 5.1, and such failure shall
         continue uncured for 30 or more days from the date an authorized
         officer of the Company receives actual notice thereof;

                  (c) failure by the Company or any of the Subsidiary
         Guarantors to comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture,
         the Bonds or the Security Documents and such failure shall continue
         uncured for 60 or more days from the date an authorized officer of the
         Company receives actual notice thereof (or to the extent such Default
         is curable but cannot be cured within such 60 day period, so long as
         the Company provides an Officer's Certificate to the Trustee stating
         that it is diligently pursuing a cure, such longer period of time which
         may be necessary in good faith to cure the same, but in no event to
         exceed 90 days);

                  (d) the occurrence of a Change of Control;

                  (e) any portion of the security interests granted under the
         Security Documents ceasing to be a senior security interest in full
         force and effect, which cessation has a Material Adverse Effect;
         PROVIDED that the Company shall have 10 days to cure any such
         cessation;

                  (f) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument
         under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or
         evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of
         the Subsidiary Guarantors (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the
         Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors) whether such Indebtedness
         or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Closing Date, which
         default results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its
         express maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such
         Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such
         Indebtedness the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates
         without duplication $15 million or more;

                  (g) failure by the Company or any of the Subsidiary
         Guarantors to pay final, non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess
         of $15 million (excluding amounts



<PAGE>
                                                                              50


         covered by insurance), which judgments are not paid, discharged or
         stayed for a period of 90 days; (h)ab the Company or any of the
         Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy
         Law:

                           (i) commences a voluntary case,

                           (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief
                  against it in an involuntary case,

                           (iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of
                  it or for all or substantially all of its property,

                           (iv) make a general assignment for the benefit of
                  its creditors, or

                           (v) generally is not paying its debts as they
                  become due; or

                  (i) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or
         decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

                  (i) is for relief against the Company or any of the
         Subsidiary Guarantors in an involuntary case;

                  (ii) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of the
         Subsidiary Guarantors or for all or substantially all of the property
         of the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors; or

                  (iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of the
         Subsidiary Guarantors; and, in which case, the order or decree remains
         unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

SECTION 6.2         ACCELERATION

                  If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default
specified in clause (h) or (i) of Section 6.1 hereof with respect to the Company
or any Subsidiary Guarantor) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, and upon
written direction of the Holders of at least 33-1/3% (in the case of any Event
of Default specified in clause (a) of Section 6.1 hereof) or 50% (in the case of
any other Event of Default) in principal amount of the then outstanding Bonds
shall, declare, by written notice to the Company, all the Bonds to be due and
payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default
specified in clause (h) or (i) of Section 6.1 hereof occurs with respect to the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, all outstanding Bonds shall be due and
payable without further action or notice. Holders of the Bonds may not enforce
this Indenture or the Bonds except as provided in this Indenture. The Trustee
may withhold from



<PAGE>
                                                                              51


Holders of the Bonds notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default
(except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or
interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Bonds by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Bonds
rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not
conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default
(except nonpayment of principal, interest or premium that has become due solely
because of the acceleration) have been cured or waived.

                  The Holders of a majority (or, with respect to the Event of
Default specified in clause (d) of Section 6.1 hereof, 66-2/3%) in aggregate
principal amount of the Bonds then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on
behalf of the Holders of all of the Bonds waive any existing Default or Event of
Default and its consequences under this Indenture except (i) a continuing
Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or
interest on, the Bonds (including in connection with an offer to purchase) and
(ii) an Event of Default specified in clause (h) or (i) of Section 6.1 hereof.

SECTION 6.3         OTHER REMEDIES

                  Subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, if an Event of Default
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may pursue any
available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, or
interest on the Bonds or to enforce the performance of any provision of the
Bonds or this Indenture.

                  The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not
possess any of the Bonds or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A
delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Bond in exercising any right
or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy
or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies
are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 6.4         WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS

                  Upon any waiver of any existing Default or Event of Default
pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 6.2, such Default shall cease to
exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been
cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to
any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 6.5         CONTROL BY MAJORITY

                  Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Bonds may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any
trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any
direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee
determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Bonds or
that may involve


<PAGE>
                                       52


the Trustee in personal liability. The Trustee may take any other action
consistent with this Indenture relating to any such direction.

SECTION 6.6         LIMITATION ON SUITS

         A Holder of a Bond may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture
or the Bonds only if:

         (a) the Holder of a Bond gives to the Trustee written notice of a
continuing Event of Default;

         (b) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Bonds make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

         (c) such Holder of a Bond or Holders of Bonds offer and, if requested,
provide to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee
against any loss, liability or expense;

         (d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after
receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of
security and indemnity; and

         (e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Bonds do not give the Trustee a direction
inconsistent with the request.

         A Holder of a Bond may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights
of another Holder of a Bond or to obtain a preference or priority over another
Holder of a Bond.

SECTION 6.7         RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF BONDS TO RECEIVE PAYMENT

                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the
right of any Holder of a Bond, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive
payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Bond, on or after the
respective due dates expressed in the Bond (including in connection with an
offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on
or after such respective dates, or the obligation of the Company, which is also
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on the Bond to such Holder at the time and place set forth in the Bond,
shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.8         COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE

                  If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a) occurs and
is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and
as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of
principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Bonds and
interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful,


<PAGE>
                                                                              53


interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and
expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, fees, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

SECTION 6.9         TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM

                  The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and
other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation,
fees, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel) and the Holders of the Bonds allowed in any judicial proceedings
relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Bonds), its creditors or
its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and
distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims
and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each
Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee
shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to
the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation, fees, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other
amounts due the Trustee under or in connection with this Indenture. To the
extent that the payment of any such compensation, fees, expenses, disbursements
and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due
the Trustee under or in connection with this Indenture out of the estate in any
such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be
secured by a perfected, first priority Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any
and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that
the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation
or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise, and such Lien
in favor of a predecessor Trustee shall be senior to the Lien in favor of the
current Trustee. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the
Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder
any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the
Bonds or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in
respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 6.10        PRIORITIES

         If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall
pay out the money in the following order:

         FIRST: to the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee), its agents
and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.7 hereof, including payment of all
compensation, fees, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by
the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

         SECOND: to Holders of Bonds for amounts due and unpaid on the Bonds for
principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or
priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Bonds for
principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and


<PAGE>
                                                                              54


         THIRD: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent
jurisdiction shall direct.

         The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to
Holders of Bonds pursuant to this Section 6.10.

SECTION 6.11        FOR COSTS

                  In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under
this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or
omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by
any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit,
and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including
reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due
regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party
litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a
Holder of a Bond pursuant to Section 6.7 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more
than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Bonds.

                                   ARTICLE 7.
                                    TRUSTEE


SECTION 7.1         DUTIES OF TRUSTEE

         (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a
prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his
own affairs.

         (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

                  (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by
         the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform
         only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and
         no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into
         this Indenture against the Trustee; and

                  (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee
         may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
         correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or
         opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of
         this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and
         opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements
         of this Indenture.

                  (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its
         own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own
         willful misconduct, except that:


<PAGE>
                                                                              55


                  (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph
         (b) of this Section;

                  (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
         judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is
         proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent
         facts; and

                  (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any
         action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
         direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5 hereof.

         (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of
this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs
(a), (b), (c), (e) and (f) of this Section.

         (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to
expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under
no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at
the request or direction of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered
and, if requested, provided to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory
to it against any loss, liability or expense.

         (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money
received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.
Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law.

SECTION 7.2         RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE

         (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by
it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The
Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the
Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into
such facts or matters as it may see fit, and if the Trustee shall determine to
make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the
books, records and premises of the Company personally or by agent or attorney.

         (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require
an Officer's Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not
be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on
such Officer's Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with
counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall
be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of
any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in
reliance thereon.

         (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall
not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with
due care.


<PAGE>
                                                                              56


         (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits
to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or
powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. (e)ab Unless otherwise specifically
provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the
Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

         (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of
any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered and, if requested,
provided to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs,
expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such
request or direction.

         (g) No permissive right of the Trustee to act hereunder shall be
construed as a duty.

         (h) Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee
shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking,
suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence
be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part,
rely upon an Officer's Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel, or both.

SECTION 7.3    INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE

                  The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become
the owner or pledgee of Bonds and may otherwise deal with the Company or any
Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not
Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting
interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission
for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with
like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11
hereof.

SECTION 7.4         TRUSTEES DISCLAIMER

                  The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no
representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Bonds or
the Registration Rights Agreement; it shall not be accountable for the Company's
use of the proceeds from the Bonds or any money paid to the Company or upon the
Company's direction under any provision of this Indenture; it shall not be
responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent
other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or
recital herein or any statement in the Bonds or any other document in connection
with the sale of the Bonds or pursuant to this Indenture other than its
certificate of authentication.


<PAGE>
                                                                              57


SECTION 7.5         NOTICE OF DEFAULTS

                  If a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing
and if the Trustee receives written notice thereof, the Trustee shall (at the
expense of the Company) mail to Holders of Bonds a notice of the Default or
Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default
or an Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest
on any Bond, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee
of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice
is in the interests of the Holders of the Bonds.

SECTION 7.6         REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS OF THE BONDS

                  Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15
following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Bonds remain
outstanding, the Trustee shall (at the expense of the Company) mail to the
Holders of the Bonds a brief report dated as of such reporting date that
complies with TIA ss. 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA ss. 313(a) has
occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need
be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA ss. 313(b). The Trustee
shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA ss. 313(c).

                  A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the
Holders of Bonds shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the Commission
and each stock exchange on which the Bonds are listed in accordance with TIA ss.
313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Bonds are listed
on any stock exchange.

SECTION 7.7         COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY

                  The Company agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time
compensation as agreed upon by the Trustee and the Company, and, in the absence
of any such agreement, reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this
Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee's compensation shall not be
limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company
shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all disbursements,
advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for
its services. Such expenses shall include the compensation, disbursements and
reasonable expenses of the Trustee's agents and counsel.

                  The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all
losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection
with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture,
including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company
(including this Section 7.7) and defending itself against any claim (whether
asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other person) or liability in
connection with, relating to, or arising out of (i) the exercise or performance
of any of its powers or duties hereunder, or in connection herewith, and (ii)
the validity, invalidity, adequacy or inadequacy of this Indenture, the Bonds or
the Registration Rights Agreement, except to the extent any such


<PAGE>
                                                                              58


loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith.
The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it intends
to seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not
relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the
claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have
separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of
such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its
consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                  The obligations of the Company to the Trustee under this
Indenture shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

                  To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section,
the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Bonds on all money or property held
or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and
interest on particular Bonds. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture.

                  When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an
Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(h) or (i) hereof occurs, the expenses
and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its
agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under
any Bankruptcy Law.

                  The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA ss.
313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

SECTION 7.8         REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE

                  A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a
successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee's
acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

                  The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be
discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The
Holders of Bonds of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Bonds
may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing.
The Company may by a Board Resolution remove the Trustee if:

         (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

         (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order
for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

         (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its
property; or

         (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting as trustee hereunder.


<PAGE>
                                                                              59


                  If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in
the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Bonds may
appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the
Company.

                  If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days
after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the
Company, or the Holders of Bonds of at least 10% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Bonds may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee.

                  If the Trustee, after receiving a written request by any
Holder of a Bond who has been a BONA FIDE Holder of a Bond for at least six
months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder of a Bond may petition
any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the
appointment of a successor Trustee.

                  A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the
successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee
under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Holders of the Bonds. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer
all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, PROVIDED all sums
owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided
for in Section 7.7 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant
to this Section 7.8, the Company's obligations under Section 7.7 hereof shall
continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.9         SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC

                  If the Trustee or any Agent consolidates, merges or converts
into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to,
another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be
the successor Trustee or Agent, as the case may be.

SECTION 7.10        ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION

                  There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a
corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise
corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by
federal or state authorities and that together with its direct parent, if any,
or in the case of a corporation included in a bank holding company system, its
related bank holding company, has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50
million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

                  This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the
requirements of TIA ss. 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA
ss. 310(b).


<PAGE>
                                                                              60


SECTION 7.11        PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY

                  The Trustee is subject to TIA ss. 311(a), excluding any
creditor relationship listed in TIA ss. 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or
been removed shall be subject to TIA ss. 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

SECTION 7.12        OTHER CAPACITIES

                  All references in this Indenture to the Trustee shall be
deemed to refer to the Trustee in its capacity as Trustee and in its capacities
as any Agent, to the extent acting in such capacities, and every provision of
this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability or offering
protection, immunity or indemnity to the Trustee shall be deemed to apply with
the same force and effect to the Trustee acting in its capacities as any Agent.

                                   ARTICLE 8.
                    LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.1         OPTION TO EFFECT LEGAL DEFEASANCE OR COVENANTDEFEASANCE

                  The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have
either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof be applied to all outstanding Bonds upon
compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

SECTION 8.2         LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE

                  Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the
option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Company shall, subject to the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be deemed to
have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Bonds
on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, "LEGAL
DEFEASANCE"). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be
deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the
outstanding Bonds, which shall thereafter be deemed to be "OUTSTANDING" only for
the purposes of Section 8.5 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture
referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other
obligations under such Bonds and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of
and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments
acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive
until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of
outstanding Bonds to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.4
hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Bonds when such payments are
due, (b) the Company's obligations with respect to such Bonds under Article 2
and Section 4.2 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of
the Trustee and any Agent hereunder and the Company's obligations in connection
therewith, including, without limitation, Article 7 and


<PAGE>
                                                                              61


Section 8.5 and 8.7 hereunder, and (d) this Article 8. Subject to compliance
with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.2
notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3 hereof.

SECTION 8.3         COVENANT DEFEASANCE

                  Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the
option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor
shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4
hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in
Sections 4.3 (except for the second to last paragraph thereto), 4.4, 4.5, 4.7,
4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19, 4.20, 4.21 and 5.1
hereof with respect to the outstanding Bonds on and after the date the
conditions set forth in Section 8.4 are satisfied (hereinafter, "COVENANT
DEFEASANCE"), and the Bonds shall thereafter be deemed not "outstanding" for the
purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and
the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall
continue to be deemed "OUTSTANDING" for all other purposes hereunder (it being
understood that such Bonds shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting
purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the
outstanding Bonds, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no
liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such
covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere
herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant
to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to
comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1
hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such
Bonds shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company's exercise
under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3 hereof,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof,
Sections 6.1(d) through 6.1(g) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

SECTION 8.4         CONDITIONS TO LEGAL OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE

                  The following shall be the conditions to the application of
either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof to the outstanding Bonds:

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

         (a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust,
for the benefit of the Holders of the Bonds, cash in United States dollars,
non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as
will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on the outstanding Bonds on the stated maturity or on the applicable
redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the
Bonds are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;


<PAGE>
                                                                              62


         (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.2 hereof, the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Company has
received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a
ruling or (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the
applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based
thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the
outstanding Bonds will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal
income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as
would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

         (c) in the case of an election under Section 8.3 hereof, the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary
assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the outstanding Bonds will not
recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of
such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if
such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

         (d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of
Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) or
insofar as Sections 6.1(h) or 6.1(i) hereof are concerned, at any time in the
period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit;

         (e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in
a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement
or instrument (other than this Indenture or any other Financing Document) to
which the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors is a party or by which the
Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors is bound;

         (f) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that (subject to customary qualifications and assumptions)
after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to
the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar
laws affecting creditors' rights generally;

         (g) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's
Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent
of preferring the Holders of Bonds over any other creditors of the Company or
with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the
Company or others; and

         (h) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that, subject to customary
assumptions and exclusions, all conditions precedent provided for or relating to
the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.


<PAGE>

                                                                              63

SECTION 8.5         DEPOSITED MONEY AND GOVERNMENT SECURITIES TO BE HELD IN
                    TRUST; OTHER MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

                  Subject to Section 8.6 hereof, all money and non-callable
Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the
Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section
8.5, the "TRUSTEE") pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof in respect of the outstanding
Bonds shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of such Bonds and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or
through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent), to the
Holders of such Bonds of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of
principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated
from other funds except to the extent required by law.

                  The Company agrees to pay and indemnify the Trustee against
any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or
non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof or
the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax,
fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the
outstanding Bonds.

                  Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding,
the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the
request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by
it as provided in Section 8.4 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally
recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written
certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion
delivered under Section 8.4(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that
would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance
or Covenant Defeasance.

SECTION 8.6         REPAYMENT TO COMPANY

                  Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or
then held by the Company in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium,
if any, or interest on any Bond and remaining unclaimed for two years after such
principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be
paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be
discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Bond shall thereafter, as a
secured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all
liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money,
and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required
to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be
published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national
edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date
specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such
notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining
will be repaid to the Company.


<PAGE>
                                                                              64


SECTION 8.7         REINSTATEMENT

                  If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United
States dollars or noncallable Government Securities in accordance with Section
8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any
court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting
such application, then the Company's obligations under this Indenture and the
Bonds shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant
to Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is
permitted by such court or governmental authority to apply all such money in
accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if
any, or interest on any Bond following the reinstatement of its obligations, the
Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Bonds to
receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

                                   ARTICLE 9.
                        AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER


SECTION 9.1         WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF BONDS

                  Notwithstanding Section 9.2 of this Indenture, subject to the
Intercreditor Agreement, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement
this Indenture, the Bonds or any Financing Document without the consent of any
Holder of a Bond:

         (a) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

         (b) to provide for uncertificated Bonds in addition to or in place of
certificated Bonds or to alter the provisions of Article 2 hereof (including the
related definitions) in a manner that does not adversely affect any Holder;

         (c) to provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations to the
Holders of the Bonds by a successor to the Company pursuant to Article 5 hereof;

         (d) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or
benefits to the Holders of the Bonds or that does not adversely affect the legal
rights hereunder of any Holder of the Bonds; or

         (e) to make any newly created or acquired Subsidiary of the Company a
party to the Security Documents to comply with clause (i) of Section 4.8;

         (f) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect
or maintain the qualification of this Indenture or any Security Document under
the TIA.

                  Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a Board
Resolution authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental
Indenture, and upon receipt by


<PAGE>
                                                                              65


the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.2 hereof, the Trustee shall
join with the Company in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture
authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further
appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the
Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental
Indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture
or otherwise.

SECTION 9.2         WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF BONDS

                  Except as provided below in this Section 9.2, subject to the
Intercreditor Agreement, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement
this Indenture and the Bonds may be amended or supplemented with the consent of
the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Bonds then
outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents
obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer
for, the Bonds), and, subject to Sections 6.4 and 6.7 hereof, any existing
Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or an Event of Default in the
payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Bonds, except a
payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or
compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Bonds may be waived with
the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Bonds voting as a single class (including consents obtained in
connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the
Bonds). Section 2.8 hereof shall determine which Bonds are considered to be
"outstanding" for purposes of this Section 9.2.

                  Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a Board
Resolution authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental
Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the
Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Bonds as aforesaid, and upon receipt by
the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.2 hereof, the Trustee shall
join with the Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture
unless such amended or supplemental Indenture directly affects the Trustee's own
rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case
the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into
such amended or supplemental Indenture.

                  It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of
Bonds under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the
substance thereof.

                  After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section
becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Bonds affected
thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any
failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not,
however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or
supplemental Indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.4 and 6.7 hereof, the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds then
outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular
instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Bonds.
However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or


<PAGE>
                                                                              66


waiver under this Section 9.2 may not (with respect to any Bonds held by a
non-consenting Holder):

         (a) reduce the principal amount of Bonds whose Holders must consent
to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

         (b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Bond
or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the
Bonds;

         (c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest,
including default interest, on any Bond;

         (d) waive a Default or an Event of Default in the payment of
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Bonds (except a rescission of
acceleration of the Bonds by the Holders of at least 66-2/3% in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Bonds and a waiver of the payment
Default that resulted from such acceleration);

         (e) make any Bond payable in money other than that stated in the
Bonds;

         (f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to
waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Bonds to receive payments
of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Bonds;

         (g) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Bond; or

         (h) make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions.

SECTION 9.3         COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT

                  Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Bonds
shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with
the TIA as then in effect.

SECTION 9.4         REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS

                  Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a
consent to it by a Holder of a Bond is a continuing consent by the Holder of a
Bond and every subsequent Holder of a Bond or portion of a Bond that evidences
the same debt as the consenting Holder's Bond, even if notation of the consent
is not made on any Bond. However, any such Holder of a Bond or subsequent Holder
of a Bond may revoke the consent as to its Bond if the Trustee receives written
notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes
effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance
with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.


<PAGE>
                                                                              67


SECTION 9.5         NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF BONDS

                  The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an
amendment, supplement or waiver on any Bond thereafter authenticated. The
Company in exchange for all Bonds may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt
of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Bonds that reflect the amendment,
supplement or waiver.

                  Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Bond
shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or
waiver.

SECTION 9.6         TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS, ETC

                  The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental Indenture
authorized pursuant to this Article Nine if the amendment or supplement does not
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.
The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture until the Board
of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture,
the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.1 hereof)
shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required
by Section 10.4 hereof, an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is
authorized or permitted by this Indenture.


                                   ARTICLE 10.
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 10.1        TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS

                  If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or
conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA ss. 318(c), the imposed duties shall
control.

SECTION 10.2        NOTICES

                  Any notice or communication by the Company, the Subsidiary
Guarantors or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and
delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified,
return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier
guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others' address

                      If to the Company and/or any Subsidiary Guarantor:

                      Edison Mission Holdings Co.
                      18101 Von Karman Avenue
                      Suite 1700
                      Irvine, CA  92612-1046

<PAGE>
                                                                              68


                      Attention:  Treasurer
                      Facsimile:  949-752-5624

                      With a copy to:

                      Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
                      919 Third Avenue
                      New York, New York 10022
                      Attention:  Harold F. Moore, Esq.
                      Facsimile: 212-735-2000

                      If to the Trustee:

                      United States Trust Company of New York
                      114 West 47th Street
                      25th Floor
                      New York, New York 10036
                      Attention:  Corporate Trust Division
                      Facsimile:  212-852-1625

                  The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee, by
notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for
subsequent notices or communications.

                  All notices and communications (other than those sent to
Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand,
if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail,
postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt
acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to
the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

                  Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by
first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by
overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the
register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so
mailed to any Person described in TIA ss. 313(c), to the extent required by the
TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it
shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

                  If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided
above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it, except for notices or communications to the Trustee, which shall be
effective only upon actual receipt thereof.

                  If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it
shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.


<PAGE>
                                                                              69


SECTION 10.3        COMMUNICATION BY HOLDERS OF BONDS WITH OTHERHOLDERS OF BONDS

                  Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA ss. 312(b) with other
Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Bonds. The
Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of
TIA ss. 312(c).

SECTION 10.4        CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

                  Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee
to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee, if so requested by the Trustee:

         (a) an Officer's Certificate in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 10.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions
precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the
proposed action have been satisfied; and

         (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in
Section 10.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such
conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

SECTION 10.5        STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN CERTIFICATE OR OPINION

                  Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate
provided pursuant to TIA ss. 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA
ss. 314(e) and shall include:

         (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion
has read such covenant or condition;

         (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination
or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
certificate or opinion are based;

         (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has
made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to
express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has
been satisfied; and

         (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person,
such condition or covenant has been satisfied.


<PAGE>
                                                                              70


SECTION 10.6        RULES BY TRUSTEE AND AGENTS

                  The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a
meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and
set reasonable requirements for its functions.

SECTION 10.7        NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS,
                    EMPLOYEES AND SHAREHOLDERS

                  No director, officer, employee, incorporator, shareholder or
Affiliate (other than the Subsidiary Guarantors and EME under the Financing
Documents) of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations
of the Company under the Bonds, this Indenture or for any claim based on, in
respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of
Bonds by accepting a Bond waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and
release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Bonds. Such waiver may
not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it
is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy.

SECTION 10.8        GOVERNING LAW

                  THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE
USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE BONDS.

SECTION 10.9        NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS

                  This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other
indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any
other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to
interpret this Indenture.

SECTION 10.10       SUCCESSORS

                  All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Bonds
shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall
bind its successors.

SECTION 10.11       SEVERABILITY

                  In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Bonds shall
be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability
of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired
thereby.

SECTION 10.12       COUNTERPART ORIGINALS

                  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.
Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the
same agreement.

<PAGE>
                                                                              71

SECTION 10.13       TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC

                  The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of
the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience
of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall
in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

                         [Signatures on following page]




<PAGE>
                                                                              72





                                   SIGNATURES

Dated as of May 27,1999



                                 EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.


                                 By:  /s/ Steven D. Eisenberg
                                      -----------------------------
                                      Name:  Steven D. Eisenberg
                                      Title: Vice President



                                 UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF
                                 NEW YORK, as Trustee


                                 By: /s/ Christopher J. Grell
                                     ------------------------------
                                     Name:  Christopher J. Grell
                                     Title: Assistant Vice President




<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A-1

                                 (FACE OF BOND)

    [INSERT THE GLOBAL BOND LEGEND, IF APPLICABLE PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS
     OF THE INDENTURE] [INSERT THE PRIVATE PLACEMENT LEGEND, IF APPLICABLE
                  PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE]

                                                          CUSIP/CINS ___________
         [8.137] [8.734]% SENIOR SECURED BOND DUE [2019] [2026]

No.______                                                            $__________

                           EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.


promises to pay to__________________________________________________________

or registered assigns,

the principal sum of____________________________________________________________

Dollars in a series of installments as specified below with a final payment date
of   _________________.

Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1

Record Dates: March 15 and September 15

                           EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.


                           BY:________________________
                             Name:
                             Title:

                           BY:________________________
                             Name:
                             Title:


This is one of the Global
Bonds referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture:

UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee

By:  _______________________                Dated: May 27 , 1999
Name:
Title:

                                     A-1-1


<PAGE>





                                      A-1-2


<PAGE>



                                 (BACK OF BOND)

              [8.137] [8734]% Senior Secured Bond due [2019] [2026]

                  Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned
to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

                  1. INTEREST. Edison Mission Holdings Co. (the "COMPANY"), a
California corporation, promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this
Bond at [8.137] [8.734]% per annum from May 27, 1999 until maturity, as adjusted
pursuant to Section 4 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below.
The Company shall pay interest semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each
year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business
Day (each a "PAYMENT DATE"). Interest on the Bonds will accrue from the most
recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid,
from the date of issuance; PROVIDED that if there is no existing Default in the
payment of interest, and if this Bond is authenticated between a record date
referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Payment Date, interest
shall accrue from such next succeeding Payment Date; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the
first Payment Date shall be October 1, 1999. The Company shall pay interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on
overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate
that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on
overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace
periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.
Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
months.

                  2. PRINCIPAL. The principal of this Bond shall be due and
payable in consecutive semiannual installments on each Payment Date, commencing
on April 1, 2004, and ending on the Payment Date for the final installment of
principal set forth above, and each such installment of principal shall be in
the amount, if any, set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto in the column headed
"Scheduled Principal Amount Payable" with respect to the date of such
installment, PROVIDED that the final installment of principal shall be equal to
the then unpaid principal balance of the Bond.

                  3. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest or
principal due on the Bonds (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are
registered Holders of Bonds at the close of business on the March 15 or
September 15 next preceding the Payment Date, even if such Bonds are canceled
after such record date and on or before such Payment Date, except as provided in
Section 2.12 of the Indenture (as herein defined) with respect to defaulted
interest. The Bonds will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and
interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose
within the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment
of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set
forth in the register of Holders, and provided that all payments of principal,
premium, if any, and interest with respect to Bonds the Holders of which have
given wire transfer instructions to the Company at least ten business days prior
to the applicable payment date will be required to be made by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof.
Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America
as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private
debts.

                  4. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, United States Trust
Company of New York, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent
and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without
notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such
capacity.



                                     A-1-3
<PAGE>

                  5. INDENTURE. The Company issued the Bonds under an Indenture
dated as of May 27, 1999, as amended or supplemented from time to time
("INDENTURE"), between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Bonds
include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code Sections
77aaa-77bbbb). The Bonds are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred
to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any
provision of this Bond conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture,
the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Series [A]
[B] Bonds are obligations of the Company limited to [$___] million in aggregate
principal amount.

                  6. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. The Bonds shall be subject to optional
redemption at any time at a Redemption Price equal to the outstanding principal
amount of the Bonds to be redeemed plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon
to the Redemption Date, plus the Yield Maintenance Premium, if any.

                  7. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Bonds will be subject to
mandatory redemption, ratably with all other Senior Debt in existence at such
time, upon the occurrence of a Recovery Event with respect to the Facilities,
other than with respect to amounts received by the Company and the Subsidiary
Guarantors in connection with a Recovery Event for which the Company elects to
restore or replace the asset or assets in respect of which such Recovery Event
occurred and a Reinvestment Notice is provided to the Collateral Agent and the
Trustee within 45 days of such Recovery Event (provided that, with respect to
any Recovery Event of $50 million or more, the Independent Engineer shall have
certified as to the reasonableness of the Company's repair and replacement plans
as set forth in the Company's Reinvestment Notice relating to such Recovery
Event). Any mandatory redemption of the Bonds will be without premium or penalty
at a Redemption Price equal to the unpaid principal amount thereof plus accrued
and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date.

                  8. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed
at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each
Holder whose Bonds are to be redeemed at its registered address. Bonds in
denominations larger than $100,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless all of the Bonds held by a Holder
are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue
on Bonds or portions thereof called for redemption.

                  9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Bonds are in
registered form without coupons in denominations of $100,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Bonds may be registered
and Bonds may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the
Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay
any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company
need not exchange or register the transfer of any Bond or portion of a Bond
selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Bond being
redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer
of any Bonds for a period of 15 days before a selection of Bonds to be redeemed
or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding Payment Date.

                  10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Bond may
be treated as its owner for all purposes.

                  11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain
exceptions, the Indenture or the Bonds may be amended or supplemented with the
consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Bonds voting as a single class, and any existing default or
compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Bonds may be waived with
the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Bonds voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder


                                     A-1-4
<PAGE>

of a Bond, the Indenture, the Bonds or any Financing Document may be amended or
supplemented to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, to
provide for uncertificated Bonds in addition to or in place of certificated
Bonds or to alter the provisions of Article 2 of the Indenture (including the
related definitions) in a manner that does not affect any Holder, to provide for
the assumption of the Company's obligations to Holders of the Bonds in case of a
merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any additional
rights or benefits to the Holders of the Bonds or that does not adversely affect
the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to make any newly
created or acquired Subsidiary of the Company a party to the Security Documents
to comply with clause (i) of Section 4.8, or to comply with the requirements of
the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture
or any Security Document under the Trust Indenture Act.

                  12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. An "Event of Default" occurs if
there is the occurrence of any of the following: (i) default for 15 days in the
payment when due of any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Bonds,
(ii) failure by the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to comply with
the provisions described under Sections 4.7, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15,
or 5.1 of the Indenture, and such failure shall continue uncured for 30 or more
days from the date an authorized officer of the Company receives actual notice
thereof, (iii) failure by the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to
comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture, the Bonds or the
Security Documents and such failure shall continue uncured for 60 or more days
from the date an authorized officer of the Company receives actual notice
thereof (or to the extent such Default is curable but cannot be cured within
such 60 day period, so long as the Company provides an Officer's Certificate to
the Trustee stating that it is diligently pursuing a cure, such longer period of
time which may be necessary in good faith to cure the same, but in no event to
exceed 90 days), (iv) the occurrence of a Change of Control, (v) any portion of
the security interests granted under the Security Documents ceasing to be a
senior security interest in full force and effect, which cessation has a
Material Adverse Effect; PROVIDED that the Company shall have 10 days to cure
any such cessation, (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument
under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced
any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of the Subsidiary
Guarantors (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of the
Subsidiary Guarantors) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is
created after the Closing Date, which default results in the acceleration of
such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each case, the principal
amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other
such Indebtedness the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates
without duplication $15 million or more, (vii) failure by the Company or any of
the Subsidiary Guarantors to pay final, non-appealable judgments aggregating in
excess of $15 million (excluding amounts covered by insurance), which judgments
are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 90 days; and (viii) certain
events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of the
Subsidiary Guarantors. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee may, and upon the written direction of the Holders of at least 33-1/3%
(in the case of any Event of Default specified in clause (i) above) or 50% (in
the case of any other Event of Default) in principal amount of the then
outstanding Bonds shall, declare all the Bonds to be due and payable.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor, all outstanding Bonds shall be due and payable without
further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Bonds
except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of
a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Bonds may in writing
direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may
withhold from Holders of the Bonds notice of any continuing Default or Event of
Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of
principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their
interest. The Holders of a majority (or, with respect to an Event of Default
specified in clause (iv) above, 66-2/3) in aggregate principal amount of the
Bonds then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the
Holders


                                     A-1-5
<PAGE>

of all of the Bonds waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its
consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default
in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Bonds.

                  13. TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its
individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and
perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with
the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

                  14. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer,
employee, incorporator, shareholder or Affiliate (other than the Subsidiary
Guarantors and EME) of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any
obligations of the Company under the Bonds, the Indenture or for any claim based
on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each
Holder by accepting a Bond waives and releases all such liability. The waiver
and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Bonds. Such
waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities
laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public
policy.

                  15. AUTHENTICATION. This Bond shall not be valid until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

                  16. ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the
name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT
(= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian), and U/G/M/A (=
Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

                  17. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL BONDS
AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BONDS. In addition to the rights provided to Holders
of Bonds under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Bonds and Restricted
Definitive Bonds shall have all the rights set forth in the Exchange and
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 27, 1999, among the Company, the
Subsidiary Guarantors and Lehman Brothers Inc. (the "REGISTRATION RIGHTS
AGREEMENT").

                  18. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by
the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has
caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Bonds and the Trustee may use CUSIP
numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation
is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Bonds or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers placed thereon.

                  19. GUARANTEES AND SECURITY. This Bond will be entitled to the
benefits of certain guarantees made and certain security interests created for
the benefit of the Holders and holders of other senior indebtedness of the
Company. Reference is hereby made to the Security Documents for a statement of
the security interests granted therein and the respective rights, limitations of
rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Subsidiary Guarantors.

                  The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request
and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights
Agreement. Requests may be made to:

                      Edison Mission Holdings Co.
                      18101 Von Karman Avenue
                      Suite 1700
                      Irvine, CA  92612-1046
                      Attention:  Treasurer


                                     A-1-6
<PAGE>

                      Facsimile:  949-752-5624

                  20. COUNTERPARTS. This Bond may be executed by one or more of
the parties to this Bond on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said
counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same
instrument.

                  21. GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE AND THIS BOND.


                                     A-1-7
<PAGE>



                   SCHEDULE OF SCHEDULED PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

                 [Attach the following table for Series A Bonds]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                PRINCIPAL PAYMENT DATES                               PERCENTAGE OF ORIGINAL PRINCIPAL
                                                                      AMOUNT PAYABLE ON EACH PRINCIPAL
                                                                                PAYMENT DATE
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              <S>                                                                  <C>
              April 1 and October 1, 2004                                          1.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2005                                          2.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2006                                          2.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2007                                          2.500%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2008                                          3.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2009                                          3.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2010                                          3.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2011                                          3.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2012                                          3.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2013                                          3.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2014                                          3.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2015                                          4.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2016                                          4.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2017                                          5.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2018                                          5.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2019                                          3.500%
=======================================================  ===========================================================

</TABLE>


                                     A-1-8
<PAGE>



                 [Attach the following table for Series B Bonds]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                PRINCIPAL PAYMENT DATES                               PERCENTAGE OF ORIGINAL PRINCIPAL
                                                                      AMOUNT PAYABLE ON EACH PRINCIPAL
                                                                                PAYMENT DATE
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              <S>                                                                  <C>
              April 1 and October 1, 2004                                          0.055%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2005                                          0.480%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2006                                          0.590%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2007                                          0.375%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2008                                          0.375%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2009                                          0.415%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2010                                          1.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2011                                          1.750%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2012                                          2.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2013                                          1.250%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2014                                          1.500%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2015                                          2.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2016                                          2.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2017                                          2.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2018                                          2.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2019                                          2.500%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2020                                          3.500%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2021                                          3.500%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2022                                          3.500%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2023                                          4.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2024                                          4.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2025                                          5.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2026                                          6.210%
=======================================================  ===========================================================

</TABLE>



                                     A-1-9
<PAGE>

                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Bond, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer
this Bond to

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint_________________________________________________________
to transfer this Bond on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute
another to act for him.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Date:_____________________

                              Your signature:___________________________________
                              (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of
                              this Bond)

                              Tax Identification No.:___________________________


                              SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:

                              ___________________

                              Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible
                              guarantor institution" meeting the requirements of
                              the Registrar, which requirements include
                              membership or participation in the Security
                              Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such
                              other "signature guarantee program" as may be
                              determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
                              substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with
                              the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.



                                     A-1-10
<PAGE>

            SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL BOND(1)

                  The following exchanges of a part of this Global Bond for an
interest in another Global Bond or for a Definitive Bond, or exchanges of a part
of another Global Bond or Definitive Bond for an interest in this Global Bond,
have been made:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            Principal Amount
                                Amount of          Amount of increase      of this Global Bond         Signature of
                               decrease in            in Principal           following such         authorized officer
                            Principal Amount         Amount of this           decrease (or             of Trustee or
Date of Exchange           of this Global Bond         Global Bond              Increase)                Custodian
- ----------------           -------------------       ---------------        -------------              -------------
<S>                        <C>







</TABLE>



- --------
(1) THIS SHOULD BE INCLUDED ONLY IF THE BOND IS ISSUED IN GLOBAL FORM.


                                     A-1-11
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A-2

                  (FACE OF REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL BOND)

                  THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL
BOND, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR CERTIFICATED
BONDS, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER
NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL BOND SHALL BE
ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON.

  [INSERT THE GLOBAL BOND LEGEND, PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE]
     [INSERT THE PRIVATE PLACEMENT LEGEND, PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE
                                   INDENTURE]


                                     A-2-1
<PAGE>




                                                          CUSIP/CINS ___________
             [8.137] [8.734]% SENIOR SECURED BOND DUE [2019] [2026]

No.______                                                            $__________

                           EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.


promises to pay to__________________________________________________________

or registered assigns,

         the principal sum of___________________________________________________

Dollars in a series of installments as specified below with a final payment date
of _____________________________________________________________________________

Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1

Record Dates: March 15 and September 15

                                    EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.


                                    BY:________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

                                    BY:________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:


This is one of the Global
Bonds referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture:

UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee

By:  _______________________                         Dated: May 27, 1999
Name:
Title:



                                     A-2-2
<PAGE>

                  (BACK OF REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL BOND)

             [8.137] [8.734]% Senior Secured Bond due [2019] [2026]

                  Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned
to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

                  1. INTEREST. Edison Mission Holdings Co. (the "COMPANY"), a
California corporation, promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this
Bond at [8.137] [8.734]% per annum from May 27, 1999 until maturity, as adjusted
pursuant to Section 4 of the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below.
The Company shall pay interest semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each
year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business
Day (each a "PAYMENT DATE"). Interest on the Bonds will accrue from the most
recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid,
from the date of issuance; PROVIDED that if there is no existing default in the
payment of interest, and if this Bond is authenticated between a record date
referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Payment Date, interest
shall accrue from such next succeeding Payment Date; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the
first Payment Date shall be October 1, 1999. The Company shall pay interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on
overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate
that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on
overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace
periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.
Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
months.

                  Until this Regulation S Temporary Global Bond is exchanged for
one or more Regulation S Permanent Global Bonds, the Holder hereof shall not be
entitled to receive payments of interest hereon; until so exchanged in full,
this Regulation S Temporary Global Bond shall in all other respects be entitled
to the same benefits as other Bonds under the Indenture.

                  2. PRINCIPAL. The principal of this Bond shall be due and
payable in consecutive semiannual installments on each Payment Date, commencing
on April 1, 2004, and ending on the Payment Date for the final installment of
principal set forth above, and each such installment of principal shall be in
the amount, if any, set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto in the column headed
"Scheduled Principal Amount Payable" with respect to the date of such
installment, PROVIDED that the final installment of principal shall be equal to
the then unpaid principal balance of the Bond.

                  3. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest or
principal due on the Bonds (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are
registered Holders of Bonds at the close of business on the March 15 or
September 15 next preceding the Payment Date, even if such Bonds are canceled
after such record date and on or before such Payment Date, except as provided in
Section 2.12 of the Indenture (as herein defined) with respect to defaulted
interest. The Bonds will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and
interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose
within the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment
of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set
forth in the register of Holders, and provided that all payments of principal,
premium, if any, and interest with respect to Bonds the Holders of which have
given wire transfer instructions to the Company at least ten business days prior
to the applicable payment date will be required to be made by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof.
Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America
as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private
debts.


                                     A-2-3
<PAGE>

                  4. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, United States Trust
Company of New York, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent
and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without
notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such
capacity.

                  5. INDENTURE. The Company issued the Bonds under an Indenture
dated as of May 27, 1999, as amended or supplemented from time to time
("INDENTURE"), between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Bonds
include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code Sections
77aaa-77bbbb). The Bonds are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred
to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any
provision of this Bond conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture,
the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Series [A]
[B] Bonds are obligations of the Company limited to [$___] million in aggregate
principal amount.

                  6. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. The Bonds shall be subject to optional
redemption at any time at a Redemption Price equal to the outstanding principal
amount of the Bonds to be redeemed plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon
to the Redemption Date, plus the Yield Maintenance Premium, if any.

                  7. MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Bonds will be subject to
mandatory redemption, ratably with all other Senior Debt in existence at such
time, upon the occurrence of a Recovery Event with respect to the Facilities,
other than with respect to amounts received by the Company and the Subsidiary
Guarantors in connection with a Recovery Event for which the Company elects to
restore or replace the asset or assets in respect of which such Recovery Event
occurred and a Reinvestment Notice is provided to the Collateral Agent and the
Trustee within 45 days of such Recovery Event (provided that, with respect to
any Recovery Event of $50 million or more, the Independent Engineer shall have
certified as to the reasonableness of the Company's repair and replacement plans
as set forth in the Company's Reinvestment Notice relating to such Recovery
Event). Any mandatory redemption of the Bonds will be without premium or penalty
at a Redemption Price equal to the unpaid principal amount thereof plus accrued
and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date.

                  8. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed
at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each
Holder whose Bonds are to be redeemed at its registered address. Bonds in
denominations larger than $100,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless all of the Bonds held by a Holder
are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue
on Bonds or portions thereof called for redemption.

                  9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Bonds are in
registered form without coupons in denominations of $100,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Bonds may be registered
and Bonds may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the
Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay
any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company
need not exchange or register the transfer of any Bond or portion of a Bond
selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Bond being
redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer
of any Bonds for a period of 15 days before a selection of Bonds to be redeemed
or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding Payment Date.

                  This Regulation S Temporary Global Bond is exchangeable in
whole or in part for one or more Global Bonds only (i) on or after the
termination of the 40-day restricted period (as defined in Regulation S) and
(ii) upon presentation of certificates (accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel, if
applicable)



                                     A-2-4
<PAGE>

required by Article 2 of the Indenture. Upon exchange of this Regulation S
Temporary Global Bond for one or more Global Bonds, the Trustee shall cancel
this Regulation S Temporary Global Bond.

                  10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Bond may
be treated as its owner for all purposes.

                  11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain
exceptions, the Indenture or the Bonds may be amended or supplemented with the
consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Bonds voting as a single class, and any existing default or
compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Bonds may be waived with
the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Bonds voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of
a Bond, the Indenture, the Bonds or any Financing Document may be amended or
supplemented to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, to
provide for uncertificated Bonds in addition to or in place of certificated
Bonds or to alter the provisions of Article 2 of the Indenture (including the
related definitions) in a manner that does not affect any Holder, to provide for
the assumption of the Company's obligations to Holders of the Bonds in case of a
merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any additional
rights or benefits to the Holders of the Bonds or that does not adversely affect
the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to make any newly
created or acquired Subsidiary of the Company a party to the Security Documents
to comply with clause (i) of Section 4.8, or to comply with the requirements of
the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture
or any Security Document under the Trust Indenture Act.

                  12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. An "Event of Default" occurs if
there is the occurrence of any of the following: (i) default for 15 days in the
payment when due of any principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Bonds,
(ii) failure by the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to comply with
the provisions described under Sections 4.7, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15,
or 5.1 of the Indenture, and such failure shall continue uncured for 30 or more
days from the date an authorized officer of the Company receives actual notice
thereof, (iii) failure by the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors to
comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture, the Bonds or the
Security Documents and such failure shall continue uncured for 60 or more days
from the date an authorized officer of the Company receives actual notice
thereof (or to the extent such Default is curable but cannot be cured within
such 60 day period, so long as the Company provides an Officer's Certificate to
the Trustee stating that it is diligently pursuing a cure, such longer period of
time which may be necessary in good faith to cure the same, but in no event to
exceed 90 days), (iv) the occurrence of a Change of Control, (v) any portion of
the security interests granted under the Security Documents ceasing to be a
senior security interest in full force and effect, which cessation has a
Material Adverse Effect; PROVIDED that the Company shall have 10 days to cure
any such cessation, (vi) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument
under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced
any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of the Subsidiary
Guarantors (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of the
Subsidiary Guarantors) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is
created after the Closing Date, which default results in the acceleration of
such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each case, the principal
amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other
such Indebtedness the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates
without duplication $15 million or more, (vii) failure by the Company or any of
the Subsidiary Guarantors to pay final, non-appealable judgments aggregating in
excess of $15 million (excluding amounts covered by insurance), which judgments
are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 90 days; and (viii) certain
events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of the
Subsidiary Guarantors. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee may, and upon the written direction of the Holders of at least 33-1/3%
(in the case of any Event of Default specified in clause (i) above) or 50% (in
the case of any other Event of Default) in principal amount of the then



                                     A-2-5
<PAGE>

outstanding Bonds shall, declare all the Bonds to be due and payable.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor, all outstanding Bonds shall be due and payable without
further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Bonds
except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of
a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Bonds may in writing
direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may
withhold from Holders of the Bonds notice of any continuing Default or Event of
Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of
principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their
interest. The Holders of a majority (or, with respect to an Event of Default
specified in clause (iv) above, 66-2/3) in aggregate principal amount of the
Bonds then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the
Holders of all of the Bonds waive any existing Default or Event of Default and
its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of
Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Bonds.

                  13. TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its
individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and
perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with
the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

                  14. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer,
employee, incorporator or shareholder or Affiliate (other than the Subsidiary
Guarantors and EME) of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any
obligations of the Company under the Bonds, the Indenture or for any claim based
on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each
Holder by accepting a Bond waives and releases all such liability. The waiver
and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Bonds. Such
waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities
laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public
policy.

                  15. AUTHENTICATION. This Bond shall not be valid until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

                  16. ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the
name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT
(= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian), and U/G/M/A (=
Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

                  17. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL BONDS
AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BONDS. In addition to the rights provided to Holders
of Bonds under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Bonds and Restricted
Definitive Bonds shall have all the rights set forth in the Exchange and
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 27, 1999, among the Company, the
Subsidiary Guarantors and Lehman Brothers Inc. (the "REGISTRATION RIGHTS
AGREEMENT").

                  18. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by
the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has
caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Bonds and the Trustee may use CUSIP
numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation
is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Bonds or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers placed thereon.

                  19. GUARANTEES AND SECURITY. This Bond will be entitled to the
benefits of certain guarantees made and certain security interests created for
the benefit of the Holders and holders of other senior indebtedness of the
Company. Reference is hereby made to the Security Documents for a statement of
the security interests granted therein and the respective rights, limitations of
rights, duties and obligations thereunder of the Subsidiary Guarantors.


                                     A-2-6
<PAGE>



                  The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request
and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights
Agreement. Requests may be made to:

                      Edison Mission Holdings Co.
                      18101 Von Karman Avenue
                      Suite 1700
                      Irvine, CA  92612-1046
                      Attention:  Treasurer
                      Facsimile:  949-752-5624

                  20. COUNTERPARTS. This Bond may be executed by one or more of
the parties to this Bond on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said
counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same
instrument.

                  21. GOVERNING LAW.  THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE AND THIS BOND.


                                     A-2-7
<PAGE>



                   SCHEDULE OF SCHEDULED PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

                 [Attach the following table for Series A Bonds]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                PRINCIPAL PAYMENT DATES                               PERCENTAGE OF ORIGINAL PRINCIPAL
                                                                      AMOUNT PAYABLE ON EACH PRINCIPAL
                                                                                PAYMENT DATE
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              <S>                                                                  <C>
              April 1 and October 1, 2004                                          1.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2005                                          2.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2006                                          2.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2007                                          2.500%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2008                                          3.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2009                                          3.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2010                                          3.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2011                                          3.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2012                                          3.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2013                                          3.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2014                                          3.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2015                                          4.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2016                                          4.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2017                                          5.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2018                                          5.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2019                                          3.500%
=======================================================  ===========================================================

</TABLE>


                                     A-2-8
<PAGE>



                 [Attach the following table for Series B Bonds]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                PRINCIPAL PAYMENT DATES                               PERCENTAGE OF ORIGINAL PRINCIPAL
                                                                      AMOUNT PAYABLE ON EACH PRINCIPAL
                                                                                PAYMENT DATE
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              <S>                                                                 <C>
              April 1 and October 1, 2004                                          0.055%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2005                                          0.480%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2006                                          0.590%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2007                                          0.375%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2008                                          0.375%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2009                                          0.415%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2010                                          1.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2011                                          1.750%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2012                                          2.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2013                                          1.250%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2014                                          1.500%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2015                                          2.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2016                                          2.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2017                                          2.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2018                                          2.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2019                                          2.500%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2020                                          3.500%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2021                                          3.500%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2022                                          3.500%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2023                                          4.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2024                                          4.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2025                                          5.000%
- -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------------
              April 1 and October 1, 2026                                          6.210%
=======================================================  ===========================================================

</TABLE>


                                     A-2-9
<PAGE>



                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Bond, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer
this Bond to


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint_________________________________________________________
to transfer this Bond on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute
another to act for him.

________________________________________________________________________________

Date:__________________

                              Your signature:___________________________________
                              (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of
                              this Bond)

                              Tax Identification No.:___________________________


                              SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:

                              ___________________


                              Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible
                              guarantor institution" meeting the requirements of
                              the Registrar, which requirements include
                              membership or participation in the Security
                              Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such
                              other "signature guarantee program" as may be
                              determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
                              substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with
                              the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.




                                     A-2-10
<PAGE>



           SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL BOND

                  The following exchanges of a part of this Regulation S
Temporary Global Bond for an interest in another Global Bond, or of other
Restricted Global Bonds for an interest in this Regulation S Temporary Global
Bond, have been made:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            Principal Amount
                                Amount of          Amount of increase      of this Global Bond         Signature of
                               decrease in            in Principal           following such         authorized officer
                            Principal Amount         Amount of this           decrease (or            of Trustee or
Date of Exchange           of this Global Bond         Global Bond              Increase)                Custodian
- ----------------           -------------------       ---------------        -------------            -------------
<S>                        <C>



</TABLE>




                                     A-2-11
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B
                         FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Edison Mission Holdings Co.
18101 Von Karman Avenue
Suite 1700
Irvine, CA  92612-1046
Attention:  Treasurer

United States Trust Company of New York
114 West 47th Street
25th Floor
New York, New York 10036
Attention: Corporate Trust Division


                  Re:   [8.137] [8.734]% SENIOR SECURED BONDS DUE [2019] [2026]

                  Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 27,
1999 (the "INDENTURE"), between Edison Mission Holdings Co. (the "COMPANY"), and
United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but
not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                  __________________ (the "TRANSFEROR") owns and proposes to
transfer the Bond[s] or interest in such Bond[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in
the principal amount of $____ in such Bond[s] or interests (the "TRANSFER"), to
______ (the "TRANSFEREE"), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection
with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1.    / / CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE
144A GLOBAL BOND OR A DEFINITIVE BOND PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is
being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United
States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT"), and,
accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial
interest or Definitive Bond is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor
reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or
Definitive Bond for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to
which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each
such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule
144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is
in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Bond
will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Bond and/or the Definitive Bond and
in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

2.     / / CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN
THE TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL BOND, THE REGULATION S GLOBAL BOND OR A
DEFINITIVE BOND PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act
and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer
is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy
order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United


                                      B-1
<PAGE>

States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably
believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y)
the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated
offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on
its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United
States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the
requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities
Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the
registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed
transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the
transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a
U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed
transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
beneficial interest or Definitive Bond will be subject to the restrictions on
transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S
Global Bond, the Temporary Regulation S Global Bond and/or the Definitive Bond
and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3.     / / CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A DEFINITIVE
BOND PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR
REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer
restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Bonds and
Restricted Definitive Bonds and pursuant to and in accordance with the
Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that
(check one):

                  (a) / /such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in
accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

                                       or

                  (b) / /such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a
subsidiary thereof;

                                       or

                  (c) / /such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with
the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

                                       or

                  (d) / /such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional
Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904,
and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any
general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act
and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to
beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Bond or Restricted Definitive Bonds
and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported
by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee and (2) if such Transfer is in
respect of a principal amount of Bonds at the time of transfer of less than
$250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a
copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect
that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation
of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Bond will be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on
the Definitive Bonds and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.



                                      B-2
<PAGE>

4.     / / CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN
UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL BOND OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BOND.

                  (a) / / CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The
Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the
Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the
Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United
States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or
Definitive Bond will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global
Bonds and the Restricted Definitive Bonds and in the Indenture.

                  (b) / / CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The
Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule
904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions
contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in
the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed
Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
beneficial interest or Definitive Bond will no longer be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on
the Restricted Global Bonds and the Restricted Definitive Bonds and in the
Indenture.

                  (c) / / CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION.
(i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than
Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions
contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in
the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed
Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
beneficial interest or Definitive Bond will not be subject to the restrictions
on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted
Global Bonds and the Restricted Definitive Bonds and in the Indenture.

                  This certificate and the statements contained herein are made
for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

                                        ___________________________
                                        [Insert Name of Transferor]

                                        By:________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

Dated:___________,_____




                                      B-3
<PAGE>

                       ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

1.       The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

                            [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

         (a)       / / a beneficial interest in the:

                  (i)    / /144A Global Bond (CUSIP _____), or

                  (ii)   / /Regulation S Global Bond (CUSIP _____), or

         (b)       a Restricted Definitive Bond.

2.       After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

                                   [CHECK ONE]

         (a)       / / a beneficial interest in the:

                  (i)    / /144A Global Bond (CUSIP _____), or

                  (ii)   / /Regulation S Global Bond (CUSIP _____), or

                  (iii)  / /Unrestricted Global Bond (CUSIP _____); or

         (b)       / / a Restricted Definitive Bond; or

         (c)       / / an Unrestricted Definitive Bond,

                   in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.




                                      B-4
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT C
                         FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Edison Mission Holdings Co.
18101 Von Karman Avenue
Suite 1700
Irvine, CA  92612-1046
Attention:  Treasurer

United States Trust Company of New York
114 West 47th Street
25th Floor
New York, New York 10036
Attention: Corporate Trust Division


                  Re:   [8.137] [8.734]% SENIOR SECURED BONDS DUE [2019] [2026]

                  Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 27,
1999 (the "INDENTURE"), between Edison Mission Holdings Co. (the "COMPANY") and
United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but
not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                  ________________ (the "OWNER") owns and proposes to exchange
the Bond[s] or interest in such Bond[s] specified herein, in the principal
amount of $______ in such Bond[s] or interests (the "EXCHANGE"). In connection
with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1.       EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BONDS OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A
RESTRICTED GLOBAL BOND FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BONDS OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS
IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL BOND

                  (a) / / CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A
RESTRICTED GLOBAL BOND TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL BOND. In
connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Bond for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Bond in an equal
principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is
being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange
has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the
Global Bonds and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT"), (iii) the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Bond is being acquired in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States.

                  (b) / / CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A
RESTRICTED GLOBAL BOND TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BOND. In connection with the
Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Bond for an
Unrestricted Definitive Bond, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Bond
is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to the Restricted Global Bonds and pursuant to and in accordance with
the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Bond is being
acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state
of the United States.


                                      C-1
<PAGE>




                  (c) / / CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BOND
TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL BOND. In connection with the
Owner's Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Bond for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Bond, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest
is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to Restricted Definitive Bonds and pursuant to and in accordance with
the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain
compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being
acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state
of the United States.

                  (d) / / CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BOND
TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BOND. In connection with the Owner's Exchange of a
Restricted Definitive Bond for an Unrestricted Definitive Bond, the Owner hereby
certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Bond is being acquired for the Owner's
own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Bonds and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
Unrestricted Definitive Bond is being acquired in compliance with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2.       EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BONDS OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN
RESTRICTED GLOBAL BONDS FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BONDS OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS
IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL BONDS

                  (a) / / CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A
RESTRICTED GLOBAL BOND TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BOND. In connection with the
Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Bond for a
Restricted Definitive Bond with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby
certifies that the Restricted Definitive Bond is being acquired for the Owner's
own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Bond
issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in
the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Bond and in
the Indenture and the Securities Act.

                  (b) / / CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE BOND
TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL BOND. In connection with the
Exchange of the Owner's Restricted Definitive Bond for a beneficial interest in
the [CHECK ONE] 144A Global Bond, Regulation S Global Bond with an equal
principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is
being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer and (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to the Restricted Global Bonds and pursuant to and in accordance with
the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed
Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest
issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Bond and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act.



                                      C-2
<PAGE>



                  This certificate and the statements contained herein are made
for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

                                                _______________________
                                                [Insert Name of Owner]

                                                By:____________________
                                                    Name:
                                                    Title:

Dated:__________,______



                                       C-3

<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT D
                   FORM OF BOND DEBT SERVICE RESERVE GUARANTEE


              [TO COME--CONFORMED FROM CREDIT AGREEMENT GUARANTEE]




                                      D-1
<PAGE>


                             CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Trust Indenture Act Section                                    Indenture Section

<S>                                                                       <C>
310(a)(1)..................................................................7.10
     (a)(2)................................................................7.10
     (a)(3).................................................................N.A.
     (a)(4).................................................................N.A.
     (a)(5)................................................................7.10
     (b)...................................................................7.10
     (c)....................................................................N.A.
311(a).....................................................................7.11
     (b)...................................................................7.11
     (c)....................................................................N.A.
312(a)......................................................................2.5
     (b)...................................................................10.3
     (c)...................................................................10.3
313(a)......................................................................7.6
     (b)(1).................................................................7.7
     (b)(2).................................................................7.7
     (c)....................................................................7.6
                                                                           10.2
     (d)....................................................................7.6
314(a)......................................................................4.3;
                                                                           10.2
     (b)....................................................................N.A.
     (c)(1)................................................................10.4
     (c)(2)................................................................10.4
     (c)(3).................................................................N.A.
     (e)...................................................................10.5
     (f)....................................................................N.A.
315(a)......................................................................7.1
     (b)....................................................................7.5
                                                                           10.2
     (c)....................................................................7.1
     (d)....................................................................7.1
     (e)...................................................................6.11
316(a)(last sentence).......................................................2.9
     (a)(1)(A)..............................................................6.5
     (a)(1)(B)..............................................................6.4
     (a)(2).................................................................N.A.
     (b)....................................................................6.7
     (c)...................................................................2.12
317(a)(1)...................................................................6.8
     (a)(2).................................................................6.9
     (b)....................................................................2.4
318(a).....................................................................10.1
     (b)....................................................................N.A.
     (c)...................................................................10.1

</TABLE>

N.A. means not applicable.
*This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.


<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------





                           EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.




                $300,000,000 8.137% SENIOR SECURED BONDS DUE 2019

                $530,000,000 8.734% SENIOR SECURED BONDS DUE 2026



                                    INDENTURE




                            Dated as of May 27, 1999





                    UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
                                   as Trustee








<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               Page
                                                                                               ----

                                   ARTICLE 1.
                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

         <S>                      <C>                                                           <C>
         SECTION 1.1                DEFINITIONS...................................................1
         SECTION 1.2                OTHER DEFINITIONS............................................13
         SECTION 1.3                INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF TRUST INDENTURE
                                            ACT..................................................13
         SECTION 1.4                RULES OF CONSTRUCTION........................................14
         SECTION 1.5                ONE CLASS OF SECURITIES......................................14

                                   ARTICLE 2.
                                    THE BONDS

         SECTION 2.1                FORM AND DATING..............................................15
         SECTION 2.2                EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION.................................16
         SECTION 2.3                REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT...................................17
         SECTION 2.4                PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST..........................17
         SECTION 2.5                HOLDER LISTS.................................................18
         SECTION 2.6                TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE........................................18
         SECTION 2.7                REPLACEMENT BONDS............................................32
         SECTION 2.8                OUTSTANDING BONDS............................................32
         SECTION 2.9                TREASURY BONDS...............................................32
         SECTION 2.10               TEMPORARY BONDS..............................................33
         SECTION 2.11               CANCELLATION.................................................33
         SECTION 2.12               DEFAULTED INTEREST...........................................33
         SECTION 2.13               CUSIP NUMBERS................................................34

                                   ARTICLE 3.
                            REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

         SECTION 3.1                NOTICES TO TRUSTEE...........................................35
         SECTION 3.2                SELECTION OF BONDS TO BE REDEEMED............................35
         SECTION 3.3                NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.........................................35
         SECTION 3.4                EFFECT OF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION...............................36
         SECTION 3.5                DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE..................................36
         SECTION 3.6                BONDS REDEEMED IN PART.......................................37
         SECTION 3.7                OPTIONAL REDEMPTION..........................................37
         SECTION 3.8                MANDATORY REDEMPTION.........................................37

</TABLE>



                                       i
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               Page
                                                                                               ----

                                   ARTICLE 4.
                                    COVENANTS

         <S>                        <C>                                                         <C>
         SECTION 4.1                PAYMENT OF BONDS.............................................38
         SECTION 4.2                MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY..............................38
         SECTION 4.3                INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS.....................................38
         SECTION 4.4                COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE.......................................40
         SECTION 4.5                TAXES; MAINTENANCE OF BOOKS AND RECORDS......................40
         SECTION 4.6                STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS...............................40
         SECTION 4.7                LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS............................40
         SECTION 4.8                LIMITATION ON SUBSIDIARIES AND INVESTMENTS...................41
         SECTION 4.9                LIMITATION ON INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS.....................42
         SECTION 4.10               LIMITATION ON INCURRENCE OF SUBSIDIARY
                                            GUARANTOR INDEBTEDNESS ..............................44
         SECTION 4.11               LIMITATION OF SALE OF ASSETS ................................44
         SECTION 4.12               LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES...................44
         SECTION 4.13               LIMITATION ON LIENS..........................................45
         SECTION 4.14               LIMITATION ON BUSINESS ACTIVITIES............................45
         SECTION 4.15               MAINTENANCE OF EXISTENCE.....................................46
         SECTION 4.16               PAYMENTS FOR CONSENT.........................................46
         SECTION 4.17               COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.........................................46
         SECTION 4.18               GOVERNMENT APPROVALS.........................................46
         SECTION 4.19               MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTY; INSURANCE...........................46
         SECTION 4.20               BOND DEBT SERVICE RESERVE ACCOUNT............................47
         SECTION 4.21               PERFECTION OF SECURITY INTERESTS.............................47

                                   ARTICLE 5.
                                   SUCCESSORS

         SECTION 5.1                LIMITATION ON MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND SALE OF
                                            SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS.............................47
         SECTION 5.2                SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SUBSTITUTED............................48

                                   ARTICLE 6.
                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         SECTION 6.1                EVENTS OF DEFAULT............................................49
         SECTION 6.2                ACCELERATION.................................................50
         SECTION 6.3                OTHER REMEDIES...............................................51
         SECTION 6.4                WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS......................................51
         SECTION 6.5                CONTROL BY MAJORITY..........................................51
         SECTION 6.6                LIMITATION ON SUITS..........................................52

</TABLE>


                                       ii
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               Page
                                                                                               ----

         <S>                        <C>                                                         <C>
         SECTION 6.7                RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF BONDS TO RECEIVE
                                            PAYMENT..............................................52
         SECTION 6.8                COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE...................................52
         SECTION 6.9                TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM.............................53
         SECTION 6.10               PRIORITIES...................................................53
         SECTION 6.11               FOR COSTS....................................................54

                                   ARTICLE 7.
                                     TRUSTEE

         SECTION 7.1                DUTIES OF TRUSTEE............................................54
         SECTION 7.2                RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE............................................55
         SECTION 7.3                INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.................................56
         SECTION 7.4                TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER.........................................56
         SECTION 7.5                NOTICE OF DEFAULTS...........................................56
         SECTION 7.6                REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS OF THE BONDS...................57
         SECTION 7.7                COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY...................................57
         SECTION 7.8                REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE.......................................58
         SECTION 7.9                SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC.............................59
         SECTION 7.10               ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION................................59
         SECTION 7.11               PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST
                                            COMPANY..............................................59
         SECTION 7.12               OTHER CAPACITIES.............................................59

                                   ARTICLE 8.
                    LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

         SECTION 8.1                OPTION TO EFFECT LEGAL DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT
                                            DEFEASANCE...........................................60
         SECTION 8.2                LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE...............................60
         SECTION 8.3                COVENANT DEFEASANCE..........................................60
         SECTION 8.4                CONDITIONS TO LEGAL OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE...................61
         SECTION 8.5                DEPOSITED MONEY AND GOVERNMENT SECURITIES TO BE
                                            HELD IN TRUST; OTHER MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS........62
         SECTION 8.6                REPAYMENT TO COMPANY.........................................63
         SECTION 8.7                REINSTATEMENT................................................63

                                   ARTICLE 9.
                        AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

         SECTION 9.1                WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF BONDS..........................64
         SECTION 9.2                WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF BONDS.............................64

</TABLE>


                                       iii
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               Page
                                                                                               ----

         <S>                      <C>                                                           <C>
         SECTION 9.3                COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT..........................66
         SECTION 9.4                REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS............................66
         SECTION 9.5                NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF BONDS.............................66
         SECTION 9.6                TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS, ETC..............................66

                                   ARTICLE 10.
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         SECTION 10.1               TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS.................................67
         SECTION 10.2               NOTICES......................................................67
         SECTION 10.3               COMMUNICATION BY HOLDERS OF BONDS WITH OTHER
                                            HOLDERS OF BONDS.....................................68
         SECTION 10.4               CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS
                                            PRECEDENT............................................68
         SECTION 10.5               STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN CERTIFICATE OR OPINION................69
         SECTION 10.6               RULES BY TRUSTEE AND AGENTS..................................69
         SECTION 10.7               NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS,
                                            EMPLOYEES         AND SHAREHOLDERS...................69
         SECTION 10.8               GOVERNING LAW................................................69
         SECTION 10.9               NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER
                                            AGREEMENTS...........................................70
         SECTION 10.10              SUCCESSORS...................................................70
         SECTION 10.11              SEVERABILITY.................................................70
         SECTION 10.12              COUNTERPART ORIGINALS........................................70
         SECTION 10.13              TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC.............................70

</TABLE>

EXHIBITS:

A-1        Form of Bond
A-2        Form of Regulation S Temporary Global Bond
B          Form of Certificate of Transfer
C          Form of Certificate of Exchange
D          Form of Bond Debt Service Reserve Guarantee


                                       iv






<PAGE>

                                                                     Exhibit 5.1


                    SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM LLP
                                919 THIRD AVENUE
                               NEW YORK, NY 10022
                                 (212) 735-3000


                                                                December 3, 1999


Edison Mission Holdings Co.
18101 Von Karman Avenue
Irvine, California 92612

                           Re:      Edison Mission Holdings Co.
                                    Registration Statement on Form S-4
                                    ----------------------------------
Ladies and Gentlemen:

                  We are acting as special counsel to Edison Mission Holdings
Co., a California corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the public
offering of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's 8.137%
Senior Secured Bonds due 2019 and of $530,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
the Company's 8.734% Senior Secured Bonds due 2026 (collectively, the "Exchange
Bonds"), which are to be guaranteed, on a senior secured basis pursuant to
guarantees (the "Guarantees" and, together with the Exchange Bonds, the
"Securities") by Edison Mission Finance Co., a California corporation ("Edison
Finance"), Homer City Property Holdings, Inc., a California corporation ("Homer
City Property"), Mission Energy Westside, Inc., a California corporation
("Mission Energy Westside"), Chestnut Ridge Energy Company, a California
corporation ("Chestnut Ridge"), Edison Mission Energy, a California corpora tion
(collectively with Edison Finance, Homer City Property, Mission Energy Westside
and Chestnut Ridge, the "California Subsidiaries"), and EME Homer City
Generation L.P., a Pennsylvania limited partnership ("EME Homer City" and,
collectively with the California Subsidiaries, the "Guarantors"). The Securities
are to be issued pursuant to an exchange offer (the "Exchange Offer") in
exchange for a like principal amount of the issued and outstanding 8.137% Senior
Secured Bonds due 2019 and 8.734% Senior Secured Bonds due 2026 of the Company
(collectively, the "Original Securities") under the Indenture dated as of May
27, 1999 (the "Indenture"), between the Company and United States Trust Company
of New York, as Trustee (the "Trustee"), as contemplated by the Registration
Rights Agreement, dated as of May 27, 1999 (the "Registration



<PAGE>


Edison Mission Holdings Co.
December 3, 1999
Page 2


Rights Agreement"), by and among the Company, Lehman Brothers Inc., Credit
Suisse First Boston Corporation, Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and SG Cowen
Securities Corp.

                  This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the
requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Act").

                  In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals or
copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of (i) the
Registration Statement on Form S-4 relating to the Securities to be filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commis sion (the "Commission") on the date hereof
under the Act (the "Registration Statement"); (ii) an executed copy of the
Registration Rights Agreement; (iii) an executed copy of the Indenture; (iv) the
Articles of Incorporation of the Company and each of the California Subsidiaries
as amended to date; (v) the By-Laws of the Company and each of the California
Subsidiaries as amended to date; (vi) certain resolutions adopted by the Board
of Directors of the Company relating to the Exchange Offer, the issuance of the
Original Securities and the Securities, the Indenture and related matters; (vii)
certain resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of each of the California
Subsidiaries relating to, among other things the issuance of the Guarantees by
the California Subsidiaries; (viii) the Form T-1 of the Trustee filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement; and (ix) the form of the Securities. We
have also examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our
satisfaction, of such records of the Company and each of the California
Subsidiaries and such agreements, certificates of public officials, certificates
of officers or other representatives of the Company and each of the California
Subsidiaries and others, and such other documents, certificates and records as
we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions set forth
herein.

                  In our examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all
natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all
documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of
all documents submitted to us as certified, conformed or photostatic copies and
the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. In making our
examination of executed documents or documents to be executed, we have assumed
that the parties thereto, other than the Company and the California
Subsidiaries, had or will have the power, corporate or other, to enter into and



<PAGE>


Edison Mission Holdings Co.
December 3, 1999
Page 3


perform all obligations thereunder and have also assumed the due authorization
by all requisite action, corporate or other, and execution and delivery by such
parties of such documents and the validity and binding effect thereof on such
parties. As to any facts material to the opinions expressed herein which we have
not independently established or verified, we have relied upon statements and
representations of officers and other representatives of the Company, the
Guarantors and others.

                  Our opinion set forth herein is limited to California
corporate law and the laws of the State of New York which are normally
applicable to transactions of the type contemplated by the Exchange Offer and to
the extent that judicial or regulatory orders or decrees or consents, approvals,
licenses, authorizations, validations, filings, recordings or registrations with
governmental authorities are relevant, to those required under such laws (all of
the foregoing being referred to as "Opined on Law"). We do not express any
opinion with respect to the law of any jurisdiction other than Opined on Law or
as to the effect of any such law on the opinions herein stated.

                  Based upon and subject to the foregoing and the limitations,
qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the
opinion that when the Securi ties (in the form examined by us) have been duly
executed and authenticated in accor dance with the terms of the Indenture and
have been delivered upon consummation of the Exchange Offer against receipt of
Old Securities surrendered in exchange therefor in accordance with the terms of
the Exchange Offer, the Securities will constitute valid and binding obligations
of the Company and each of the California Subsidiaries, enforceable against the
Company and each of the California Subsidiaries in accordance with their terms,
except to the extent that enforcement thereof may be limited by (1) bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other similar
laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors' rights generally and (2)
general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered
in a proceeding at law or in equity).

                  In rendering the opinion set forth above, we have assumed that
the execution and delivery by the Company and each of the California
Subsidiaries of the Indenture and the Securities and the performance by the
Company and each of the California Subsidiaries of their obligations thereunder
do not and will not violate, conflict



<PAGE>


Edison Mission Holdings Co.
December 3, 1999
Page 4

with or constitute a default under any agreement or instrument to which the
Company or the California Subsidiaries or their respective properties is
subject, except that we do not make this assumption for those agreements and
instruments which have been identified to us by the Company or the California
Subsidiaries as being material to them and which are listed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement.

                  We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the
Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the
reference to our firm under the caption "Legal Matters" in the Registration
Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included
in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act
or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

                                     Very truly yours,

                                     /s/ SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER
                                             & FLOM LLP

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.1

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

                           EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

                $300,000,000 8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due 2019

                $530,000,000 8.734% Senior Secured Bonds due 2026

                   EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                                                                    May 27, 1999

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
SALOMON SMITH BARNEY INC.
SG COWEN SECURITIES CORP.
c/o Lehman Brothers Inc.
Three World Financial Center
New York, New York  10285

Dear Sirs:

                  In connection with the issue and sale of $300 million in
aggregate principal amount of 8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due 2019 and $530
million in aggregate principal amount of 8.734% Senior Secured Bonds due 2026
(the "INITIAL SECURITIES") issued by Edison Mission Holdings Co., a California
corporation (the "COMPANY"), pursuant to the terms of the Indenture (as defined
below) and as an inducement to Lehman Brothers Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston
Corporation, Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and SG Cowen Securities Corp. (the
"INITIAL PURCHASERS") to enter into the Purchase Agreement dated May 21, 1999
(the "PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), among the Company, Edison Mission Energy ("EME"),
EME Homer City Generation L.P. ("EME HOMER CITY"), Edison Mission Finance Co.
("FINANCECO"), Homer City Property Holdings, Inc. ("PROPERTYCO"), Mission Energy
Westside, Inc. ("ME WESTSIDE") and Chestnut Ridge Energy Company ("CHESTNUT
RIDGE" and, collectively with EME, EME Homer City, FinanceCo, PropertyCo and ME
Westside, the "GUARANTORS") and the Initial Purchasers, the Company and the
Guarantors hereby agree to provide the registration rights set forth in this
Registration Rights Agreement (this "AGREEMENT") for the benefit of the holders
of the Initial Securities. The execution of this Agreement is a condition to the
purchase of the Initial Securities under the Purchase Agreement.

                  SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS. Capitalized terms used herein without
definition shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto, whether
expressly or by reference to another agreement or document, in the Indenture.
The definitions set forth in this Agreement shall

<PAGE>

                                                                               2

equally apply to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. As
used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

                  "ADVICE" shall have the meaning set forth in the last
paragraph of SECTION 5 of this Agreement.

                  "AFFILIATE", with respect to any Person, shall mean any other
Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls,
is controlled by, or is under common control with such first Person. The term
"control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct
or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether
through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise. For
purposes of SECTION 2, an "Affiliate" of the Company or any Guarantor shall mean
and include, in addition, any Person deemed an affiliate thereof under the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act in connection with the Exchange Offer.

                  "CLOSING DATE" shall mean the date of the initial issuance and
sale of the Initial Securities.

                  "COMMISSION" shall mean the United States Securities and
Exchange Commission.

                  "COMPANY" shall have the meaning set forth in the first
paragraph of this Agreement.

                  "CURE DATE" shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 4(a)
of this Agreement.

                  "EFFECTIVE DATE" shall mean the date which is 270 days after
the Closing Date.

                  "EFFECTIVE PERIOD" shall have the meaning set forth in
SECTION 3(a) of this Agreement.

                  "EXCHANGE ACT" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated
thereunder.

                  "EXCHANGE OFFER" shall have the meaning set forth in
SECTION 2(a) of this Agreement.

                  "EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall have the meaning
set forth in SECTION 2(a) of this Agreement.

                  "EXCHANGE PERIOD" shall have the meaning set forth in
SECTION 2(a) of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

                                                                              3

                  "EXCHANGE SECURITIES" shall have the meaning set forth in
SECTION 2(a) of this Agreement.

                  "GUARANTORS" shall have the meaning set forth in the first
paragraph of this Agreement.

                  A "HOLDER" of Registrable Securities shall mean the registered
holder of such securities or any beneficial owner thereof.

                  "HOLDER INDEMNIFIED PARTY" shall have the meaning set forth in
SECTION 8(a) of this Agreement.

                  "HOLDER INFORMATION" shall have the meaning set forth in
SECTION 8(a) of this Agreement.

                  "ILLIQUIDITY EVENT" with respect to the Initial Securities
shall mean any of the following events:

                  (a) as of the Effective Date, both (i) an Exchange Offer
         Registration Statement (which, if applicable pursuant to SECTION 2(a),
         covers resales of such Exchange Securities) has not become effective
         and (ii) the Registrable Securities are not the subject of an Initial
         Shelf Registration Statement which has become effective; or

                  (b) the Exchange Securities offered in exchange for the
         Registrable Securities are the subject of an Exchange Offer
         Registration Statement which was effective (and which, if applicable
         pursuant to SECTION 2(a), covered resales of such Exchange Securities)
         but which ceased to be effective for any reason prior to the end of the
         Exchange Period; or

                  (c) the Registrable Securities are the subject of an Initial
         Shelf Registration Statement or Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement
         which was effective but which has ceased to be effective for any reason
         prior to the end of the Effective Period.

                  An Illiquidity Event shall be deemed to cease to exist on the
date subsequent to the occurrence of such Illiquidity Event on which:

                  (i) in the case of an Illiquidity Event described in clause
         (a) above, either (i) an Exchange Offer Registration Statement (which,
         if applicable pursuant to SECTION 2(a), covers resales of the Exchange
         Securities exchanged for such Registrable Securities) shall become
         effective and an Exchange Offer for such Registrable Securities shall
         have

<PAGE>

                                                                               4

         commenced or (ii) an Initial Shelf Registration Statement covering
         such Registrable Securities shall become effective; or

                  (ii) in the case of an Illiquidity Event described in clause
         (b) above, either (i) an Exchange Offer Registration Statement (which,
         if applicable pursuant to SECTION 2(a), covers resales of the Exchange
         Securities offered in exchange for such Initial Securities) shall
         become effective and an Exchange Offer for such Registrable Securities
         shall have commenced pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration
         Statement or (ii) an Initial Shelf Registration Statement covering such
         Registrable Securities shall become effective; or

                  (iii) in the case of an Illiquidity Event described in clause
         (c) above, a Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement covering such
         Registrable Securities shall become effective.

                  "INDENTURE" shall mean the Indenture dated as of May 27, 1999,
and as further amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the
terms thereof, between the Company and the Trustee, and pursuant to which the
Initial Securities and any Exchange Securities are to be issued.

                  "INITIAL PURCHASERS" shall have the meaning set forth in the
first paragraph of this Agreement.

                  "INITIAL SECURITIES" shall have the meaning set forth in the
first paragraph of this Agreement.

                  "INITIAL SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall have the meaning
set forth in SECTION 3(a) of this Agreement.

                  "INSPECTORS" shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 5(m)
 of this Agreement.

                  "MANAGING UNDERWRITERS" shall mean the investment banker or
investment bankers and manager or managers that shall administer an Underwritten
Offering.

                  "NASD" shall mean the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc.

                  "PROSPECTUS" shall mean the prospectus included in any
Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that
discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an
effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under
the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement,
and all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including
post-effective amendments and all material incorporated by reference into such
prospectus.

                  "PURCHASE AGREEMENT" shall have the meaning set forth in the
first paragraph of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

                                                                               5

                  "RECORDS" shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION 5(m)
of this Agreement.

                  "REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" shall mean the Initial Securities
upon original issuance thereof and at all times subsequent thereto until, in the
case of any such Initial Security, (i) a Registration Statement covering such
Initial Security, or the Exchange Security to be exchanged for such Initial
Security (and, in the case of any Resale Security, any resale thereof), has been
declared effective and such Initial Security has been disposed of or exchanged
(or, in any case where such Registration Statement covers the resale of Resale
Securities, such Initial Security has been exchanged and the Resale Security
received therefor has been resold), as the case may be, in accordance with such
effective Registration Statement, (ii) such Initial Security is sold in
compliance with Rule 144 or would be permitted to be sold pursuant to Rule
144(k), (iii) such Initial Security shall have been otherwise transferred and a
new certificate therefor not bearing a legend restricting further transfer shall
have been delivered by or on behalf of the Company and such Initial Security
shall be tradeable by each holder thereof without restriction under the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act and without material restriction under the
applicable blue sky or state securities laws or (iv) such Initial Security
ceases to be outstanding.

                  "REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall mean any registration statement
(including any Shelf Registration Statement) of the Company and the Guarantors
that covers any of the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities, as the
case may be, pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the
Prospectus which is part of such Registration Statement, amendments (including
post-effective amendments) and supplements to such Registration Statement and
all exhibits and appendices to any of the foregoing. For purposes of the
foregoing, unless the context requires otherwise, a Registration Statement for
an Exchange Offer shall not be deemed to cover Registrable Securities held by a
Restricted Person unless such Registration Statement covers the resale of Resale
Securities to be received by such Restricted Person pursuant to such Exchange
Offer and any such Initial Securities shall continue to be Registrable
Securities.

                  "RESALE INITIAL PURCHASER" shall have the meaning set forth in
SECTION 8(a) of this Agreement.

                  "RESALE SECURITIES" shall mean any Exchange Security received
by a Restricted Person pursuant to an Exchange Offer, and at all times
subsequent thereto, until, subject to the time periods set forth herein, such
Exchange Security has been resold by such Restricted Person.

                  "RESTRICTED PERSON" shall mean (a) any Affiliate of the
Company or any Guarantor, (b) any Initial Purchaser or (c) any Affiliate of any
Initial Purchaser (other than Affiliates of such Initial Purchaser that (i) are
acquiring Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of business and do not have
an arrangement with any Person to distribute Exchange Securities and (ii) may
trade such Exchange Securities without restriction under the Securities

<PAGE>

                                                        6

Act).

                  "RULE 144" shall mean Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as
such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation
hereafter adopted by the Commission.

                  "RULE 144A" shall mean Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as
such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation
hereafter adopted by the Commission.

                  "RULE 415" shall mean Rule 415 under the Securities Act, as
such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation
hereafter adopted by the Commission.

                  "SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

                  "SHELF NOTICE" shall have the meaning set forth in SECTION
2(b) of this Agreement.

                  "SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall have the meaning set
forth in SECTION 3(b) of this Agreement.

                  "SPECIAL COUNSEL" shall mean Simpson Thacher & Bartlett,
special counsel to the Initial Purchasers, or any other firm acceptable to the
Company, acting as special counsel to the holders of Registrable Securities or
Exchange Securities.

                  "SUBSEQUENT SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall have the
meaning set forth in SECTION 3(b) of this Agreement.

                  "TIA" shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended,
and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

                  "TRUSTEE" shall mean United States Trust Company of New York,
its successors and any successor trustee under the Indenture.

                  "UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATION" or "UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING" shall
mean a registration in which securities are sold to an underwriter or group of
underwriters for reoffering to the public.

                  SECTION 2.  EXCHANGE OFFER.

<PAGE>

                                                         7

                  (a) Unless the Company determines in good faith that the
Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission
policy, the Company and the Guarantors shall prepare and cause to be filed with
the Commission as soon as reasonably practicable after the Closing Date, subject
to SECTIONS 2(b) and 2(c) of this Agreement, a Registration Statement (an
"EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT") for an offer to exchange (an "EXCHANGE
OFFER") the Registrable Securities (subject to SECTION 2(c)) for a like
aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the Company that are guaranteed
by the Guarantors and are otherwise in all material respects substantially
identical to the Initial Securities (the "EXCHANGE SECURITIES") (and which are
entitled to the benefits of the Indenture, which shall be qualified under the
TIA in connection with such registration, or a trust indenture which is
substantially identical in all material respects to the Indenture), other than
(i) such changes to the Indenture or any such substantially identical indenture
as the Trustee and the Company may deem necessary in connection with the
Trustee's rights and duties or to comply with any requirements of the Commission
to effect or maintain the qualification thereof under the TIA and (ii) such
changes relating to restrictions on transfer set forth in the Indenture. The
Exchange Offer shall be registered under the Securities Act on the appropriate
form of Registration Statement and shall comply with all applicable tender offer
rules and regulations under the Exchange Act and with all other applicable laws.
Subject to the terms and limitations of SECTION 2(c), such Exchange Offer
Registration Statement may also cover any resales of Exchange Securities by any
Restricted Person, in the manner or manners designated by them which, in any
event, is reasonably acceptable to the Company.

                  The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective
reasonable best efforts to (i) cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
to become effective under the Securities Act on or prior to the Effective Date,
(ii) keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the shorter of
(A) the period ending when the last remaining Initial Security is tendered into
the Exchange Offer and (B) 30 days from the date notice is mailed to the holders
of Initial Securities (PROVIDED that in no event shall such period be less than
the period required under applicable Federal and state securities laws), and
(iii) maintain such Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective
for a period (the "EXCHANGE PERIOD") of not less than the longer of (A) the
period until the consummation of the Exchange Offer and (B) 120 days after
effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, PROVIDED HOWEVER,
that in the event that all resales of Exchange Securities (including, subject to
the time periods set forth herein, any Resale Securities and including, subject
to the time periods set forth herein, any resales by broker-dealers that receive
Exchange Securities for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer)
covered by such Exchange Offer Registration Statement have been made, the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement need not remain continuously effective for
the period set forth in clause (B) above. Upon consummation of the Exchange
Offer, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee under the Indenture for
cancellation all Initial Securities tendered by the holders thereof pursuant to
the Exchange Offer and not withdrawn prior to the date of consummation of the
Exchange Offer. Each Restricted Person shall notify the Company promptly after
re-selling all Resale Securities held by such Restricted Person which are
covered by any such Registration Statement.

<PAGE>

                                                                              8

                  Each holder of Registrable Securities to be exchanged in the
Exchange Offer (other than any Restricted Person) shall be required as a
condition to participating in the Exchange Offer to represent that (i) it is not
an Affiliate of the Company or the Guarantors, (ii) any Exchange Securities to
be received by it shall be acquired in the ordinary course of its business and
(iii) that at the time of the consummation of the Exchange Offer it shall have
no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution (within the
meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities. Upon consummation of
an Exchange Offer in accordance with this SECTION 2 and compliance with the
other provisions of this SECTION 2, the Company and the Guarantors shall,
subject to SECTIONS 2(b) and 2(c), have no further obligation to register
Registrable Securities pursuant to SECTION 3(a) of this Agreement; PROVIDED that
the other provisions of this Agreement shall continue to apply as set forth in
such provisions.

                  (b) In the event that the Company reasonably determines in
good faith that (i) the Exchange Securities would not, upon receipt in the
Exchange Offer by any holder of Registrable Securities (other than any
Restricted Person and other than any holder who is not acquiring such Exchange
Securities in the ordinary course of business or who has an arrangement with any
person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Securities), be
tradeable by each holder thereof without restriction under the Securities Act
and the Exchange Act and without restriction under applicable blue sky or state
securities laws, (ii) after conferring with counsel, the Commission is unlikely
to permit the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective prior to
the Effective Date (except in the circumstances set forth in SECTION 2(c)) or
(iii) the Exchange Offer may not be made in compliance with applicable laws,
then the Company and the Guarantors shall promptly deliver notice thereof (the
"SHELF NOTICE") to the holders of the Registrable Securities and the Trustee and
shall thereafter file an Initial Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to, and
otherwise comply with, the provisions of SECTION 3(a). Following the delivery of
a Shelf Notice in accordance with this SECTION 2(b) and compliance with
SECTION 3(a), neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors shall have any
further obligation under this SECTION 2.

                  (c) In the event that the Company reasonably determines in
good faith that (i) the Exchange Securities would not, upon consummation of any
resale thereof by a Restricted Person to any Person other than another
Restricted Person, be tradeable by each holder thereof without restriction under
the Securities Act (other than applicable prospectus requirements) and the
Exchange Act and without restriction under applicable blue sky or state
securities laws or (ii) the Commission is unlikely to permit the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement to become effective prior to the Effective Date solely
because such Registration Statement covers resales of the Exchange Securities by
Restricted Persons, then the Company and the Guarantors shall promptly deliver a
Shelf Notice to the Restricted Persons who are holders of Registrable Securities
and to the Trustee, and the Company and the Guarantors shall thereafter file an
Initial Shelf Registration Statement with respect to any such Registrable
Securities pursuant to, and otherwise comply with, the provisions of
SECTION 3(a); PROVIDED that such Initial Shelf Registration Statement shall
only cover resales of Registrable Securities by Restricted Persons if a Shelf
Notice is not then

<PAGE>
                                                                               9

otherwise required to be delivered pursuant to SECTION 2(b); and, PROVIDED,
FURTHER that such Initial Shelf Registration Statement covering Registrable
Securities held by Restricted Persons shall be kept effective for at least a
period of 120 days and is not required to remain effective with respect to
Registrable Securities held by Restricted Persons thereafter. Following the
delivery of a Shelf Notice in accordance with this SECTION 2(c) and compliance
with SECTION 3(a), neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors shall have any
further obligation under this Section 2 with respect to the filing of an offer
to exchange the Registrable Securities held by the Restricted Persons
(including, without limitation, any obligation to provide that an Exchange Offer
Registration Statement filed pursuant to SECTION 2(a) cover resales of Exchange
Securities by Restricted Persons); PROVIDED that the provisions of this
SECTION 2 shall otherwise remain in full force and effect with respect to
Registrable Securities held by any person other than a Restricted Person.

                  SECTION 3. SHELF REGISTRATION; REGISTRABLE SECURITIES. With
respect to the Registrable Securities, if a Shelf Notice is delivered in
accordance with SECTION 2(b) or 2(c) of this Agreement, then the Company and the
Guarantors shall comply with the following provisions of this SECTION 3:

                  (a) INITIAL SHELF REGISTRATION. The Company and the Guarantors
shall prepare and cause to be filed with the Commission a Registration Statement
for an offering to be made on a continuous basis other than pursuant to an
Underwritten Offer pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of the Registrable
Securities (or, if a Shelf Notice is delivered solely pursuant to SECTION 2(c),
all of the Registrable Securities held by any Restricted Persons) (the "INITIAL
SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no holder shall be
entitled to have its Registrable Securities covered by such Initial Shelf
Registration Statement unless such holder agrees in writing, within 10 Business
Days after actual receipt of a request therefrom, to be bound by all the
provisions of this Agreement applicable to such holder. No holder shall be
entitled to the benefits of SECTION 4 of this Agreement unless and until such
holder shall have provided all information reasonably requested by the Company
(after conferring with counsel), and such holder shall not be entitled to such
benefits with respect to any period during which such information was not
provided. Each holder to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being
effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to
be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the
Company by such holder not materially misleading. The Initial Shelf Registration
Statement shall be an appropriate form permitting registration of such
Registrable Securities for resale by the holders thereof in the manner or
manners reasonably designated by them (but excluding any Underwritten
Offerings). The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective reasonable
best efforts to (A) cause the Initial Shelf Registration Statement to be
declared effective under the Securities Act on or prior to the Effective Date
and (B) keep the Initial Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective
under the Securities Act for a period of two years after the Closing Date
(subject to extension pursuant to the last paragraph of SECTION 5 and subject,
with respect to Registrable Securities held by Restricted Persons, to the
limitations set forth in SECTION 2(c)) (such two-year period, as it may be
extended, being the "Effective Period"), or such shorter period ending when

<PAGE>

                                                                              10

(1) all Registrable Securities covered by the Initial Shelf Registration
Statement have been sold or (2) a Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement
covering all of such Registrable Securities remaining unsold has been declared
effective under the Securities Act or (3) all Registrable Securities may be sold
pursuant to subsection (k) of Rule 144.

                  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Company and
the Guarantors may postpone or suspend the filing or the effectiveness of a
Registration Statement (or any amendments or supplements thereto), if (1) such
action is required by applicable law, or (2) such action is taken by the Company
and the Guarantors in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including
avoidance of such party's obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or
divestiture of assets, other pending corporate developments, public filings with
the Commission or other similar events, so long as the Company and the
Guarantors promptly thereafter comply with the requirements of SECTION 5(b)
hereof, if applicable. Notwithstanding the occurrence of any event referred to
in the immediately preceding sentence (a "SUSPENSION"), such event shall not
suspend, postpone or in any other manner affect the running of the time period
after which an Illiquidity Event shall be deemed to occur and, if the filing or
effectiveness of a Registration Statement is postponed or suspended as a result
of a Suspension, an Illiquidity Event shall nonetheless exist if all other
requirements set forth for the occurrence of an Illiquidity Event shall be
satisfied, and the provisions of SECTION 4 requiring the accrual payment of
additional interest, as set forth in such Section, on the Registrable
Securities, shall be applicable.

                  (b) SUBSEQUENT SHELF REGISTRATIONS. If the Initial Shelf
Registration Statement or any Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement ceases to
be effective for any reason at any time during the Effective Period after the
Effective Date, the Company and the Guarantors may attempt to obtain the
withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness thereof, and may amend such
Initial Shelf Registration Statement or Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement
in a manner reasonably expected to obtain the withdrawal of the order suspending
the effectiveness thereof, or file an additional "shelf" Registration Statement
applicable to the Initial Securities pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of such
Registrable Securities remaining unsold (a "SUBSEQUENT SHELF REGISTRATION
STATEMENT"). If a Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective,
the Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective reasonable best
efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a
period after the date of such effectiveness equal in length to the length of the
Effective Period plus the aggregate number of days from the date of the order
suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Shelf Registration Statement or any
Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement to the date of the effectiveness of the
Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement. As used herein, the term "Shelf
Registration Statement" means the Initial Shelf Registration Statement and any
Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement.

                  SECTION 4.  ADDITIONAL INTEREST FOR ILLIQUIDITY.

                  (a) The Company and the Guarantors acknowledge and agree that
the Initial

<PAGE>

                                                                              11

Purchasers (and any subsequent holders of the Initial Securities) have acquired
the Initial Securities in reliance on the covenant of the Company and the
Guarantors to use their respective reasonable best efforts to (i) cause to
become effective on or prior to the Effective Date (A) the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement or (B) an Initial Shelf Registration Statement, and (ii)
maintain the respective effectiveness of such Registration Statements as
described herein. The Company and the Guarantors further acknowledge and agree
that the failure of the Company and the Guarantors to fulfill such covenants
will have an adverse effect on the holders of the Initial Securities. Therefore,
the Company and the Guarantors agree that from and after the date on which any
Illiquidity Event occurs, additional interest (in addition to the interest
otherwise payable with respect to the Registrable Securities) shall accrue with
respect to the Initial Securities until but not including the date on which such
Illiquidity Event shall cease to exist (and provided no other Illiquidity Event
with respect to any Initial Securities shall then be continuing), at the rate of
one half of one percent (0.50%) per annum, which additional interest shall be
payable by the Company to the holders of all Initial Securities at the times, in
the manner and subject to the same terms and conditions set forth in the
Indenture, as nearly as may be, as though the interest rates provided in such
Initial Securities had been increased by one half of one percent (0.50%) per
annum. Subject to the provisions of this SECTION 4, the Company and the
Guarantors agree that each of them shall be liable to the holders of all Initial
Securities for the payment of any and all additional interest on the Initial
Securities that shall accrue pursuant to this SECTION 4.

                  Any such additional interest accrued on any such Initial
Securities but unpaid on the date on which such interest ceases to accrue (the
"CURE DATE") shall be due and payable on the first interest payment date
following the next record date following such Cure Date (or the record date
occurring on such Cure Date, if such Cure Date is a record date) to the holders
of record of such Initial Securities on such record date.

                  (b) The Company shall promptly notify the holders of the
Initial Securities and the Trustee of the occurrence of any Illiquidity Event of
which it has knowledge.

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the Guarantors
shall not be required to pay the additional interest described in clause (a) of
this Section 4 to a holder with respect to the Registrable Securities held by
such holder if the applicable Illiquidity Event arises by reason of the failure
of such holder to provide such information as (i) the Company may reasonably
request, with reasonable prior written notice, for use in the Shelf Registration
Statement or any Prospectus included therein to the extent the Company
reasonably determines that such information is required to be included therein
by applicable law, (ii) the NASD or the Commission may request in connection
with such Shelf Registration Statement, or (iii) is required to comply with the
agreements of such holder contained in clause (a) of Section 3 to the extent
compliance thereof is necessary for the Shelf Registration Statement to be
declared effective.

                  SECTION 5. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES. In connection with the
registration of any

<PAGE>

                                                                              12

Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities pursuant to SECTIONS 2 and 3
hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective reasonable
best efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of such Registrable
Securities or Exchange Securities in accordance with any permitted intended
method or methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company and
the Guarantors shall:

(a) prepare and cause to be filed with the Commission a Registration Statement
or Registration Statements as prescribed by SECTIONS 2 and 3 of this Agreement,
and use their respective best efforts to cause each such Registration Statement
to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period as provided
herein; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) during the period in which the Initial
Registration Statement is open for the Restricted Persons, the Company shall
afford any Restricted Person which is a holder of Registrable Securities or
Exchange Securities and the Special Counsel, upon such holder's written request
to the Company, an opportunity to review copies of all such documents proposed
to be filed, and (ii) if such filing is pursuant to SECTION 3, before filing any
Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto
(including documents that would be incorporated therein by reference after the
initial filing of the Registration Statement), the Company shall afford the
Special Counsel for all holders of the Registrable Securities covered by such
Registration Statement an opportunity to review copies of all such documents
proposed to be filed;

                  (b) prepare and cause to be filed with the Commission such
amendments and post-effective amendments to each Shelf Registration Statement as
may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective for
the applicable period as provided herein; cause the related Prospectus to be
supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be
filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the
Securities Act; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, the
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated
thereunder with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such
Registration Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented in
accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers of
Registrable Securities covered thereby set forth therein;

                  (c) if a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to
SECTION 3 hereof, notify the selling holders of Registrable Securities promptly
after the Company or any Guarantor becomes aware thereof, and confirm such
notice in writing, (i) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or
post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to a Registration
Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective,
(ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information, (iii) of
the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of
a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any
preliminary prospectus or Prospectus or the initiation of any proceedings for
that purpose, (iv) of the receipt by the Company or any Guarantor of any
notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption
from qualification of a Registration Statement or any of the Registrable
Securities for offer or

<PAGE>

                                                                              13

sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose,
(v) of the existence of any fact known to the Company or any Guarantor which
results in such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document
incorporated therein by reference containing any untrue statement of a material
fact or omitting to state any material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading (which notice may be accompanied by an
instruction that such notice constitutes material non-public information and to
suspend the use of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made,
and which instruction shall require that such holders shall not communicate such
material non-public information to any third party and shall not sell or
purchase, or offer to sell or purchase, any securities of the Company or any
Guarantor after receipt of such notice) and (vi) if the Company reasonably
determines that the filing of a post-effective amendment to such Registration
Statement would be appropriate;

                  (d) if a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to
SECTION 3, use its reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any order
suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order
preventing or suspending the use of a Prospectus or suspending the qualification
(or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities for sale
in any jurisdiction and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the withdrawal
of any such order at the earliest possible moment;

                  (e) if a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to
SECTION 3, furnish to each selling holder of Registrable Securities who so
requests (at such holder's address set forth in the Securities Register) without
charge, one conformed copy of the Registration Statement or Registration
Statements and each post-effective amendment thereto, including financial
statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference and
all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference);

                  (f) if a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to
SECTION 3, deliver to each selling holder of Registrable Securities without
charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus)
and each amendment or supplement thereto as such persons may reasonably request;
and, subject to the last paragraph of this SECTION 5, the Company and each
Guarantor hereby consents to the use of such Prospectus and each amendment or
supplement thereto by each of the selling holders of Registrable Securities and
the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the
Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement thereto;

                  (g) prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities,
register or qualify, or cooperate with the selling holders of Registrable
Securities, the underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection
with the registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or
qualification) of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the
securities

<PAGE>

                                                                              14

or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as the selling
holders reasonably request in writing (provided that, if Registrable Securities
are offered other than through an Underwritten Offering, the Company and the
Guarantors agree to cause their counsel to perform blue sky investigations and
file registrations and qualifications required to be filed pursuant to this
SECTION 5(g)); keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption
therefrom) effective during the period such Registration Statement is required
to be kept effective; and do any and all other acts or things necessary or
advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable
Securities covered by the applicable Registration Statement; provided, however,
that neither the Company nor any Guarantor will be required to qualify as a
foreign corporation, or to do business, to file a general consent or take any
action which would subject it to service of process in any jurisdiction or take
any action which would subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction;

                  (h) if a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to
SECTION 3, cooperate with the Trustee and the selling holders of Registrable
Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates
representing Registrable Securities to be sold, which certificates shall not
bear any restrictive legends and shall be in a form eligible for deposit with
The Depository Trust Company, and enable such Registrable Securities to be in
such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the holders may
reasonably request at least three Business Days prior to any such sale;

                  (i) if a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to
SECTION 3, upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by SECTION 5(c),
prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement
or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein
by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter
delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus will
not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading. If the Company and the Guarantors so
notify the holders to suspend the use of the Prospectus after the occurrence of
such an event, the holders shall suspend use of the Prospectus, and not
communicate such material non-public information to any third party, and not
sell or purchase, or offer to sell or purchase, any securities of the Company
and the Guarantors, until the Company and the Guarantors have amended or
supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission;

                  (j) use their respective reasonable best efforts to cause the
Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to continue to be
rated by the rating agencies that initially rated the Initial Securities during
the period that the Registration Statement is required hereunder to remain
effective (it being acknowledged, however, that the foregoing shall not be
deemed to require the Company and the Guarantors to maintain the rating of
such Registrable Securities at the rating given the Initial Securities;

                  (k) prior to the effective date of the first Registration
Statement relating to the

<PAGE>

                                                                              15

Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be,
(i) provide the Trustee with printed certificates for such securities in
definitive form or in a global form eligible for deposit with The Depositary
Trust Company and (ii) provide a CUSIP number for such Registrable Securities
or Exchange Securities represented by such certificates;

                  (l) if a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to
SECTION 3, enter into such reasonably required agreements and take all other
appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the
disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(m) in the event of any Underwritten Offering (which shall only be undertaken at
the option of the Company), if a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant
to SECTION 3, make available prior to the filing thereof for inspection by a
representative of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Registrable Securities being sold, and the Special Counsel, on the one hand, or
underwriter on the other hand (collectively, the "INSPECTORS"), during
reasonable business hours, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate
documents and properties of the Company and the Guarantors (collectively, the
"RECORDS"), and cause the officers, directors and employees of the Company and
the Guarantors to supply all relevant information as shall be reasonably
necessary to enable them to exercise any applicable due diligence
responsibilities; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, as a condition to supplying such
information, the Company shall receive an agreement in writing from the Special
Counsel agreeing that any information that is designated in writing by the
Company or any of the Guarantors, in good faith, as confidential at the time of
delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such Inspector (other
than as to holders of Registrable Securities) and by any holders of Registrable
Securities receiving such information, unless (i) disclosure of such information
is required pursuant to applicable law or by court or administrative order, (ii)
disclosure of such information is, in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the
Company and the Guarantors, necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or
omission of a material fact in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or any
supplement or post-effective amendment thereto or disclosure is otherwise
required by law, (iii) such information becomes generally available to the
public other than as a result of a disclosure by any Inspector or any such
holder of Registrable Securities in violation of this SECTION 5(m) or (iv) such
information is approved for release by the Company and the Guarantors, in
writing;

                  (n) use their respective best efforts to cause the Indenture
or the trust indenture provided for in SECTION 2, as the case may be, to be
qualified under the TIA not later than the effective date of such Registration
Statement; and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee under the
Indenture and the holders of the Registrable Securities to effect such changes
to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in
accordance with the terms of the TIA and execute, and use its best efforts to
cause such Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such
changes, and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the
Commission to enable the Indenture or the trust indenture provided for in
SECTION 2 to be so qualified in a timely manner;

<PAGE>

                                                                              16

                  (o) otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with
all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission.

                  For purposes of the covenants set forth in this SECTION 5,
references to a Shelf Registration Statement, including a Shelf Registration
Statement filed pursuant to SECTION 3, shall be deemed to include any
Registration Statement, filed pursuant to SECTION 2, which covers, for the
period set forth therein, resales of Exchange Securities held by Restricted
Persons as provided in SECTION 2, and, in connection with such resales such
Restricted Persons shall be entitled to exercise all rights, receive all notices
and copies of documents, and otherwise receive all benefits afforded to sellers
or holders of Registrable Securities under this SECTION 5 in connection with a
Shelf Registration Statement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
the Company and the Guarantors agree to fulfill their respective obligations set
forth in SECTIONS 5(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (h), (i), (l) and (m) with
respect to any such Registration Statement filed pursuant to SECTION 2 insofar
as it covers such resales.

                  The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities
as to which any registration is being effected, as a condition thereto, to
furnish to the Company such information regarding the holder and the
distribution of such Registrable Securities as the Company may, from time to
time, request in writing, including without limitation stating that (i) it is
not an Affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor, (ii) the amount of Registrable
Securities held by such holder prior to the Exchange Offer, (iii) the amount of
Registrable Securities owned by such holder to be exchanged in the Exchange
Offer and representing that such holder is not engaged in, and does not intend
to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to
participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued, and (iv)
it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business and
to covenant and agree to promptly notify the Company if any such information so
provided by such seller ceases to be true and correct and will promptly
thereafter furnish the Company with corrected information. The Company may
exclude from such registration the Registrable Securities of any Person who
fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such
request.

                  Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees by acquisition of
such Registrable Securities that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company
and the Guarantors of the happening of any event of the kind described in
SECTION 5(c)(ii), 5(c)(iii), 5(c)(v) or 5(c)(vi) hereof, such holder shall
forthwith discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities covered by such
Registration Statement or Prospectus until such holder is advised in writing
(the "ADVICE") by the Company and the Guarantors that the use of the applicable
Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any amendments or
supplements thereto and, if so directed by the Company, such holder will deliver
to the Company and the Guarantors (at its expense) all copies in its possession,
other than permanent file copies then in such holder's possession, of the
prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt
of such notice, or certify in writing as to the destruction thereof. In the
event the Company and the Guarantors shall give any such notice, the length of
the Effective Period shall be extended by the number of days during such period
from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including

<PAGE>

                                                                              17

the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration
Statement shall have received (x) the copies of the supplemented or amended
Prospectus contemplated by SECTION 5(i) or (y) the Advice.

                   SECTION 6. DELIVERY OF PROSPECTUS; NOTIFICATION UPON RESALE.
The Initial Purchasers acknowledge that it is the position of the staff of the
Commission that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own
account in exchange for Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer
must deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Resale
Securities. By so acknowledging, such Initial Purchasers shall not be deemed to
admit that, by delivering a prospectus, it is an underwriter within the meaning
of the Securities Act.

                  The Initial Purchasers shall notify the Company and the
Guarantors promptly upon the completion of the resale of the Resale Securities
received by such Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

                  SECTION 7. REGISTRATION EXPENSES. The Company and the
Guarantors shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance
of its obligations under SECTIONS 2, 3 and 4; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
Company and the Guarantors shall bear or reimburse the holders for the
reasonable fees and disbursements of only one counsel, the Special Counsel, in
accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement; PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER,
that if the Company and the Guarantors permit an Underwritten Offering, neither
the Company nor any of the Guarantors shall be responsible for any fees and
expenses of any underwriter, including any underwriting discounts and
commissions or any legal fees and expenses of counsel to the underwriters
(except for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with
state securities or blue sky qualification of any of the Registrable Securities
or the Exchange Securities).

                  SECTION 8.  INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

                  (a) The Company and the Guarantors agree to (A) indemnify and
hold harmless each holder of Registrable Securities (including any Initial
Purchaser which holds Registrable Securities, including Resale Securities, for
its own account (each, a "RESALE INITIAL PURCHASER") and each Person, if any,
who controls any such Person within the meaning of either the Securities Act or
the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee or agent of each such
Person (each a "HOLDER INDEMNIFIED PARTY") against any and all losses, claims,
damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them are
subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out
of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any
material fact contained in any Registration Statement covering Registrable
Securities held by such person

<PAGE>

                                                                              18


or any Prospectus relating to any such Registration Statement, or any amendment
thereof or supplement thereto and all documents incorporated by reference
therein, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein,
in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, and (B)
reimburse each such Holder Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any
such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors will be
liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or
liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such Registration
Statement or Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to such holder
provided by such holder to the Company and the Guarantors specifically for use
therein (collectively, the "HOLDER INFORMATION"); PROVIDED, FURTHER, HOWEVER,
that the indemnity obligations arising out of this SECTION 8 with respect to any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission
made in any preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any holder
or any controlling Person of such holder if such holder failed to send or
deliver to the Person asserting any such losses a copy of the final Prospectus
with or prior to the delivery of the written confirmation of the sale of the
Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be, and such
final Prospectus would have cured the untrue statement or omission giving rise
to such losses if the Company and the Guarantors had previously furnished copies
thereof to such holder. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any
liability which the Company or any Guarantor may otherwise have.

                  (b) As a condition to the inclusion of a holder's
Registrable Securities in a Registration Statement, such holder shall agree
to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Guarantors and each
person who controls the Company or any of the Guarantors within the meaning
of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, and each director, officer,
employee or agent of each such person, against any and all losses, claims,
damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them are
subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as
such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of any material fact contained in a Registration Statement covering
Registrable Securities held by such holder or any Prospectus relating to any
such Registration Statement or in any amendment thereof or supplement
thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission
to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not
misleading, and (ii) reimburse each such indemnified party for any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating
or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such
expenses are incurred; in each and every case under clause (i) and (ii) above
to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in such
Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any amendment thereof or
supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Holder
Information. This

<PAGE>

                                                                              19

indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any such holder
may otherwise have. In no event shall the liability of any selling holder of
Registrable Securities hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of
the proceeds (net of payment of all expenses) received by such holder upon the
sale (or, in the case of Resale Securities, the resale) of the Registrable
Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.

                  (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under
this SECTION 8 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified
party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the
indemnifying party under this SECTION 8, notify the indemnifying party in
writing of the commencement thereof (enclosing a copy of all papers served);
but the omission to so notify the indemnifying party (i) shall not relieve it
from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it
did not otherwise learn of such action and such omission results in the
forfeiture by the indemnifying party or material impairment of substantial
rights and defenses and (ii) shall not, in any event, relieve the
indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than
the indemnification obligations provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. In
case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it
notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying
party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may
wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume
the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified
party. After notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of
its election to so assume the defense of such claim or action, the
indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this
SECTION 8 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such
indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than costs of
investigation; provided that if (i) the defendants in any such action include
both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, the indemnified party
shall have received the written opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to
the indemnifying party that representation of both parties by the same
counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or likely conflicts of interest
between them, or (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel
for the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a
reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action, then the
indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select one firm of
separate counsel (in addition to the fees and expenses of local counsel) to
assert any separate legal defenses and to otherwise defend such action on
behalf of such indemnified party or parties. No indemnifying party shall be
liable for any settlement of any action or claim for monetary damages which
an indemnified party may effect without the written consent of the
indemnifying party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                  (d) If the indemnification provided for in SECTION 8(a) or (b)
hereof is for any reason, other than as specified in such provisions,
unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party, then each
indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to in SECTION 8(a) or (b)
hereof in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault and
benefits to the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and such holders on
the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in
such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or

<PAGE>

                                                                             20

actions in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors and such
holders shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties'
relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or
prevent any untrue statement or omission. The obligations of the holders in this
SECTION 8(d) are several in proportion to their respective obligations hereunder
and not joint. Notwithstanding the provisions of this SECTION 8(d), in no event
shall any holder of Registrable Securities be required to contribute any amount
which is in excess of (i) the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities
sold or exchanged by such holder less (ii) the amount of any damages that such
person has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such alleged untrue
statement or omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within
the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. For purposes of this SECTION 8, each Holder Indemnified Party
shall have the same rights to contribution as a holder, and each person who
controls the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning of either the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act and each officer, director, employee and
agent of such person, shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company
and the Guarantors, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions
of this SECTION 8(d). Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after
receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such
party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another
party or parties under this SECTION 8(d), notify such party or parties from whom
contribution may be sought; but the omission to so notify such party or parties
(x) shall not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought
from any liability under this paragraph (d) unless and to the extent it did not
otherwise learn of such action and such omission results in the forfeiture by
the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought or material impairment
of substantial rights and defenses and (y) shall not, in any event, relieve such
party or parties from any obligations other than under this SECTION 8(d).

                  (e) The provisions of this SECTION 8 will remain in full force
and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any holder
of Registrable Securities, the Initial Purchasers, the Company, the Guarantors
or any of the officers, directors or controlling persons referred to in this
SECTION 8 and will survive the sale (or, in the case of Resale Securities, the
resale) by a holder of Registrable Securities of such Registrable Securities.

                  SECTION 9. UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATIONS (IF ANY). No holder may
participate in any Underwritten Registration, which Underwritten Registration
shall only be undertaken at the option of the Company, unless such holder (a)
agrees to sell such holder's Initial Securities on the basis provided in any
underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve
such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of
attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required
under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

                  SECTION 10. TERMINATION. In the event that no Initial
Securities are sold to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement, this Agreement shall automatically terminate, without liability on
the part of any party. Upon the fulfillment of all obligations on

<PAGE>


                                                                              21

the part of the Company and the Guarantors to register the Initial Securities as
set forth herein (including maintaining the effectiveness of any applicable
Registration Statements), this Agreement shall terminate; provided that the
provisions of SECTIONS 7 and 8 hereof shall survive any termination and remain
in full force and effect.

                  SECTION 11.  MISCELLANEOUS.

                  (a) NO INCONSISTENT AGREEMENTS. Neither the Company nor any
Guarantor has, as of the date hereof, entered into, nor shall, on or after the
date hereof, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is
inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of Registrable Securities
herein or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

                  (b) AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. The provisions of this Agreement,
including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or
supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof
may not be given, unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the
written consent of holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding
aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities (or, after the
consummation of any Exchange Offer in accordance with SECTION 2, of Exchange
Securities); provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or
indirectly affects the rights of any Restricted Person hereunder occurring
within the period in which the Initial Registration Statement is open for the
Restricted Persons, the Company and the Guarantors shall obtain the written
consent of each such Restricted Person against which such amendment,
modification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective. Notwithstanding
the foregoing (except for the foregoing proviso), a waiver or consent to
departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates
exclusively to the rights of holders of Registrable Securities whose securities
are being sold or exchanged pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does
not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other holders of Registrable
Securities may be given by holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or exchanged by such holders
pursuant to such Registration Statement; provided, however, that the provisions
of this sentence may not be amended, modified or supplemented except in
accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the
provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the
rights of Resale Initial Purchasers and that does not directly or indirectly
affect the rights of holders of Registrable Securities or Exchange Securities
may be given by each of the Resale Initial Purchasers affected thereby.

                  (c) NOTICES. All notices and other communications (including,
without limitation, any notices or other communications to the Trustee) provided
for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and delivered by hand
delivery, registered first-class mail, next-day air courier or telecopier:

                  (i) if to a holder of Registrable Securities, at the most
         current address given by such holder to the Company in accordance with
         the provisions of this SECTION 11(c),

<PAGE>

                                                                              22

         which address initially is, with respect to the Initial
         Purchasers, at the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and
         thereafter at the address for such holders of Registrable Securities
         set forth in the Security Register applicable to such Registrable
         Securities; and

                  (ii) if to the Company or any Guarantor, initially at the
         address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such
         other address, notice of which is given in accordance with the
         provisions of this SECTION 11(c).

                  All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have
been duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business
Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; one Business
Day after being timely delivered to a next-day air courier; and when received,
if telecopied.

                  Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications
shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at
the address specified in the Indenture.

                  (d) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties
hereto, including without limitation and without the need for an express
assignment or any consent by the Company or any Guarantor thereto, subsequent
holders of Registrable Securities.

                  (e) COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number
of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of
which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

                  (f) HEADINGS. The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the
meaning hereof.

                  (g) GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement and the rights and duties of
the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with,
the laws of the State of New York. Each of the parties hereto hereby submits to
the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and State Courts of the Borough of
Manhattan in the City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

                  (h) SEVERABILITY. In the event that any one or more of the
provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is
held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the
validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every

<PAGE>

                                                                              23

other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way
impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and
privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted
by law.

                  (i) ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, together with the
Purchase Agreement, is intended by the parties as a final expression of their
agreement, and is intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the
agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject
matter contained herein and therein. There are no restrictions, promises,
warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein and
therein. This Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement, supersedes all
prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such
subject matter.

                  (j) SECURITIES HELD BY THE COMPANY, ETC. Whenever the consent
or approval of holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of
Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the
Company, the Guarantors or any of their respective Affiliates (other than
subsequent holders of Registrable Securities if such subsequent holders are
deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Registrable
Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval
was given by the holders of such required percentage.

<PAGE>

                  Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth this
agreement between the Company, the Guarantors and you.




                                    Very truly yours,

                                    EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.


                                                 By:  /s/ Steven D. Eisenberg
                                                       -----------------------
                                         Name:      Steven D. Eisenberg
                                         Title:   Vice President


                                    EDISON MISSION FINANCE CO.

                                                 By:   /s/ Steven D. Eisenberg
                                                       -----------------------
                                         Name:        Steven D. Eisenberg
                                         Title:    Vice President

                                    HOMER CITY PROPERTY HOLDINGS,
                                    INC.
                                                 By:   /s/ Steven D. Eisenberg
                                                       -----------------------
                                         Name:      Steven D. Eisenberg
                                         Title:   Vice President of
                                                  Mission Energy Westside, Inc.
                                                  its General Partner

                                    CHESTNUT RIDGE ENERGY COMPANY

                                                 By:   /s/ Steven D. Eisenberg
                                                       -----------------------
                                         Name:      Steven D. Eisenberg

<PAGE>
                                         Title:   Vice President



                                    MISSION ENERGY WESTSIDE, INC.



                                                 By:    /s/ Steven D. Eisenberg
                                                       -----------------------

                                         Name:         Steven D. Eisenberg
                                         Title:     Vice President


                                    EME HOMER CITY GENERATION L.P.

                                                 By:    /s/ Steven D. Eisenberg
                                                       -----------------------
                                         Name:        Steven D. Eisenberg
                                         Title:    Vice President of
                                                   Mission Energy Westside, Inc.

                                    EDISON MISSION ENERGY

                                                By:     /s/ Steven D. Eisenberg
                                                       -----------------------
                                          Name:       Steven D. Eisenberg
                                          Title:   Vice President



Accepted:

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.,
on behalf of the Initial Purchasers


                  By:   /s/ Frank Napolitano
                        -----------------------
       Name:    Frank Napolitano
       Title:   Senior Vice President

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.71
================================================================================
                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

                                    INDENTURE

                           DATED AS OF JUNE 28, 1999,

                                     between

                              EDISON MISSION ENERGY

                                       and

                              THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

                                   as Trustee

                     Providing for the issuance from time to

                       time of Notes in one or more series



================================================================================


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page












<PAGE>


                  INDENTURE, dated as of June 28, 1999, between EDISON MISSION
ENERGY, a California corporation (the "Company"), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a
New York banking corporation, as trustee (the "Trustee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

                  WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the issue of its
senior notes to be issued in one or more series (the "Notes"), and to provide,
among other things, for the authentication, delivery and administration thereof,
the Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture;
and

                  WHEREAS, all things necessary to make the Notes, when executed
by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee as in this
Indenture provided, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and
to constitute these presents a valid Indenture and agreement according to its
terms, have been done;

                  NOW, THEREFORE:

                  In consideration of the premises and the purchases of the
Notes by the Holders (as defined herein) thereof, the Company and the Trustee
mutually covenant and agree for the equal and proportionate benefit of the
respective Holders from time to time of the Notes as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

                  Section 1.1       CERTAIN TERMS DEFINED.

                  The following terms (except as otherwise expressly provided)
for all purposes of this Indenture shall have the respective meanings specified
in this Section. All accounting terms used herein and not expressly defined
shall have the meanings given to them in accordance with GAAP (as defined
herein). The words "herein," "hereof' and "hereunder" and other words of similar
import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article,
Section or other subdivision. The terms defined in this Article include the
plural as well as the singular.

                  "Affiliate" has the meaning set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement.

                  "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

                  "Applicable Procedures" means, with respect to any transfer or
exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and
procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and


<PAGE>


Cedel that apply to such transfer or exchange.

                  "Authentication Order" has the meaning set forth in SECTION
2.3 hereof.

                  "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar
federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

                  "Board of Directors" means either the Board of Directors of
the Company or any committee of such Board duly authorized to act on behalf of
such Board.

                  "Broker-Dealer" means any broker or dealer registered under
the Exchange Act.

                  "Business Day" means a day which is neither a legal holiday
nor a day on which banking institutions (including, without limitation, the
Federal Reserve System) are authorized or required by law or regulation to close
in The City of New York.

                  "Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and all
outstanding shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however
designated, whether voting or non-voting) of, or interests in (however
designated), the equity of such Person, including without limitation all Common
Stock and Preferred Stock and partnership and joint venture interests of such
Person.

                  "Cedel" means CedelBank, SA.

                  "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as
from time to constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or, if at any time
after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and
performing the duties now assigned to it under the TIA, then the body (if any)
performing such duties at such time.

                  "Common Stock" means, with respect to any Person, Capital
Stock of such Person that does not rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or
as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of such Person, to shares of any other class of
Capital Stock of such Person.

                  "Company" means Edison Mission Energy, a California
corporation, and, subject to Article 8 hereof, its successors and assigns.

                  "Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means, as of the date of
determination thereof, the total amount of all of the Company's assets,
determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as of such date, less
the sum of (a) the Company's consolidated current liabilities determined in
accordance with GAAP and (b) the Company's assets properly classified as
intangible assets in accordance with GAAP, except for any intangible assets that
are


<PAGE>


distribution or related contracts with an assignable value.

                  "Corporate Trust Office" means the principal office of the
Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Trustee shall, at any
particular time, be principally administered, which office is, at the date as of
which this Indenture is dated, located at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 21W, New
York, New York 10286.

                  "Custodian" means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to
the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

                  "Default" means any occurrence, circumstance or event, or any
combination thereof, which, with the lapse of time and/or the giving of notice,
would constitute an Event of Default.

                  "Definitive Note" means a certificated Note registered in the
name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with SECTION 2.7 hereof,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not
bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the "Schedule of Exchanges of
Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto.

                  "Depositary" means, with respect to the Notes issuable or
issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in SECTION 2.4
hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors
thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the
applicable provision of this Indenture.

                  "DTC" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.4 hereof.

                  "Euroclear" means Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York,
Brussels office, as operator of the Euroclear system.

                  "Event of Default" means any event or condition specified as
such in SECTION 4.1 hereof that shall have continued for the period of time, if
any, therein designated.

                  "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

                  "Exchange Notes" means the Notes issued in the Exchange Offer
pursuant to SECTION 2.7(f) hereof.

                  "Exchange Offer" has the meaning set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement.

                  "Exchange Offer Registration Statement" has the meaning set
forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

                  "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States


<PAGE>


applied on a basis consistent with the principles, methods, procedures and
practices employed in the preparation of the Company's audited financial
statements, including, without limitation, those set forth in the opinions and
pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial
Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as
approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession.

                  "Global Notes" means, individually and collectively, each of
the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in
the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with SECTION 2.1, 2.7(b)(iv),
2.7(d)(ii) or 2.7(f) hereof.

                  "Global Note Legend" means the legend set forth in
SECTION 2.7(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued
under this Indenture.

                  "Good Faith Contest" means the contest of an item if (i) the
item is diligently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
timely instituted, (ii) adequate reserves are established in accordance with
GAAP with respect to the contested item, if the contested item individually or
when taken together with all other contested items for which reserves are not at
the time being held could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the
Company in excess of $1,000,000, (iii) during the period of such contest, the
enforcement of any contested item is effectively stayed, unless such enforcement
would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (iv)
any Lien filed in connection therewith shall have been removed from the record
by bonding arrangements by a reputable surety company, or title insurance or
cash deposits are otherwise provided to assure the discharge of the Company's
obligation in connection therewith, provided that such cash deposits, in the
aggregate, shall not exceed $2,000,000, (v) such payment shall have been made as
is necessary to prevent the recordation of a tax deed or other similar
instrument conveying the property of the Company or any portion thereof,
(vi) the failure to pay or comply with the contested item during the period
of such Good Faith Contest would not reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect and (vii) the Company has no knowledge of any actual
or proposed deficiency or additional assessment in connection therewith not
otherwise satisfying the requirements of clauses (i) through (vi).

                  "Holder," "Holder of Notes," "Noteholder" and other similar
terms mean the registered holder of any Note as reflected in the registration
records of the Registrar.

                  "Indebtedness" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.5.

                  "Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed and
delivered or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or
supplemented.

                  "Indirect Participant" means a Person who holds a beneficial
interest in a Global Note through a Participant.


<PAGE>


                  "Institutional Accredited Investor" means an institution that
is an "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under
the Securities Act, who is not also a QIB.

                  "Interest Payment Date" means, with respect to any Note, the
Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Note.

                  "Letter of Transmittal" means the letter of transmittal to be
prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such
Holders in connection with the Exchange Offer.

                  "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on
the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of
operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the
ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Indenture, any
indenture supplemental hereto, the Notes, any Registration Rights Agreement or
any purchase or underwriting agreement in respect of any series of Notes.

                  "Non-U.S. Person" means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

                  "Note" or "Notes" has the meaning set forth in the recitals
above.

                  "Notes Register" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.4
hereof.

                  "Officer" means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of
the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating
Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer,
the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

                  "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed on behalf
of the Company by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President or any
Vice President and by the Chief Financial Officer or the Secretary or any
Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of the Company
and delivered to the Trustee. Each such certificate shall include the statements
provided for in SECTION 11.5 hereof, if and to the extent required thereby.

                  "Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion in writing signed by
legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company. Each such
opinion shall include the statements provided for in SECTION 11.5 hereof, if and
to the extent required thereby.

                  "Original Issue Date" of any Note (or portion thereof) means
the earlier of (a) the date of such Note or (b) the date of any Note (or portion
thereof) in exchange for which such Note was issued (directly or indirectly) on
registration of transfer, exchange or substitution.


<PAGE>


                  "Outstanding", when used with reference to Notes, means,
subject to the provisions of SECTIONS 2.9 and 6.4 hereof, as of any particular
time, all Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture,
except:

                  (i) Notes theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation, or which shall have been paid pursuant to SECTION
2.8 hereof (other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have been
presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a
bona fide purchaser in whose hands the Notes are valid obligations of the
Company); and

                  (ii) Notes, or portions thereof, for the payment or redemption
of which moneys or direct obligations of the United States of America backed by
its full faith and credit in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in
trust with the Trustee or with any paying agent (other than the Company) or
shall have been set aside, segregated and held in trust by the Company (if the
Company shall act as its own paying agent), provided that if such Notes are to
be redeemed prior to the maturity thereof, written notice of such redemption
shall have been herein provided, or provision satisfactory to the Trustee shall
have been given as herein provided, or provision satisfactory to the Trustee
shall have been made for giving such notice.

                  "Participant" means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear
or Cedel, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Cedel,
respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Cedel).

                 "Paying Agent" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.4 hereof.

                 "Person" means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a
limited liability company, an association, a trust or any other entity or
organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or
instrumentality thereof.

                 "Preferred Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any and
all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated,
whether voting or non-voting) of preferred or preference Capital Stock of such
Person that is outstanding or issued on or after the date of this Indenture.

                 "Private Placement Legend" means the legend set forth in
SECTION 2.7(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except
where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

                 "QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined in
Rule 144A.

                 "Registrar" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.4 hereof.

                 "Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights
Agreement, dated


<PAGE>


as of June 23, 1999, by and among the Company and the other parties named on the
signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time, and, with respect to any transfer-restricted
Notes issued pursuant to a Series Supplemental Indenture after the date of this
Indenture ("Additional Notes"), one or more registration rights agreements
between the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be
amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by
the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional
Notes, or exchange such Additional Notes for securities registered, under the
Securities Act.

                  "Regulation S" means Regulation S promulgated under the
Securities Act.

                  "Responsible Officer", when used with respect to the Trustee,
means any officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its
corporate trust matters.

                  "Restricted Definitive Note" means a Definitive Note bearing
the Private Placement Legend.

                  "Restricted Global Note" means a Global Note bearing the
Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in
the name of, the Depositary or its nominee.

               "Rule 144" means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

               "Rule 144A" means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

               "Rule 903" means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

               "Rule 904" means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

               "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

                  "Series Supplemental Indenture" means an indenture
supplemental to this Indenture entered into by the Company and the Trustee for
the purpose of establishing, in accordance with Article 2 of this Indenture, the
title, form and terms of the Notes of any series.

                  "Shelf Registration Statement" means the Shelf Registration
Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

                  "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any debt security or
any installment of interest thereon, the date specified in such debt security as
the fixed date on which any principal of such debt security or any such
installment of interest is due and payable.


<PAGE>


                  "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any
corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the
total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the
occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or
trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by
such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a
combination thereof.

                  "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

                  "Trustee" means the entity identified as "Trustee" in the
first paragraph hereof until the appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to
Article 5, after which "Trustee" shall mean such successor trustee.

                  "Unrestricted Global Note" means a permanent Global Note
substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global
Note Legend and that has the "Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global
Note" attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and
registered in the name of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do
not bear the Private Placement Legend.

                  "Unrestricted Definitive Note" means one or more Definitive
Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement
Legend.

                  "U.S. Government Obligations" means securities that are (i)
direct and unconditional obligations of the United States of America for the
payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a
Person controlled or supervised by, and acting as an agency or instrumentality
of, the United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally
guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of
America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of
the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank
or trust company subject to federal or state supervision or examination with a
combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000, as custodian with respect
to any such U.S. Government Obligations or a specific payment of interest on or
principal of any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the
account of the holder of a depository receipt, provided that (except as required
by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount
payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the
custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment
of interest on or principal of the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such
depository receipt.

                  "U.S. Person" means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(o)
under the Securities Act.

                                   ARTICLE II


<PAGE>


                                    THE NOTES

                  Section 2.1       FORM AND DATING.

                           (a)      GENERAL.  The Notes and the Trustee's
certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A
hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law,
stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its
authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $100,000 and any integral
multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on
the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

                  The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall
constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the
Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture,
expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However,
to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of
this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be
controlling.

                  For purposes of this Article 2, the unrestricted Notes
pertaining to previously restricted Notes (such as the unrestricted Notes that
may be exchanged for restricted Notes pursuant to an Exchange Offer) shall be
deemed to be Notes of the same series, notwithstanding that such unrestricted
Notes and restricted Notes may be designated as different series and have been
issued under different Series Supplemental Indentures.

                           (b)      GLOBAL NOTES AND DEFINITIVE NOTES.  Notes
issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached
hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the "Schedule of Exchanges
of Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive
form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but
without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the "Schedule of Exchanges of
Interests in the Global Note" attached thereto). Each Global Note shall
represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each
shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of
outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time
be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.
Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or
decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented
thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the
Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required
by SECTION 2.7 hereof.

                           (c)      INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Institutional Accredited
Investors may not hold beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note, but
may be Holders of Restricted Definitive Notes.

                           (d)      EUROCLEAR AND CEDEL PROCEDURES APPLICABLE.
The provisions of


<PAGE>


the "Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System" and "Terms and Conditions
Governing Use of Euroclear" and the "General Terms and Conditions of CedelBank"
and "Customer Handbook" of Cedel shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial
interests in Global Notes sold pursuant to the exemption to the registration
requirements of the Securities Act afforded by Regulation S and that are held by
Participants through Euroclear or Cedel.

                 Section 2.2       AMOUNT; ISSUABLE IN SERIES.

                  The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be
authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

                  The Notes may be issued in one or more series. There shall be
established in one or more Series Supplemental Indentures, prior to the issuance
of Notes of any series:

                           (a)      the title of the Notes of such series (which
shall distinguish the Notes of such series from all other Notes);

                           (b)      any limit upon the aggregate principal
amount of the Notes of such series that may be authenticated and delivered under
this Indenture (except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration
of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes of such series
pursuant to SECTION 2.7(f), 2.8, 2.10, 7.5 or 10.1 and except for Notes that are
deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);

                           (c)      the date or dates on which the principal of
the Notes of such series is payable, the amounts of principal payable on such
date or dates and the regular record date for the determination of Holders to
whom principal is payable; and the date or dates on or as of which the Notes of
such series shall be dated, if other than as provided in the first paragraph of
SECTION 2.1(a);

                           (d)      the rate or rates at which the Notes of such
series shall bear interest, or the method by which such rate or rates shall be
determined, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, the
interest payment dates on which such interest shall be payable and the regular
record date for the determination of Holders to whom interest is payable; and
the basis of computation of interest, if other than as provided in the first
paragraph of SECTION 2.1(a);

                           (e)      if other than as provided in SECTION 2.4,
the place or places where (i) the principal of and interest on Notes of such
series shall be payable, (ii) Notes of such series may be surrendered for
registration of transfer or exchange and (iii) notices and demands to or upon
the Company in respect of the Notes of such series and this Indenture may be
served;

                           (f)      the price or prices at which, the period or
periods within which and the terms and conditions upon which Notes of such
series may be redeemed, in whole or in part,


<PAGE>


at the option of the Company;

                           (g)      the obligation, if any, of the Company to
redeem, purchase or repay Notes of such series pursuant to any sinking fund or
analogous provision or at the option of a Holder thereof and the price or prices
at which and the period or periods within which and the terms and conditions
upon which Notes of such series shall be redeemed, purchased or repaid, in
whole or in part, pursuant to such obligations;

                           (h)      if other than minimum denominations of
$100,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, the
denominations in which Notes of such series shall be issuable;

                           (i)      any other terms of such series (which terms
shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture);

                           (j)      any trustees, authenticating or paying
agents, warrant agents, transfer agents or registrars with respect to the Notes
of such series if different than those provided for herein; and

                           (k)      CUSIP numbers, if any.

                  Section 2.3       EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION.

                  Two Officers shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or
facsimile signature.

                  If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds
that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be
valid.

                  A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual
signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the
Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

                  The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed
by two Officers (an "Authentication Order"), authenticate Notes of a given
series for original issue up to the aggregate principal amount stated in the
applicable Series Supplemental Indenture. The aggregate principal amount of
Notes of a given series outstanding at any time may not exceed such amount
except as provided in SECTION 2.8 hereof.

                  The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to
the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate
Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to
authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An
authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or


<PAGE>


an Affiliate of the Company.

                  Section 2.4       REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT.

                  The Company shall maintain, in the Borough of Manhattan in the
City of New York, an office or agency where Notes may be presented for
registration of transfer or for exchange ("Registrar") and an office or agency
where Notes may be presented for payment ("Paying Agent") and an office or
agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes
or this Indenture may be served. The Registrar shall keep a register ("Notes
Register") of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may
appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The
term "Registrar" includes any co-registrar and the term "Paying Agent" includes
any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or
Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If
the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying
Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall accept presentations, notices and
demands hereunder at the Corporate Trust Office. The Company or any of its
Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

                  The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company
("DTC") to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

                  The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the
Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global
Notes and designates the Trustee's New York office as the office or agency
referred to in the first sentence of this Section.

                  Section 2.5       PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST.

                  The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the
Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the
benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the
payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify
the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company in making any such payment.
While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay
all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a
Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to
the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall
have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as
Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the
benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy
or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve
as Paying Agent for the Notes.

                  The Company shall, prior to each due date, or not later than
11 AM New York City time on each due date, of the principal of, and premium, if
any, or interest on the Notes,

<PAGE>


deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium or
interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company shall
promptly notify the Trustee of any failure to take such action.

                  Anything in this SECTION 2.5 to the contrary
notwithstanding, the Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other reason, pay or
cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums held in trust by any Paying Agent
hereunder, as required by this SECTION 2.5, such sums to be held by the
Trustee upon the trusts herein contained.

                  Anything in this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, the
agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this SECTION 3.4 is subject to
the provisions of SECTION 9.1 and SECTION 9.3 hereof.

                  Section 2.6       HOLDER LISTS.

                  The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is
reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and
addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA section 312(a). If
the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at
least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other
times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form and as of such
date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the
Holders of Notes, and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA section
312(a).

                  Section 2.7       TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.

                           (a)      TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF GLOBAL NOTES.  A
Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a
nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or
to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee
to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global
Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if (i) the Company
delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or
unable to continue to act as Depositary for any of the Global Notes or that it
is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either
case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days
after the date of such notice from the Depositary, (ii) there shall have
occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the applicable
Notes and beneficial owners holding interests representing an aggregate
principal amount of at least 51% of such Notes represented by Global Notes
advise the Trustee in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system
through the Depositary is no longer in such owner's best interests or (iii) the
Company executes and delivers to the Trustee an order that the Global Notes will
be so exchangeable. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in
clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names
as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee in writing. Global Notes also may
be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in


<PAGE>


SECTIONS 2.8 and 2.10 hereof. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange
for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this
SECTION 2.7 or SECTION 2.8 or 2.10 hereof shall be authenticated and delivered
in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except as otherwise provided
herein. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as
provided in this SECTION 2.7(a); however, beneficial interests in a Global Note
may be transferred and exchanged as provided in SECTION 2.7(b), (c) or (f)
hereof.

                          (b)      TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS
IN THE GLOBAL NOTES. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the
Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the
provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests
in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer
comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities
Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require
compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as
one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

                                    (i)     TRANSFER OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN
THE SAME GLOBAL NOTE. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be
transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer
restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend. Beneficial interests in
any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Unrestricted Global
Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the
Registrar to effect the transfers described in the second sentence of this
SECTION 2.7(b)(i).

                                    (ii)    ALL OTHER TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES OF
BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN GLOBAL NOTES. In connection with all transfers and
exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to SECTION 2.7(b)(i), the
transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A)
(1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the
Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary
to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note
in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and
(2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing
information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase
or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given
to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the
Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the
beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by
the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in
whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or
exchange referred to in clause (B)(1) above. Upon consummation of an Exchange
Offer by the Company in accordance with


<PAGE>


SECTION 2.7(f) hereof, the requirements of this SECTION 2.7(b)(ii) shall be
deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions
contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such
beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Note of the applicable series.
Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of
beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes
or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the
principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to SECTION 2.7(h)
hereof.

                                    (iii)   TRANSFER OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN
A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note
may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in such Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with
the requirements of SECTION 2.7(b)(i) above and the Registrar receives the
following:

                                            (A)      if the transferee will take
                    delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Global
                    Note by virtue of the exemption from the registration
                    requirements of the Securities Act afforded by Rule 144A,
                    then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form
                    of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
                    (1) thereof; and

                                            (B)      if the transferee will take
                    delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Global
                    Note by virtue of the exemption from the registration
                    requirements of the Securities Act afforded by Regulation S,
                    then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form
                    of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
                    (2) thereof.

                                    (iv)    TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF BENEFICIAL
INTERESTS IN THE RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF A SERIES FOR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN
THE UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF SUCH SERIES. A beneficial interest in the
Restricted Global Note of a series may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a
beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note of such series, or
transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in the Unrestricted Global Note of such series, if the exchange or
transfer complies with the requirements of SECTION 2.7(b)(ii) and:

                                            (A)      such exchange or transfer
                    is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance
                    with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the
                    beneficial interest to be exchanged, in the case of an
                    exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer,
                    certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it


<PAGE>


                    is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in
                    the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who
                    is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

                                            (B)      such transfer is effected
                    pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance
                    with the Registration Rights Agreement;

                                            (C)      such transfer is effected
                    by a Broker- Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer
                    Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration
                    Rights Agreement; or

                                            (D) the Registrar receives the

                    following:

                                                     (1)      if the holder of
                                   such beneficial interest in a Restricted
                                   Global Note proposes to exchange such
                                   beneficial interest for a beneficial interest
                                   in the Unrestricted Global Note of such
                                   series, a certificate from such holder in the
                                   form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
                                   certifications in item (l)(a) thereof; or

                                                     (2)      if the holder of
                                   such beneficial interest in a Restricted
                                   Global Note proposes to transfer such
                                   beneficial interest to a Person who shall
                                   take delivery thereof in the form of a
                                   beneficial interest in the Unrestricted
                                   Global Note of such series, a certificate
                                   from such holder in the form of Exhibit B
                                   hereto, including the certifications in item
                                   (4) thereof;

                                        and, in each such case set forth in this
                                        subparagraph (D), if the Company so
                                        requests or if the Applicable Procedures
                                        so require, an Opinion of Counsel in
                                        form reasonably acceptable to the
                                        Company to the effect that such exchange
                                        or transfer is in compliance with the
                                        Securities Act and that the restrictions
                                        on transfer contained herein and in the
                                        Private Placement Legend are no longer
                                        required in order to maintain compliance
                                        with the Securities Act.

                  If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (B)
or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note of the applicable series
has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with SECTION 2.3 hereof, the Trustee shall
authenticate, one or more Unrestricted Global Notes of such series in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial
interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.


<PAGE>


                  Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be
exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form
of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

                           (c)      TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE OF BENEFICIAL INTERESTS
IN GLOBAL NOTES FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES.

                                    (i)     BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED
     GLOBAL NOTES TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. If any holder of a beneficial
     interest in a Restricted Global Note of a series proposes to exchange such
     beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note of such series or to
     transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in
     the form of a Restricted Definitive Note of such series, then, upon receipt
     by the Registrar of the following documentation:

                                            (A)      if the holder of such
          beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange
          such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a
          certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto,
          including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

                                            (B)      if such beneficial interest
          is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the
          Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B
          hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

                                            (C)      if such beneficial interest
          is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction
          in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a
          certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
          certifications in item (2) thereof;

                                            (D)      if such beneficial interest
          is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration
          requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under
          the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B
          hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; or

                                            (E)      if such beneficial interest
          is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a
          certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
          certifications in item (3)(b) thereof;


<PAGE>

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the Global Note of
such series to be reduced accordingly pursuant to SECTION 2.7(h) hereof, and the
Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the
Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate
principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this SECTION 2.7(c) shall be
registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or
denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the
Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or
Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the
Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued
in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to
this SECTION 2.7(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be
subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

                                    (ii)    BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED
     GLOBAL NOTES TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. A holder of a beneficial
     interest in a Restricted Global Note of a series may exchange such
     beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note of such series or
     may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery
     thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note of such series only
     if:

                                            (A)      such exchange or transfer
          is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the
          Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial
          interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case
          of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that
          it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the
          distribution of the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate
          (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

                                            (B)      such transfer is effected
          pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the
          Registration Rights Agreement;

                                            (C)      such transfer is effected
          by a Broker- Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration
          Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or

                                            (D) the Registrar receives the
          following:

                                                     (1)      if the holder of
                    such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
                    proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
                    Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement
                    Legend, a


<PAGE>


                    certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C
                    hereto, including the certifications in item (l)(b) thereof;
                    or

                                                     (2)      if the holder of
                    such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
                    proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a
                    Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a
                    Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement
                    Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of
                    Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4)
                    thereof;

               and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
               Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require,
               an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the
               Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in
               compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on
               transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are
               no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the
               Securities Act.

                                    (iii)   BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN UNRESTRICTED
     GLOBAL NOTES TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. If any holder of a
     beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of a series proposes to
     exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note of such series or
     to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof
     in the form of a Definitive Note of such series, then, upon satisfaction of
     the conditions set forth in SECTION 2.7(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall
     cause the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note of
     such series to be reduced accordingly pursuant to SECTION 2.7(h) hereof,
     and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and
     deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note of
     such series in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued
     in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this SECTION 2.7(c)(iii)
     shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized
     denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest
     shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and
     the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such
     Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so
     registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial
     interest pursuant to this SECTION 2.7(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private
     Placement Legend.

                           (d)      TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF DEFINITIVE NOTES
FOR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN GLOBAL NOTES.

                                    (i)     RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES TO
     BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES. If any Holder of a
     Restricted Definitive Note of a series proposes to exchange such Note for a
     beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note of such series or to
     transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who


<PAGE>


     takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted
     Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following
     documentation:

                                         (A)   if the Holder of such Restricted
                 Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial
                 interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such
                 Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
                 certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

                                         (B)   if such Restricted Definitive
                 Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule
                 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect
                 set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
                 in item (1) thereof;

                                         (C)   if such Restricted Definitive
                 Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an
                 offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904
                 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set
                 forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
                 item (2) thereof;

                                         (D)   if such Restricted Definitive
                 Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the
                 registration requirements of the Securities Act in
                 accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a
                 certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
                 including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; or

                                         (E)   if such Restricted Definitive
                 Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its
                 Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in
                 Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
                 (3)(b) thereof,

                           the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive
                           Note and increase or cause to be increased the
                           aggregate principal amount of the Restricted Global
                           Note of such series.

                                    (ii)    RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES TO
BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES. A Holder of a Restricted
Definitive Note of a series may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note of such series or transfer such Restricted
Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of such series only if:

<PAGE>

                                            (A)      such exchange or transfer
                    is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance
                    with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in
                    the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a
                    transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal
                    that it is not (1) a Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person
                    participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or
                    (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of
                    the Company;

                                            (B)      such transfer is effected
                    pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance
                    with the Registration Rights Agreement;

                                            (C)      such transfer is effected
                    by a Broker- Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer
                    Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration
                    Rights Agreement; or

                                            (D) the Registrar receives the
                    following:

                                                     (1)      if the Holder of
                                   such Definitive Note proposes to exchange
                                   such Note for a beneficial interest in the
                                   Unrestricted Global Note of such series, a
                                   certificate from such Holder in the form of
                                   Exhibit C hereto, including the
                                   certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

                                                     (2)      if the Holder of
                                   such Definitive Note proposes to transfer
                                   such Note to a Person who shall take delivery
                                   thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
                                   in the Unrestricted Global Note of such
                                   series, a certificate from such Holder in the
                                   form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
                                   certifications in item (4) thereof;

                  and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if
                  the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so
                  require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable
                  to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is
                  in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
                  restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private
                  Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain
                  compliance with the Securities Act.

                                    (iii)   UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES TO
BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES. A Holder of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note of such series or transfer such Definitive Note to a
Person who takes delivery thereof


<PAGE>


in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of such
series at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer,
the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and
increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the
Unrestricted Global Notes of such series.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note of a series to a
beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or
(iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note of such series has not
yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order in accordance with SECTION 2.3 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one
or more Unrestricted Global Notes of such series in an aggregate principal
amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

                           (e)      TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF DEFINITIVE NOTES
FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such
Holder's compliance with the provisions of this SECTION 2.7(e), the Registrar
shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such
registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or
surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by
a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly
executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In
addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications,
documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following
provisions of this SECTION 2.7(e).

                                    (i)     RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES TO
RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. Any Restricted Definitive Note of a series may be
transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof
in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note of such series if the Registrar
receives the following:

                                            (A)      if the transfer will be
                    made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then
                    the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of
                    Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1)
                    thereof;

                                            (B)      if the transfer will be
                    made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor
                    must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
                    including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

                                            (C)      if the transfer will be
                    made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration
                    requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must
                    deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
                    including the certifications, certificates

<PAGE>

                    and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if
                    applicable.

                                    (ii)    RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES TO
          UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. Any Restricted Definitive Note of a
          series may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted
          Definitive Note of such series or transferred to a Person or Persons
          who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive
          Note if:

                                            (A)      such exchange or transfer
               is effected pursuant to the Exchange Offer in accordance with the
               Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder, in the case of an
               exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies
               in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a
               Broker-Dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of
               the Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as
               defined in Rule 144) of the Company;

                                            (B)      any such transfer is
               effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in
               accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

                                            (C)      any such transfer is
               effected by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer
               Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
               Agreement; or

                                            (D) the Registrar receives the
               following:

                                                     (1)      if the Holder of
                    such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such
                    Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from
                    such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
                    certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

                                                     (2)      if the Holder of
                    such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such
                    Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form
                    of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such
                    Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
                    certifications in item (4) thereof;

               and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D), if the
               Company so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably
               acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or
               transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
               restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private
               Placement


<PAGE>


               Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance
               with the Securities Act.

                                    (iii)   UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES TO
               UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. A Holder of Unrestricted
               Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes
               delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted

         Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer,
         the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant
         to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

                           (f)      EXCHANGE OFFER.  Upon the occurrence of the
Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company
shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
SECTION 2.3, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global
Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the
beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by
Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they are
not Broker-Dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the
Exchange Notes and (z) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the
Company, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive
Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the
Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer.
Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the
aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be
reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive
Notes so accepted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

                           (g)      LEGENDS.  The following legends shall, as
indicated below, appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes
issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the
applicable provisions of this Indenture.

                                    (i)     PRIVATE PLACEMENT LEGEND.

                                            (A)      Except as permitted by
                    subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive
                    Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or
                    substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially
                    the following form:

"THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT
FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE
"SECURITIES ACT"), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION
THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF
THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF
THE


<PAGE>


SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES
FOR THE BENEFIT OF EDISON MISSION ENERGY THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED,
RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) TO EDISON MISSION ENERGY,
(II) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS
A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER SECURITIES ACT)
IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) OUTSIDE THE UNITED
STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (V) PURSUANT TO
AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES
(II) THROUGH (V) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE
OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS
REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE
RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE."

                                            (B)      Notwithstanding the
                    foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued
                    pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii),
                    (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this SECTION
                    2.7 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or
                    substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement
                    Legend.

                                    (ii)    GLOBAL NOTE LEGEND.  Each Global
          Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

"THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE
GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL
OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES
EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.8 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED
IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.7(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS
GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION
2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A
SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF EDISON MISSION ENERGY."

                                    (iii) IAI NOTE LEGEND. Each Definitive Note
          held by and Institutional Accredited Investor shall bear a legend in
          substantially the following form:

"IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE


<PAGE>


REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH
TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH
THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS."


                    (h) CANCELLATION AND/OR ADJUSTMENT OF GLOBAL NOTES. At such
time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged
for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased
or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to
or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with SECTION 2.11 hereof.
At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global
Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof
in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive
Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be
reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the
Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such
reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred
to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly
and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the
Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

                    (i) GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES.

                                    (i)     To permit registrations of transfers
          and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
          authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Company's
          written order or at the Registrar's written request.

                                    (ii) No service charge shall be made to a
          holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a
          Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the
          Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer
          tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith
          (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge
          payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to SECTIONS 2.10, 7.5 and
          11.1 hereof).

                                    (iii) The Registrar shall not be required to
          register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption
          in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being
          redeemed in part.

                                    (iv)    All Global Notes and Definitive
          Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global
          Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the
          Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits
          under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes


<PAGE>


          surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

                                    (v)     The Company shall not be required
          (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes
          during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before
          the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Article 10
          hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection,
          (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected
          for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of
          any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or
          to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding
          Interest Payment Date.

                                    (vi)    Prior to due presentment for the
          registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the
          Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is
          registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of
          receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for
          all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company
          shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

                                    (vii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global
          Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of
          SECTION 2.3 hereof.

                                    (viii)  All certifications, certificates and
          Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant
          to this SECTION 2.7 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange
          may be submitted by facsimile but originals of such opinions shall
          follow by mail.

                  Section 2.8       REPLACEMENT NOTES.

                  If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the
Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the
destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee,
upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note
if the Trustee's requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the
Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in
the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee,
any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer
if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a
Note.

                  Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the
Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally
and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

                  Section 2.9       OUTSTANDING NOTES.


<PAGE>


                  The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes
authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to
it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected
by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in
this Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in SECTION 6.4 hereof, a
Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the
Company holds the Note.

                  If a Note is replaced pursuant to SECTION 2.8 hereof it ceases
to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the
replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

                  If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under
SECTION 3.1 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to
accrue.

                  If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or
an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money
sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such
Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue
interest.

                  Section 2.10      TEMPORARY NOTES.

                  Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery,
the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication
Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be
substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the
Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare
and the Trustee shall authenticate permanent Notes in exchange for temporary
Notes.

                  Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the
benefits of this Indenture.

                  Section 2.11      CANCELLATION.

                  The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for
cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The
Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of
transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of
the canceled Notes pursuant to its customary practices and procedures in effect
from time to time (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange
Act). Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes shall be delivered
to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has
paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, except as
otherwise provided for herein.


<PAGE>


                  Section 2.12      DEFAULTED INTEREST.

                  If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes,
it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are
Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided
in the Notes and in SECTION 3.1 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and
the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed
each such special record date and payment date, PROVIDED that no such special
record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for
such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the
Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name
and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a
notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the
amount of such interest to be paid.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                  COVENANTS OF
                           THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

                 Section 3.1 PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST.

                  The Company shall duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid
the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, each of the Notes at the
place or places, at the respective times and in the manner provided in the
applicable Series Supplemental Indenture and the Notes. Payment of principal of,
and premium and interest on the Notes shall be paid by mailing a check to or
upon the written order of the registered Holders of Notes entitled thereto at
their last address as it appears on the Notes Register or, upon written
application to the Trustee (which shall be received by the Trustee prior to the
record date) by a Holder of $1,000,000 or more in aggregate principal amount of
Notes, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account maintained
by such Holder with a bank or other financial institution; PROVIDED, HOWEVER
that (subject to the provisions of SECTION 2.8 hereof) payment of principal of,
and premium, if any, on any Note may be conditioned upon presentation for
payment of the certificate representing such Note.

                  The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the
rate equal to the rate set forth in the applicable Series Supplemental Indenture
and the Notes, and it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in
any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest
(without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent
lawful.

                  Section 3.2 APPOINTMENT TO FILL VACANCY IN OFFICE OF TRUSTEE.
The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of
Trustee, shall appoint, in the


<PAGE>


manner provided in SECTION 5.9 hereof, a Trustee, so that there shall at all
times be a Trustee hereunder.

                  Section 3.3       CERTIFICATE TO TRUSTEE, NOTICES OF DEFAULTS.

                  The Company shall furnish to the Trustee (i) on or before
March 31 in each year (beginning with March 31, 2000) a brief certificate from
the principal executive, financial or accounting officer of this Company as to
his or her knowledge of the Company's compliance with all covenants under this
Indenture (such compliance to be determined without regard to any period of
grace or requirement of notice provided under this Indenture). and (ii) upon
becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, a statement specifying such
Default or Event of Default. Within 30 days of its becoming aware of any Default
or Event of Default, the Trustee shall provide the Holders with a notice
specifying such Default or Event of Default.

                  Section 3.4 REPORTS BY THE COMPANY. The Company shall deliver
to the Trustee and provide Noteholders, within 15 days after it files them with
the Commission, copies of its annual reports and of the information, documents
and other reports that the Company is required to file with the Commission
pursuant to SECTION 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and shall deliver to the
Trustee copies of any other report that the Company files with the Commission.
Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for
informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not
constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein, including
the Company's compliance with any of its covenants contained hereunder.

                  Section 3.5       RESTRICTIONS ON LIENS.

                  The Company shall not pledge, mortgage or hypothecate, or
permit to exist, any mortgage, pledge or other lien upon any property at any
time directly owned by the Company to secure any indebtedness for money borrowed
that is incurred, issued, assumed or guaranteed by the Company ("Indebtedness"),
without making effective provisions whereby the Notes shall be equally and
ratably secured with any and all such Indebtedness and with any other
Indebtedness similarly entitled to be equally and ratably secured; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that this restriction shall not apply to or prevent the creation or
existence of (i) liens existing at the Original Issue Date of the Notes, (ii)
purchase money liens not to exceed the cost or value of the purchased property,
(iii) other liens not to exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, and
(iv) liens granted in connection with extending, renewing, replacing or
refinancing, in whole or in part, the Indebtedness (including, without
limitation, increasing the principal amount of such Indebtedness) secured by
liens described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii).

                  In the event that the Company proposes to pledge, mortgage or
hypothecate any property at any time directly owned by it to secure any
Indebtedness, other than as permitted by clauses (i) through (iv) of the
previous paragraph, the Company shall give prior written notice


<PAGE>


thereof to the Trustee, who shall give notice to the Holders, and the Company
shall, prior to or simultaneously with such pledge, mortgage or hypothecation,
effectively secure all the Notes equally and ratably with such Indebtedness.

                  Section 3.6       MAINTENANCE OF CORPORATE EXISTENCE.

                  Subject to the provisions of Article 8 hereof, the Company
shall at all times preserve and maintain in full force and effect (i) its
corporate existence and good standing under the laws of the State of California
and (ii) its qualification to do business in each other jurisdiction in which
the character of its properties or the nature of its activities make such
qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified would not
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

                  Section 3.7       TAXES.

                  The Company shall, prior to the time penalties attach thereto,
(i) file, or cause to be filed, all tax and information returns that are
required to be, or are required to have been, filed by it in any jurisdiction,
and (ii) pay or cause to be paid all taxes shown to be, or to have been, due and
payable on such returns and all other taxes lawfully imposed and payable by it,
except to the extent there is a Good Faith Contest thereof by the Company.

                                   ARTICLE IV

          EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND NOTEHOLDERS

                  Section 4.1       EVENT OF DEFAULT DEFINED; ACCELERATION OF
MATURITY; WAIVER OF DEFAULT.

                  If one or more of the following Events of Default (whatever
the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or
involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment,
decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body or otherwise) shall have occurred and be
continuing:

                           (a)      default in the payment of all or any part of
the principal of, or premium, if any, on, any of the Notes as and when the same
shall become due and payable either at maturity, upon any redemption or required
repurchase, by declaration of acceleration or otherwise; or

                           (b)      default in the payment of any installment of
interest upon any of the Notes as and when the same shall become due and
payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or


<PAGE>


                           (c)      an event of default, as defined in any
instrument of the Company under which there may be issued, or by which there may
be secured or evidenced, any Indebtedness of the Company that has resulted in
the acceleration of such Indebtedness, or any default occurring in payment of
any such Indebtedness at final maturity (and after the expiration of any
applicable grace periods), other than such Indebtedness (i) which is payable
solely out of the property or assets of a partnership, joint venture or similar
entity of which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates is a
participant, or which is secured by a lien on the property or assets owned or
held by such entity, without further recourse to or liability of the Company, or
(ii) the principal of, and interest on, which, when added to the principal of
and interest on all other such Indebtedness (exclusive of Indebtedness under
clause (i) above), does not exceed $20,000,000; or

                          (d)      failure on the part of the Company duly to
observe or perform any other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the
Company in the Notes or in this Indenture and such failure continues for a
period of 90 days after the date on which written notice specifying such
failure, stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder and
demanding that the Company remedy the same, shall have been given to the Company
by the Trustee, or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25%
in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding; or

                           (e)      one or more final, nonappealable judgments,
decrees or orders of any court, tribunal, arbitrator, administrative or other
governmental body or similar entity for the payment of money shall be rendered
against the Company or any of its properties in an aggregate amount in excess of
$20,000,000 (excluding the amount thereof covered by insurance) and such
judgment, decree or order shall remain unvacated, undischarged and unstayed for
more than 90 days, except while being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings; or

                           (f)      a court having jurisdiction in the premises
shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an
involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or a decree or
order adjudging the Company a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly
filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, or composition
of or in respect of the Company under any applicable federal or state law, or
appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or
similar official of the Company or for any substantial part of its property or
ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered,
and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90
consecutive days; or

                           (g)      the Company shall commence a voluntary case
or proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or of any other
case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the
entry of a decree or order for relief in an involuntary case or proceeding under
any such law, or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case


<PAGE>

or proceeding against the Company, or the filing by the Company of a petition or
answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any such applicable
federal or state law, or the consent by the Company to the filing of such
petition or to the appointment of or the taking possession by a custodian,
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official
of the Company or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by the
Company of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the taking of action
by the Company in furtherance of any such action;

                  then and in each and every such case (other than an Event of
Default with respect to the Company specified in SECTION 4.1(f) or 4.1(g)
hereof), unless the principal amount of all of the Notes shall have already
become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25%
in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding hereunder, by notice
in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Noteholders), may
declare the entire principal amount of all the Notes and the interest accrued
thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the
same shall become immediately due and payable. This provision, however, is
subject to the condition that if, at any time after the principal of the Notes
shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree
for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as
hereinafter provided, the Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a
sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Notes
and the principal and premium, if any, of any and all Notes that shall have
become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon such principal and
premium, if any, and, to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable
under applicable law, on overdue installments of interest, at the rate of
interest specified in the Notes, to the date of such payment or deposit) and
such amount as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the
Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, their respective agents, attorneys and
counsel, and all other reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred and all
reasonable advances made by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee except as a
result of gross negligence or bad faith, and if any and all Events of Default
under this Indenture, other than the non-payment of the principal that shall
have become due by acceleration, shall have been cured, waived or otherwise
remedied as provided herein, then and in every such case the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding, by written
notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all defaults (except, unless
theretofore cured, a default in payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or
interest on, the Notes) and rescind and annul such declaration and its
consequences, but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or
shall affect any subsequent default or shall impair any right consequent
thereon.

                  If an Event of Default specified in SECTION 4.1(f) or 4.1(g)
hereof occurs with respect to the Company, the principal of and accrued interest
on the Notes shall become and be immediately due and payable without any
declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Noteholder.

                  Section 4.2       COLLECTION OF INDEBTEDNESS BY TRUSTEE;
TRUSTEE MAY PROVE DEBT.


<PAGE>


                  The Company covenants that (a) in case default shall be made
in the payment of any installment of interest on any of the Notes when such
interest shall have become due and payable, and such default shall have
continued for a period of 30 days or (b) in case default shall be made in the
payment of all or any part of the principal of, or premium, if any, on, any of
the Notes when the same shall have become due and payable, whether upon maturity
or upon any redemption or by declaration or acceleration or otherwise, then upon
demand of the Trustee, the Company shall pay to the Trustee for the benefit of
the Holders of the Notes the whole amount that then shall have become due and
payable on all such Notes of principal, premium and interest, as the case may be
(with interest to the date of such payment upon the overdue principal or premium
and, to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable
law, on overdue installments of interest at the rate of interest specified in
the Notes), and in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient
to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including reasonable compensation
to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, their respective agents, attorneys
and counsel, and any reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred, and all
reasonable advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, except as
a result of its gross negligence or bad faith.

                  Until such demand is made by the Trustee, the Company may pay
the principal of and premium and interest on the Notes to the registered
Holders, whether or not the Notes are overdue.

                  In case the Company shall fail forthwith to pay such amounts
upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express
trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any action or proceeding at
law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may
prosecute any such action or proceedings to judgment or final decree, and may
enforce any such judgment or final decree against the Company or other obligor
upon the Notes and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of
the Company or other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated, the moneys
adjudged or decreed to be payable.

                  In case there shall be pending proceedings relative to the
Company or any other obligor upon the Notes under Title 11 of the United States
Code or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other
similar law, or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or
reorganization, liquidator, custodian, sequestrator or similar official shall
have been appointed for or taken possession of the Company or its property or
such other obligor, or in case of any other comparable judicial proceedings
relative to the Company or other obligor upon the Notes, or to the creditors or
property of the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of
whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein
expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective or whether the Trustee
shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this SECTION 4.2, shall
be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise:

                           (a)      to file and prove a claim or claims for the
whole amount of


<PAGE>


principal, premium and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes, and to
file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to
have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation
to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, and their respective agents,
attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all reasonable expenses and
liabilities incurred, and all reasonable advances made, by the Trustee and each
predecessor Trustee, except as a result of gross negligence or bad faith) and of
the Noteholders, allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or
other obligor upon the Notes, or to the creditors or property of the Company or
such other obligor;

                           (b)      unless prohibited by applicable law and
regulations, to vote on behalf of the Holders of the Notes in any election of a
trustee or a standby trustee in arrangement, reorganization, liquidation or
other bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or person performing similar
functions in comparable proceedings; and

                           (c) to collect and receive any moneys or other
property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute all
amounts received with respect to the claims of the Noteholders and of the
Trustee on their behalf; and any trustee, receiver, or liquidator, custodian or
other similar official is hereby authorized by each of the Noteholders to make
payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the
making of payments directly to the Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee such
amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee,
each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and
all other reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred, and all reasonable
advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee except as a result of
negligence or bad faith.

                  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the
Trustee to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of
any Noteholders any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to
authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any
such proceeding except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election of a trustee in
bankruptcy or similar person.

                  All rights of action and of asserting claims under this
Indenture, or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Trustee without the
possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof at any trial or other
proceeding relative thereto, and any such action or proceeding instituted by the
Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any
recovery of judgment, subject to the payment of the expenses, disbursements and
compensation of the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective
agents and attorneys, shall be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the
Notes.

                  In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any
proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to
which the Trustee shall be a party), the Trustee shall be held to represent all
the Holders of the Notes, and it shall not be necessary to


<PAGE>


make any Holders of the Notes parties to any such proceedings.

                  Section 4.3       APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS.

                  Any moneys collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article
shall be applied in the following order at the date or dates fixed by the
Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such moneys on account of principal
or interest, upon presentation of the several Notes and stamping (or otherwise
noting) thereon the payment, or issuing Notes in reduced principal amounts in
exchange for the presented Notes if only partially paid, or upon surrender
thereof if fully paid:

                  FIRST: To the payment of costs and expenses, including
reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee and their
respective agents and attorneys and of all reasonable expenses and liabilities
incurred, and all reasonable advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor
Trustee, except as a result of gross negligence or bad faith, and all other
amounts due under SECTION 5.6 hereof;

                  SECOND: In case the principal and premium, if any, of the
Notes shall not have become and be then due and payable, to the payment of
interest in default in the order of the maturity of the installments of such
interest, with interest (to the extent that such interest has been collected by
the Trustee) upon the overdue installments of interest payable at the rate of
interest specified in the Notes, such payments to be made ratably to the persons
entitled thereto, without discrimination or preference;

                  THIRD: In case the principal of the Notes shall have become
and shall be then due and payable, to the payment of the whole amount then owing
and unpaid upon all the Notes for principal, premium and interest, with interest
upon the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent that such
interest has been collected by the Trustee) upon overdue installments of
interest payable at the rate of interest specified in the Notes, and in case
such moneys shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amount so due and
unpaid upon the Notes, then to the payment of such principal, premium and
interest, without preference or priority of principal or premium over interest,
or of interest over principal or premium, or of any installment of interest over
any other installment of interest, or of any Note over any other Note, ratably
to the aggregate of such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest; and

                  FOURTH: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the
Company or any other Person lawfully entitled thereto.

                  The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any
payment to Noteholders pursuant to this SECTION 4.3.


<PAGE>


                  Section 4.4       SUITS FOR ENFORCEMENT.

                  In case an Event of Default has occurred, has not been waived
and is continuing, the Trustee may proceed to protect and enforce the rights
vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the
Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights,
either at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the
specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or
in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture or to enforce any
other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by
law.

                  Section 4.5       RESTORATION OF RIGHTS ON ABANDONMENT OF
PROCEEDINGS.

                  In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right
under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or
abandoned for any reason, or shall have been determined adversely to the
Trustee, then and in every such case the Company and the Trustee shall be
restored respectively to their former positions and rights hereunder, and all
rights, remedies and powers of the Company, the Trustee and the Noteholders
shall continue as though no such proceedings had been taken.

                  Section 4.6       LIMITATIONS OF SUITS BY NOTEHOLDERS.

                  Subject to SECTION 4.10, no Holder of any Note shall have any
right by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to institute
any action or proceeding at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise upon
or under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a trustee,
receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official or for any other
remedy hereunder, unless (i) such Holder previously has given to a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee written notice of default and of the continuance hereof,
as hereinbefore provided, (ii) the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding have made written request upon
the Trustee to institute such action or proceeding in its own name as Trustee
hereunder and have offered to the Trustee such reasonable security and indemnity
as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred
therein or thereby, (iii) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such
notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such action
or proceeding and (iv) no direction inconsistent with such written request has
been given to the Trustee pursuant to SECTION 4.8 hereof; it being understood
and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the taker and Holder of every
Note with every other taker and Holder and the Trustee, that no one or more
Holders of Notes shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue or by
availing of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the
rights of any other Holder of Notes, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority
over or preference to any other such Holder or to enforce any right under this
Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and
common benefit of all Holders of Notes. For the protection and enforcement of
the provisions of this SECTION 4.6, each and every Noteholder and the Trustee
shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in
equity.

<PAGE>

                  Section 4.7       POWERS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE, DELAY OR
OMISSION NOT WAIVER OF DEFAULT.

                  No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the
Trustee or to the Noteholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or
remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be
cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or
now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or
employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the
concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

                  No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any of
the Notes to exercise as aforesaid any such right or power accruing upon any
Event of Default occurring and continuing as aforesaid shall impair any such
right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such Event of Default
or an acquiescence therein; and, subject to SECTION 4.6 hereof, every power and
remedy given by this Indenture or by law to the Trustee or to the Noteholders
may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient,
by the Trustee or by the Noteholders.

                  Section 4.8       CONTROL BY NOTEHOLDERS.

                  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes at the time Outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method
and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee,
or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee by this Indenture;
PROVIDED that such direction shall not be otherwise than in accordance with law
and the provisions of this Indenture; and PROVIDED FURTHER that (subject to the
provisions of SECTION 5.1 hereof) the Trustee shall have the right to decline to
follow any such direction if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, shall
determine that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken or
if the Trustee in good faith by its board of directors, the executive committee,
or a trust committee of directors or Responsible Officers of the Trustee shall
determine that the action or proceedings so directed would involve the Trustee
in personal liability, or if the Trustee in good faith shall so determine that
the actions or forbearances specified in or pursuant to such direction shall be
unduly prejudicial to the interests of Holders of the Notes not joining in the
giving of said direction, it being understood that (subject to SECTION 5.1
hereof) the Trustee shall have no duty to ascertain whether or not such actions
or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders.

                  Nothing in this Indenture shall impair the right of the
Trustee in its discretion to take any action deemed proper by the Trustee and
which is not inconsistent with such direction by Noteholders.

                      Section 4.9 WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.



<PAGE>



                  Prior to the declaration of the maturity of the Notes as
provided in SECTION 4.1 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all
the Notes waive any past Default or Event of Default hereunder and its
consequences, except a Default (a) in the payment of principal of, premium, if
any, or interest on any of the Notes or (b) in respect of a covenant or
provision hereof that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the
Holder of each Note affected. In the case of any such waiver, the Company, the
Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be restored to their former positions
and rights hereunder, respectively, but no such waiver shall extend to any
subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

                  Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist and be
deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, and any Event of Default
arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, and not to have occurred
for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any
subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent
thereon.

                  Section 4.10      RIGHTS OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PAYMENT.

                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture
(including, without limitation, SECTION 4.6 hereof), the right of any Holder to
receive, and to institute suit to enforce, payment of the principal of, and
premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on or after the respective due dates
expressed in such Notes (including upon redemption and acceleration of the
maturity of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes),
shall not be affected or impaired, and shall be absolute and unconditional.

                                    ARTICLE V

                             CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

                  Section 5.1       DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE
DURING DEFAULT AND PRIOR TO DEFAULT.

                  The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default
and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default that may have occurred,
undertakes to perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in this
Indenture. In case an Event of Default has occurred (which has not been cured or
waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it
by this Indenture, and shall use the same degree of care and skill in their
exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in
the conduct of his own affairs.

                  No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve
the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent
failure to act or its own willful



<PAGE>



misconduct, except that

                           (a)      prior to the occurrence of an Event of
Default and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default that may
have occurred:

                                    (i)     the duties and obligations of the
     Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this
     Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance
     of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this
     Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
     Indenture against the Trustee; and

                                    (ii)    in the absence of bad faith on the
     part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of
     the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon
     any statements, certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and
     conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any
     such statements, certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are
     specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be
     under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform
     to the requirements of this Indenture;

                           (b)      the Trustee shall not be liable for any
error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible
Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was
negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

                           (c)      the Trustee shall not be liable with respect
to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance
with the direction of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal
amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding relating to the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or
exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture.

                  None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall
require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal
financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise
of any of its rights or powers, if there shall be reasonable ground for
believing that the repayment of such funds or indemnity reasonably satisfactory
to it against such liability is not reasonably assured to it.

                  Section 5.2       CERTAIN RIGHTS OF THE TRUSTEE.

                  Subject to SECTION 5.1 hereof:

                           (a)      the Trustee may rely conclusively and shall
be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution,
Officers' Certificate or any other certificate (including, without limitation,
any certificate provided to the Trustee pursuant to SECTION 3.3



<PAGE>



hereof), statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent,
order, bond, debenture, note, coupon, security or other paper document believed
by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or
parties;

                           (b)      any request, direction, order or demand of
the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers'
Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically
prescribed) and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be evidenced to the
Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
of the Company;

                           (c)      the Trustee may consult with counsel of its
selection and any advice or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete
authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted
to be taken by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or
Opinion of Counsel;

                           (d)      the Trustee shall be under no obligation to
exercise any of the trusts or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the
request, order or direction of any of the Noteholders pursuant to the provisions
of this Indenture, unless such Noteholders shall have offered to the Trustee
security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses
and liabilities that might be incurred therein or thereby;

                           (e)      the Trustee shall not be liable for any
action taken or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized
or within the discretion, rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;

                           (f)      the Trustee shall not be bound to make any
investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order,
approval, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, coupon, security, or other paper or
document unless requested in writing to do so by the Holders of not less than a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding; PROVIDED
that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs,
expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such
investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured by the
security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require
indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against such expenses or liabilities as
a condition to proceeding, and the reasonable expenses of every such examination
shall be paid by the Company, or by the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee and
repaid by the Company upon demand;

                           (g)      the Trustee shall not be bound to make any
investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent,
order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or
document, but the Trustee may make such further inquiry or investigation into
such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to
make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the
books, records and premises of the Company,



<PAGE>



personally or by agent or attorney;

                           (h)      in the absence of bad faith on the part of
the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the
statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any
certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee which conform to the
requirements of this Indenture;

                           (i)      the Trustee shall not be liable for any
error of judgment made in good faith by an officer or officers of the Trustee,
unless it shall be conclusively determined by a court of competent jurisdiction
that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

                           (j)      the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or
powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or
through agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees appointed with due care, and
shall not be responsible for any willful misconduct or gross negligence on the
part of any agent, attorney, custodian or nominee so appointed; and

                           (k)      the Trustee shall not be deemed to have
notice of an Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has
actual knowledge thereof or written notice of any Event of Default is received
by the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office.

                  Section 5.3       TRUSTEE NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR RECITALS,
DISPOSITION OF NOTES OR APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS THEREOF.

                  The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the
Trustee's certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of
the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of
the same. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency
of this Indenture or of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the
use or application by the Company of any of the Notes or of the proceeds
thereof.

                  Section 5.4       TRUSTEE AND AGENTS MAY HOLD NOTES;
COLLECTIONS, ETC.

                  The Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, in its
individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes with
the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee or such agent and may
otherwise deal with the Company and receive, collect, hold and retain
collections from the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not
the Trustee or such agent.

                  Section 5.5       MONEYS HELD BY TRUSTEE.

                  Subject to the provisions of SECTION 9.4 hereof, all moneys
received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held
in trust for the purposes for which they



<PAGE>



were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent
required by mandatory provisions of law. Neither the Trustee nor any agent of
the Company or the Trustee shall be under any liability for interest on any
moneys received by it hereunder, except as the Company and the Trustee otherwise
may agree.

                  Section 5.6       COMPENSATION AND INDEMNIFICATION OF TRUSTEE
AND ITS PRIOR CLAIM.

                  The Company covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from
time to time as shall be agreed upon between the Company and the Trustee in
writing from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable
compensation (which shall not be limited by any provision of law relating to the
compensation of a trustee of an express trust), and the Company covenants and
agrees to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee upon its
request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made
by or on behalf of it in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture
(including the reasonable compensation and expenses and disbursements of its
counsel and of all agents and other persons not regularly in its employ), except
to the extent any such expense, disbursement or advance may arise from the
Trustee's gross negligence or bad faith. The Company also covenants to indemnify
the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against,
any and all loss, liability, damage, claims or expenses arising out of or in
connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture or the trusts
hereunder and its duties hereunder and the performance of its duties hereunder,
including the costs and expenses of defending and investigating any claim of
liability in the premises, except to the extent any such loss, liability or
expense is due to its own gross negligence or bad faith. The obligations of the
Company under this SECTION 5.6 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and each
predecessor Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee and each predecessor
Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional
indebtedness hereunder and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture.

                  Section 5.7       RIGHT OF TRUSTEE TO RELY ON OFFICERS'
CERTIFICATE, ETC.

                  Subject to SECTION 5.1 and SECTION 5.2 hereof, whenever in the
administration of the trusts of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it
necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or
suffering or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence
in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of
gross negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be
conclusively proved and established by an Officers' Certificate delivered to the
Trustee.

                  Section 5.8       PERSONS ELIGIBLE FOR APPOINTMENT AS TRUSTEE.

                  The Trustee hereunder shall at all times be a corporation
organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of a state
thereof having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, and which
is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate




<PAGE>



trust powers and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state
authority. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually,
pursuant to law or to the requirements of a federal, state or District of
Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this
SECTION 5.8, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be
deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent
report of condition so published. No obligor on the Notes or Person directly or
indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such obligor
shall serve as Trustee.

                  Section 5.9       RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL, APPOINTMENT OF
SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE.

                           (a)      The Trustee may at any time resign by giving
written notice of resignation to the Company and by mailing notice thereof by
first-class mail to Holders of Notes at their last addresses as they shall
appear on the Notes Register. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the
Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument in
duplicate, executed by authority of the Board of Directors, one copy of which
instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the
successor Trustee. If no such successor trustee shall have been so appointed and
have accepted appointment within 30 days after the mailing of such notice of
resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction, at the expense of the Company, for the appointment of a successor
trustee, or any Noteholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note or Notes
for at least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly
situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee.
Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and
prescribe, appoint a successor trustee.

                           (b) In case at any time any of the following shall
occur:

                                    (i)     the Trustee shall fail to comply
     with the provisions of TIA S 310(b), after written request thereafter by
     the Company or by any Noteholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note
     or Notes for at least six months;

                                    (ii) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible
     in accordance with the provisions of SECTION 5.8 hereof and shall fail to
     resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such
     Noteholder; or

                                    (iii) the Trustee shall become incapable of
     acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver or
     liquidator of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any
     public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its
     property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or
     liquidation;

                  then, in any such case, the Company may remove the Trustee and
appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by
order of the Board of Directors





<PAGE>



of the Company, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee
so removed and one copy of which shall be delivered to the successor trustee, or
any Noteholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note or Notes for at least
six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition
any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the
appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice,
if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a
successor trustee.

                           (c)      The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding may at any time remove the
Trustee and appoint a successor trustee by delivering to the Trustee so removed,
to the successor trustee so appointed and to the Company the evidence provided
for in SECTION 6.1 hereof of the action in that regard taken by the Noteholders.

                           (d)      Any resignation or removal of the Trustee
and any appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of
this SECTION 5.9 shall become effective only upon acceptance of appointment by
the successor trustee as provided in SECTION 5.10 hereof.

                  Section 5.10      ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT BY SUCCESSOR
TRUSTEE.

                  Any successor trustee appointed as provided in SECTION 5.9
hereof shall execute and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor Trustee
an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the
resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee shall become effective and
such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall
become vested with all rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor
hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as trustee herein; but,
nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor trustee,
upon payment of its charges then unpaid, the Trustee ceasing to act shall,
subject to SECTION 9.4 hereof, pay over to the successor trustee all moneys at
the time held by it hereunder and shall execute and deliver an instrument
transferring to such successor trustee all such rights, powers, duties and
obligations. Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall
execute appropriate instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting
in and confirming to such successor such rights and powers. Any Trustee ceasing
to act shall, nevertheless, retain a prior claim upon all property or funds held
or collected by such Trustee to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the
provisions of SECTION 5.6 hereof.

                  Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as
provided in this SECTION 5.10, the Company shall mail notice thereof by
first-class mail to the Holders of Notes at their last addresses as they shall
appear in the Notes Register. If the acceptance of appointment is substantially
contemporaneous with a resignation, then the notice called for by the preceding
sentence may be combined with the notice called for by SECTION 5.9 hereof. If
the Company fails to mail such notice within 10 days after acceptance of
appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such
notice to be mailed at the expense of the Company.




<PAGE>



                  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this
SECTION 5.10, the Company's obligations under SECTION 5.6 hereof shall continue
for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

                  Section 5.11      MERGER, CONVERSION, CONSOLIDATION OR
SUCCESSION TO BUSINESS OF TRUSTEE.

                  Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or
converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting
from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a
party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the
corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee
hereunder, as long as such corporation shall be eligible under the provisions of
SECTION 5.8 hereof, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further
act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding.

                  In case any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not
delivered at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts
created by this Indenture, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the
certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee and deliver such Notes
so authenticated and, in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been
authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either
in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor
trustee, and in such cases such certificate shall have the full force which it
is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of
the Trustee shall have; PROVIDED that the right to adopt the certificate of
authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Notes in the name
of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by
merger, conversion or consolidation.

                  Section 5.12      REPORTS BY TRUSTEE.

                  The Trustee shall provide to the Holders the reports required
to be provided by the Trustee pursuant to Section 313 of the TIA.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                           CONCERNING THE NOTEHOLDERS

                  Section 6.1       EVIDENCE OF ACTION TAKEN BY NOTEHOLDERS.

                  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken
by Noteholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of
substantially similar tenor signed by such Noteholders, in person or by agent
duly appointed in writing, and, except as herein otherwise expressly




<PAGE>



provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments
are received by the Trustee. Proof of execution of any instrument or of a
writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this
Indenture and (subject to SECTION 5.1 and SECTION 5.2 hereof) conclusive in
favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this
Article.

                  Section 6.2       PROOF OF EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS AND OF
HOLDING OF NOTES RECORD DATE.

                  Subject to SECTION 5.1 and SECTION 5.2 hereof, the execution
of any instrument by a Noteholder or his agent or proxy may be provided in
accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by
the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The
holding of Notes shall be as provided by the Notes Register or by a certificate
of the Registrar thereof. The Company may set a record date for purposes of
determining the identity of Holders of Notes entitled to vote or consent to any
action referred to in SECTION 6.1 hereof, which record date may be set at any
time or from time to time by written notice to the Trustee for any date or dates
(in the case of any adjournment or resolicitation) not more than 60 days nor
less than five days prior to the proposed date of such vote or consent, and,
thereafter, notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, only Holders of Notes
of record on such record date shall be entitled to so vote or give such consent
or to withdraw such vote or consent.

                  Section 6.3       HOLDERS TO BE TREATED AS OWNERS.

                  The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the
Trustee may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note shall be registered
upon the Notes Register as the absolute owner of such Note (whether or not such
Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other
writing thereon) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the
principal of, and premium, if any, on and, subject to the provisions of this
Indenture, interest on such Note and for all other purposes, and neither the
Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be
affected by any notice to the contrary. All such payments so made to any such
Person, or upon his order, shall be valid and to the extent of the sum or sums
so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable
upon any such Note.

                  Section 6.4       NOTES OWNED BY COMPANY DEEMED NOT
OUTSTANDING.

                  In determining whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate
principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, consent or waiver
under this Indenture, Notes that are owned by the Company or any other obligor
on the Notes or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled
by or under direct or indirect common control with the obligor on the Notes
shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding for the purpose of any
such determination, except that for the purpose of determining whether a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such
direction, consent or waiver, only Notes that the




<PAGE>



Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that
have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee
establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act
with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other
obligor upon the Notes or any Person directly or indirectly controlling or
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any
other obligor on the Notes. In case of a dispute as to such right, the advice of
counsel shall be full protection in respect of any decision made by the Trustee
in accordance with such advice. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall
furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officers' Certificate listing and identifying
all Notes, if any, known by the Company to be owned or held by or for the
account of any of the above-described Persons, and, subject to SECTION 5.1 and
SECTION 5.2 hereof, the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officers'
Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the
fact that all Notes not listed therein are Outstanding for the purpose of any
such determination.

                  Section 6.5       RIGHT OF REVOCATION OF ACTION TAKEN.

                  At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the
Trustee, as provided in SECTION 6.1 hereof, of the taking of any action by the
Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Notes specified
in this Indenture in connection with such action, any Holder of a Note the
serial number of which is shown by the evidence to be included among the serial
numbers of the Notes the Holders of which have consented to such action may, by
filing written notice at the Corporate Trust Office and upon proof of holding as
provided in this Article, revoke such action so far as concerns such Note.
Except as aforesaid any such action taken by the Holder of any Note shall be
conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners
of such Note and of any Notes issued in exchange or substitution therefor,
irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon any
such Note. Any action taken by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes specified in this Indenture in connection with
such action shall be conclusively binding upon the Company, the Trustee and the
Holders of all such Notes.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

                  Section 7.1       SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITHOUT CONSENT OF
NOTEHOLDERS.

                  The Company, when authorized by a resolution of its Board of
Directors, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an
indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for one or more of the following
purposes:

                           (a)      to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or
pledge to the Trustee as security for the Notes any property or assets;




<PAGE>



                           (b)      to evidence the succession of another
corporation to the Company, or successive successions, and the assumption by the
successor corporation of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the
Company pursuant to ARTICLE 8 hereof;

                           (c)      to add to the covenants of the Company such
further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions as the Board of
Directors shall consider to be for the protection of the Holders of Notes, and
to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance of a Default in any
such additional covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions an Event of
Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies
provided in this Indenture as herein set forth; PROVIDED that in respect of any
such additional covenant, restriction, condition or provision, such supplemental
indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which
period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other Defaults)
or may provide for immediate enforcement upon such an Event of Default or may
limit the remedies available to the Trustee due solely to such an Event of
Default or may limit the right of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes to waive such an Event of Default;

                           (d)      to cure any ambiguity or to cure, correct or
supplement any defective provision contained herein or in the Notes, or to make
such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this
Indenture or under any supplemental indenture as the Board of Directors may deem
necessary or desirable, and in any case which the Trustee and the Company shall
determine (i) are not inconsistent with this Indenture and the Notes and (ii)
shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes;

                           (e)      to modify or supplement this Indenture or
any indenture supplemental hereto in such manner as to permit the qualification
thereof under the TIA or any other similar federal statute hereafter in effect;
and

                           (f)      to permit or facilitate the issuance of a
series of Notes pursuant to the provisions hereof.

                  The Trustee is hereby authorized to join in the execution of
any such supplemental Indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations that may be therein continued and to accept the conveyance,
transfer, assignment, mortgage or pledge of any property thereunder, but the
Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such supplemental indenture
that affects the Trustee's own rights, duties, indemnities or immunities under
this Indenture or otherwise.

                  Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of
this SECTION 7.1 may be executed without the consent of the Holders of any of
the Notes at the time Outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of
SECTION 7.2 hereof.




<PAGE>



                  Section 7.2       SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITH CONSENT OF
NOTEHOLDERS.

                  With the consent (evidenced as provided in ARTICLE 6 hereof)
of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes at the time Outstanding, the Company, when authorized by a resolution of
its Board of Directors, and the Trustee may, from time to time and at any time,
modify this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, the Notes or the
rights of the Holders of the Notes, PROVIDED that no such supplemental indenture
shall (a) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of
principal of or interest on, any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof,
or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce
any amount payable on redemption thereof or impair or affect the right of any
Noteholder to institute suit for the payment thereof or change the place or
currency of payment of principal of, or interest on, any Note, in each case
without the consent of the Holder of each Note so affected, or (b) without the
consent of the Holders of all Notes then Outstanding, (i) reduce the aforesaid
percentage of Notes the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such
modification, or the percentage of Notes the consent of the Holders of which is
required for any waiver provided for in this Indenture, (ii) change any
obligation of the Company to maintain an office or agency in the places and for
the purposes specified in SECTION 2.4 or (iii) make any change in SECTION 4.9 or
this SECTION 7.2, except to increase any percentages or to provide that certain
other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the
consent of the Holders of each Outstanding Note affected thereby.

                  Upon the request of the Company, accompanied by a copy of a
resolution of the Board of Directors certified by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Company authorizing the execution of any such supplemental
indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of
Noteholders and other documents, if any, required by SECTION 6.1 hereof, the
Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental
indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee's own rights,
duties, indemnities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which
case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter
into such supplemental indenture.
                  It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Noteholders
under this SECTION 7.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed
supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve
the substance thereof.

                  Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of
any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this SECTION 7.2, the
Company shall mail a notice thereof by first class mail to the Holders of Notes
at their addresses as they shall appear on the Notes Register, setting forth in
general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture. Any failure of the
Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any
way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

                  Section 7.3       EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.





<PAGE>



                  Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to
the provisions hereof, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and
amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of
rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee,
the Company and the Holders of Notes shall thereafter be determined, exercised
and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and
amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture
shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture
for any and all purposes.

                  Section 7.4       DOCUMENTS TO BE GIVEN TO TRUSTEE.

                  The Trustee, subject to the provisions of SECTION 5.1 and
SECTION 5.2 hereof, shall receive an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such supplemental indenture complies
with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and that all conditions
precedent to the execution of such supplemental indenture have been met.

                  Section 7.5       NOTATION OF NOTES IN RESPECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURES.

                  Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this ARTICLE 7 may bear a
notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matters provided for by such
supplemental indenture or as to any action taken at any such meeting as the
Company shall so determine, and new Notes so modified as to conform, in the
opinion of the Trustee and the Board of Directors, to any modification of this
Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be prepared by the
Company, authenticated by the Trustee and delivered in exchange for the Notes
then Outstanding, which Notes so exchanged shall be canceled by the Trustee.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, SALE, LEASE OR CONVEYANCE

                  Section 8.1       COVENANT NOT TO MERGE, CONSOLIDATE, SELL,
LEASE OR TRANSFER ASSETS EXCEPT UNDER CERTAIN CONDITIONS.

                           (a)      The Company shall not merge or consolidate
with or into any other person and the Company shall not sell, lease or convey
all or substantially all of its assets to any person, unless (1) the Company is
the continuing corporation, or the successor corporation or the person that
acquires all or substantially all of the Company's assets is a corporation
organized and existing under the laws of the United States or a State thereof or
the District of Columbia and expressly assumes all the Company's obligations
under the Notes and this Indenture, (2) immediately after such merger,
consolidation, sale, lease or conveyance, there is no Default or Event of
Default hereunder, (3) if, as a result of the merger, consolidation, sale, lease
or conveyance, any or all of the Company's property would become the subject of
a lien that would




<PAGE>



not be permitted by this Indenture, the Company secures the Notes equally and
ratably with the obligations secured by that lien and (4) the Company delivers
or causes to be delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and Opinion of
Counsel each stating that the merger, consolidation, sale, lease or conveyance
comply with this Indenture.

                           (b)      Except for the sale of the properties and
assets of the Company substantially as an entirety pursuant to subsection (a)
above, and other than assets required to be sold to conform with governmental
regulations, the Company shall not sell or otherwise dispose of any assets
(other than short-term, readily marketable investments purchased for cash
management purposes with funds not representing the proceeds of other asset
sales) if, on a pro forma basis, the aggregate net book value of all such sales
during the most recent 12-month period would exceed 10 percent of Consolidated
Net Tangible Assets computed as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter
preceding such sale; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such sales shall be disregarded
for purposes of this 10 percent limitation if the proceeds are invested in
assets in similar or related lines of business of the Company and, provided
further, that the Company may sell or otherwise dispose of assets in excess of
such 10 percent limitation if the proceeds from such sales or dispositions,
which are not reinvested as provided above, are retained by the Company as cash
or cash equivalents or are used by the Company to purchase Notes, which are then
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or to reduce or retire Indebtedness
ranking pari passu in right of payment to the Notes or indebtedness of the
Company's Subsidiaries.

                  Section 8.2       SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SUBSTITUTED.

                  In case of any such merger, consolidation, sale, lease, or
transfer, and following such an assumption by the successor corporation of the
Company's obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, such successor
corporation shall succeed to and be substituted for the Company, with the same
effect as if it had been named herein.

                  Such successor corporation may cause to be signed, and may
issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company prior to such
succession, any or all of the Notes issuable hereunder that theretofore shall
not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee, and, upon the
order of such successor corporation, instead of the Company, and subject to all
the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee
shall authenticate and shall deliver any Notes that previously shall have been
signed and delivered by the officers of the Company to the Trustee for
authentication and any Notes that such successor corporation thereafter shall
cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose. All of the
Notes so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under
this Indenture as the Notes theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with
the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Notes had been issued at the
date of the execution hereof.

                  In case of any such merger, consolidation, sale, lease or
transfer such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made
in the Notes thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.




<PAGE>



                  In the event of any such sale or transfer (other than a
transfer by way of lease) the Company or any successor corporation, which shall
theretofore have become such in the manner described in this ARTICLE 8, shall be
discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes
and may be liquidated and dissolved.

                  Section 8.3       OPINION OF COUNSEL TO TRUSTEE; OFFICERS'
CERTIFICATE.

                  The Trustee, subject to the provisions of SECTION 5.1 and
SECTION 5.2 hereof, shall receive an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such merger, consolidation, sale, lease
or transfer, and any such assumption of obligations described in this ARTICLE 8,
and any such liquidation or dissolution described in this ARTICLE 8, complies
with the applicable provisions of this Indenture.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

                         OF INDENTURE; UNCLAIMED MONEYS

                  Section 9.1       SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE.

                  If at any time (a) the Company shall have paid or caused to be
paid the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes
Outstanding hereunder, as and when the same shall have become due and payable,
or (b) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee for cancellation all
Notes theretofore authenticated (other than any Notes which shall have been
destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided
in SECTION 2.8 hereof) or (c)(i) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their
terms to become due and payable within one year or are to be called for
redemption under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of
notice of redemption, and (ii) the Company shall have irrevocably deposited or
caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds the entire amount in cash
(other than moneys repaid by the Trustee or any paying agent to the Company in
accordance with SECTION 9.4 hereof) or U.S. Government Obligations, maturing as
to principal, premium, if any, and interest in such amounts and at such times as
will insure (without reinvestment) the availability of cash sufficient, in the
opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants
expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay at
maturity all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation, including principal, premium, if any, and interest due or to
become due to such date of maturity as the case may be, and if, in any such
case, the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable
hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall cease to be of further
effect (except as to (i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange, and
the Company's right to optional redemption, (ii) substitution of apparently
mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (iii) rights of Holders to
receive payments of




<PAGE>



principal of and premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes upon the original
stated due dates therefor (but not upon acceleration), (iv) the rights and
obligations and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, (v) the rights of the
Noteholders as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property so deposited
with the Trustee payable to all or any of them and (vi) the maintenance by the
Company of its existence), and the Trustee, upon written demand of the Company
accompanied by an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and at the
cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging
such satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture; PROVIDED that the rights of
Holders of the Notes to receive amounts in respect of principal of and premium,
if any, and interest on the Notes held by them shall not be delayed longer than
required by then applicable mandatory rules or policies of any securities
exchange upon which the Notes are listed.

                  The Company shall reimburse the Trustee for any costs or
expenses thereafter reasonably and properly incurred and shall compensate the
Trustee for any services thereafter reasonably and properly rendered by the
Trustee in connection with this Indenture or the Notes.

                  Section 9.2       APPLICATION BY TRUSTEE OF FUNDS DEPOSITED
FOR PAYMENT OF NOTES.

                  Subject to SECTION 9.4 hereof, all moneys deposited with the
Trustee pursuant to SECTION 9.1 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it
to the payment, either directly or through any paying agent (including the
Company acting as its own Paying Agent), to the Holders of the particular Notes
for the payment or redemption of which such moneys have been deposited with the
Trustee, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal, premium, if
any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except
to the extent required by law.

                  Section 9.3       REPAYMENT OF MONEYS HELD BY PAYING AGENT.

                  In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture, all moneys then held by any Paying Agent under the provisions of this
Indenture shall, upon demand of the Company, be repaid to it or paid to the
Trustee and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further
liability with respect to such moneys.

                  Section 9.4       RETURN OF MONEYS HELD BY TRUSTEE AND PAYING
AGENT UNCLAIMED FOR TWO YEARS.

                  Any moneys deposited with or paid to the Trustee or any Paying
Agent for the payment of the principal of or premium or interest on any Note and
not applied but remaining unclaimed for two years after the date upon which such
principal, premium or interest shall have become due and payable shall, upon the
written request of the Company, be repaid to the Company by the Trustee or such
Paying Agent, and the Holder of such Note shall, unless otherwise required by
mandatory provisions of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed property
laws, thereafter look only to the Company for any payment which such Holder may
be




<PAGE>



entitled to collect, and all liability of the Trustee or any Paying Agent with
respect to such moneys shall thereupon cease.

                  Section 9.5       DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE.

                  The Company will be deemed to have paid and will be discharged
from any and all obligations in respect of the Notes on the 123rd day after the
deposit referred to in subparagraph (A) below has been made, and the provisions
of this Indenture will no longer be in effect with respect to the Notes (and the
Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments
acknowledging the same), except as to (a) rights of registration of transfer and
exchange, and the Company's right of optional redemption, (b) substitution of
apparently mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen securities, (c) rights
of Holders to receive payments of principal thereof and premium, if any, and
interest thereon, (d) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Trustee
hereunder, (e) the rights of the Noteholders as beneficiaries hereof with
respect to the property so deposited with the Trustee payable to all or any of
them, (f) the obligations of the Company to maintain a place of payment for the
Notes under SECTION 3.1 hereof and (g) the maintenance by the Company of its
existence; PROVIDED that the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

                                            (A)      with reference to this
                  SECTION 9.5, the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused
                  to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee (or another
                  trustee satisfying the requirements of SECTION 5.8 hereof)
                  as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged as security
                  for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of
                  the Notes, (i) money in an amount, (ii) U.S. Government
                  Obligations, which through the payment of interest and
                  principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms
                  (without reinvestment), will provide not later than one day
                  before the due date of any payment referred to in clause (x)
                  or (y) of this subparagraph (A) money in an amount, or (iii)
                  a combination thereof, sufficient, in the opinion of a
                  nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants
                  expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to
                  the Trustee, to pay and discharge, after payment of all
                  federal, state and local taxes or other charges and
                  assessments in respect thereof, (x) the principal of,
                  premium, if any, and each installment of principal and
                  interest on the Outstanding Notes at the maturity date of
                  such principal or installment of principal or interest and
                  (y) any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous
                  payments applicable to the Notes on the day on which such
                  payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of
                  this Indenture and the Notes;

                                            (B)      the Company has delivered
                  to the




<PAGE>



                  Trustee (i) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that Holders
                  will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
                  purposes as a result of the Company's exercise of its option
                  under this SECTION 9.5 and will be subject to federal income
                  tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same
                  times as would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance
                  and discharge had not occurred, which Opinion of Counsel must
                  be based on (x) a change in applicable federal income tax law
                  or related Treasury Regulations after the date of this
                  Indenture or (y) a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service to
                  the same effect and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect
                  that the defeasance trust does not constitute an "investment
                  company" under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
                  and after the passage of 123 days following the deposit, the
                  trust fund will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of
                  the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor
                  and Creditor Law;

                                            (C)      immediately after giving
                  effect to such deposit, no Default or Event of Default shall
                  have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit
                  or during the period ending on the 123rd day after the date
                  of such deposit, and such deposit shall not result in a
                  breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any
                  other agreement or to which the Company is a party or by
                  which the Company is bound; and

                                            (D)      if at such time the Notes
                  are listed on a national securities exchange, the Company
                  has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the
                  effect that the Notes will not be delisted as a result of
                  such deposit, defeasance and discharge.

                  Section 9.6       DEFEASANCE OF CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS.

                  The Company may omit to comply with any term, provision, or
condition set forth in SECTIONS 3.4, 3.5 and 8.1(b), and SECTION 4.1(d) (with
respect to SECTIONS 3.4, 3.5 and 8.1(b)) and SECTIONS 4.1(c) and (e) shall be
deemed not to be Events of Default on the 123rd day after the deposit referred
to in subparagraph (A) below if:

                                            (A)      with reference to this
                  SECTION 9.6, the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused
                  to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee (or another
                  trustee satisfying the requirements of SECTION 5.6 hereof)
                  as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged as security
                  for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of
                  the Notes, (i) money in an amount, (ii)




<PAGE>



                  U.S. Government Obligations, which through the payment of
                  interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with
                  their terms (without reinvestment), will provide not later
                  than one day before the due date of any payment referred to
                  in clauses (x) or (y) of this SECTION 9.6, money in an
                  amount, or (iii) a combination thereof, sufficient, in the
                  opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent
                  public accountants expressed in a certification thereof
                  delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, after
                  payment of all federal, state and local taxes or other
                  charges and assessments in respect thereof, (x) the
                  principal of, premium, if any, and each installment of
                  principal and interest on the Outstanding Notes at the
                  maturity date of such principal or installment of principal
                  or interest and (y) any mandatory sinking fund payments or
                  analogous payments applicable to the Notes on the day on
                  which such payments are due and payable in accordance with
                  the terms of this Indenture and the Notes;

                                            (B)      the Company has delivered
                  to the Trustee (i) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that
                  Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal
                  income tax purposes as a result of the Company's exercise of
                  its option under this SECTION 9.6 and will be subject to
                  federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner
                  and at the same times as would have been the case if such
                  deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred, and (ii)
                  an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the defeasance
                  trust does not constitute an "investment company" under the
                  Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and after the
                  passage of 123 days following the deposit, the trust fund
                  will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of the U.S.
                  Bankruptcy Code or Section 15 of the New York Debtor and
                  Creditor Law;

                                            (C)      immediately after giving
                  effect to such deposit, no Event of Default, or event that
                  after the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would
                  become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be
                  continuing on the date of such deposit or during the period
                  ending on the 123rd day after the date of such deposit, and
                  such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of or
                  constitute a default under any other agreement or instrument
                  to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is
                  bound; and

                                            (D)      if at such time the Notes
                  are listed on a national securities exchange, the Company
                  has delivered to the




<PAGE>



                  Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Notes
                  will not be delisted as a result of such deposit, defeasance
                  and discharge.


                                    ARTICLE X

                               REDEMPTION OF NOTES

                  Section 10.1      NOTES REDEEMED IN PART.

                  Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company
shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of
the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of
the Note surrendered.

                  Section 10.2      NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

                  Notice of redemption to the Holders of Notes to be redeemed in
accordance with any Series Supplemental Indenture shall be given by the Company
by mailing notice of such redemption by first class mail, postage prepaid, at
least 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption
to such Holders of Notes at their last addresses as they shall appear in the
Notes Register. Failure to give notice by mail, or any defect in the notice to
the Holder of any Note designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not
affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note.

                  The notice of redemption to each Holder shall specify that the
Notes are being redeemed pursuant to this ARTICLE 10 and the applicable Series
Supplemental Indenture, the date fixed for redemption, the place or places of
payment, the CUSIP and ISIN numbers (as applicable) of the Notes being redeemed,
that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of the Notes, that
interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in
this Article and that, on and after said date, interest thereon or on the
portions thereof redeemed will cease to accrue.

                  Any notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed at the option
of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's request, by
the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

                  At least one Business Day prior to the redemption date
specified in the notice of redemption given as provided in this SECTION 10.2,
the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with one or more paying agents
(or, if the Company is acting as its own paying agent, set aside, segregate and
hold in trust as provided in SECTION 2.5 hereof) an amount of money sufficient
to redeem on the redemption date all the Notes so called for redemption.

                  Section 10.3      PAYMENT OF NOTES CALLED FOR REDEMPTION.




<PAGE>



                  If notice of redemption has been given as above provided, the
Notes shall become due and payable on the date and at the place stated in such
notice at the redemption price, and on and after said date (unless the Company
shall default in the payment of such Notes at the redemption price) interest on
the Notes or portions of Notes so called for redemption shall cease to accrue
and, except as provided in SECTION 5.5 and SECTION 9.4 hereof, such Notes shall
cease from and after the date fixed for redemption to be entitled to any benefit
or security under this Indenture, and the Holders thereof shall have no right in
respect of such Notes except the right to receive the redemption price thereof.
On presentation and surrender of such Notes at a place of payment specified in
said notice, said Notes shall be paid and redeemed by the Company at the
redemption price, PROVIDED that any semiannual payment of interest becoming due
on the date fixed for redemption shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes
registered as such on the relevant record date subject to the terms and
provisions of SECTION 2.7(i) hereof.

                  If the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price
with respect to any Note called for redemption, upon surrender thereof for
redemption, the principal shall, until paid or duly provided for, bear interest
from the date fixed for redemption at the rate borne by the Note.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

                  Section 11.1      INCORPORATORS, SHAREHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND
DIRECTORS OF COMPANY EXEMPT FROM INDIVIDUAL LIABILITY.

                  No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or
agreement contained in this Indenture, or in any Note, or because of any
indebtedness evidenced thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, as such,
or against any past, present or future shareholder, officer or director, as
such, of the Company or of any successor, either directly or through the Company
or any successor, under any rule of law, statute or constitutional provision or
by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding or
otherwise, all such liability being expressly waived and released by the
acceptance of the Notes by the Holders thereof and as part of the consideration
for the issue of the Notes.

                  Section 11.2 PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT
OF PARTIES AND NOTEHOLDERS.

                  Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or
implied, shall give or be construed to give to any Person, other than the
parties hereto and their successors and the Holders (and, where expressly set
forth herein, owners of interests in any Global Note), any legal or equitable
right, remedy or claim under this Indenture or under any covenant or provision




<PAGE>



herein contained, all such covenants and provisions being for the sole benefit
of the parties hereto and their successors and the Holders (and, where expressly
set forth herein, owners of interests in any Global Note).

                  Section 11.3      SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS OF COMPANY BOUND BY
INDENTURE.

                  All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements in
this Indenture contained by or on behalf of the Company shall bind its
successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

                  Section 11.4      NOTICES AND DEMANDS ON COMPANY, TRUSTEE AND
NOTEHOLDERS.

                  Any notice or demand which by any provision of this Indenture
is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Holders
to or on the Company may be given or served by being deposited postage prepaid,
first-class mail (except as otherwise specifically provided herein) addressed
(until another address of the Company is filed by the Company with the Trustee)
to Edison Mission Energy, 18101 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 1700, Irvine,
California 92612, Attention: Chief Financial Officer. Any notice, direction,
request or demand by the Company or any Noteholder to or upon the Trustee shall
be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if given
or made at the Corporate Trust Office.

                  Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders, such
notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided)
if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder entitled
thereto, at his last address as it appears in the Notes Register. In any case
where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such
notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall
affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this
Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in
writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after
the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of
notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be
a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such
waiver.

                  In case, by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in
regular mail service, it shall be impracticable to mail notice to the Company
and Noteholders when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any
provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be
satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such
notice.

                  Section 11.5      STATEMENTS TO BE CONTAINED IN OFFICERS'
CERTIFICATES AND OPINIONS OF COUNSEL.

                  Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee
to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Company
shall furnish to the Trustee an




<PAGE>



Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this
Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion
of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions
precedent have been complied with, except that in the case of any such
application or demand as to which the furnishing of such documents is
specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such
particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be
furnished.

                  Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and
delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant
provided for in this Indenture shall include (a) a statement that the Person
making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition, (b) a
brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion
are based, (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an
informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
complied with and (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such
Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

                  Any certificate, statement or opinion of an officer of the
Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate
or opinion of or representations by counsel, unless such officer knows that the
certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which
his certificate, statement or opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous,
or in the exercise of reasonable care should know that the same are erroneous.
Any certificate, statement or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it
relates to factual matters (information with respect to which is in the
possession of the Company) upon the certificate, statement or opinion of or
representations by an officer or officers of the Company, unless such counsel
knows that the certificate, statement or opinion or representations with respect
to the matters upon which his certificate, statement or opinion may be based as
aforesaid are erroneous, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know that
the same are erroneous.

                  Any certificate, statement or opinion of an officer of the
Company or of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to accounting matters,
upon a certificate or opinion of or representations by an accountant or firm of
accountants in the employ of the Company, unless such officer or counsel, as the
case may be, knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with
respect to the accounting matters upon which his certificate, statement or
opinion may be based as aforesaid are erroneous, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know that the same are erroneous.

                  Any certificate or opinion of any independent firm of public
accountants filed with the Trustee shall contain a statement that such firm is
independent.

                  Section 11.6      PAYMENTS DUE ON SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS AND
HOLIDAYS.

                  If the date of maturity of interest on or principal, or
premium, if any, of the Notes




<PAGE>



or the date fixed for redemption of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then
payment of interest, principal, or premium need not be made on such date, but
may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect
as if made on the date of maturity or the date fixed for redemption, and no
interest shall accrue for the period after such date.

                  Section 11.7      NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN.

                  THIS INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF (OTHER THAN
SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

                  Section 11.8      COUNTERPARTS

                  This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts,
each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together
constitute but one and the same agreement.

                  Section 11.9      EFFECT OF HEADINGS

                  The Article and Section Headings herein and the Table of
Contents are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the
construction hereof.

                  Section 11.10     TRUST INDENTURE ACT

                  When this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, the mandatory
provisions thereof shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference herein.




<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly
authorized as of the date first written above.

                                   EDISON MISSION ENERGY, as Company

                                   By: /s/ Steven D. Eisenberg
                                       -----------------------
                                   Name:      Steven D. Eisenberg
                                   Title:     Vice President and Associate
                                              General Counsel

Attest:

By: /s/ Mary Ellen Olson
    --------------------
    Name:  Mary Ellen Olson
    Title:    Vice President

                                   THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

                                   By: /s/ Mary Beth Lewicki
                                       ---------------------
                                   Name:      Mary Beth Lewicki
                                   Title:     Assistant Vice President

Attest:

By: /s/ Marie E. Trimboli
    ---------------------
    Name:  Marie E. Trimboli
    Title:    Assistant Treasurer




<PAGE>



                                 [FACE OF NOTE]

                                                         CUSIP/CINS
                                                                    ------------

                                                               ISIN
                                                                    ------------

                    % [Series [ ]] Senior Notes due
                  --                                ----------

                                                            No.    $
                                                                --- ------------

                              EDISON MISSION ENERGY

promises to pay to
                   -------------------------------------------------------------

or registered assigns, te principal sum of ___________________________________
DOLLARS

on              ,       .
   ------------- -------

Interest Payment Dates:               and
                         ------------     ------------

Record Dates:               and
               ------------     ------------

Dated:                ,
       ---------------  ----
                                                    EDISON MISSION ENERGY

                                            By:
                                               --------------------------------
                                               Name:
                                               Title

                                            By:
                                               --------------------------------
                                               Name:
                                               Title

                                                             (SEAL)

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
  as Trustee

By:
    ----------------------------------
         Authorized Signatory





<PAGE>



                                 [Back of Note]

                     % [Series [ ]] Senior Notes due
                  ---                               -----------

[INSERT THE GLOBAL NOTE LEGEND, IF APPLICABLE PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE
INDENTURE]

[INSERT THE PRIVATE PLACEMENT LEGEND, IF APPLICABLE PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS
OF THE INDENTURE]

[INSERT THE IAI NOTE LEGEND, IF APPLICABLE PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE
INDENTURE]

                  Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned
to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

                  1. INTEREST. Edison Mission Energy, a California corporation
(the "Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note
at ___% per annum from ________________, ____ until maturity. The Company will
pay interest semi-annually in arrears on ___________ and ___________ of each
year, (each an "Interest Payment Date"); PROVIDED that if any such day is not a
Business Day, then such payment will be made on the next succeeding Business
Day. Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from ___________;
PROVIDED that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if
this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof
and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such
next succeeding Interest Payment Date; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the first
Interest Payment Date in respect of this Note shall be _____________, ____. The
Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding
under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to
time at a rate that is equal to the rate set forth on the face of this Note; it
shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any
applicable grace periods) from time to time at the same rate to the extent
lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of
twelve 30-day months.

                  2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on this
Note (except defaulted interest) to the Person who is the registered Holder of
this Note at the close of business on the ___________ or ___________ next
preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if this Note is canceled after such
record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in
Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. This Note will
be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest by mailing a check for
such to or upon the written order of the registered Holder of this Note entitled
thereto at its last address as it appears on the Notes Register or, upon written
application to the Trustee by a Holder of $1,000,000 or more in aggregate
principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an
account maintained by such Holder with a bank or other financial institution.
Such payment




<PAGE>



shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time
of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

                  3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, The Bank of New
York, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.
The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any
Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

                  4. INDENTURE. The Company issued this Note under an Indenture,
dated as of June 28, 1999 (the "Original Indenture"), between the Company and
the Trustee, as supplemented by the [ ] Supplemental Indenture, dated as of
____________ (the "[ ] Supplemental Indenture"), between the Company and the
Trustee (the Original Indenture, as so supplemented, and as the same may be
amended, modified and further supplemented, the "Indenture"). The terms of this
Note include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture
by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code
Sections 77aaa-77bbbb). This Note is subject to all such terms, and Holders
are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the
extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the
Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The
Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company, and the series of Notes of which
this Note is a part is limited to $___ million in aggregate principal amount.

                            5.      REDEMPTION.

                            [INSERT RELEVANT PROVISIONS IF THE SERIES OF NOTES
IS REDEEMABLE PURSUANT TO THE APPLICABLE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]

                  6. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed
at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each
Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its last registered address. Subject to
payment by the Company of a sum sufficient to pay the amount due on redemption,
interest on the Notes ceases to accrue upon the date duly fixed for redemption
of the Notes.

                  7. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes of this series
are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of
$_______ and any integral multiple of $_____ in excess thereof. The transfer of
Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.
The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may
require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or
portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of
any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register
the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to
be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding
Interest Payment Date.




<PAGE>



                  8. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may
be treated as its owner for all purposes.

                  9. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT. With the consent of the Holders of
not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time
Outstanding, evidenced as in the Indenture provided, the Indenture or any
supplemental indentures or the rights of the Holders of the Notes may be
modified; PROVIDED that no such modification shall (a) change the Stated
Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of principal of or interest on,
any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof, or reduce the rate or extend
the time of payment of interest thereon, or reduce any amount payable on the
redemption thereof or impair or affect the rights of any Noteholder to institute
suit for the payment thereof or change the place or currency of payment of
principal of, or interest on, any Note, in each case without the consent of the
Holder of each Note so affected, or (b) without the consent of the Holders of
all Notes then outstanding, (i) reduce the aforesaid percentage of Notes the
consent of the Holders of which is required for any such modification, or the
percentage of Notes the consent of Holders of which is required for any waiver
provided for in the Indenture, (ii) change any obligation of the Company to
maintain an office or agency for payment of and transfer and exchange of the
Notes or (iii) make certain changes to provisions relating to the waiver of past
defaults or to the provisions for supplementing the Indenture with the consent
of the Holders.

                  10. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i)
default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes; (ii)
default in payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes
when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise,
(iii) failure by the Company for 90 days after notice to the Company by the
Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding voting as a single class to comply with certain other agreements in
the Indenture or the Notes; (iv) default under certain other agreements relating
to Indebtedness of the Company which default results in the acceleration of such
Indebtedness prior to its express maturity; (v) certain final judgments for the
payment of money that remain undischarged for a period of 90 days; and (vi)
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company. If any
Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at
least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the
principal of all the Notes and the interest accrued thereon to be due and
payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of
Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding
Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may
not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the
Notes waive any past Default or Event of Default except a Default in the payment
of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes. The Company
is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance
with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any
Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying
such Default or Event of Default.




<PAGE>



                  11. TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its
individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and
perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with
the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

                  12. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder of the Company, as such, shall not have any
liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture or
any indenture supplemental thereto or for any claim based on, in respect of, or
by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a
Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of
the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

                  13. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be valid until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

                  14. ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the
name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT
(= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A
(= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

                  [15. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES
AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders
of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted
Definitive Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement dated as of ____________, ____, between the Company and the parties
named on the signature pages thereof (the "Registration Rights Agreement").]

                  16. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by
the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has
caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP
numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation
is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers placed thereon.

                  The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request
and without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights
Agreement. Requests may be made to:

                  Edison Mission Energy
                  18101 Von Karman Avenue
                  Suite 1700
                  Irvine, California 92612
                  Attention:  Chief Financial Officer




<PAGE>



                                 Assignment Form

                  To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                  Insert assignee's legal name)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code) and
irrevocably appoint _______________________________________________________ to
transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another
to act for him.

Date:
     ------------------------

                               Your Signature:
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              (Sign exactly as your name appears
                                               on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:
                      -----------------

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other
signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).




<PAGE>



             SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

                  The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an
interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part
of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note,
have been made:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Principal Amount          Signature of
                        Amount of decrease in   Amount of increase in     of this Global Note   authorized officer of
                           Principal Amount        Principal Amount     following such decrease    Trustee or Note
   Date of Exchange      of this Global Note     of this Global Note         (or increase)            Custodian
   ----------------      -------------------     -------------------         -------------            ---------
   <S>                   <C>                     <C>                         <C>                      <C>
























                  * THIS SCHEDULE SHOULD BE INCLUDED ONLY IF THE NOTE IS ISSUED IN GLOBAL FORM.
</TABLE>




<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                         FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Edison Mission Energy
18101 Von Karman Avenue
Suite 1700
Irvine, California 92612
The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street, Floor 21 West
New York, New York 10288
Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration

                            Re: [  ]% SENIOR NOTES DUE [                ]

                  Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June
28, 1999 (the "INDENTURE"), between Edison Mission Energy, as issuer (the
"COMPANY"), and The Bank of New York, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not
defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                  ___________________, (the "TRANSFEROR") owns and proposes to
transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in
the principal amount of $___________ in such Note[s] or interests (the
"TRANSFER"), to ___________________________ (the "TRANSFEREE"), as further
specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor
hereby certifies that:

                             [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. - CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE
RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer
is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United
States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and,
accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial
interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor
reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or
Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to
which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each
such account is a "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule
144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is
in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note
will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Note




<PAGE>



and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

                  2. - CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL
INTEREST IN THE RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR A DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO
REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with
Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor
hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in
the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the
Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person
acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was
outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through
the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such
Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was
prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts
have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule
904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act and (iii) the transaction is not
part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the
Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive
Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Note and/or the Definitive
Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

                  3.    / /    CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE
DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR A
DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN
RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with
the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted
Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby
further certifies that (check one):

                  (a)   / /    such Transfer is being effected pursuant to
and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

                                       or

                  (b)   / /    such Transfer is being effected to the
Company or a subsidiary thereof.


                  4.    / /    CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A
BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED
DEFINITIVE NOTE.

                  (a)   / /    CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i)
The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144
under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions
contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in

<PAGE>


the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed
Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred
beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on
the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the
Indenture.

                  (b)   / /    CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S.
(i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule
903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions
on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are
not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon
consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no
longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted
Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

                  (c)   / /    CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER
EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance
with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions
on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are
not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon
consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be
subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement
Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes
and in the Indenture.

                  This certificate and the statements contained herein are made
for your benefit.

                                            --------------------------------
                                                [Insert Name of Transferor]

                                            By:
                                                -----------------------------
                                                Name:
                                                Title:

Dated:
       ------------------------------




<PAGE>



                       ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

            1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

                                   [CHECK ONE]

                  (a)   / /    a beneficial interest in the Restricted Global
                               Note    (CUSIP                      ); or

                  (b)   / /    a Restricted Definitive Note.

            2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

                  [CHECK ONE]

                  (a)   / /    a beneficial interest in the:

                           (i) / /  Restricted Global Note
                                    (CUSIP                        ); or

                           (ii) / / Unrestricted Global Note
                                    (CUSIP                     ); or

                  (b)   / /    a Restricted Definitive Note; or

                  (c)   / /    an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

                  in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.




<PAGE>



                         FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Edison Mission Energy
18101 Von Karman Avenue
Suite 1700
Irvine, California 92612
The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street, Floor 21 West
New York, New York 10288
Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration

                  Re: [  ]% SENIOR NOTES DUE [                ]

                              (CUSIP             )
                                     ------------

         Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of June 28, 1999
(the "INDENTURE"), between Edison Mission Energy, as issuer (the "COMPANY"), and
The Bank of New York, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein
shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                  __________________________, (the "OWNER") owns and proposes to
exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the
principal amount of $____________ in such Note[s] or interests (the "EXCHANGE").
In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

                  1.       EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL
INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR
BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE

                  (a)   / /    CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST
IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL
NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own account without
transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the
transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"SECURITIES ACT"), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any
applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

                  (b)   / /    CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL
INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED




<PAGE>



GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the Exchange of
the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being
acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has
been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the
Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities
Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance
with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

                  (c)   / /    CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED
DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In
connection with the Owner's Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby
certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner's own
account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions
on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are
not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv)
the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

                  (d)   / /    CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED
DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with the
Owner's Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive
Note is being acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer, (ii)
such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance
with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted
Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States.

                  2.       EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL
INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR
BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES

                  (a)   / /    CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST
IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE. In connection with
the Exchange of the Owner's beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner
hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for
the Owner's own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed
Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted
Definitive Note issued will continue

<PAGE>



to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act.

                  (b)   / /    CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED
DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE. In
connection with the Exchange of the Owner's Restricted Definitive Note for a
beneficial interest in the Restricted Global Note with an equal principal
amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being
acquired for the Owner's own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange
has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to
the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the
Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed
Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial
interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in
the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Note and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act.

                  This certificate and the statements contained herein are made
for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

                                               --------------------------------
                                                   [Insert Name of Transferor]

                                               By:
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Name:
                                                   Title:

Dated:
       ------------------------------




<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.72

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                          FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

                            DATED AS OF JUNE 28, 1999

                                       to

                                    INDENTURE

                            dated as of June 28, 1999

                                     between

                              EDISON MISSION ENERGY

                                       and

                              THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

                                   as Trustee

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>



                  FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of June 28, 1999 (this
"FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE"), to the Indenture, dated as of June 28, 1999
(the "ORIGINAL INDENTURE"), between EDISON MISSION ENERGY, a California
corporation (the "COMPANY"), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York banking
corporation (the "TRUSTEE").

                  WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have heretofore executed
and delivered the Original Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to
time of Notes (as defined in the Original Indenture) of the Company, to be
issued in one or more series;

                  WHEREAS, SECTIONS 2.1, 2.2 and 7.1 of the Original Indenture
provide, among other things, that the Company and the Trustee may enter into
indentures supplemental to the Original Indenture for, among other things, the
purpose of establishing the designation, form, terms and provisions of Notes of
any series as permitted by SECTIONS 2.1, 2.2 and 7.1 of the Original Indenture;

                  WHEREAS, the Company (i) desires the issuance of a series of
Notes to be designated as hereinafter provided and (ii) has requested the
Trustee to enter into this First Supplemental Indenture for the purpose of
establishing the designation, form, terms and provisions of the Notes of such
series;

                  WHEREAS, all action on the part of the Company necessary to
authorize the issuance of said Notes under the Original Indenture and this First
Supplemental Indenture (the Original Indenture, as supplemented by this First
Supplemental Indenture, being hereinafter called the "INDENTURE") has been duly
taken.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

WITNESSETH:

                  That, in order to establish the designation, form, terms and
provisions of, and to authorize the authentication and delivery of, said Notes,
and in consideration of the acceptance of said Notes by the Holders thereof and
of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which
are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I.

                                   DEFINITIONS
                                   -----------

                  (a) Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined
herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Original
Indenture.

                  (b) The rules of interpretation set forth in the Original
Indenture shall be applied hereto as if set forth in full herein.



<PAGE>



                  (c) For all purposes of this First Supplemental Indenture,
except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires,
the following terms shall have the following respective meanings (such meanings
shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the respective
terms):

                  "COMPARABLE TREASURY ISSUE" means the United States Treasury
security selected by Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation or an affiliate as
having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes that would be
utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial
practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable
maturity to the remaining term of the Notes.

                  "COMPARABLE TREASURY PRICE" means the average of three
Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the Trustee in respect of the
Notes to be redeemed on the applicable redemption date.

                  "REFERENCE TREASURY DEALER QUOTATION" means, with respect to
each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as
determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable
Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount)
quoted in writing to the Trustee by a Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m.,
New York City time, on the third Business day preceding the redemption date.

                  "REFERENCE TREASURY DEALERS" means Credit Suisse First Boston
Corporation (so long as it continues to be a primary U.S. Government securities
dealer) and any two other primary U.S. Government securities dealers chosen by
the Company. If Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation ceases to be a primary
U.S. Government securities dealer, the Company will appoint in its place another
nationally recognized investment banking firm that is a primary U.S. Government
securities dealer.

                  "REMAINING SCHEDULED PAYMENTS" means, with respect to each
Note that the Company is redeeming, the remaining scheduled payments of the
principal and interest that would be due after the related redemption date if
such Note were not redeemed. However, if the redemption date is not a scheduled
interest payment date with respect to that Note, the amount of the next
succeeding scheduled interest payment on that Note will be reduced by the amount
of interest accrued on such Note to the redemption date.

                  "SERIES A NOTES" shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in
SECTION 2.1(a) hereof.

                  "TREASURY RATE" means, with respect to any redemption date, an
annual rate equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the
Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasure Issue
(expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable
Treasury Price for the redemption date. The semiannual equivalent yield to
maturity will be computed as of the third business day immediately preceding the
redemption date.



<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE II.

                             THE TERMS OF THE NOTES
                             ----------------------

           SECTION 2.1. TERMS OF 7.73% SENIOR NOTES DUE JUNE 15, 2009.
                        ---------------------------------------------

           (a) There is hereby created one series of Notes designated:
7.73% Senior Notes due June 15, 2009, in the aggregate principal amount of
$600,000,000 (the "SERIES A NOTES"). The Series A Notes may forthwith be
executed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for authentication and
delivery by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of SECTION 2.3 of the
Original Indenture.

                  (b) Each of the Series A Notes shall have and be subject to
such other terms as provided in the Indenture and shall be evidenced by one or
more Notes in the form of EXHIBIT A to the Indenture.

                  SECTION 2.2.  INTEREST AND PRINCIPAL.
                                ----------------------

                  The Series A Notes will mature on June 15, 2009 and will bear
interest at the rate of 7.73% per annum. The Company will pay interest on the
Series A Notes on each June 15 and December 15, beginning on December 15, 1999,
to the holders of record on the immediately preceding June 1 or December 1.
Interest on the Series A Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from June 28, 1999.

                  SECTION 2.3.  REDEMPTION.
                                -----------

                  The Company at its option may, at any time, redeem the Series
A Notes, in whole or in part, upon payment of a redemption price equal to (A)
the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Series A Notes to be
redeemed and (ii) the sum of present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments
on the Series A Notes being redeemed discounted to the date of redemption on a
semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at
a rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 37.5 basis points, plus (B) accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, on the principal amount of Notes being redeemed to the
redemption date.



<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE III.

                                  MISCELLANEOUS
                                  -------------

                SECTION 3.1. EXECUTION OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.
                             -----------------------------------

                  This First Supplemental Indenture is executed and shall be
construed as an indenture supplemental to the Original Indenture and, as
provided in the Original Indenture, this First Supplemental Indenture forms a
part thereof.

                  SECTION 3.2.  CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE.
                                ----------------------

                  The recitals contained herein and in the Series A Notes,
except with respect to the Trustee's certificates of authentication, shall be
taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no
responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee makes no
representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this First Supplemental
Indenture or of the Series A Notes.

                  SECTION 3.3.  COUNTERPARTS.
                                ------------

                  This First Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
same instrument.

                  SECTION 3.4.  GOVERNING LAW.
                                -------------

                  THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND EACH NOTE OF THE SERIES
CREATED HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.



<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this First
Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers
thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

                                      EDISON MISSION ENERGY

                                      By: /s/ Steven D. Eisenberg
                                          -----------------------
                                          Name:     Steven D. Eisenberg
                                          Title:    Vice President and Associate
                                                    General Counsel

                                      THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

                                      By: /s/ Mary Beth Lewicki
                                          ---------------------
                                          Name:     Mary Beth Lewicki
                                          Title:    Assistant Vice President



<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.73

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY


                                  $600,000,000

                              EDISON MISSION ENERGY

                      7.73% Senior Notes due June 15, 2009

                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                                                                   June 23, 1999

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.
SG COWEN SECURITIES CORP.
c/o Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation
Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, New York  10010-3629

Dear Sirs:

         In connection with the issue and sale of $600 million in aggregate
principal amount of 7.73% Senior Notes due June 15, 2009 (the "INITIAL NOTES")
issued by Edison Mission Energy, a California corporation (the "COMPANY"),
pursuant to the terms of the Indenture (as defined below) and as an inducement
to Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Lehman Brothers Inc. and SG Cowen
Securities Corp. (the "INITIAL PURCHASERS") to enter into the Purchase
Agreement, dated June 23, 1999 (the "PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), among the Company and
the Initial Purchasers, the Company hereby agrees to provide the registration
rights set forth in this Registration Rights Agreement (this "AGREEMENT") for
the benefit of the holders of the Initial Notes. The execution of this Agreement
is a condition to the purchase of the Initial Notes under the Purchase
Agreement.

         SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS. Capitalized terms used herein without
definition shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto, whether
expressly or by reference to another agreement or document, in the Indenture.
The definitions set forth in this Agreement shall equally apply to both the
singular and plural forms of the terms defined. As used in this Agreement, the
following terms shall have the following meanings:

         "ADVICE" shall have the meaning set forth in the last paragraph of
Section 5 of this Agreement.

         "AFFILIATE", with respect to any Person, shall mean any other Person
that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with such first Person. The term
"control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power




<PAGE>



to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person,
whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.
For purposes of Section 2, an "Affiliate" of the Company shall mean and include,
in addition, any Person deemed an affiliate thereof under the Securities Act or
the Exchange Act in connection with the Exchange Offer.

         "CLOSING DATE" shall mean the date of the initial issuance and sale of
the Initial Notes.

         "COMMISSION" shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange
Commission.

         COMPANY" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of
this Agreement.

         "CURE DATE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) of this
Agreement.

         "EFFECTIVE DATE" shall mean the date which is 270 days after the
Closing Date.

         "EFFECTIVE PERIOD" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of
this Agreement.

         "EXCHANGE ACT" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

         "EXCHANGE OFFER" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of
this Agreement.

         "EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 2(a) of this Agreement.

         "EXCHANGE PERIOD" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of
this Agreement.

         "EXCHANGE NOTES" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) of
this Agreement.

         A "HOLDER" of Registrable Notes shall mean the registered holder of
such securities or any beneficial owner thereof.

         "HOLDER INDEMNIFIED PARTY" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
8(a) of this Agreement.

         "HOLDER INFORMATION" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a)
of this Agreement.

         "ILLIQUIDITY EVENT" with respect to the Initial Notes shall mean any of
the following events:

         (a) as of the Effective Date, both (i) an Exchange Offer Registration
Statement (which, if applicable pursuant to Section 2(a), covers resales of such
Exchange Notes) has not


                                        2

<PAGE>



become effective and (ii) the Registrable Notes are not the subject of an
Initial Shelf Registration Statement which has become effective; or

         (b) the Exchange Notes offered in exchange for the Registrable Notes
are the subject of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement which was effective
(and which, if applicable pursuant to Section 2(a), covered resales of such
Exchange Notes) but which ceased to be effective for any reason prior to the end
of the Exchange Period; or

         (c) the Registrable Notes are the subject of an Initial Shelf
Registration Statement or Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement which was
effective but which has ceased to be effective for any reason prior to the end
of the Effective Period.

         An Illiquidity Event shall be deemed to cease to exist on the date
subsequent to the occurrence of such Illiquidity Event on which:

                  (i) in the case of an Illiquidity Event described in clause
         (a) above, either (i) an Exchange Offer Registration Statement (which,
         if applicable pursuant to Section 2(a), covers resales of the Exchange
         Notes exchanged for such Registrable Notes) shall become effective and
         an Exchange Offer for such Registrable Notes shall have commenced or
         (ii) an Initial Shelf Registration Statement covering such Registrable
         Notes shall become effective; or

                  (ii) in the case of an Illiquidity Event described in clause
         (b) above, either (i) an Exchange Offer Registration Statement (which,
         if applicable pursuant to Section 2(a), covers resales of the Exchange
         Notes offered in exchange for such Initial Notes) shall become
         effective and an Exchange Offer for such Registrable Notes shall have
         commenced pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or (ii)
         an Initial Shelf Registration Statement covering such Registrable Notes
         shall become effective; or

                  (iii) in the case of an Illiquidity Event described in clause
         (c) above, a Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement covering such
         Registrable Notes shall become effective.

         "INDENTURE" shall mean the Indenture, dated as of June 28, 1999, and as
further amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms
thereof, between the Company and the Trustee, and pursuant to which the Initial
Notes and any Exchange Notes are to be issued.

         "INITIAL PURCHASERS" shall have the meaning set forth in the first
paragraph of this Agreement.

         "INITIAL NOTES" shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph
of this Agreement.

         "INITIAL SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 3(a)


                                        3

<PAGE>



of this Agreement.

         "INSPECTORS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(m) of this
Agreement.

         "MANAGING UNDERWRITERS" shall mean the investment banker or investment
bankers and manager or managers that shall administer an Underwritten Offering.

         "NASD" shall mean the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

         "PROSPECTUS" shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration
Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses
information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective
registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the
Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, and
all other amendments and supplements to the prospectus included in any
Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments and all material
incorporated by reference into such prospectus.

         "PURCHASE AGREEMENT" shall have the meaning set forth in the first
paragraph of this Agreement.

         "RECORDS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(m) of this
Agreement.

         "REGISTRABLE NOTES" shall mean the Initial Notes upon original issuance
thereof and at all times subsequent thereto until, in the case of any such
Initial Note, (i) a Registration Statement covering such Initial Note, or the
Exchange Note to be exchanged for such Initial Note (and, in the case of any
Resale Note, any resale thereof), has been declared effective and such Initial
Note has been disposed of or exchanged (or, in any case where such Registration
Statement covers the resale of Resale Notes, such Initial Note has been
exchanged and the Resale Note received therefor has been resold), as the case
may be, in accordance with such effective Registration Statement, (ii) such
Initial Note is sold in compliance with Rule 144 or would be permitted to be
sold pursuant to Rule 144(k), (iii) such Initial Note shall have been otherwise
transferred and a new certificate therefor not bearing a legend restricting
further transfer shall have been delivered by or on behalf of the Company and
such Initial Note shall be tradeable by each holder thereof without restriction
under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and without material restriction
under the applicable blue sky or state securities laws or (iv) such Initial Note
ceases to be outstanding.

         "REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall mean any registration statement
(including any Shelf Registration Statement) of the Company that covers any of
the Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, pursuant to the
provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus which is part of such
Registration Statement, amendments (including post-effective amendments) and
supplements to such Registration Statement and all exhibits and appendices to
any of the foregoing. For purposes of the foregoing, unless the context requires
otherwise, a Registration Statement for an Exchange Offer shall not be deemed to
cover Registrable Notes held by a Restricted Person unless such Registration
Statement covers the resale of Resale Notes to be received by such


                                        4

<PAGE>



Restricted Person pursuant to such Exchange Offer and any such Initial Notes
shall continue to be Registrable Notes.
         "RESALE INITIAL PURCHASER" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
8(a) of this Agreement.

         "RESALE NOTES" shall mean any Exchange Note received by a Restricted
Person pursuant to an Exchange Offer, and at all times subsequent thereto,
until, subject to the time periods set forth herein, such Exchange Note has been
resold by such Restricted Person.

         "RESTRICTED PERSON" shall mean (a) any Affiliate of the Company, (b)
any Initial Purchaser or (c) any Affiliate of any Initial Purchaser (other than
Affiliates of such Initial Purchaser that (i) are acquiring Exchange Notes in
the ordinary course of business and do not have an arrangement with any Person
to distribute Exchange Notes and (ii) may trade such Exchange Notes without
restriction under the Securities Act).

         "RULE 144" shall mean Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule
may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter
adopted by the Commission.

         "RULE 144A" shall mean Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such Rule
may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter
adopted by the Commission.

         "RULE 415" shall mean Rule 415 under the Securities Act, as such Rule
may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter
adopted by the Commission.

         "SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

         "SHELF NOTICE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) of this
Agreement.

         "SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3(b) of this Agreement.

         "SPECIAL COUNSEL" shall mean Latham & Watkins, special counsel to the
Initial Purchasers, or any other firm acceptable to the Company, acting as
special counsel to the holders of Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes.

         "SUBSEQUENT SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 3(b) of this Agreement.

         "TIA" shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the
rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

         "TRUSTEE" shall mean The Bank of New York, its successors and any
successor trustee


                                        5

<PAGE>



under the Indenture.

         "UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATION" or "UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING" shall mean a
registration in which securities are sold to an underwriter or group of
underwriters for reoffering to the public.

         SECTION 2. EXCHANGE OFFER.

         (a) Unless the Company determines in good faith that the Exchange Offer
shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy, the Company
shall prepare and cause to be filed with the Commission as soon as reasonably
practicable after the Closing Date, subject to Sections 2(b) and 2(c) of this
Agreement, a Registration Statement (an "EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT")
for an offer to exchange (an "EXCHANGE OFFER") the Registrable Notes (subject to
Section 2(c)) for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the
Company and are otherwise in all material respects substantially identical to
the Initial Notes (the "EXCHANGE NOTES") (and which are entitled to the benefits
of the Indenture, which shall be qualified under the TIA in connection with such
registration, or a trust indenture which is substantially identical in all
material respects to the Indenture), other than (i) such changes to the
Indenture or any such substantially identical indenture as the Trustee and the
Company may deem necessary in connection with the Trustee's rights and duties or
to comply with any requirements of the Commission to effect or maintain the
qualification thereof under the TIA and (ii) such changes relating to
restrictions on transfer set forth in the Indenture. The Exchange Offer shall be
registered under the Securities Act on the appropriate form of Registration
Statement and shall comply with all applicable tender offer rules and
regulations under the Exchange Act and with all other applicable laws. Subject
to the terms and limitations of Section 2(c), such Exchange Offer Registration
Statement may also cover any resales of Exchange Notes by any Restricted Person,
in the manner or manners designated by them which, in any event, is reasonably
acceptable to the Company.

         The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to (i) cause the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities
Act on or prior to the Effective Date, (ii) keep the Exchange Offer open for a
period of not less than the shorter of (A) the period ending when the last
remaining Initial Note is tendered into the Exchange Offer and (B) 30 days from
the date notice is mailed to the holders of Initial Notes (PROVIDED that in no
event shall such period be less than the period required under applicable
Federal and state securities laws), and (iii) maintain such Exchange Offer
Registration Statement continuously effective for a period (the "EXCHANGE
PERIOD") of not less than the longer of (A) the period until the consummation of
the Exchange Offer and (B) 120 days after effectiveness of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, PROVIDED HOWEVER, that in the event that all resales of
Exchange Notes (including, subject to the time periods set forth herein, any
Resale Securities and including, subject to the time periods set forth herein,
any resales by broker-dealers that receive Exchange Notes for their own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer) covered by such Exchange Offer Registration
Statement have been made, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement need not
remain continuously effective for the period set forth in clause (B) above. Upon
consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee
under the Indenture for cancellation all Initial Notes tendered by the holders
thereof


                                        6

<PAGE>



pursuant to the Exchange Offer and not withdrawn prior to the date of
consummation of the Exchange Offer. Each Restricted Person shall notify the
Company promptly after re-selling all Resale Securities held by such Restricted
Person which are covered by any such Registration Statement.

         Each holder of Registrable Notes to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer
(other than any Restricted Person) shall be required as a condition to
participating in the Exchange Offer to represent that (i) it is not an Affiliate
of the Company, (ii) any Exchange Notes to be received by it shall be acquired
in the ordinary course of its business and (iii) that at the time of the
consummation of the Exchange Offer it shall have no arrangement with any person
to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of
the Exchange Notes. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer in accordance with
this Section 2 and compliance with the other provisions of this Section 2, the
Company shall, subject to Sections 2(b) and 2(c), have no further obligation to
register Registrable Notes pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Agreement; PROVIDED
that the other provisions of this Agreement shall continue to apply as set forth
in such provisions.

         (b) In the event that the Company reasonably determines in good faith
that (i) the Exchange Notes would not, upon receipt in the Exchange Offer by any
holder of Registrable Notes (other than any Restricted Person and other than any
holder who is not acquiring such Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of
business or who has an arrangement with any person to participate in the
distribution of such Exchange Notes), be tradeable by each holder thereof
without restriction under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and without
restriction under applicable blue sky or state securities laws, (ii) after
conferring with counsel, the Commission is unlikely to permit the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement to become effective prior to the Effective Date (except
in the circumstances set forth in Section 2(c)) or (iii) the Exchange Offer may
not be made in compliance with applicable laws, then the Company shall promptly
deliver notice thereof (the "SHELF NOTICE") to the holders of the Registrable
Notes and the Trustee and shall thereafter file an Initial Shelf Registration
Statement pursuant to, and otherwise comply with, the provisions of Section
3(a). Following the delivery of a Shelf Notice in accordance with this Section
2(b) and compliance with Section 3(a), the Company shall not have any further
obligation under this Section 2.

         (c) In the event that the Company reasonably determines in good faith
that (i) the Exchange Notes would not, upon consummation of any resale thereof
by a Restricted Person to any Person other than another Restricted Person, be
tradeable by each holder thereof without restriction under the Securities Act
(other than applicable prospectus requirements) and the Exchange Act and without
restriction under applicable blue sky or state securities laws or (ii) the
Commission is unlikely to permit the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to
become effective prior to the Effective Date solely because such Registration
Statement covers resales of the Exchange Notes by Restricted Persons, then the
Company shall promptly deliver a Shelf Notice to the Restricted Persons who are
holders of Registrable Notes and to the Trustee, and the Company shall
thereafter file an Initial Shelf Registration Statement with respect to any such
Registrable Notes pursuant to, and otherwise comply with, the provisions of
Section 3(a); PROVIDED that such Initial Shelf Registration Statement shall only
cover resales of Registrable Notes by Restricted Persons if a Shelf Notice is
not


                                        7

<PAGE>



then otherwise required to be delivered pursuant to Section 2(b); and, PROVIDED,
FURTHER that such Initial Shelf Registration Statement covering Registrable
Notes held by Restricted Persons shall be kept effective for at least a period
of 120 days and is not required to remain effective with respect to Registrable
Notes held by Restricted Persons thereafter. Following the delivery of a Shelf
Notice in accordance with this Section 2(c) and compliance with Section 3(a),
the Company shall not have any further obligation under this Section 2 with
respect to the filing of an offer to exchange the Registrable Notes held by the
Restricted Persons (including, without limitation, any obligation to provide
that an Exchange Offer Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2(a)
cover resales of Exchange Notes by Restricted Persons); PROVIDED that the
provisions of this Section 2 shall otherwise remain in full force and effect
with respect to Registrable Notes held by any person other than a Restricted
Person.

         SECTION 3. SHELF REGISTRATION; REGISTRABLE NOTES. With respect to the
Registrable Notes, if a Shelf Notice is delivered in accordance with Section
2(b) or 2(c) of this Agreement, then the Company shall comply with the following
provisions of this Section 3:

         (a) INITIAL SHELF REGISTRATION. The Company shall prepare and cause to
be filed with the Commission a Registration Statement for an offering to be made
on a continuous basis other than pursuant to an Underwritten Offer pursuant to
Rule 415 covering all of the Registrable Notes (or, if a Shelf Notice is
delivered solely pursuant to Section 2(c), all of the Registrable Notes held by
any Restricted Persons) (the "INITIAL SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT"); PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that no holder shall be entitled to have its Registrable Notes covered
by such Initial Shelf Registration Statement unless such holder agrees in
writing, within 10 Business Days after actual receipt of a request therefrom, to
be bound by all the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such holder. No
holder shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 4 of this Agreement unless
and until such holder shall have provided all information reasonably requested
by the Company (after conferring with counsel), and such holder shall not be
entitled to such benefits with respect to any period during which such
information was not provided. Each holder to which any Shelf Registration
Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all
information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously
furnished to the Company by such holder not materially misleading. The Initial
Shelf Registration Statement shall be an appropriate form permitting
registration of such Registrable Notes for resale by the holders thereof in the
manner or manners reasonably designated by them (but excluding any Underwritten
Offerings). The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to (A) cause the
Initial Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the
Securities Act on or prior to the Effective Date and (B) keep the Initial Shelf
Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act for a
period of two years after the Closing Date (subject to extension pursuant to the
last paragraph of Section 5 and subject, with respect to Registrable Notes held
by Restricted Persons, to the limitations set forth in Section 2(c)) (such
two-year period, as it may be extended, being the "EFFECTIVE PERIOD"), or such
shorter period ending when (1) all Registrable Notes covered by the Initial
Shelf Registration Statement have been sold or (2) a Subsequent Shelf
Registration Statement covering all of such Registrable Notes remaining unsold
has been declared effective under the Securities Act or (3) all Registrable
Notes may be sold pursuant to subsection (k) of Rule 144.


                                        8

<PAGE>




         Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the Company may postpone or
suspend the filing or the effectiveness of a Registration Statement (or any
amendments or supplements thereto), if (1) such action is required by applicable
law, or (2) such action is taken by the Company in good faith and for valid
business reasons (not including avoidance of such party's obligations
hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets, other pending
corporate developments, public filings with the Commission or other similar
events, so long as the Company promptly thereafter complies with the
requirements of Section 5(b) hereof, if applicable. Notwithstanding the
occurrence of any event referred to in the immediately preceding sentence (a
"SUSPENSION"), such event shall not suspend, postpone or in any other manner
affect the running of the time period after which an Illiquidity Event shall be
deemed to occur and, if the filing or effectiveness of a Registration Statement
is postponed or suspended as a result of a Suspension, an Illiquidity Event
shall nonetheless exist if all other requirements set forth for the occurrence
of an Illiquidity Event shall be satisfied, and the provisions of Section 4
requiring the accrual payment of additional interest, as set forth in such
Section, on the Registrable Notes, shall be applicable.

         (b) SUBSEQUENT SHELF REGISTRATIONS. If the Initial Shelf Registration
Statement or any Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective
for any reason at any time during the Effective Period after the Effective Date,
the Company may attempt to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the
effectiveness thereof, and may amend such Initial Shelf Registration Statement
or Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement in a manner reasonably expected to
obtain the withdrawal of the order suspending the effectiveness thereof, or file
an additional "shelf" Registration Statement applicable to the Initial Notes
pursuant to Rule 415 covering all of such Registrable Notes remaining unsold (a
"SUBSEQUENT SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT"). If a Subsequent Shelf Registration
Statement is declared effective, the Company shall use its reasonable best
efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a
period after the date of such effectiveness equal in length to the length of the
Effective Period plus the aggregate number of days from the date of the order
suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Shelf Registration Statement or any
Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement to the date of the effectiveness of the
Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement. As used herein, the term "Shelf
Registration Statement" means the Initial Shelf Registration Statement and any
Subsequent Shelf Registration Statement.

         SECTION 4. ADDITIONAL INTEREST FOR ILLIQUIDITY.

         (a) The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Initial Purchasers
(and any subsequent holders of the Initial Notes) have acquired the Initial
Notes in reliance on the covenant of the Company to use its reasonable best
efforts to (i) cause to become effective on or prior to the Effective Date (A)
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or (B) an Initial Shelf Registration
Statement, and (ii) maintain the respective effectiveness of such Registration
Statements as described herein. The Company further acknowledges and agrees that
the failure of the Company to fulfill such covenants will have an adverse effect
on the holders of the Initial Notes. Therefore, the Company agrees that from and
after the date on which any Illiquidity Event occurs, additional


                                        9

<PAGE>



interest (in addition to the interest otherwise payable with respect to the
Registrable Notes) shall accrue with respect to the Initial Notes until but not
including the date on which such Illiquidity Event shall cease to exist (and
provided no other Illiquidity Event with respect to any Initial Notes shall then
be continuing), at the rate of one half of one percent (0.50%) per annum, which
additional interest shall be payable by the Company to the holders of all
Initial Notes at the times, in the manner and subject to the same terms and
conditions set forth in the Indenture, as nearly as may be, as though the
interest rates provided in such Initial Notes had been increased by one half of
one percent (0.50%) per annum. Subject to the provisions of this Section 4, the
Company agrees that it shall be liable to the holders of all Initial Notes for
the payment of any and all additional interest on the Initial Notes that shall
accrue pursuant to this Section 4.

         Any such additional interest accrued on any such Initial Notes but
unpaid on the date on which such interest ceases to accrue (the "CURE DATE")
shall be due and payable on the first interest payment date following the next
record date following such Cure Date (or the record date occurring on such Cure
Date, if such Cure Date is a record date) to the holders of record of such
Initial Notes on such record date.

         (b) The Company shall promptly notify the holders of the Initial Notes
and the Trustee of the occurrence of any Illiquidity Event of which it has
knowledge.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay
the additional interest described in clause (a) of this Section 4 to a holder
with respect to the Registrable Notes held by such holder if the applicable
Illiquidity Event arises by reason of the failure of such holder to provide such
information as (i) the Company may reasonably request, with reasonable prior
written notice, for use in the Shelf Registration Statement or any Prospectus
included therein to the extent the Company reasonably determines that such
information is required to be included therein by applicable law, (ii) the NASD
or the Commission may request in connection with such Shelf Registration
Statement, or (iii) is required to comply with the agreements of such holder
contained in clause (a) of Section 3 to the extent compliance thereof is
necessary for the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective.

         SECTION 5. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES. In connection with the registration
of any Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes pursuant to Sections 2 and 3 hereof,
the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect such registration to
permit the sale of such Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes in accordance with
any permitted intended method or methods of disposition thereof, and pursuant
thereto the Company shall:

         (a) prepare and cause to be filed with the Commission a Registration
Statement or Registration Statements as prescribed by Sections 2 and 3 of this
Agreement, and use its reasonable best efforts to cause each such Registration
Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period as
provided herein; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) during the period in which the
Initial Registration Statement is open for the Restricted Persons, the Company
shall afford any Restricted Person which is a holder of Registrable Notes or
Exchange Notes and the


                                       10

<PAGE>



Special Counsel, upon such holder's written request to the Company, an
opportunity to review copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, and
(ii) if such filing is pursuant to Section 3, before filing any Registration
Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto (including
documents that would be incorporated therein by reference after the initial
filing of the Registration Statement), the Company shall afford the Special
Counsel for all holders of the Registrable Notes covered by such Registration
Statement an opportunity to review copies of all such documents proposed to be
filed;

         (b) prepare and cause to be filed with the Commission such amendments
and post-effective amendments to each Shelf Registration Statement as may be
necessary to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective for the
applicable period as provided herein; cause the related Prospectus to be
supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be
filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provisions then in force) under the
Securities Act; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, the
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated
thereunder with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such
Registration Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented in
accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers of
Registrable Notes covered thereby set forth therein;

         (c) if a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3
hereof, notify the selling holders of Registrable Notes promptly after the
Company becomes aware thereof, and confirm such notice in writing, (i) when a
Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been
filed, and, with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective
amendment, when the same has become effective, (ii) of any request by the
Commission for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus or for additional information, (iii) of the issuance by the
Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration
Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary
prospectus or Prospectus or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose,
(iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the
suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of a
Registration Statement or any of the Registrable Notes for offer or sale in any
jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, (v) of the
existence of any fact known to the Company which results in such Registration
Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by
reference containing any untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to
state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made,
not misleading (which notice may be accompanied by an instruction that such
notice constitutes material non-public information and to suspend the use of the
prospectus until the requisite changes have been made, and which instruction
shall require that such holders shall not communicate such material non-public
information to any third party and shall not sell or purchase, or offer to sell
or purchase, any securities of the Company after receipt of such notice) and
(vi) if the Company reasonably determines that the filing of a post-effective
amendment to such Registration Statement would be appropriate;



                                       11

<PAGE>



         (d) if a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3,
use its reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the
effectiveness of a Registration Statement or of any order preventing or
suspending the use of a Prospectus or suspending the qualification (or exemption
from qualification) of any of the Registrable Notes for sale in any jurisdiction
and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the withdrawal of any such order at
the earliest possible moment;

         (e) if a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3,
furnish to each selling holder of Registrable Notes who so requests (at such
holder's address set forth in the Securities Register) without charge, one
conformed copy of the Registration Statement or Registration Statements and each
post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules,
all documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits (including
those incorporated by reference);

         (f) if a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3,
deliver to each selling holder of Registrable Notes without charge, as many
copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and each
amendment or supplement thereto as such persons may reasonably request; and,
subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5, the Company hereby consents to
the use of such Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto by each of
the selling holders of Registrable Notes and the underwriters, if any, in
connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Notes covered by such
Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto;

         (g) prior to any public offering of Registrable Notes, register or
qualify, or cooperate with the selling holders of Registrable Notes, the
underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the
registration or qualification (or exemption from such registration or
qualification) of such Registrable Notes for offer and sale under the securities
or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as the selling
holders reasonably request in writing (provided that, if Registrable Notes are
offered other than through an Underwritten Offering, the Company agrees to cause
its counsel to perform blue sky investigations and file registrations and
qualifications required to be filed pursuant to this Section 5(g)); keep each
such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the
period such Registration Statement is required to be kept effective; and do any
and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in
such jurisdictions of the Registrable Notes covered by the applicable
Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company will not be required
to qualify as a foreign corporation, or to do business, to file a general
consent or take any action which would subject it to service of process in any
jurisdiction or take any action which would subject itself to taxation in any
such jurisdiction;

         (h) if a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3,
cooperate with the Trustee and the selling holders of Registrable Notes to
facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing
Registrable Notes to be sold, which certificates shall not bear any restrictive
legends and shall be in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust
Company, and enable such Registrable Notes to be in such authorized
denominations and registered


                                       12

<PAGE>



in such names as the holders may reasonably request at least three Business Days
prior to any such sale;

         (i) if a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3,
upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 5(c), prepare a
supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or a
supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by
reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered
to the purchasers of the Registrable Notes, such Prospectus will not contain an
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary
to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading. If the Company so notifies the holders to suspend the
use of the Prospectus after the occurrence of such an event, the holders shall
suspend use of the Prospectus, and not communicate such material non-public
information to any third party, and not sell or purchase, or offer to sell or
purchase, any securities of the Company, until the Company has amended or
supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission;

         (j) use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Notes
covered by the Registration Statement to continue to be rated by the rating
agencies that initially rated the Initial Notes during the period that the
Registration Statement is required hereunder to remain effective (it being
acknowledged, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to require the
Company to maintain the rating of such Registrable Notes at the rating given the
Initial Notes);

         (k) prior to the effective date of the first Registration Statement
relating to the Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, (i)
provide the Trustee with printed certificates for such securities in definitive
form or in a global form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company
and (ii) provide a CUSIP number for such Registrable Notes or Exchange Notes
represented by such certificates;

         (l) if a Shelf Registration Statement is filed pursuant to Section 3,
enter into such reasonably required agreements and take all other appropriate
actions in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition
of such Registrable Notes;

         (m) in the event of any Underwritten Offering (which shall only be
undertaken at the option of the Company), if a Shelf Registration Statement is
filed pursuant to Section 3, make available prior to the filing thereof for
inspection by a representative of the holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Registrable Notes being sold, and the Special Counsel,
on the one hand, or underwriter on the other hand (collectively, the
"INSPECTORS"), during reasonable business hours, all financial and other
records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company
(collectively, the "RECORDS"), and cause the officers, directors and employees
of the Company to supply all relevant information as shall be reasonably
necessary to enable them to exercise any applicable due diligence
responsibilities; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, as a condition to supplying such
information, the Company shall receive an agreement in writing from the Special
Counsel agreeing that any information that is designated in writing by the
Company, in good faith, as confidential at


                                       13

<PAGE>



the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such
Inspector (other than as to holders of Registrable Notes) and by any holders of
Registrable Notes receiving such information, unless (i) disclosure of such
information is required pursuant to applicable law or by court or administrative
order, (ii) disclosure of such information is, in the reasonable opinion of
counsel to the Company, necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission
of a material fact in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or any supplement
or post-effective amendment thereto or disclosure is otherwise required by law,
(iii) such information becomes generally available to the public other than as a
result of a disclosure by any Inspector or any such holder of Registrable Notes
in violation of this Section 5(m) or (iv) such information is approved for
release by the Company, in writing;

         (n) use its best efforts to cause the Indenture or the trust indenture
provided for in Section 2, as the case may be, to be qualified under the TIA not
later than the effective date of such Registration Statement; and, in connection
therewith, cooperate with the Trustee under the Indenture and the holders of the
Registrable Notes to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for
the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA and
execute, and use its best efforts to cause such Trustee to execute, all
documents as may be required to effect such changes, and all other forms and
documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable the Indenture or
the trust indenture provided for in Section 2 to be so qualified in a timely
manner;

         (o) otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all
applicable rules and regulations of the Commission.

         For purposes of the covenants set forth in this Section 5, references
to a Shelf Registration Statement, including a Shelf Registration Statement
filed pursuant to Section 3, shall be deemed to include any Registration
Statement, filed pursuant to Section 2, which covers, for the period set forth
therein, resales of Exchange Notes held by Restricted Persons as provided in
Section 2, and, in connection with such resales such Restricted Persons shall be
entitled to exercise all rights, receive all notices and copies of documents,
and otherwise receive all benefits afforded to sellers or holders of Registrable
Notes under this Section 5 in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company agrees to fulfill
its obligations set forth in Sections 5(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (h), (i),
(l) and (m) with respect to any such Registration Statement filed pursuant to
Section 2 insofar as it covers such resales.

         The Company may require each seller of Registrable Notes as to which
any registration is being effected, as a condition thereto, to furnish to the
Company such information regarding the holder and the distribution of such
Registrable Notes as the Company may, from time to time, request in writing,
including without limitation stating that (i) it is not an Affiliate of the
Company, (ii) the amount of Registrable Notes held by such holder prior to the
Exchange Offer, (iii) the amount of Registrable Notes owned by such holder to be
exchanged in the Exchange Offer and representing that such holder is not engaged
in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding
with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes to be
issued, and (iv) it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of
business and to


                                       14

<PAGE>



covenant and agree to promptly notify the Company if any such information so
provided by such seller ceases to be true and correct and will promptly
thereafter furnish the Company with corrected information. The Company may
exclude from such registration the Registrable Notes of any Person who fails to
furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.

         Each holder of Registrable Notes agrees by acquisition of such
Registrable Notes that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the
happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5(c)(ii), 5(c)(iii),
5(c)(v) or 5(c)(vi) hereof, such holder shall forthwith discontinue disposition
of such Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement or Prospectus
until such holder is advised in writing (the "ADVICE") by the Company that the
use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any
amendments or supplements thereto and, if so directed by the Company, such
holder will deliver to the Company (at such holder's expense) all copies in its
possession, other than permanent file copies then in such holder's possession,
of the prospectus covering such Registrable Notes current at the time of receipt
of such notice, or certify in writing as to the destruction thereof. In the
event the Company shall give any such notice, the length of the Effective Period
shall be extended by the number of days during such period from and including
the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller
of Registrable Notes covered by such Registration Statement shall have received
(x) the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section
5(i) or (Y) the Advice.

         SECTION 6. DELIVERY OF PROSPECTUS; NOTIFICATION UPON RESALE. The
Initial Purchasers acknowledge that it is the position of the staff of the
Commission that any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own
account in exchange for Registrable Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer must
deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Resale Securities. By
so acknowledging, such Initial Purchasers shall not be deemed to admit that, by
delivering a prospectus, it is an underwriter within the meaning of the
Securities Act

         Each Initial Purchaser shall notify the Company promptly upon the
completion of the resale of the Resale Securities received by such Initial
Purchaser pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

         SECTION 7. REGISTRATION EXPENSES. The Company shall bear all expenses
incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 2,
3 and 4; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall bear or reimburse the holders
for the reasonable fees and disbursements of only one counsel, the Special
Counsel, in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement; PROVIDED,
FURTHER, HOWEVER, that if the Company opts for an Underwritten Offering, the
Company shall not be responsible for any fees and expenses of any underwriter,
including any underwriting discounts and commissions or any legal fees and
expenses of counsel to the underwriters (except for the reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel in connection with state securities or blue sky
qualification of any of the Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes).

         SECTION 8. INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

         (a) The Company agrees to (A) indemnify and hold harmless each holder
of


                                       15

<PAGE>



Registrable Notes (including any Initial Purchaser which holds Registrable
Notes, including Resale Securities, for its own account (each, a "RESALE INITIAL
PURCHASER") and each Person, if any, who controls any such Person within the
meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and each director,
officer, employee or agent of each such Person (each a "HOLDER INDEMNIFIED
PARTY") against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or
several, to which they or any of them are subject under the Securities Act, the
Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in
any Registration Statement covering Registrable Notes held by such person or any
Prospectus relating to any such Registration Statement, or any amendment thereof
or supplement thereto and all documents incorporated by reference therein, or
arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein
a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of
the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, and (B) reimburse
each such Holder Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss,
claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that
any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any
such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission made in such Registration Statement or Prospectus, or in any amendment
thereof or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written
information relating to such holder provided by such holder to the Company
specifically for use therein (collectively, the "HOLDER INFORMATION"); PROVIDED,
FURTHER, HOWEVER, that the indemnity obligations arising out of this Section 8
with respect to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged omission made in any preliminary Prospectus shall not inure to the
benefit of any holder or any controlling Person of such holder, to the extent
that a prospectus relating to such Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes, as
the case may be, was required to be delivered by such holder under the
Securities Act in connection with such sale and any such loss, claim, damage or
liability of such holder results from the fact that such holder failed to send
or deliver to the Person asserting any such losses a copy of the final
Prospectus with or prior to the delivery of the written confirmation of the sale
of the Registrable Notes or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, and such
final Prospectus would have cured the untrue statement or omission giving rise
to such losses if the Company had previously furnished copies thereof to such
holder. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the
Company may otherwise have.

         (b) As a condition to the inclusion of a holder's Registrable Notes in
a Registration Statement, such holder shall agree to (i) indemnify and hold
harmless the Company and each person who controls the Company within the meaning
of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, and each director, officer,
employee or agent of each such person, against any and all losses, claims,
damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them are
subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out
of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any
material fact contained in a Registration Statement covering Registrable Notes
held by such holder or any Prospectus relating to any such Registration
Statement or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or
are based upon the omission


                                       16

<PAGE>



or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make
the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made,
not misleading, and (ii) reimburse each such indemnified party for any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are
incurred; in each and every case under clause (i) and (ii) above to the extent,
but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
or omission or alleged omission was made in such Registration Statement or
Prospectus or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, in reliance upon
and in conformity with the Holder Information. This indemnity agreement will be
in addition to any liability which any such holder may otherwise have. In no
event shall the liability of any selling holder of Registrable Notes hereunder
be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the proceeds (net of payment of
all expenses) received by such holder upon the sale (or, in the case of Resale
Securities, the resale) of the Registrable Notes giving rise to such
indemnification obligation.

         (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 8
of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a
claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this
Section 8, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof
(enclosing a copy of all papers served); but the omission to so notify the
indemnifying party (i) shall not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a)
or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action
and such omission results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party or
material impairment of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) shall not, in
any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any
indemnified party other than the indemnification obligations provided in
paragraph (a) or (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any
indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement
thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to
the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly
notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to
such indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying party to such
indemnified party of its election to so assume the defense of such claim or
action, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party
under this Section 8 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by
such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than costs
of investigation; provided that if (i) the defendants in any such action include
both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, and the indemnified party
shall have received an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the
indemnifying party that representation of both parties by the same counsel would
be inappropriate due to actual or likely conflicts of interest between them, or
(ii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel for the indemnified
party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice
of the institution of such action, then the indemnified party or parties shall
have the right to select one firm of separate counsel (in addition to the fees
and expenses of local counsel) to assert any separate legal defenses and to
otherwise defend such action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. No
indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any action or claim for
monetary damages which an indemnified party may effect without the written
consent of the indemnifying party, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld.



                                       17

<PAGE>



         (d) If the indemnification provided for in Section 8(a) or (b) hereof
is for any reason, other than as specified in such provisions, unavailable to or
insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party, then each indemnifying party
shall contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or
actions in respect thereof) referred to in Section 8(a) or (b) hereof in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault and benefits to the
Company on the one hand and such holders on the other hand in connection with
the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and such holders
shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties' relative
intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent
any untrue statement or omission. The obligations of the holders in this Section
8(d) are several in proportion to their respective obligations hereunder and not
joint. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8(d), in no event shall
any holder of Registrable Notes be required to contribute any amount which is in
excess of (i) the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes sold or exchanged
by such holder less (ii) the amount of any damages that such person has
otherwise been required to pay by reason of such alleged untrue statement or
omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning
of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from
any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes
of this Section 8, each Holder Indemnified Party shall have the same rights to
contribution as a holder, and each person who controls the Company within the
meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and each officer,
director, employee and agent of such person, shall have the same rights to
contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the applicable terms and
conditions of this Section 8(d). Any party entitled to contribution will,
promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or
proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may
be made against another party or parties under this Section 8(d), notify such
party or parties from whom contribution may be sought; but the omission to so
notify such party or parties (x) shall not relieve the party or parties from
whom contribution may be sought from any liability under this paragraph (d)
unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such
omission results in the forfeiture by the party or parties from whom
contribution may be sought or material impairment of substantial rights and
defenses and (y) shall not, in any event, relieve such party or parties from any
obligations other than under this Section 8(d).

         (e) The provisions of this Section 8 will remain in full force and
effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any holder of
Registrable Notes, the Initial Purchasers, the Company or any of the officers,
directors or controlling persons referred to in this Section 8 and will survive
the sale (or, in the case of Resale Securities, the resale) by a holder of
Registrable Notes of such Registrable Notes.

         SECTION 9. UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATIONS (IF ANY). No holder may
participate in any Underwritten Registration, which Underwritten Registration
shall only be undertaken at the option of the Company, unless such holder (a)
agrees to sell such holder's Initial Notes on the basis provided in any
underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve
such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of
attorney,


                                       18

<PAGE>



indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the
terms of such underwriting arrangements.

         SECTION 10. TERMINATION. In the event that no Initial Notes are sold to
the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, this Agreement shall
automatically terminate, without liability on the part of any party. Upon the
fulfillment of all obligations on the part of the Company to register the
Initial Notes as set forth herein (including maintaining the effectiveness of
any applicable Registration Statements), this Agreement shall terminate;
provided that the provisions of Sections 7 and 8 hereof shall survive any
termination and remain in full force and effect.

         SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS.

         (a) NO INCONSISTENT AGREEMENTS. The Company neither has, as of the date
hereof, entered into, nor shall, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any
agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights
granted to the holders of Registrable Notes herein or otherwise conflicts with
the provisions hereof.

         (b) AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. The provisions of this Agreement, including
the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented,
and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be
given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of holders of at
least a majority of the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of the
Registrable Notes (or, after the consummation of any Exchange Offer in
accordance with Section 2, of Exchange Notes); provided that, with respect to
any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Restricted
Person hereunder occurring within the period in which the Initial Registration
Statement is open for the Restricted Persons, the Company shall obtain the
written consent of each such Restricted Person against which such amendment,
modification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective. Notwithstanding
the foregoing (except for the foregoing proviso), a waiver or consent to
departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates
exclusively to the rights of holders of Registrable Notes whose securities are
being sold or exchanged pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not
directly or indirectly affect the rights of other holders of Registrable Notes
may be given by holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the Registrable Notes being sold or exchanged by such holders pursuant to such
Registration Statement; provided, however, that the provisions of this sentence
may not be amended, modified or supplemented except in accordance with the
provisions of the immediately preceding sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a
matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Resale Initial Purchasers and
that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of holders of Registrable
Notes or Exchange Notes may be given by each of the Resale Initial Purchasers
affected thereby.

         (c) NOTICES. All notices and other communications (including, without
limitation, any notices or other communications to the Trustee) provided for or
permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and delivered by hand delivery,
registered first-class mail, next-day air courier or telecopier:


                                       19

<PAGE>




                  (i) if to a holder of Registrable Notes, at the most current
         address given by such holder to the Company in accordance with the
         provisions of this Section 11(c), which address initially is, with
         respect to the Initial Purchasers, at the address set forth in the
         Purchase Agreement and thereafter at the address for such holders of
         Registrable Notes set forth in the Security Register applicable to such
         Registrable Notes; and

                  (ii) if to the Company, initially at the address set forth in
         the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of
         which is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11(c).
         All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly
given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after
being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; one Business Day after
being timely delivered to a next-day air courier; and when received, if
telecopied.

         Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be
concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the
address specified in the Indenture.

         (d) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit
of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto,
including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment or
any consent by the Company thereto, subsequent holders of Registrable Notes.

         (e) COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

         (f) HEADINGS. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

         (g) GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement and the rights and duties of the
parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
laws of the State of New York. Each of the parties hereto hereby submits to the
non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and State Courts of the Borough of
Manhattan in the City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

         (h) SEVERABILITY. In the event that any one or more of the provisions
contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity,
legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of
the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected
thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties
shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.


                                       20

<PAGE>




         (i) ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, together with the Purchase
Agreement, is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement,
and is intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and
understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained
herein and therein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or
undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein and therein. This
Agreement, together with the Purchase Agreement, supersedes all prior agreements
and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

         (j) NOTES HELD BY THE COMPANY, ETC. Whenever the consent or approval of
holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Registrable Notes is
required hereunder, Registrable Notes held by the Company or any of its
Affiliates (other than subsequent holders of Registrable Notes if such
subsequent holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their
holdings of such Registrable Notes) shall not be counted in determining whether
such consent or approval was given by the holders of such required percentage.



                                       21

<PAGE>



         If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon
this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement
among the several Initial Purchasers and the Company in accordance with its
terms.


                                       Very truly yours,


                                       EDISON MISSION ENERGY

                                       By: /s/ Kevin M. Smith
                                           ----------------------------------
                                            Name:  Kevin M. Smith
                                            Title: Sr. Vice President

The foregoing Registration Rights
Agreement is hereby confirmed
and accepted as of the date first
above written


CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.
SG COWEN SECURITIES CORP.

         By: CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION


         By: /s/ Jonathan Bram
            ------------------------------------
               Name:   Jonathan Bram
               Title:  Managing Director


                                       22

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 12.1

                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

             COMPUTATION OF THE RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               NINE MONTHS
                                                                  ENDED
                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  1999
                                                              -------------
                                                                   (IN
                                                               THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>
Earnings:

Income before taxes and extraordinary item..................     $60,117

Adjustments:
  Fixed charges, as below...................................      36,135
  Interest capitalized......................................        (629)
                                                                 -------
Earnings as adjusted........................................     $95,623
                                                                 =======
Fixed Charges:

Interest on indebtedness (expense and capitalized)..........     $36,135
                                                                 =======
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges..........................        2.65
                                                                 =======
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 21.1

                              LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
                              --------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                        JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION
- ----                                        ----------------------------
<S>                                         <C>
Edison Mission Finance Co.                  California
Mission Energy Westside, Inc.               California
Chestnut Ridge Energy Company               California
Homer City Property Holdings, Inc.          California
EME Homer City Generation L.P.              Pennsylvania
</TABLE>



<PAGE>


                                                                    Exhibit 23.1


                    Consent of Independent Public Accountants

As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our report on
the consolidated financial statements of Edison Mission Holdings Co., dated
November 5, 1999 included in the prospectus, which is part of this registration
statement and to the incorporation by reference of our report on the
consolidated financial statements of Edison Mission Energy, dated March 15, 1999
included in Edison Mission Energy's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1998 and to all references to our Firm included in or made a
part of the prospectus, which is part of this registration statement.


                                        /s/ Arthur Andersen LLP

December 3, 1999


<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 23.2





CONSENT OF THE INDEPENDENT CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration
Statement on Form S-4 of Edison Mission Holdings Co. of our report dated
September 30, 1999 relating to the special-purpose combined accounts of Fiddlers
Ferry and Ferrybridge C power stations appearing in the Current Report on Form
8-K/A of Edison Mission Energy dated July 19, 1999. We also consent to the
reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

Yours faithfully


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers

PricewaterhouseCoopers
December 2, 1999


<PAGE>

                                                                Exhibit 25.1

                                    FORM T-1
                 ==============================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                               ------------------

                            STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
                    UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF
                   A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

                               ------------------

                      CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
                      ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
                            SECTION 305(B)(2) _______

                               ------------------

                     UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
               (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)


                       New York                     13-3818954
            (Jurisdiction of incorporation       (I.R.S. employer
             if not a U.S. national bank)       identification No.)


                 114 West 47th Street               10036-1532
                     New York, NY                   (Zip Code)
                 (Address of principal
                  executive offices)

                               ------------------
                           EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.
               (Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)


                      California                       95-4031807
           (State or other jurisdiction of          (I.R.S. employer
            incorporation or organization)         identification No.)


                18101 Van Karmen Avenue
                      Suite 1700
                      Irvine, CA                          92612
       (Address of principal executive offices)        (Zip Code)

                               ------------------
                      8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due 2019
                      8.734% Senior Secured Bonds due 2026
                       (Title of the indenture securities)

                 ==============================================


<PAGE>



                                      - 2 -


                                     GENERAL


1.   GENERAL INFORMATION

     Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

     (a)  Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which
          it is subject.

             Federal Reserve Bank of New York (2nd District), New York, New York
                  (Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System)
             Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.
             New York State Banking Department, Albany, New York

     (b)  Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

             The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

2.   AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR

     If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such
affiliation.

             None

3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15:

     Edison Mission Holdings Co. currently is not in default under any of its
     outstanding securities for which United States Trust Company of New York is
     Trustee. Accordingly, responses to Items 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
     13, 14 and 15 of Form T-1 are not required under General Instruction B.


16.  LIST OF EXHIBITS

     T-1.1        --       Organization Certificate, as amended, issued by
                           the State of New York Banking Department to transact
                           business as a Trust Company, is incorporated by
                           reference to Exhibit T-1.1 to Form T-1 filed on
                           September 15, 1995 with the Commission pursuant to
                           the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the
                           Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990 (Registration No.
                           33-97056).

     T-1.2        --       Included in Exhibit T-1.1.

     T-1.3        --       Included in Exhibit T-1.1.


<PAGE>



                                      - 3 -


16.  LIST OF EXHIBITS
     (CONT'D)

     T-1.4        --       The By-Laws of United States Trust Company of New
                           York, as amended, is incorporated by reference to
                           Exhibit T-1.4 to Form T-1 filed on September 15, 1995
                           with the Commission pursuant to the Trust Indenture
                           Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform
                           Act of 1990 (Registration No. 33-97056).

     T-1.6        --       The consent of the trustee required by Section
                           321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended
                           by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990.

     T-1.7        --       A copy of the latest report of condition of the
                           trustee pursuant to law or the requirements of its
                           supervising or examining authority.


NOTE

As of ________________ _____, 199___, the trustee had 2,999,020 shares of Common
Stock outstanding, all of which are owned by its parent company, U.S. Trust
Corporation. The term "trustee" in Item 2, refers to each of United States Trust
Company of New York and its parent company, U.S. Trust Corporation.

In answering Item 2 in this statement of eligibility as to matters peculiarly
within the knowledge of the obligor or its directors, the trustee has relied
upon information furnished to it by the obligor and will rely on information to
be furnished by the obligor and the trustee disclaims responsibility for the
accuracy or completeness of such information.

                               ------------------

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the trustee,
United States Trust Company of New York, a corporation organized and existing
under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of
eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, all in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 19th day
of November, 1999.

UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY
    OF NEW YORK, Trustee

By:  /s/ Christopher J. Grell
     -------------------------------
         Christopher J. Grell
         Assistant Vice President


<PAGE>






                                                                   EXHIBIT T-1.6


        The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.

                     United States Trust Company of New York
                              114 West 47th Street
                               New York, NY 10036


September 1, 1995



Securities and Exchange Commission
450 5th Street, N.W.
Washington, DC  20549

Gentlemen:

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990, and subject to the
limitations set forth therein, United States Trust Company of New York ("U.S.
Trust") hereby consents that reports of examinations of U.S. Trust by Federal,
State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities
to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request therefor.




Very truly yours,


UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY
     OF NEW YORK



By:  /s/GERARD F. GANEY
     ------------------------
     Gerard F. Ganey
     Senior Vice President


<PAGE>



                                                                   EXHIBIT T-1.7


                     UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CONDITION
                                  JUNE 30, 1999
                                ($ IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                           <C>
ASSETS
Cash and Due from Banks                                       $      237,532
Short-Term Investments                                               155,678

Securities, Available for Sale                                       505,561

Loans                                                              2,312,569
Less:  Allowance for Credit Losses                                    17,486
                                                              --------------
      Net Loans                                                    2,295,083
Premises and Equipment                                                56,119
Other Assets                                                         128,087
                                                              --------------
      TOTAL ASSETS                                            $    3,378,060
                                                              ==============

LIABILITIES
Deposits:
      Non-Interest Bearing                                    $      815,644
      Interest Bearing                                             1,931,882
                                                              --------------
         Total Deposits                                            2,747,526

Short-Term Credit Facilities                                         310,113
Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities                             131,638
                                                              --------------
      TOTAL LIABILITIES                                       $    3,189,277
                                                              ==============

STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Common Stock                                                          14,995
Capital Surplus                                                       53,041
Retained Earnings                                                    121,974
Unrealized Loss on Securities
     Available for Sale (Net of Taxes)                               (1,227)
                                                              --------------

TOTAL STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY                                           188,783
                                                              --------------
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
     STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY                                     $    3,378,060
                                                              ==============
</TABLE>

I, Richard E. Brinkmann, Managing Director & Comptroller of the named bank do
hereby declare that this Statement of Condition has been prepared in conformance
with the instructions issued by the appropriate regulatory authority and is true
to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Richard E. Brinkmann, Managing Director & Controller

August 23, 1999

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM EDISON
MISSION HOLDINGS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY
REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<NAME>  EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.
<CIK>   0001099532
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                               SEP-30-1999
<CASH>                                         125,204
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                        0
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                     44,962
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               192,595
<PP&E>                                       1,942,667
<DEPRECIATION>                                  25,280
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               2,121,696
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           60,263
<BONDS>                                        885,000
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                             0
<OTHER-SE>                                   1,036,921
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 2,121,696
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               245,788
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  150,999
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              35,506
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 60,117
<INCOME-TAX>                                    24,939
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             35,178
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                (2,667)
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    32,511
<EPS-BASIC>                                          0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0


</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                             LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

                           OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
                      8.137% SENIOR SECURED BONDS DUE 2019
                                IN EXCHANGE FOR
               8.137% SENIOR SECURED EXCHANGE BONDS DUE 2019 AND
                      8.734% SENIOR SECURED BONDS DUE 2026
                                IN EXCHANGE FOR
                 8.734% SENIOR SECURED EXCHANGE BONDS DUE 2026
                        WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
                    THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
                 PURSUANT TO THE PROSPECTUS, DATED       , 1999

    THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M. NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON       ,
1999, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO
5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

      Delivery To: United States Trust Company of New York, EXCHANGE AGENT

<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
      BY HAND BEFORE 4:30 P.M.:          BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL:
     United States Trust Company            United States Trust Company
             of New York                            of New York
            111 Broadway                           P.O. Box 848
         New York, NY 10006                       Cooper Station
  Attention: Lower Level Corporate              New York, NY 10276
            Trust Window                Attention: Corporate Trust Services
</TABLE>

     BY HAND OR OVERNIGHT DELIVERY AFTER 4:30 P.M. ON THE EXPIRATION DATE:
                    United States Trust Company of New York
                           770 Broadway, 13(th) Floor
                               New York, NY 10003

                             FOR INFORMATION CALL:
                                 (800) 548-6565

                           BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION
                       (FOR ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):
                                 (212) 420-6211

                             CONFIRM BY TELEPHONE:
                                 (800) 548-6565

  DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR
 TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL
                        NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
<PAGE>
    The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received the Prospectus,
dated       , 1999 (the "Prospectus"), of Edison Mission Holdings Co., a
California corporation (the "Company"), and this Letter of Transmittal (the
"Letter"), which together constitute the Company's offer (the "Exchange Offer")
to exchange (i) an aggregate principal amount of up to $300,000,000 of the
Company's 8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due 2019 (the "Exchange 2019 Bonds"),
which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), for a like principal amount of the Company's issued and
outstanding 8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due 2019 (the "Original 2019 Bonds")
from the registered holders thereof, and (ii) an aggregate principal amount of
up to $530,000,000 of the Company's 8.734% Senior Secured Bonds due 2026 (the
"Exchange 2026 Bonds" and, together with the Exchange 2019 Bonds, the "Exchange
Bonds"), which have been registered under the Securities Act, for a like
principal amount of the Company's issued and outstanding 8.734% Senior Secured
Bonds due 2026 (the "Original 2026 Bonds" and, together with the Original 2019
Bonds, the "Original Bonds") from the registered holders thereof (together with
the holders of the Original 2019 Bonds, the "Holders").

    For each Original Bond accepted for exchange, the Holder of such Original
Bond will receive an Exchange Bond having a principal amount equal to that of
the surrendered Original Bond. The Exchange Bonds will bear interest from the
most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Original Bonds or, if no
interest has been paid on the Original Bonds, from May 27, 1999. Accordingly,
registered Holders of Exchange Bonds on the relevant record date for the first
interest payment date following the consummation of the Exchange Offer will
receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been
paid or, if no interest has been paid, from May 27, 1999. Original Bonds
accepted for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of
consummation of the Exchange Offer. Holders of Original Bonds whose Original
Bonds are accepted for exchange will not receive any payment in respect of
accrued interest on such Original Bonds otherwise payable on any interest
payment date the record date for which occurs on or after consummation of the
Exchange Offer.

    This Letter is to be completed by a holder of Original Bonds either if
certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if a tender of certificates for
Original Bonds, if available, is to be made by book-entry transfer to the
account maintained by the Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company (the
"Book-Entry Transfer Facility") pursuant to the procedures set forth in "The
Exchange Offer--Book-Entry Transfer" section of the Prospectus. Holders of
Original Bonds whose certificates are not immediately available, or who are
unable to deliver their certificates or confirmation of the book-entry tender of
their Original Bonds into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility (a "Book-Entry Confirmation") and all other documents required
by this Letter to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, must
tender their Original Bonds according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set
forth in "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" section of the
Prospectus. See Instruction 1. Delivery of documents to the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

    The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed this
Letter to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to
the Exchange Offer.

    List below the Original Bonds to which this Letter relates. If the space
provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal amount of
Original Bonds should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.

<TABLE>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           DESCRIPTION OF ORIGINAL BONDS                      1                    2                    3
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               AGGREGATE
                                                                               PRINCIPAL
                                                                               AMOUNT OF            PRINCIPAL
  NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES) OF REGISTERED HOLDER(S)        CERTIFICATE           ORIGINAL              AMOUNT
            (PLEASE FILL IN, IF BLANK)                   NUMBER(S)*             BOND(S)            TENDERED**
<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     TOTAL
</TABLE>

                                       2
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*  Need not be completed if Original Bonds are being tendered by book-entry transfer.
** Unless otherwise indicated in this column, a holder will be deemed to have tendered ALL of the Original Bonds
   represented by the Original Bonds indicated in column 2. See Instruction 2. Original Bonds tendered hereby must
   be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. See Instruction 1.

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                       3
<PAGE>
/ /  CHECK HERE IF TENDERED ORIGINAL BONDS ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY
    TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE
    BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

    Name of Tendering Institution ______________________________________________

    Account Number _____________________________________________________________

    Transaction Code Number ____________________________________________________

/ /  CHECK HERE IF TENDERED ORIGINAL BONDS ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A
    NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND
    COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

    Name(s) of Registered Holder(s) ____________________________________________

    Window Ticket Number (if any) ______________________________________________

    Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery _________________________

    Name of Institution Which Guaranteed Delivery ______________________________

            IF DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER, COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

    Account Number _____________________________________________________________

    Transaction Code Number ____________________________________________________

/ /  CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL
    COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS
    THERETO.

    Name: ______________________________________________________________________

    Address: ___________________________________________________________________

    If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that
it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of
Exchange Bonds. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange
Bonds for its own account in exchange for Original Bonds that were acquired as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges
that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act
in connection with any resale of such Exchange Bonds; however, by so
acknowledging and by delivering such a prospectus, the undersigned will not be
deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities
Act. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Bonds, it
represents that the Original Bonds to be exchanged for the Exchange Bonds were
acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.

                                       3
<PAGE>
              PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

    Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the
undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the aggregate principal amount of
Original Bonds indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance
for exchange of the Original Bonds tendered hereby, the undersigned hereby
sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right,
title and interest in and to such Original Bonds as are being tendered hereby.

    The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange
Agent as the undersigned's true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact with
respect to such tendered Original Bonds, with full power of substitution, among
other things, to cause the Original Bonds to be assigned, transferred and
exchanged. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned
has full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Original
Bonds, and to acquire Exchange Bonds issuable upon the exchange of such tendered
Original Bonds, and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, the Company
will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens,
restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim when
the same are accepted by the Company. The undersigned hereby further represents
that any Exchange Bonds acquired in exchange for Original Bonds tendered hereby
will have been acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person
receiving such Exchange Bonds, whether or not such person is the undersigned,
that neither the Holder of such Original Bonds nor any such other person is
participating in, intends to participate in or has an arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such
Exchange Bonds and that neither the Holder of such Original Bonds nor any such
other person is an "affiliate," as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act,
of the Company.

    The undersigned acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made in
reliance on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "SEC"), as set forth in no-action letters issued to third
parties, that the Exchange Bonds issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in
exchange for the Original Bonds may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise
transferred by Holders thereof (other than any such Holder that is an
"affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities
Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Bonds are acquired
in the ordinary course of such Holders' business and such Holders have no
arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange
Bonds. However, the SEC has not considered the Exchange Offer in the context of
a no-action letter and there can be no assurance that the staff of the SEC would
make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as in other
circumstances. If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned
represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a
distribution of Exchange Bonds and has no arrangement or understanding to
participate in a distribution of Exchange Bonds. If any Holder is an affiliate
of the Company, is engaged in or intends to engage in or has any arrangement or
understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Bonds to be
acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such Holder (i) could not rely on the
applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and (ii) must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
connection with any resale transaction. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer
that will receive Exchange Bonds for its own account in exchange for Original
Bonds, it represents that the Original Bonds to be exchanged for the Exchange
Bonds were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting
the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such
Exchange Bonds; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus
meeting the requirements of the Securities Act, the undersigned will not be
deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities
Act.

    The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional
documents deemed by the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the
sale, assignment and transfer of the Original Bonds tendered hereby. All
authority conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter and every
obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors,
assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal
representatives of the undersigned and shall not be affected by, and shall
survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned. This tender may be
withdrawn only in accordance with the procedures set forth in "The Exchange
Offer--Withdrawal Rights" section of the Prospectus.

                                       4
<PAGE>
    Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled "Special Issuance
Instructions" below, please deliver the Exchange Bonds (and, if applicable,
substitute certificates representing Original Bonds for any Original Bonds not
exchanged) in the name of the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry
delivery of Original Bonds, please credit the account indicated above maintained
at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under
the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" below, please send the Exchange
Bonds (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing Original Bonds
for any Original Bonds not exchanged) to the undersigned at the address shown
above in the box entitled "Description of Original Bonds."

    THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED "DESCRIPTION OF ORIGINAL
BONDS" ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE
ORIGINAL BONDS AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX ABOVE.

- ------------------------------------------------------

                         SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS
                           (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 3 AND 4)
 ---------------------------------------------

   To be completed ONLY if certificates for Original Bonds not exchanged and/or
 Exchange Bonds are to be issued in the name of and sent to someone other than
 the person or persons whose signature(s) appear(s) on this Letter above, or if
 Original Bonds delivered by book-entry transfer which are not accepted for
 exchange are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at the
 Book-Entry Transfer Facility other than the account indicated above.

 Issue Exchange Bonds and/or Original Bonds to:

 Name(s) ______________________________________________________________________
                             (PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)

 ______________________________________________________________________________
                             (PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)

 Address ______________________________________________________________________

 ______________________________________________________________________________

 ______________________________________________________________________________
                                   (ZIP CODE)

                         (COMPLETE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9)

 / / Credit unexchanged Original Bonds delivered by book-entry transfer to the
     Book-Entry Transfer Facility account set forth below.

    ___________________________________________________________________________
                         (BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY
                         ACCOUNT NUMBER, IF APPLICABLE)

 --------------------------------------------------------
 --------------------------------------------------------

                         SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS
                           (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 3 AND 4)
 ---------------------------------------------

   To be completed ONLY if certificates for Original Bonds not exchanged and/or
 Exchange Bonds are to be sent to someone other than the person or persons
 whose signature(s) appear(s) on this Letter above or to such person or persons
 at an address other than shown in the box entitled "Description of Original
 Bonds" on this Letter above.

 Mail Exchange Bonds and/or Original Bonds to:

 Name(s) ______________________________________________________________________
                             (PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)

 ______________________________________________________________________________
                             (PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)

 Address ______________________________________________________________________

 ______________________________________________________________________________

 ______________________________________________________________________________
                                   (ZIP CODE)

- -----------------------------------------------------

    IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OR A FACSIMILE HEREOF (TOGETHER WITH THE CERTIFICATES
FOR ORIGINAL BONDS OR A BOOK-ENTRY CONFIRMATION AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS
OR THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY) MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT
PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

                                       5
<PAGE>
                 PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
                   CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING ANY BOX ABOVE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                PLEASE SIGN HERE
                   (TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS)
               (COMPLETE ACCOMPANYING SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 BELOW)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  X ____________________________________  ____________________________________,
  1999

  X ____________________________________  ____________________________________,
  1999
               (SIGNATURE(S) OF
   OWNER)                                       (DATE)

  Area Code and Telephone Number______________________________________________

      If a holder is tendering any Original Bonds, this Letter must be signed
  by the registered holder(s) as the name(s) appear(s) on the certificate(s)
  for the Original Bonds or by any person(s) authorized to become registered
  holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted herewith. If signature
  is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, officer or other person
  acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth full
  title. See Instruction 3.

  Name(s): ___________________________________________________________________

  ____________________________________________________________________________
                             (PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT)

  Capacity: __________________________________________________________________

  Address: ___________________________________________________________________

  ____________________________________________________________________________

  ____________________________________________________________________________
                               (INCLUDE ZIP CODE)

                              SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
                         (IF REQUIRED BY INSTRUCTION 3)
  Signature(s) Guaranteed by
  an Eligible Institution: ___________________________________________________
                             (AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE)

  ____________________________________________________________________________
                                    (TITLE)

  ____________________________________________________________________________
                                (NAME AND FIRM)

  Dated: __________________, 1999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       6
<PAGE>
                                  INSTRUCTIONS

     FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER FOR THE
                      8.137% SENIOR SECURED BONDS DUE 2019
                                IN EXCHANGE FOR
               8.137% SENIOR SECURED EXCHANGE BONDS DUE 2019 AND
                      8.734% SENIOR SECURED BONDS DUE 2026
                                IN EXCHANGE FOR
                 8.734% SENIOR SECURED EXCHANGE BONDS DUE 2026
                      WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
                       SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

1. DELIVERY OF THIS LETTER AND BONDS; GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES.

    This Letter is to be completed by holders of Original Bonds either if
certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders are to be made pursuant
to the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer set forth in "The Exchange
Offer--Book-Entry Transfer" section of the Prospectus. Certificates for all
physically tendered Original Bonds, or Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may
be, as well as a properly completed and duly executed Letter (or manually signed
facsimile hereof) and any other documents required by this Letter, must be
received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein on or prior to
the Expiration Date, or the tendering holder must comply with the guaranteed
delivery procedures set forth below. Original Bonds tendered hereby must be in
denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

    Holders whose certificates for Original Bonds are not immediately available
or who cannot deliver their certificates and all other required documents to the
Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, or who cannot complete the
procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may tender their Original
Bonds pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in "The Exchange
Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus. Pursuant to
such procedures, (i) such tender must be made through an Eligible Institution,
(ii) prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, the (as
defined below) Exchange Agent must receive from such Eligible Institution a
properly completed and duly executed Letter (or a facsimile thereof) and Notice
of Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Company (by
facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), setting forth the name and
address of the holder of Original Bonds and the amount of Original Bonds
tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that
within three New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") trading days after the Expiration
Date, the certificates for all physically tendered Original Bonds, in proper
form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and any
other documents required by this Letter will be deposited by the Eligible
Institution with the Exchange Agent, and (iii) the certificates for all
physically tendered Original Bonds, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry
Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by this
Letter, must be received by the Exchange Agent within three NYSE trading days
after the Expiration Date.

    The method of delivery of this Letter, the Original Bonds and all other
required documents is at the election and risk of the tendering holders, but the
delivery will be deemed made only when actually received or confirmed by the
Exchange Agent. If Original Bonds are sent by mail, it is suggested that the
mailing be registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested,
made sufficiently in advance of the Expiration Date to permit delivery to the
Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

    See "The Exchange Offer" section of the Prospectus.

                                       7
<PAGE>
2. PARTIAL TENDERS (NOT APPLICABLE TO BONDHOLDERS WHO TENDER BY BOOK-ENTRY
  TRANSFER).

    If less than all of the Original Bonds evidenced by a submitted certificate
are to be tendered, the tendering holder(s) should fill in the aggregate
principal amount of Original Bonds to be tendered in the box above entitled
"Description of Original Bonds--Principal Amount Tendered." A reissued
certificate representing the balance of nontendered Original Bonds will be sent
to such tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on
this Letter, promptly after the Expiration Date. ALL OF THE ORIGINAL BONDS
DELIVERED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN TENDERED UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED.

3. SIGNATURES ON THIS LETTER; BOND POWERS AND ENDORSEMENTS; GUARANTEE OF
  SIGNATURES.

    If this Letter is signed by the registered holder of the Original Bonds
tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name as written
on the face of the certificates without any change whatsoever.

    If any tendered Original Bonds are owned of record by two or more joint
owners, all of such owners must sign this Letter.

    If any tendered Original Bonds are registered in different names on several
certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate
copies of this Letter as there are different registrations of certificates.

    When this Letter is signed by the registered holder or holders of the
Original Bonds specified herein and tendered hereby, no endorsements of
certificates or separate bond powers are required. If, however, the Exchange
Bonds are to be issued, or any untendered Original Bonds are to be reissued, to
a person other than the registered holder, then endorsements of any certificates
transmitted hereby or separate bond powers are required. Signatures on such
certificate(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

    If this Letter is signed by a person other than the registered holder or
holders of any certificate(s) specified herein, such certificate(s) must be
endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in either case signed
exactly as the name or names of the registered holder or holders appear(s) on
the certificate(s) and signatures on such certificate(s) must be guaranteed by
an Eligible Institution.

    If this Letter or any certificates or bond powers are signed by trustees,
executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of
corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such
persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Company,
proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be
submitted.

    Endorsements on certificates for Original Bonds or signatures on bond powers
required by this Instruction 3 must be guaranteed by a firm that is a financial
institution (including most banks, savings and loan associations and brokerage
houses) that is a participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion
Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program or the Stock
Exchanges Medallion Program (each an "Eligible Institution").

    Signatures on this Letter need not be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution,
provided the Original Bonds are tendered: (i) by a registered holder of Original
Bonds (which term, for purposes of the Exchange Offer, includes any participant
in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility system whose name appears on a security
position listing as the holder of such Original Bonds) who has not completed the
box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions"
on this Letter, or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution.

4. SPECIAL ISSUANCE AND DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS.

    Tendering holders of Original Bonds should indicate in the applicable box
the name and address to which Exchange Bonds issued pursuant to the Exchange
Offer and or substitute certificates evidencing

                                       8
<PAGE>
Original Bonds not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if different from the
name or address of the person signing this Letter. In the case of issuance in a
different name, the employer identification or social security number of the
person named must also be indicated. Bondholders tendering Original Bonds by
book-entry transfer may request that Original Bonds not exchanged be credited to
such account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility as such bondholder
may designate hereon. If no such instructions are given, such Original Bonds not
exchanged will be returned to the name and address of the person signing this
Letter.

5. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER.

    Federal income tax law generally requires that a tendering holder whose
Original Bonds are accepted for exchange must provide the Company (as payor)
with such holder's correct Taxpayer Identification Number ("TIN") on Substitute
Form W-9 below, which in the case of a tendering holder who is an individual, is
his or her social security number. If the Company is not provided with the
current TIN or an adequate basis for an exemption from backup withholding, such
tendering holder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the Internal Revenue
Service. In addition, the Exchange Agent may be required to withhold 31% of the
amount of any reportable payments made after the exchange to such tendering
holder of Exchange Bonds. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a
refund may be obtained.

    Exempt holders of Original Bonds (including, among others, all corporations
and certain foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and
reporting requirements. See the enclosed Guidelines of Certification of Taxpayer
Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (the "W-9 Guidelines") for
additional instructions.

    To prevent backup withholding, each tendering holder of Original Bonds must
provide its correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 set forth below,
certifying, under penalties of perjury, that the TIN provided is correct (or
that such holder is awaiting a TIN) and that (i) the holder is exempt from
backup withholding, or (ii) the holder has not been notified by the Internal
Revenue Service that such holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of
a failure to report all interest or dividends or (iii) the Internal Revenue
Service has notified the holder that such holder is no longer subject to backup
withholding. If the tendering holder of Original Bonds is a nonresident alien or
foreign entity not subject to backup withholding, such holder must give the
Exchange Agent a completed Form W-8, Certificate of Foreign Status. These forms
may be obtained from the Exchange Agent. If the Original Bonds are in more than
one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, such holder should consult
the W-9 Guidelines for information on which TIN to report. If such holder does
not have a TIN, such holder should consult the W-9 Guidelines for instructions
on applying for a TIN, check the box in Part 2 of the Substitute Form W-9 and
write "applied for" in lieu of its TIN. Note: Checking this box and writing
"applied for" on the form means that such holder has already applied for a TIN
or that such holder intends to apply for one in the near future. If the box in
Part 2 of the Substitute Form W-9 is checked, the Exchange Agent will retain 31%
of reportable payments made to a holder during the sixty (60) day period
following the date of the Substitute Form W-9. If the holder furnishes the
Exchange Agent with his or her TIN within sixty (60) days of the Substitute
Form W-9, the Exchange Agent will remit such amounts retained during such sixty
(60) day period to such holder and no further amounts will be retained or
withheld from payments made to the holder thereafter. If, however, such holder
does not provide its TIN to the Exchange Agent within such sixty (60) day
period, the Exchange Agent will remit such previously withheld amounts to the
Internal Revenue Service as backup withholding and will withhold 31% of all
reportable payments to the holder thereafter until such holder furnishes its TIN
to the Exchange Agent.

6. TRANSFER TAXES.

    The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer
of Original Bonds to it or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If,
however, Exchange Bonds and/or substitute Original Bonds not exchanged are to be
delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other
than

                                       9
<PAGE>
the registered holder of the Original Bonds tendered hereby, or if tendered
Original Bonds are registered in the name of any person other than the person
signing this Letter, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than
the transfer of Original Bonds to the Company or its order pursuant to the
Exchange Offer, the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the
registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder.
If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not
submitted herewith, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to
such tendering holder.

    EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS INSTRUCTION 6, IT WILL NOT BE NECESSARY FOR
TRANSFER TAX STAMPS TO BE AFFIXED TO THE ORIGINAL BONDS SPECIFIED IN THIS
LETTER.

7. WAIVER OF CONDITIONS.

    The Company reserves the absolute right to waive satisfaction of any or all
conditions enumerated in the Prospectus.

8. NO CONDITIONAL TENDERS.

    No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be
accepted. All tendering holders of Original Bonds, by execution of this Letter,
shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Original
Bonds for exchange.

    Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person is obligated to
give notice of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Original
Bonds nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give any such
notice.

9. MUTILATED, LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED ORIGINAL BONDS.

    Any holder whose Original Bonds have been mutilated, lost, stolen or
destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for
further instructions.

10. WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS.

    Tenders of Original Bonds may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 P.M.,
New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

    For a withdrawal of a tender of Original Bonds to be effective, a written
notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set
forth above prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Any
such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the person having
tendered the Original Bonds to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii) identify the
Original Bonds to be withdrawn (including certificate number or numbers and the
principal amount of such Original Bonds), (iii) contain a statement that such
holder is withdrawing his election to have such Original Bonds exchanged,
(iv) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the
Letter by which such Original Bonds were tendered (including any required
signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer to have the
Trustee with respect to the Original Bonds register the transfer of such
Original Bonds in the name of the person withdrawing the tender and (v) specify
the name in which such Original Bonds are registered, if different from that of
the Depositor. If Original Bonds have been tendered pursuant to the procedure
for book-entry transfer set forth in "The Exchange Offer--Book-Entry Transfer"
section of the Prospectus, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and
number of the account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be credited with
the withdrawn Original Bonds and otherwise comply with the procedures of such
facility. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time
of receipt) of such notices will be determined by the Company, whose
determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Original Bonds so
withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for
purposes of the Exchange Offer and no Exchange Bonds will be

                                       10
<PAGE>
issued with respect thereto unless the Original Bonds so withdrawn are validly
retendered. Any Original Bonds that have been tendered for exchange but which
are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the Holder thereof without
cost to such Holder (or, in the case of Original Bonds tendered by book-entry
transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility
pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures set forth in "The Exchange
Offer--Book-Entry Transfer" section of the Prospectus, such Original Bonds will
be credited to an account maintained with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility for
the Original Bonds) as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender
or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Original Bonds may be
retendered by following the procedures described above at any time on or prior
to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

11. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES.

    Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for
additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter, and requests for Notices of
Guaranteed Delivery and other related documents may be directed to the Exchange
Agent, at the address and telephone number indicated above.

                                       11
<PAGE>
                    TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS
                              (SEE INSTRUCTION 5)

             PAYOR'S NAME: UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK

<TABLE>
<S>                         <C>                              <C>

SUBSTITUTE                  PART 1 -- PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR                 TIN:
FORM W-9                    TIN IN THE BOX AT RIGHT AND         SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY  CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND           EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE    DATING BELOW.
                            PART 2 -- TIN APPLIED FOR / /

                            CERTIFICATION:  UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, I CERTIFY THAT:
                            (1) the number shown on this form is my correct TIN (or I am
                            waiting for a number to be issued to me),
PAYOR'S REQUEST FOR         (2) I am not subject to backup withholding either because: (a) I
TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION     am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been
NUMBER ("TIN")                  notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") that I
AND CERTIFICATION               am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to
                                report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has
                                notified me that I am no longer subject to backup
                                withholding and
                            (3) any other information provided on this form is true and
                                correct.

                            SIGNATURE DATE ,
</TABLE>

You must cross out item (2) of the above certification if you have been notified
by the IRS that you are subject to backup with holding because of underreporting
of interest or dividends on your tax return and you have not been notified by
the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup withholding.

       YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED THE BOX
                        IN PART 2 OF SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

             CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has
not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application
to receive a taxpayer identification number to the appropriate Internal Revenue
Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (b) I intend to mail
or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not
provide a taxpayer identification number by the time of the exchange,
31 percent of all reportable payments made to me thereafter will be withheld
until I provide a number.

SIGNATURE ____________________________________________    DATE _________________

                                       12

<PAGE>
                         NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
                                      FOR
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

    This form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the
Exchange Offer of Edison Mission Holdings Co. (the "Company") made pursuant to
the Prospectus, dated          , 1999 (the "Prospectus"), if certificates for
the outstanding 8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due 2019 and the outstanding 8.734%
Senior Secured Bonds due 2026 of the Company (colletively, the "Original Bonds")
are not immediately available or if the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot
be completed on a timely basis or time will not permit all required documents to
reach United States Trust Company of New York, as exchange agent (the "Exchange
Agent") prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date of the
Exchange Offer. Such form may be delivered or transmitted by facsimile
transmission, mail or hand delivery to the Exchange Agent as set forth below. In
addition, in order to utilize the guaranteed delivery procedure to tender
Original Bonds pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a completed, signed and dated
Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) must also be received by the
Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
Capitalized terms not defined herein are defined in the Prospectus.

      DELIVERY TO: United States Trust Company of New York, EXCHANGE AGENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          BY HAND BEFORE 4:30 P.M.:                  BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL:
<S>                                            <C>
   United States Trust Company of New York        United States Trust Company of New York
                111 Broadway                                   P.O. Box 848
             New York, NY 10006                               Cooper Station
Attention: Lower Level Corporate Trust Window               New York, NY 10276
                                                    Attention: Corporate Trust Services
</TABLE>

     BY HAND OR OVERNIGHT DELIVERY AFTER 4:30 P.M. ON THE EXPIRATION DATE:

                    United States Trust Company of New York
                           770 Broadway, 13(th) Floor
                               New York, NY 10003

                             FOR INFORMATION CALL:
                                 (800) 548-6565

                           BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION
                       (FOR ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):
                                 (212) 420-6211

                             CONFIRM BY TELEPHONE:
                                 (800) 548-6565

  DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR
 TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL
                        NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
<PAGE>
Ladies and Gentlemen:

    Upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the
accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders to the
Company the principal amount of Original Bonds set forth below pursuant to the
guaranteed delivery procedure described in "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus.

Principal Amount of Original Bonds Tendered:(*) $ ______________________________

Certificate Nos. (if available): _______________________________________________

If Original Bonds will be delivered by book-entry transfer to The Depository
Trust Company, provide
account number ________________________________________________________________.

Total Principal Amount Represented by Original Bonds Certificate(s):
$________________________________ Account Number _______________________________

ALL AUTHORITY HEREIN CONFERRED OR AGREED TO BE CONFERRED SHALL SURVIVE THE DEATH
OR INCAPACITY OF THE UNDERSIGNED AND EVERY OBLIGATION OF THE UNDERSIGNED
HEREUNDER SHALL BE BINDING UPON THE HEIRS, PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES, SUCCESSORS
AND ASSIGNS OF THE UNDERSIGNED.

                                PLEASE SIGN HERE

X ______________________________________________________________________________

X ______________________________________________________________________________
   Signature(s) of Owner(s) or Authorized Signatory                 Date

Area Code and Telephone Number: ________________________________________________

    Must be signed by the holder(s) of Original Bonds as their name(s) appear(s)
on certificates for Original Bonds or on a security position listing, or by
person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents
transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a
trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other
person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set
forth his or her full title below.

                      PLEASE PRINT NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES)

Name(s): _______________________________________________________________________

         _______________________________________________________________________

Capacity: ______________________________________________________________________

Address(es): ___________________________________________________________________

             ___________________________________________________________________

- ------------------------

*   Must be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral
    multiple thereof.

                                       2
<PAGE>
                                   GUARANTEE
                    (NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)

    The undersigned, a financial institution (including most banks, savings and
loan associations and brokerage houses) that is a participant in the Securities
Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion
Signature Program or the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program, hereby guarantees
that the certificates representing the principal amount of Original Bonds
tendered hereby in proper form for transfer, or timely confirmation of the
book-entry transfer of such Original Bonds into the Exchange Agent's account at
The Depository Trust Company pursuant to the procedures set forth in "The
Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" section of the Prospectus,
together with any required signature guarantee and any other documents required
by the Letter of Transmittal, will be received by the Exchange Agent at the
address set forth above, no later than three New York Stock Exchange trading
days after the Expiration Date.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
- -------------------------------------------        -------------------------------------------
                Name of Firm                                   Authorized Signature
- -------------------------------------------        -------------------------------------------
                  Address                                             Title

Name:
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    (Please Type of Print)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Zip Code

Area Code and Tel. No.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dated:
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

NOTE: DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR ORIGINAL BONDS WITH THIS FORM. CERTIFICATES
      FOR ORIGINAL BONDS SHOULD BE SENT ONLY WITH A COPY OF YOUR PREVIOUSLY
      EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

                                       3

<PAGE>
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.
                           OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
                      8.137% SENIOR SECURED BONDS DUE 2019
                                IN EXCHANGE FOR
               8.137% SENIOR SECURED EXCHANGE BONDS DUE 2019 AND
                      8.734% SENIOR SECURED BONDS DUE 2026
                                IN EXCHANGE FOR
                 8.734% SENIOR SECURED EXCHANGE BONDS DUE 2026
                        WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
                     THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

TO OUR CLIENTS:

    Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus, dated       , 1999 (the
"Prospectus"), and the related Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of
Transmittal"), relating to the offer (the "Exchange Offer") of Edison Mission
Holdings Co. (the "Company") to exchange (i) an aggregate principal amount of up
to $300,000,000 of the Company's 8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due 2019 (the
"Exchange 2019 Bonds"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for a like principal amount of the
Company's issued and outstanding 8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due 2019 (the
"Original 2019 Bonds") from the registered holders thereof, and (ii) an
aggregate principal amount of up to $530,000,000 of the Company's 8.734% Senior
Secured Bonds due 2026 (the "Exchange 2026 Bonds" and, together with the
Exchange 2019 Bonds, the "Exchange Bonds"), which have been registered under the
Securities Act, for a like principal amount of the Company's issued and
outstanding 8.734% Senior Secured Bonds due 2026 (the "Original 2026 Bonds" and,
together with the Original 2019 Bonds, the "Orginal Bonds"), upon the terms and
subject to the conditions described in the Prospectus and the Letter of
Transmittal. The Exchange Offer is being made in order to satisfy certain
obligations of the Company contained in the Registration Rights Agreement dated
May 27, 1999, by and among the Company and the initial purchasers referred to
therein.

    This material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the
Original Bonds held by us for your account but not registered in your name. A
TENDER OF SUCH ORIGINAL BONDS MAY ONLY BE MADE BY US AS THE HOLDER OF RECORD AND
PURSUANT TO YOUR INSTRUCTIONS.

    Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender on
your behalf the Original Bonds held by us for your account, pursuant to the
terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of
Transmittal.

    Your instructions should be forwarded to us as promptly as possible in order
to permit us to tender the Original Bonds on your behalf in accordance with the
provisions of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 P.M.,
New York City time, on       , 1999, unless extended by the Company. Any
Original Bonds tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any
time before the Expiration Date.

    Your attention is directed to the following:

        1.  The Exchange Offer is for any and all Original Bonds.

        2.  The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions set forth in the
    Prospectus in the section captioned "The Exchange Offer--Certain Conditions
    to the Exchange Offer."

        3.  Any transfer taxes incident to the transfer of Original Bonds from
    the holder to the Company will be paid by the Company, except as otherwise
    provided in the Instructions in the Letter of Transmittal.

        4.  The Exchange Offer expires at 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on
          , 1999, unless extended by the Company.

    If you wish to have us tender your Original Bonds, please so instruct us by
completing, executing and returning to us the instruction form on the back of
this letter. THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS FURNISHED TO YOU FOR INFORMATION ONLY
AND MAY NOT BE USED DIRECTLY BY YOU TO TENDER ORIGINAL BONDS.
<PAGE>
                          INSTRUCTIONS WITH RESPECT TO
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER

    The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed
material referred to therein relating to the Exchange Offer made by Edison
Mission Holdings Co. with respect to its Original Bonds.

    This will instruct you to tender the Original Bonds held by you for the
account of the undersigned, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set
forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal.

    Please tender the Original Bonds held by you for my account as indicated
below:

8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due 2019 $ _________________________________________
                                    (Aggregate Principal Amount of Original 2019
                                     Bonds)

8.734% Senior Secured Bonds due 2026 $ _________________________________________
                                    (Aggregate Principal Amount of Original 2026
                                     Bonds)

/ /   Please do not tender any Original Bonds held by you for my account.

Dated:______  , 1999

Signature(s): __________________________________________________________________

Print Name(s) here: ____________________________________________________________

(Print Address(es)): ___________________________________________________________

(Area Code and Telephone Number(s)): ___________________________________________

(Tax Identification or Social Security Number(s)): _____________________________

    None of the Original Bonds held by us for your account will be tendered
unless we receive written instructions from you to do so. Unless a specific
contrary instruction is given in the space provided, your signature(s) hereon
shall constitute an instruction to us to tender all the Original Bonds held by
us for your account.

                                       2

<PAGE>
                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.
                           OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
                      8.137% SENIOR SECURED BONDS DUE 2019
                                IN EXCHANGE FOR
               8.137% SENIOR SECURED EXCHANGE BONDS DUE 2019 AND
                      8.734% SENIOR SECURED BONDS DUE 2026
                                IN EXCHANGE FOR
                 8.734% SENIOR SECURED EXCHANGE BONDS DUE 2026
                        WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
                     THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

To: BROKERS, DEALERS, COMMERCIAL BANKS, TRUST COMPANIES AND OTHER NOMINEES:

    Edison Mission Holdings Co. (the "Company") is offering, upon and subject to
the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus, dated          , 1999 (the
"Prospectus"), and the enclosed Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of
Transmittal"), to exchange (the "Exchange Offer") (i) an aggregate principal
amount of up to $300,000,000 of the Company's 8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due
2019 (the "Exchange 2019 Bonds"), which have been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), for a like principal
amount of the Company's issued and outstanding 8.137% Senior Secured Bonds due
2019 (the "Original 2019 Bonds") from the registered holders thereof, and
(ii) an aggregate principal amount of up to $530,000,000 of the Company's 8.734%
Senior Secured Bonds due 2026 (the "Exchange 2026 Bonds" and, together with the
Exchange 2019 Bonds, the "Exchange Bonds"), which have been registered under the
Securities Act, for a like principal amount of the Company's issued and
outstanding 8.734% Senior Secured Bonds due 2026 (the "Original 2026 Bonds" and,
together with the Original 2019 Bonds, the "Original Bonds"). The Exchange Offer
is being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained
in the Registration Rights Agreement dated May 27, 1999, by and among the
Company and the initial purchasers referred to therein.

    We are requesting that you contact your clients for whom you hold Original
Bonds regarding the Exchange Offer. For your information and for forwarding to
your clients for whom you hold Original Bonds registered in your name or in the
name of your nominee, or who hold Original Bonds registered in their own names,
we are enclosing the following documents:

        1. Prospectus dated          , 1999;

        2. The Letter of Transmittal for your use and for the information of
    your clients;

        3. A Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to be used to accept the Exchange
    Offer if certificates for Original Bonds are not immediately available or
    time will not permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent
    prior to the Expiration Date (as defined below) or if the procedure for
    book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis;

        4. A form of letter which may be sent to your clients for whose account
    you hold Original Bonds registered in your name or the name of your nominee,
    with space provided for obtaining such clients' instructions with regard to
    the Exchange Offer;

        5. Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on
    Substitute Form W-9; and

        6. Return envelopes addressed to United States Trust Company of New
    York, the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer.

    YOUR PROMPT ACTION IS REQUESTED. THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT
5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON          , 1999, UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE
COMPANY (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"). ORIGINAL BONDS TENDERED PURSUANT TO THE
EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE.

    To participate in the Exchange Offer, a duly executed and properly completed
Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required signature
guarantees and any other required documents, should
<PAGE>
be sent to the Exchange Agent and certificates representing the Original Bonds
should be delivered to the Exchange Agent, all in accordance with the
instructions set forth in the Letter of Transmittal and the Prospectus.

    If a registered holder of Original Bonds desires to tender, but such
Original Bonds are not immediately available, or time will not permit such
holder's Original Bonds or other required documents to reach the Exchange Agent
before the Expiration Date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be
completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected by following the
guaranteed delivery procedures described in the Prospectus under the caption
"The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."

    The Company will, upon request, reimburse brokers, dealers, commercial banks
and trust companies for reasonable and necessary costs and expenses incurred by
them in forwarding the Prospectus and the related documents to the beneficial
owners of Original Bonds held by them as nominee or in a fiduciary capacity. The
Company will pay or cause to be paid all stock transfer taxes applicable to the
exchange of Original Bonds pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except as set forth
in Instruction 6 of the Letter of Transmittal.

    Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Exchange Offer, or requests
for additional copies of the enclosed materials, should be directed to United
States Trust Company of New York, the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer, at
its address and telephone number set forth on the front of the Letter of
Transmittal.

                                          Very truly yours,

                                          EDISON MISSION HOLDINGS CO.

    NOTHING HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY
PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY
OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF
THEM WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, EXCEPT FOR STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN
THE PROSPECTUS OR THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

Enclosures

                                       2


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission